Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 6, 2010

Registration No. 333-          

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Demand Media, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   7379   20-4731239
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 500
Santa Monica, California 90401
(310) 394-6400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Richard M. Rosenblatt
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Demand Media, Inc.
1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 500
Santa Monica, California 90401
(310) 394-6400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

W. Alex Voxman, Esq.
Robert A. Koenig, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP
355 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, California 90071-1560
(213) 485-1234

 

Matthew P. Polesetsky, Esq.
David T. Ho, Esq.

Demand Media, Inc.
1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 500
Santa Monica, California 90401
(310) 394-6400

 

Kevin P. Kennedy, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
2550 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 251-5000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

            If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

            If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $125,000,000.00   $8,912.50

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee, in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proposed maximum offering price includes amounts attributable to shares that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriters' discount.



             The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 6, 2010

Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock



          This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Demand Media, Inc.

          Demand Media is offering                        of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional                         shares. Demand Media will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            .

          Application has been made for listing on                        under the symbol "            ."

           See the section entitled "Risk Factors" on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.



           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
  Per share   Total  

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discount

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Demand Media

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

  $     $    



          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                        shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                        shares from Demand Media and                        shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.



          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                        , 2010.



  Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

  UBS Investment Bank   Allen & Company LLC   Jefferies & Company

  Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   RBC Capital Markets   Pacific Crest Securities

 

Raine Securities   JMP Securities



Prospectus dated                                    , 2010


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

The Offering

  6

Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data

  8

Risk Factors

  14

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

  47

Use of Proceeds

  48

Dividend Policy

  49

Capitalization

  50

Dilution

  52

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

  54

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  58

Business

  96

Management

  119

Executive Compensation

  128

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  161

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  165

Description of Capital Stock

  169

Description of Indebtedness

  175

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  176

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

  179

Underwriting

  183

Legal Matters

  188

Experts

  188

Where You Can Find More Information

  188

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1



           You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

           Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Risk Factors," "Business" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes before deciding whether to purchase shares of our capital stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Demand Media," "the Company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus refer to Demand Media, Inc., and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Our Mission

          Our mission is to fulfill the world's demand for commercially valuable content.

Our Company

          We are a leader in a new Internet-based model for the professional creation of high-quality, commercially valuable content at scale. While traditional media companies create content based on anticipated consumer interest, we create content that responds to actual consumer demand. Our approach is driven by consumers' desire to search for and discover increasingly specific information across the Internet. By listening to consumers, we are able to create and deliver accurate and precise content that fulfills their needs. Through our innovative platform—which combines a studio of freelance content creators with proprietary algorithms and processes—we identify, create, distribute and monetize in-demand content. We believe continued advancements in search, social media, mobile computing and targeted monetization will continue to be growth catalysts for our business.

          Our business is comprised of two distinct and complementary service offerings: Content & Media and Registrar. Our Content & Media service offering includes the following components:

          We deploy our proprietary Content & Media platform both to our owned and operated websites, such as eHow.com, and to websites operated by our customers, such as USATODAY.com. As a result, our platform serves a large and growing audience. According to comScore, for the month ended June 30, 2010, our owned and operated websites comprised the 17th largest web property in the United States and we attracted over 86 million unique visitors with over 550 million page views globally. Our reach is further extended through over 350 websites operated by our customers where we deploy one or more features of our platform. These customer websites generated over 800 million page views to our platform during the month ended June 30, 2010, according to our internal data. As of June 30, 2010, our content studio had over 10,000 freelance content creators, who generated a daily average of over 5,700 text articles and videos during the quarter ended June 30, 2010. We believe the output from our content studio makes us one of the world's most prolific producers of professional online content.

          Our Registrar, with over 10 million Internet domain names under management, is the world's largest wholesale registrar and the world's second largest registrar overall. As a wholesaler, we provide domain name registration services and offer value-added services to over 7,000 active resellers, including small businesses, large e-commerce websites, Internet service providers and web-hosting

1


Table of Contents


companies. Our Registrar complements our Content & Media service offering by providing us with a recurring base of subscription revenue, a valuable source of data regarding Internet users' online interests, expanded third-party distribution opportunities and proprietary access to commercially valuable domain names that we selectively add to our owned and operated websites.

          We generate substantially all of our revenue through the sale of advertising in our Content & Media service offering and through domain name registrations in our Registrar service offering. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, we reported revenue of $198 million and $114 million, respectively. For these same periods, we reported net losses of $22 million and $6 million, respectively, operating loss of $18 million and $4 million, respectively, and adjusted operating income before depreciation and amortization, or Adjusted OIBDA, of $37 million and $26 million, respectively. See "Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a reconciliation of Adjusted OIBDA to the closest comparable measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Industry Background

          Over the last decade, the Internet has challenged traditional media business models by reshaping how content is consumed, created, distributed and monetized. Consumers today spend more of their time online, venturing beyond major Internet portals and visiting an increasing number of websites to find specific content for their personal needs and interests. In addition, consumers are changing the way they discover content online, primarily through advancements in web search technology and the popularity of social media. However, consumers are often unable to find the precise content that they are seeking because the demand for highly specific, pertinent information outpaces the supply of thoughtfully researched, trusted content.

          The increased specificity of consumer demand for online content strains many existing content creation business models. Traditional models focus on producing content with sufficiently broad audiences to justify elevated production costs. This traditional approach is less effective for fulfilling at scale the increasingly fragmenting consumer demand for content. Meanwhile, the widespread adoption of social media and other publishing tools has enabled a large number of individuals to more easily create and publish content on the Internet. However, the difficulty in constructing profitable business models has limited such individual endeavors largely to bloggers and passionate enthusiasts who, while often knowledgeable, may lack recognized credibility, production scale and broad distribution and monetization capabilities.

          The demand for highly specific content also presents new opportunities for advertisers seeking to effectively reach targeted audiences. Finding better ways to reach this fragmented consumer base remains a priority for advertisers, a trend that is likely to accelerate as online advertising growth outpaces that of offline advertising growth, and as advertising dollars follow audiences from offline to online media. From 2009 to 2012, online advertising in the United States is projected to grow to $31 billion, reflecting a compound annual growth rate of 16%. However, over that same period, total media advertising is only expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of less than 1%, according to ZenithOptimedia.

          These trends present new and complex challenges for consuming, creating, distributing and monetizing online content that traditional and even new online business models have struggled to address. These challenges have had a profound impact on consumers, content creators, website publishers and advertisers who are in need of a solution that connects this disparate media ecosystem.

2


Table of Contents

Our Solution

          Our solution is based on the following key elements:

          Through our platform, we are able to deliver significant value to consumers, advertisers, customers and freelance content creators. We make the Internet a more useful resource to the millions of users searching for information online by analyzing consumer demand to create and deliver commercially valuable, high-quality content. Our advertisers benefit from gaining access to targeted audiences by matching their advertisements with our highly specific content delivered to both our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites. Our customers benefit from the more engaging experience they are able to provide to their visitors by using our platform. Our freelance content creators benefit from the ready supply of work assignments available to them which allow them to earn income that is paid twice-weekly and to gain recognition by creating valuable content that reaches an audience of millions.

Our Competitive Advantages

3


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

          Key elements of our strategy are to:

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

          There are numerous risks and uncertainties that may affect our financial and operating performance and our growth. You should carefully consider all of the risks discussed in "Risk Factors," which begins on page 14, before investing in our common stock. These risks include the following:

Corporate Information

          We are incorporated in Delaware and headquartered in Santa Monica, California. We commenced operations in April 2006 with the acquisitions of eHow.com, a leading "how-to" content-oriented website, and eNom, a provider of Internet domain name registration services. Our principal executive offices are located at 1299 Ocean Ave, Suite 500, Santa Monica, California 90401, and our telephone number is (310) 394-6400. Our corporate website is www.demandmedia.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words "Demand Media," "we," "company," "us" and "our" refer to Demand Media, Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiaries.

          Demand Media®, the Demand Media logo and other trademarks or service marks of Demand Media appearing in this prospectus are the property of Demand Media. Trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of the respective holders.

5


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

                      shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

                    shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering

 

                    shares

Use of proceeds

 

We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $             million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from certain of the selling stockholders in this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for investments in content and general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, capital expenditures and international expansion. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses or to obtain rights to such complementary technologies, solutions or businesses. There are no agreements or understandings with respect to such a transaction at this time. See "Use of Proceeds."

Directed share program

 

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to            shares of our common stock being offered for sale to business associates and Demand Media customers. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States and in various countries. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

Proposed            symbol

   

          The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                  shares outstanding as of June 30, 2010 and excludes:

    26,112,537 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 to purchase our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.74 per share;

    11,901,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after June 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $12.41 per share;

6


Table of Contents

    31,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Incentive Award Plan, as well as shares that become available under the 2010 Incentive Award Plan due to shares subject to awards under our Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan that terminate, expire or lapse for any reason and pursuant to provisions in the 2010 Incentive Award Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year, as more fully described in "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans"; and

    The issuance of 750,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of a common stock warrant that does not expire upon the completion of this offering.

          Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    The automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 123,344,512 shares of common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

    The issuance of                  shares and                  shares of common stock upon the net exercise of common stock warrants and a convertible preferred stock warrant, respectively, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

    The filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

    No exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional                        shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders.

7


Table of Contents


Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data

          The following summary consolidated financial information and other data for the nine months ended December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited consolidated financial information and other data as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information contained in those statements. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

8


Table of Contents

          Prospective investors should read these summary consolidated financial data together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

                               

Revenue

  $ 102,295   $ 170,250   $ 198,452   $ 91,273   $ 114,002  

Operating expenses(1)(2)

                               
 

Service costs (exclusive of amortization of intangible assets)

    57,833     98,238     114,482     53,309     61,735  
 

Sales and marketing

    3,601     15,360     19,994     9,181     10,396  
 

Product development

    10,965     14,407     21,502     9,775     12,514  
 

General and administrative

    19,584     28,191     28,358     13,994     17,440  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    17,393     33,204     32,152     16,429     16,173  
                       
   

Total operating expenses

    109,376     189,400     216,488     102,688     118,258  
                       

Loss from operations

    (7,081 )   (19,150 )   (18,036 )   (11,415 )   (4,256 )
                       

Other income (expense)

                               
 

Interest income

    1,415     1,636     494     223     11  
 

Interest expense

    (1,245 )   (2,131 )   (1,759 )   (1,139 )   (349 )
 

Other income (expense), net

    (999 )   (250 )   (19 )       (128 )
                       
   

Total other expense

    (829 )   (745 )   (1,284 )   (916 )   (466 )
                       

Loss before income taxes

    (7,910 )   (19,895 )   (19,320 )   (12,331 )   (4,722 )

Income tax (benefit) provision

    (2,293 )   (5,736 )   2,663     1,596     1,327  
                       

Net loss

    (5,617 )   (14,159 )   (21,983 )   (13,927 )   (6,049 )

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (14,059 )   (28,209 )   (30,848 )   (15,015 )   (16,206 )
                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (19,676 ) $ (42,368 ) $ (52,831 ) $ (28,942 ) $ (22,255 )
                       

Net loss per share: Basic and diluted(3)

  $ (2.12 ) $ (2.59 ) $ (2.37 ) $ (1.38 ) $ (0.84 )
                       

Weighted average number of shares

    9,262     16,367     22,318     20,961     26,347  

Pro forma net loss per share
Basic and diluted(4)

              $ (0.15 )       $ (0.04 )
                             

Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share
Basic and diluted(4)

                145,662           149,691  

(1)      Depreciation expense included in the above line items:

                               

                Service costs

  $ 2,581   $ 8,158   $ 11,882   $ 5,391   $ 6,826  

                Sales and marketing

    42     94     184     90     82  

                Product development

    509     1,094     1,434     675     659  

                General and administrative

    458     1,160     1,463     668     921  
                       

                    Total depreciation expense

  $ 3,590   $ 10,506   $ 14,963   $ 6,824   $ 8,488  
                       

 

(2)      Stock-based compensation included in the above line

                               

                 items:

                               

                Service costs

  $ 52   $ 586   $ 473   $ 202   $ 428  

                 Sales and marketing

    241     1,576     1,561     613     968  

                Product development

    504     1,030     1,349     463     775  

                 General and administrative

    2,873     3,158     3,973     1,923     2,600  
                       

                    Total stock-based compensation

  $ 3,670   $ 6,350   $ 7,356   $ 3,201   $ 4,771  
                       
(3)
Basic loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is increased for

9


Table of Contents

    cumulative preferred stock dividends earned during the period. For the periods where we presented losses, all potentially dilutive common shares comprising of stock options, restricted stock purchase rights, or RSPRs, warrants and convertible preferred stock are antidilutive.

    RSPRs are considered outstanding common shares and included in the computation of basic earnings per share as of the date that all necessary conditions of vesting are satisfied. RSPRs are excluded from the dilutive earnings per share calculation when their impact is antidilutive. Prior to satisfaction of all conditions of vesting, unvested RSPRs are considered contingently issuable shares and are excluded from weighted average common shares outstanding.

(4)
Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share have been computed to give effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into an aggregate of 123,344,512 shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis as though the conversion had occurred at January 1, 2009.

10


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of our balance sheet as of June 30, 2010:

 
  As of June 30, 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 33,561   $ 33,561   $    
 

Working capital

    1,384     1,384        
 

Total assets

    469,656     469,656        
 

Capital lease obligations, long term

    221     221        
 

Convertible preferred stock

    373,754            
 

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (20,606 )   353,435        

11


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

          To provide investors and others with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in the table below and within this prospectus the following non-GAAP financial measures: adjusted operating income before depreciation and amortization expense, or Adjusted OIBDA, and revenue less traffic acquisition costs, or revenue less TAC. We have provided a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. Our non-GAAP Adjusted OIBDA financial measure differs from GAAP in that it excludes certain expenses such as depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation, and certain non-cash purchase accounting adjustments, as well as the financial impact of gains or losses on certain asset sales or dispositions. Our non-GAAP revenue less TAC financial measure differs from GAAP as it reflects our consolidated revenues net of our traffic acquisition costs. Adjusted OIBDA, or its equivalent, and revenue less TAC are frequently used by security analysts, investors and others as a common financial measure of operating performance.

          We use these non-GAAP financial measures to measure our consolidated operating performance, to understand and compare operating results from period to period, to analyze growth trends, to assist in internal budgeting and forecasting purposes, to develop short and long term operational plans, to calculate annual bonus payments for substantially all of our employees, and to evaluate our financial performance. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period to period comparisons and analysis of trends in our business. We also believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our consolidated revenue and operating results in the same manner as our management and in comparing financial results across accounting periods and to those of our peer companies.

          The following table presents a reconciliation of revenue less TAC and Adjusted OIBDA for each of the periods presented:

 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures (unaudited):

                               

Content & Media revenue

  $ 49,342   $ 84,821   $ 107,717   $ 47,051   $ 66,291  

Registrar revenue

    52,953     85,429     90,735     44,222     47,711  
 

Less: TAC(1)

    (7,254 )   (7,655 )   (10,554 )   (3,903 )   (5,757 )
                       

Total revenue less TAC

  $ 95,041   $ 162,595   $ 187,898   $ 87,370   $ 108,245  
                       

Loss from operations

  $ (7,081 ) $ (19,150 ) $ (18,036 ) $ (11,415 ) $ (4,256 )

Add (deduct):

                               

Depreciation

    3,590     10,506     14,963     6,824     8,488  

Amortization

    17,393     33,204     32,152     16,429     16,173  

Stock-based compensation(2)

    3,670     6,350     7,356     3,201     4,771  

Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments(3)

    1,282     1,533     960     514     423  

Gain on sale of asset(4)

            (582 )        
                       

Adjusted OIBDA

  $ 18,854   $ 32,443   $ 36,813   $ 15,553   $ 25,599  
                       

(1)
Represents revenue-sharing payments made to our network customers from advertising revenue generated from such customers' websites.

12


Table of Contents

(2)
Represents the fair value of stock-based awards and certain warrants to purchase our stock included in our GAAP results of operations.

(3)
Represents adjustments for certain deferred revenue and costs that we do not recognize under GAAP because of GAAP purchase accounting.

(4)
Represents a gain recognized on the sale of certain assets included in our GAAP operating results.

          The use of non-GAAP financial measures has certain limitations because they do not reflect all items of income and expense that affect our operations. We compensate for these limitations by reconciling the non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Further, these non-GAAP measures may differ from the non-GAAP information used by other companies, including peer companies, and therefore comparability may be limited. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

13


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider each of the following risk factors and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus. The following risks and the risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including in the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," could materially harm our business, financial condition, future results and cash flow. If that occurs, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

Risks Relating to our Content & Media Service Offering

We are dependent upon certain material agreements with Google for a significant portion of our revenue. A termination of these agreements, or a failure to renew them on favorable terms, would adversely affect our business.

          We have an extensive relationship with Google and a significant portion of our revenue is derived from cost-per-click performance-based advertising provided by Google. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, we derived approximately 18% and 26%, respectively, of our total revenue from our various advertising arrangements with Google. We use Google for cost-per-click advertising and search results on our owned and operated websites and on our network of customer websites, and receive a portion of the revenue generated by advertisements provided by Google on those websites. Our Google cost-per-click agreement for our developed websites, such as eHow, expires in the second quarter of 2012 and our Google cost-per-click agreement for our undeveloped websites expires in the first quarter of 2011. In addition, we also engage Google's DoubleClick ad-serving platform to deliver advertisements to our developed websites and have another revenue-sharing agreement with respect to revenue generated by our content posted on Google's Youtube.com, both of which are currently on year to year terms that expire in the fourth quarter of 2010. Google, however, has termination rights in these agreements with us, including the right to terminate before the expiration of the terms upon the occurrence of certain events, including if our content violates the rights of third parties and other breaches of contractual provisions, a number of which are broadly defined. There can be no assurance that our agreements with Google will be extended or renewed after their respective expirations or that we will be able to extend or renew our agreements with Google on terms and conditions favorable to us. If our agreements with Google, in particular the cost-per-click agreement for our developed websites, are terminated we may not be able to enter into agreements with alternative third-party advertisement providers or ad-serving platforms on acceptable terms or on a timely basis or both. Any termination of our relationships with Google, and any extension or renewal after the initial term on terms and conditions less favorable to us would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          Our agreements with Google may not continue to generate levels of revenue commensurate with what we have achieved during past periods. Our ability to generate online advertising revenue from Google depends on its assessment of the quality and performance characteristics of Internet traffic resulting from online advertisements on our owned and operated websites and on our undeveloped websites as well as other components of our relationship with Google's advertising technology platforms. We have no control over any of these quality assessments or over Google's advertising technology platforms. Google may from time to time change its existing, or establish new, methodologies and metrics for valuing the quality of Internet traffic and delivering cost-per-click advertisements. Any changes in these methodologies, metrics and advertising technology platforms could decrease the amount of revenue that we generate from online advertisements. Since most of our agreements with Google contain exclusivity provisions, we are prevented from using other providers of services similar to those provided by Google. In addition, Google may at any time change or suspend

14


Table of Contents


the nature of the service that it provides to online advertisers and the catalog of advertisers from which online advertisements are sourced. These types of changes or suspensions would adversely impact our ability to generate revenue from cost-per-click advertising. Any decrease in revenue due to lower traffic or a change in the type of services that Google provides to us would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We base our capital allocation decisions primarily on our analysis of the predicted internal rate of return on content. If the estimates and assumptions we use in calculating internal rate of return on content are inaccurate, our capital may be inefficiently allocated. If we fail to appropriately allocate our capital, our growth rate and financial results will be adversely affected.

          We invest in content based on our calculation of the internal rate of return on previously published content cohorts for which we believe we have sufficient data. For purposes of these calculations, a content cohort is all of the content we publish in a particular quarter. We calculate the internal rate of return on a cohort of content as the annual discount rate that, when applied to the advertising revenue, less certain direct ongoing costs, generated from the cohort over a period of time, produces an amount equal to the initial investment in that cohort. Our calculations are based on certain material estimates and assumptions that may not be accurate. Accordingly, the calculation of internal rate of return may not be reflective of our actual returns. The material estimates and assumptions upon which we rely include estimates about portions of the costs to create content and the revenue allocated to that content. We make estimates regarding when revenue for each cohort will be received. Our internal rate of return calculations are highly dependent on the timing of this revenue, with revenue earned earlier resulting in greater internal rates of return than the same amount of revenue earned in subsequent periods. Further, our internal rate of return measure assumes a fair value of zero as of the measurement date.

          We make the following estimates and assumptions about the cost of creating content:

          Our estimates and assumptions about the revenue generated by content include the following:

          We use more estimates and assumptions to calculate the internal rate of return on video content because our systems and processes to collect historical data on video content are less robust. As a result, our data on video content may be less reliable. If our estimates and calculations do not accurately reflect the costs or revenues associated with our content, the actual internal rate of return of

15


Table of Contents


a cohort may be more or less than our estimated internal rate of return for such cohort. In such an event, we may misallocate capital and our growth, revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Since our content creation and distribution model is new and evolving, the future internal rates of return on content may be less than our historical internal rates of return on content.

          The majority of the content that we published from January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2010 consists of text articles published to our owned and operated website, eHow. We have disclosed in this prospectus an internal rate of return of 58% for text content published in the third quarter of 2008, or our Q308 cohort, which consists entirely of articles published to eHow.

          We selected the Q308 cohort for analysis because it represents the oldest cohort that utilized the core elements of our current content creation process, yielding seven quarters of historical results to date. However, due to the evolving nature of our business, the composition and distribution of the Q308 cohort is not the same as the composition and distribution of the content produced in all other historical periods and will not be the same as the composition and distribution of future content cohorts. Certain variables that may affect our internal rate of return on content include the following:

          As a result, you should not rely on the internal rate of return for a cohort, including our Q308 cohort, as being indicative of the internal rate of return for any other cohorts. In the event that our content does not generate internal rates of return consistent with the internal rates of return achieved in prior periods or related to content produced for different areas of consumer interest, our growth, revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We face significant competition to our Content & Media service offering, which we expect will continue to intensify, and we may not be able to maintain or improve our competitive position or market share.

          We operate in highly competitive and still developing markets. We compete for advertisers and customers on the basis of a number of factors including return on marketing expenditures, price of our offerings, and ability to deliver large volumes or precise types of customer traffic. This competition

16


Table of Contents


could make it more difficult for us to provide value to our consumers, our advertisers and our freelance content creators and result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, decreased website traffic and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors.

          We face intense competition from a wide range of competitors, including online marketing and media companies, integrated social media platforms and other specialist and enthusiast websites. Our current principal competitors include:

          We may be subject to increased competition with any of these types of businesses in the future to the extent that they seek to devote increased resources to more directly address the online market for the professional creation of commercially valuable content at scale. For example, if Google chose to compete more directly with us, we may face the prospect of the loss of business or other adverse financial consequences given that Google possesses a significantly greater consumer base, financial resources, distribution channels and patent portfolio. In addition, should Google decide to directly compete with us in areas such as content creation, it may decide for competitive reasons to terminate or not renew our commercial agreements and, in such an event, we may experience a rapid decline in our revenue from the loss of our source for cost-per-click advertising on our owned and operated websites and on our network of customer websites. In addition, Google's access to more comprehensive data regarding user search queries through its search algorithms would give it a significant competitive advantage over everyone in the industry, including us. If this data is used competitively by Google, sold to online publishers or given away for free, our business may face increased competition from companies, including Google, with substantially greater resources, brand recognition and established market presence.

          In addition to Google, many of our current and other potential competitors enjoy substantial competitive advantages, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, substantially greater financial, technical and other resources and, in some cases, the ability to combine their online marketing products with traditional offline media such as newspapers or magazines. These companies may use these advantages to offer products similar to ours at a lower price, develop different products to compete with our current offerings and respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. For example, both AOL and

17


Table of Contents


Yahoo! have access to proprietary search data which could be utilized to assist them in their content creation processes. In addition, many of our current and potential competitors have established marketing relationships with and access to larger customer bases. As the markets for online and social media expand, we expect new competitors, business models and solutions to emerge, some of which may be superior to ours. Even if our platform is more effective than the products and services offered by our competitors, potential customers might adopt competitive products and services in lieu of using our services. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and potential competitors.

Our Content & Media service offering primarily generates its revenue from advertising, and the reduction in spending by or loss of advertisers could seriously harm our business.

          We generated 41% and 45% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and six months ended June 30, 2010 from advertising. One component of our platform that we use to generate advertiser interest in our content is our system of monetization tools, which is designed to match content with advertisements in a manner that maximizes revenue yield and end-user experience. Advertisers will not continue to do business with us if their investment in advertising with us does not generate sales leads, and ultimately customers, or if we do not deliver their advertisements in an appropriate and effective manner. The failure of our yield-optimized monetization technology to effectively match advertisements with our content in a manner that results in increased revenue for our advertisers would have an adverse impact on our ability to maintain or increase our revenue from advertising.

          We rely on third-party ad-providers, such as Google, to provide advertisements on our owned and operated websites and on our network of customer websites. Even if our content is effectively matched with such ad content, we cannot assure our current advertisers will fulfill their obligations under their existing contracts, continue to provide advertisements beyond the terms of their existing contracts or enter into any additional contracts. If any of our advertisers, but in particular Google, decided not to continue advertising on our owned and operated websites and on our network of customer websites, we could experience a rapid decline in our revenue over a relatively short period of time.

          In addition, our customers who receive a portion of the revenue generated from advertisements matched with our content displayed on their websites, may not continue to do business with us if our content does not generate increased revenue for them. If we are unable to remain competitive and provide value to advertisers they may stop placing advertisements with us or with our network of customer websites, which would negatively harm our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

          Lastly, we believe that advertising spending on the Internet, as in traditional media, fluctuates significantly as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. These factors include:

If we are unable to generate advertising revenue due to factors outside of our control, then our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operation would be adversely affected.

18


Table of Contents

If we are unable to continue to drive and increase visitors to our owned and operated websites and to our customer websites and convert these visitors into repeat users and customers cost-effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

          The primary method that we use to attract traffic to our owned and operated websites and to our customer websites and convert these visitors into repeat users and customers is the content created by our freelance content creators. How successful we are in these efforts depends, in part, upon our continued ability to create and distribute high-quality, commercially valuable content in a cost effective manner at scale that connects consumers with content that meets their specific interests and enables them to share and interact with the content and supporting communities. We may not be able to create content in a cost effective manner or that meets rapidly changing consumer demand in a timely manner, if at all. Any such failure to do so could adversely affect user and customer experiences and reduce traffic driven to our owned and operated websites and to our customer websites through which we distribute our content, which would adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

          One effort we employ to create and distribute our content in a cost effective manner is our proprietary technology and algorithms which are designed to predict consumer demand and return on investment. Our proprietary technology and algorithms have a limited history, and as a result the ultimate returns on our investment in content creation are difficult to predict, and may not be sustained in future periods at the same level as in past periods. Furthermore, our proprietary technology and algorithms are dependent on analyzing existing Internet search traffic data, and our analysis may be impaired by changes in Internet traffic or search engines' methodologies which we do not have any control over. The failure of our proprietary technology and algorithms to accurately identify content that generates traffic on websites through which we distribute our content and which creates a sufficient return on investment for us and our customer websites would have an adverse impact on our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

          Another method we employ to attract and acquire new, and retain existing, users and customers is commonly referred to as search engine optimization, or SEO. SEO involves developing websites to rank well in search engine results. Our ability to successfully manage SEO efforts across our owned and operated websites and our customer websites is dependent on the timely modification of SEO efforts from time to time in response to periodic changes in search engine algorithms, search query trends and related efforts by providers of search services designed to ensure the display of unique offerings in search results. Our failure to successfully manage our SEO strategy could result in a substantial decrease in traffic to our owned and operated websites and to our customer websites through which we distribute our content, which would result in substantial decreases in conversion rates and repeat business, as well as increased costs if we were to replace free traffic with paid traffic. Any or all of these results would adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

          Even if we succeed in driving traffic to our owned and operated websites and to our customer websites, neither we nor our advertisers and customers may be able to monetize this traffic or otherwise retain consumers. Our failure to do so could result in decreases in customers and related advertising revenue, which would have an adverse effect on our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

If Internet search engines' methodologies are modified, traffic to our owned and operated websites and to our customers' websites and corresponding consumer origination volumes could decline.

          We depend in part on various Internet search engines, such as Google, Bing, Yahoo!, and other search engines to direct a significant amount of traffic to our owned and operated websites. For the quarter ended June 30, 2010, approximately 40% of the page view traffic directed to our owned and operated websites came directly from these Internet search engines (and a majority of the traffic from

19


Table of Contents


search engines came from Google), according to our internal data. Our ability to maintain the number of visitors directed to our owned and operated websites and to our customers' websites through which we distribute our content by search engines is not entirely within our control. For example, search engines frequently revise their algorithms in an attempt to optimize their search result listings. Changes in the methodologies used by search engines to display results could cause our owned and operated websites or our customer websites to receive less favorable placements, which could reduce the number of users who link to our owned and operated websites and to our customers' websites from these search engines. Some of our owned and operated websites and our customers' websites have experienced fluctuations in search result rankings and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Internet search engines could decide that content on our owned and operated websites and on our customers' websites, including content that is created by our freelance content creators, is unacceptable or violates their corporate policies. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our owned and operated websites and to our customers' websites would negatively affect our ability to earn revenue. If traffic on our owned and operated websites and on our customers' websites declines, we may need to resort to more costly sources to replace lost traffic, and such increased expense could adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

Since the success of our Content & Media service offering has been closely tied to the success of eHow, if eHow's performance falters it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operations.

          For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, Demand Media generated approximately 13% and 21%, respectively, of our revenue from eHow. No other individual site was responsible for more than 10% of our revenue in these periods. In addition, most of the content that we published during these periods was published to eHow.

          eHow depends on various Internet search engines to direct traffic to the site. For the quarter ended June 30, 2010, approximately 60% of eHow's page view traffic came from Google searches. Any changes in search engine methodologies or our failure to properly manage SEO efforts for eHow may adversely impact the traffic directed to eHow and in turn the performance of the content created for and distributed on eHow. Furthermore, as the amount of content housed on eHow grows, its increased size may slow future growth. For example, we have found that users' ability to find content on eHow through popular search engines is impaired if the increased volume of content on the site is not matched by an improved site architecture. A material adverse effect on eHow could result in a material adverse effect to Demand Media and its business, financial condition, and operations.

Poor perception of our brand, business or industry could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          Our business is dependent on attracting a large number of visitors to our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites and providing leads and clicks to our advertisers and customers, which depends in part on our reputation within the industry and with our customers. Because our business is transforming traditional content creation models and is therefore not easily understood by casual observers, our brand, business and reputation is vulnerable to poor perception. For example, perception that the quality of our content may not be the same or better than that of other published Internet content, even though baseless, can damage our reputation. We are frequently the subject of unflattering reports in the media about our business and our model. While disruptive businesses are often criticized early on in their life cycles, we believe we are more frequently targeted than most because of the nature of the business we are disrupting — namely the traditional print and publication media as well as popular Internet publishing methods such as blogging. Any damage to our reputation could harm our ability to attract and retain advertisers, customers and freelance content creators, which would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and

20


Table of Contents


business. Furthermore, certain of our owned and operated websites, such as LIVESTRONG.com, are associated with high-profile experts to enhance the websites' brand recognition and credibility. In addition, any adverse news reports, negative publicity or other alienation of all or a segment of our consumer base relating to these high-profile experts would reflect poorly on our brands and could have an adverse effect on our business.

We rely primarily on freelance content creators for our online content. We may not be able to attract or retain sufficient freelance content creators to generate content on a scale sufficient to grow our business. As we do not control those persons or the source of content, we are at risk of being unable to generate interesting and attractive features and other material content.

          We rely primarily on freelance content creators for the content that we distribute through our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites. We may not be able to attract or retain sufficient freelance creators to generate content on a scale sufficient to grow our business. In addition, our competitors may attempt to attract members of our freelance content creator community by offering compensation that we are unable to match. We believe that over the past two years our ability to attract and retain freelance content creators has benefited from the weak overall labor market and from the difficulties and resulting layoffs occurring in traditional media, particularly newspapers. We believe that this combination of circumstances is unlikely to continue and any change to the economy or the media jobs market may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain freelance content creators. While each of our freelance content creators are screened through our pre-qualification process, we cannot guarantee that the content created by our freelance content creators will be of sufficient quality to attract users to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites. In addition, we have no written agreements with these persons which obligate them to create articles or videos beyond the one article or video that they elect to create at any particular time and have no ability to control their future performance. As a result, we cannot guarantee that our freelance content creators will continue to contribute content to us for further distribution through our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites or that the content that is created and distributed will be sufficient to sustain our current growth rates. In the event that these freelance content creators decrease their contributions of such content, we are unable to attract or retain qualified freelance content creators or if the quality of such contributions is not sufficiently attractive to our advertisers or to drive traffic to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites, we may incur substantial costs in procuring suitable replacement content, which could have a negative impact on our business, revenue and financial condition.

The loss of third-party data providers could significantly diminish the value of our services and cause us to lose customers and revenue.

          We collect data regarding consumer search queries from a variety of sources. When a user accesses one of our owned and operated websites, we may have access to certain data associated with the source and specific nature of the visit to our website. We also license consumer search query data from third parties. Our Content & Media algorithms utilize this data to help us determine what content consumers are seeking, if that content is valuable to advertisers and whether we can cost-effectively produce this content. These third-party consumer search data agreements are generally for perpetual licenses of a discrete amount of data and generally do not provide for updates of the data licensed. There can be no assurances that we will be able to enter into agreements with these third parties to license additional data on the same or similar terms, if at all. If we are not able to enter into agreements with these providers, we may not be able to enter into agreements with alternative third-party consumer search data providers on acceptable terms or on a timely basis or both. Any termination of our relationships with these consumer search data providers, or any entry into new agreements on terms and conditions less favorable to us, could limit the effectiveness of our content creation process, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and

21


Table of Contents


results of operations. In addition, new laws or changes to existing laws in this area may prevent or restrict our use of this data. In such event, the value of our algorithms and our ability to determine what consumers are seeking could be significantly diminished.

If we are unable to attract new customers for our social media applications products or to retain our existing customers, our revenue could be lower than expected and our operating results may suffer.

          Our enterprise-class social media tools allow websites to add feature-rich applications, such as user profiles, comments, forums, reviews, blogs, photo and video sharing, media galleries, groups and messaging offered through our social media application product suite. In addition to adding new customers for our social media products, to increase our revenue, we must sell additional social media products to existing customers and encourage existing customers to maintain or increase their usage levels. If our existing and prospective customers do not perceive our social media products to be of sufficiently high quality, we may not be able to retain our current customers or attract new customers. We sell our social media products pursuant to service agreements that are generally one to two years in length. Our customers have no obligation to renew their contracts for our products after the expiration of their initial commitment period, and these agreements may not be renewed at the same or higher level of service, if at all. In addition, these agreements generally require us to keep our product suite operational with minimal service interruptions and to provide limited credits to media customers in the event that we are unable to maintain these service levels. To date, service level credits have not been significant. Moreover, under some circumstances, some of our customers have the right to cancel their service agreements prior to the expiration of the terms of their agreements, including the right to cancel if our social media product suite suffers repeated service interruptions. If we are unable to attract new customers for our social media products, our existing customers do not renew or terminate their agreements for our social media products or we are required to provide service level credits in the future as a result of the operational failure of our social media products, then our operating results could be harmed.

Our success depends upon the continued commercial use of the Internet, and acceptance of online advertising as an alternative to offline advertising.

          The percentage of the advertising market allocated to online advertising lags the percentage of time spent by people consuming media online by a significant percentage. Growth in our business largely depends on this distinction between online and off-line advertising narrowing or being eliminated. This may not happen in a way or to the extent that we currently expect. Many advertisers still have limited experience with online advertising and may continue to devote significant portions of their advertising budgets to traditional, offline advertising media. Accordingly, we continue to compete for advertising dollars with traditional media, including print publications, in addition to websites with higher levels of traffic. We believe that the continued growth and acceptance of online advertising generally will depend on its perceived effectiveness and the acceptance of related advertising models, and the continued growth in commercial use of the Internet, among other factors. Any lack of growth in the market for various online advertising models could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

22


Table of Contents

Wireless devices and mobile phones are increasingly being used to access the Internet, and our online marketing services may not be as effective when accessed through these devices, which could cause harm to our business.

          The number of people who access the Internet through devices other than personal computers has increased substantially in the last few years. Our Content & Media services were designed for persons accessing the Internet on a desktop or laptop computer. The smaller screens, lower resolution graphics and less convenient typing capabilities of these devices may make it more difficult for visitors to respond to our offerings. In addition, the cost of mobile advertising is relatively high and may not be cost-effective for our services. We must also ensure that our licensing arrangements with third-party content providers allow us to make this content available on these devices. If we cannot effectively make our content, products and services available on these devices, fewer consumers may access and use our content, products and services. Also, if our services continue to be less effective or economically attractive for customers seeking to engage in advertising through these devices and this segment of Internet traffic grows at the expense of traditional computer Internet access, we will experience difficulty attracting website visitors and attracting and retaining customers and our operating results and business will be harmed.

We are dependent upon the quality of traffic in our network to provide value to online advertisers, and any failure in our quality control could have a material adverse effect on the value of our websites to our third-party advertisement distribution providers and online advertisers and adversely affect our revenue.

          We use technology and processes to monitor the quality of, and to identify any anomalous metrics associated with, the Internet traffic that we deliver to online advertisers and our network of customer websites. These metrics may be indicative of low quality clicks such as non-human processes, including robots, spiders or other software; the mechanical automation of clicking; and other types of invalid clicks or click fraud. Even with such monitoring in place, there is a risk that a certain amount of low-quality traffic, or traffic that is deemed to be invalid by online advertisers, will be delivered to such online advertisers. As a result, we may be required to credit future amounts owed to us by our advertisers. Furthermore, low-quality or invalid traffic may be detrimental to our relationships with third-party advertisement distribution providers and online advertisers, and could adversely affect our revenue.

The expansion of our owned and operated websites into new areas of consumer interest, products, services and technologies subjects us to additional business, legal, financial and competitive risks.

          An important element of our business strategy is to grow our network of owned and operated websites to cover new areas of consumer interest, expand into new business lines and develop additional services, products and technologies. In directing our focus into new areas, we face numerous risks and challenges, including increased capital requirements, long development cycles, new competitors and the requirement to develop new strategic relationships. We cannot assure you that our strategy will result in increased net sales or net income. Furthermore, growth into new areas may require changes to our existing business model and cost structure, modifications to our infrastructure and exposure to new regulatory and legal risks, any of which may require expertise in areas in which we have little or no experience. If we cannot generate revenue as a result of our expansion into new areas that are greater than the cost of such expansion, our operating results could be harmed.

23


Table of Contents


As a creator and a distributor of Internet content, we face potential liability and expenses for legal claims based on the nature and content of the materials that we create or distribute, or that are accessible via our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites. If we are required to pay damages or expenses in connection with these legal claims, our operating results and business may be harmed.

          We rely on the work product of freelance content creators to create original content for our owned and operated websites and for our network of customer websites and for use in our marketing messages. As a creator and distributor of original content and third-party provided content, we face potential liability based on a variety of theories, including defamation, negligence, unlawful practice of a licensed profession, copyright or trademark infringement or other legal theories based on the nature, creation or distribution of this information, and under various laws, including the Lanham Act and the Copyright Act. We may also be exposed to similar liability in connection with content that we do not create but that is posted to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites by users and other third parties through forums, comments, personas and other social media features. In addition, it is also possible that visitors to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites could make claims against us for losses incurred in reliance upon information provided on our owned and operated websites or our network of customer websites. These claims, whether brought in the United States or abroad, could divert management time and attention away from our business and result in significant costs to investigate and defend, regardless of the merit of these claims. If we become subject to these or similar types of claims and are not successful in our defense, we may be forced to pay substantial damages. While we run our content through a rigorous quality control process, including an automated plagiarism program, there is no guarantee that we will avoid future liability and potential expenses for legal claims based on the content of the materials that we create or distribute. Should the content distributed through our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites violate the intellectual property rights of others or otherwise give rise to claims against us, we could be subject to substantial liability, which could have a negative impact on our business, revenue and financial condition.

We may face liability in connection with our undeveloped owned and operated websites and our customers' undeveloped websites whose domain names may be identical or similar to another party's trademark or the name of a living or deceased person.

          A number of our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites are undeveloped or minimally developed properties that primarily contain advertising listings and links. As part of our registration process, we perform searches and screenings to determine if the domain names of our owned and operated websites in combination with the advertisements displayed on those sites violate the trademark or other rights owned by third parties. Despite these efforts, we may inadvertently register the domain names of properties that are identical or similar to another party's trademark or the name of a living or deceased person. Moreover, our efforts are inherently limited due to the fact that the advertisements displayed on our undeveloped websites are delivered by third parties and the advertisements may vary over time or based on the location of the viewer. We may face primary or secondary liability in the United States under the Anticybersquatting Consumer Protection Act or under general theories of trademark infringement or dilution, unfair competition or under rights of publicity with respect to the domain names used for our owned and operated websites. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be exposed to claims for damages, financial penalties and reputational harm, which could increase our costs of operations, reduce our profits or cause us to forgo opportunities that would otherwise support our growth.

We may not succeed in establishing our businesses internationally, which may limit our future growth.

          One potential area of growth for us is in the international markets. We have launched sites in the United Kingdom and China, among others and are exploring launches in certain other countries. We

24


Table of Contents


have also been investing in translation capabilities for our technologies. Operating internationally, where we have limited experience, exposes us to additional risks and operating costs. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in introducing or marketing our services internationally or that our services will gain market acceptance or that growth in commercial use of the Internet internationally will continue. There are risks inherent in conducting business in international markets, including the need to localize our products and services to foreign customers' preferences and customs, difficulties in managing operations due to language barriers, distance, staffing and cultural differences, application of foreign laws and regulations to us, tariffs and other trade barriers, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, establishing management systems and infrastructures, reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries, changes in foreign political and economic conditions, and potentially adverse tax consequences. Our inability to expand and market our products and services internationally may have a negative effect on our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to our Registrar Service Offering

We face significant competition to our Registrar service offering, which we expect will continue to intensify. We may not be able to maintain or improve our competitive position or market share.

          We face significant competition from existing registrars and from new registrars that continue to enter the market. As of June 30, 2010, ICANN had accredited approximately 960 registrars to register domain names in one or more of the generic top level domains, or gTLDs, that it oversees. There are relatively few barriers to entry in this market, so as this market continues to develop we expect the number of competitors to increase. The continued entry into the domain name registration market of competitive registrars and unaccredited entities that act as resellers for registrars, and the rapid growth of some competitive registrars and resellers that have already entered the market, may make it difficult for us to maintain our current market share.

          The market for domain name registration and other related web-based services is intensely competitive and rapidly evolving. We expect competition to increase from existing competitors as well as from new market entrants. Most of our existing competitors are expanding the variety of services that they offer. These competitors include, among others, domain name registrars, website design firms, website hosting companies, Internet service providers, Internet portals and search engine companies, including GoDaddy, Network Solutions, Tucows, Microsoft and Yahoo!. Some of these competitors have greater resources, more brand recognition and consumer awareness, greater international scope, larger customer bases and larger bases of existing customers than we do. As a result, we may not be able to compete successfully against them in future periods.

          In addition, these and other large competitors, in an attempt to gain market share, may offer aggressive price discounts on the services they offer. These pricing pressures may require us to match these discounts in order to remain competitive, which would reduce our margins, or cause us to lose customers who decide to purchase the discounted service offerings of our competitors. As a result of these factors, in the future it may become increasingly difficult for us to compete successfully.

If our customers do not renew their domain name registrations or if they transfer their existing registrations to our competitors and we fail to replace their business, our business would be adversely affected.

          Our success depends in large part on our customers' renewals of their domain name registrations. Domain name registrations represented approximately 41% of total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2009, and approximately 37% of our total revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2010. Our customer renewal rate for expiring domain name registrations was approximately 69% in the year ended December 31, 2009, and approximately 73% in the six months ended June 30, 2010. If we are unable to maintain or increase our overall renewal rates for domain name registrations or if any decrease in our renewal rates, including due to transfers, is not offset by increases in new customer

25


Table of Contents


growth rates, our customer base and our revenue would likely decrease. This would also reduce the number of domain name registration customers to whom we could market our other higher-margin services, thereby further potentially impacting our revenue and profitability, driving up our customer acquisition costs and harming our operating results. Since our strategy is to expand the number of services we provide to our customers, any decline in renewals of domain name registrations not offset by new domain name registrations would likely have an adverse effect on our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulation could reduce the value of Internet domain names or negatively impact the Internet domain name acquisition process, which could significantly impair the value attributable to our acquisitions of Internet domain names.

          The acquisition of expiring domain names for development, undeveloped website commercialization, sale or other uses, involves the registration of thousands of Internet domain names, both with registries in the United States and internationally. We have and intend to continue to acquire previously-owned Internet domain names that have expired and that, following the period of permitted redemption by their prior owners, have been made available for registration. The acquisition of Internet domain names generally is governed by regulatory bodies. The regulation of Internet domain names in the United States and in foreign countries is subject to change. Regulatory bodies could establish additional requirements for previously-owned Internet domain names or modify the requirements for holding Internet domain names. As a result, we might not acquire or maintain names that contribute to our financial results in the same manner as we currently do. A failure to acquire or maintain such Internet domain names could adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

We could face liability, or our corporate image might be impaired, as a result of the activities of our customers or the content of their websites.

          Our role as a registrar of domain names and a provider of website hosting services may subject us to potential liability for illegal activities by our customers on their websites. For example, we are a party to a lawsuit in which a group registered a domain name through our registrar and proceeded to fill the site with content that was allegedly defamatory to another business whose name is similar to the expired domain name. We provide an automated service that enables users to register domain names and populate websites with content. We do not monitor or review the appropriateness of the domain names we register for our customers or the content of our network of customer websites, and we have no control over the activities in which our customers engage. While we have policies in place to terminate domain names if presented with a court order or governmental injunction, we have in the past been publicly criticized for not being more proactive in this area by consumer watchdogs and we may encounter similar criticism in the future. This criticism could harm our reputation. Conversely, were we to terminate a domain name registration in the absence of legal compulsion, we could be criticized for prematurely and improperly terminating a domain name registered by a customer. In addition, despite the policies we have in place to deal with and terminate domain name registrations and to take down websites that violate these policies, customers could nonetheless engage in prohibited activities.

          Several bodies of law may be deemed to apply to us with respect to various customer activities. Because we operate in a relatively new and rapidly evolving industry, and since this field is characterized by rapid changes in technology and in new and growing illegal activity, these bodies of laws are constantly evolving. Some of the laws that apply to us with respect to customer activity include the following:

26


Table of Contents

          Although established statutory law and case law in these areas to date generally have shielded us from liability for customer activities, court rulings in pending or future litigation may serve to narrow the scope of protection afforded us under these laws. In addition, laws governing these activities are unsettled in many international jurisdictions, or may prove difficult or impossible for us to comply with in some international jurisdictions. Also, notwithstanding the exculpatory language of these bodies of law, we may be embroiled in complaints and lawsuits which, even if ultimately resolved in our favor, add cost to our doing business and may divert management's time and attention. Finally, other existing bodies of law, including the criminal laws of various states, may be deemed to apply or new statutes or regulations may be adopted in the future, any of which could expose us to further liability and increase our costs of doing business.

We may face liability or become involved in disputes over registration of domain names and control over websites.

          As a domain name registrar, we regularly become involved in disputes over registration of domain names. Most of these disputes arise as a result of a third party registering a domain name that is identical or similar to another party's trademark or the name of a living person. These disputes are typically resolved through the Uniform Domain-Name Dispute-Resolution Policy, or UDRP, ICANN's administrative process for domain name dispute resolution, or less frequently through litigation under the Anticybersquatting Consumer Protection Act, or ACPA, or under general theories of trademark infringement or dilution. The UDRP generally does not impose liability on registrars, and the ACPA provides that registrars may not be held liable for registering or maintaining a domain name absent a showing of bad faith intent to profit or reckless disregard of a court order by the registrars. However, we may face liability if we fail to comply in a timely manner with procedural requirements under these rules. In addition, these processes typically require at least limited involvement by us, and therefore increase our cost of doing business. The volume of domain name registration disputes may increase in the future as the overall number of registered domain names increases.

          Domain name registrars also face potential tort law liability for their role in wrongful transfers of domain names. The safeguards and procedures we have adopted may not be successful in insulating us against liability from such claims in the future. In addition, we face potential liability for other forms of "domain name hijacking," including misappropriation by third parties of our network of customer domain names and attempts by third parties to operate websites on these domain names or to extort the customer whose domain name and website were misappropriated. Furthermore, our risk of incurring liability for a security breach on a customer website would increase if the security breach were to occur following our sale to a customer of an SSL certificate that proved ineffectual in preventing it. Finally, we are exposed to potential liability as a result of our private domain name registration service, wherein we become the domain name registrant, on a proxy basis, on behalf of our customers. While

27


Table of Contents


we have a policy of providing the underlying Whois information and reserve the right to cancel privacy services on domain names giving rise to domain name disputes including when we receive reasonable evidence of an actionable harm, the safeguards we have in place may not be sufficient to avoid liability in the future, which could increase our costs of doing business.

We may experience unforeseen liabilities in connection with our acquisitions of Internet domain names or arising out of third-party domain names included in our distribution network, which could negatively impact our financial results.

          We have acquired and intend to continue to acquire in the future additional previously-owned Internet domain names. While we have a policy against acquiring domain names that infringe on third-party intellectual property rights, including trademarks or confusingly similar business names, in some cases, these acquired names may have trademark significance that is not readily apparent to us or is not identified by us in the bulk purchasing process. As a result we may face demands by third-party trademark owners asserting infringement or dilution of their rights and seeking transfer of acquired Internet domain names under the UDRP administered by ICANN or actions under the ACPA. Additionally, we display paid listings on third-party domain names and third-party websites that are part of our distribution network, which also could subject us to a wide variety of civil claims including intellectual property infringement.

          We intend to review each claim or demand which may arise from time to time on a case-by-case basis with the assistance of counsel and we intend to transfer any rights acquired by us to any party that has demonstrated a valid prior right or claim. We cannot, however, guarantee that we will be able to resolve these disputes without litigation. The potential violation of third-party intellectual property rights and potential causes of action under consumer protection laws may subject us to unforeseen liabilities including injunctions and judgments for money damages.

Our failure to register, maintain, secure, transfer or renew the domain names that we process on behalf of our customers or to provide our other services to our customers without interruption could subject us to additional expenses, claims of loss or negative publicity that have a material adverse effect on our business.

          Clerical errors and system and process failures made by us may result in inaccurate and incomplete information in our database of domain names and in our failure to properly register or to maintain, secure, transfer or renew the registration of domain names that we process on behalf of our customers. In addition, any errors of this type might result in the interruption of our other services. Our failure to properly register or to maintain, secure, transfer or renew the registration of our customers' domain names or to provide our other services without interruption, even if we are not at fault, might result in our incurring significant expenses and might subject us to claims of loss or to negative publicity, which could harm our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

Governmental and regulatory policies or claims concerning the domain name registration system, and industry reactions to those policies or claims, may cause instability in the industry, disrupt our domain name registration business and negatively impact our business.

          ICANN is a private sector, not for profit corporation formed in 1998 for the express purposes of overseeing a number of Internet related tasks previously performed directly on behalf of the U.S. government, including managing the domain name registration system. ICANN has been subject to strict scrutiny by the public and by the United States government. For example, in the United States, Congress has held hearings to evaluate ICANN's selection process for new top level domains. In addition, ICANN faces significant questions regarding its financial viability and efficacy as a private sector entity. ICANN may continue to evolve both its long term structure and mission to address

28


Table of Contents


perceived shortcomings such as a lack of accountability to the public and a failure to maintain a diverse representation of interests on its board of directors. We continue to face the risks that:

          If any of these events occur, they could create instability in the domain name registration system. These events could also disrupt or suspend portions of our domain name registration solution, which would result in reduced revenue.

The relevant domain name registry and the ICANN regulatory body impose a charge upon each registrar for the administration of each domain name registration. If these fees increase, it would have a significant impact upon our operating results.

          Each registry typically imposes a fee in association with the registration of each domain name. For example, the VeriSign registry presently charges a $7.34 fee for each .com registration. ICANN charges a $0.18 fee for each domain name registered in the generic top level domains, or gTLDs, that fall within its purview. We have no control over these agencies and cannot predict when they may increase their respective fees. In terms of the registry agreement between ICANN and VeriSign that was approved by the U.S. Department of Commerce on November 30, 2006, VeriSign will continue as the exclusive registry for the .com gTLD through at least November 30, 2012 and is entitled to increase the fee it receives for each .com domain name once in either 2011 or 2012. Any increase in these fees either must be included in the prices we charge to our service providers, imposed as a surcharge or absorbed by us. If we absorb such cost increases or if surcharges act as a deterrent to registration, we may find that our profits are adversely impacted by these third-party fees.

29


Table of Contents


As the number of available domain names with commercial value diminishes over time, our domain name registration revenue and our overall business could be adversely impacted.

          As the number of domain registrations increases and the number of available domain names with commercial value diminishes over time, and if it is perceived that the more desirable domain names are generally unavailable, fewer Internet users might register domain names with us. If this occurs, it could have an adverse effect on our domain name registration revenue and our overall business.

Risks Relating to our Company

We have a history of operating losses and may not be able to operate profitably or sustain positive cash flow in future periods.

          We were founded in 2006 and have a limited operating history. We have had a net loss in every year since inception. As of June 30, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $52 million and we may incur net operating losses in the future. Moreover, we anticipate that our cash flows from operating activities in the near term will not be sufficient to fund our investments in the production of content and the purchase of property and equipment, domain names and other intangible assets and may never be. Our business strategy contemplates making substantial investments in our content creation, distribution processes and the development and launch of new products and services, each of which will require significant expenditures. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Our ability to generate net income in the future will depend in large part on our ability to generate and sustain substantially increased revenue levels, while continuing to control our expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including those discussed in other risk factors and factors that we cannot foresee. Our inability to generate net income and positive cash flows would materially and adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect a number of factors to cause our operating results to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance.

          Our revenue and operating results could vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year and may fail to match our past performance because of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. In particular, our operating expenses are fixed and variable and, to the extent variable, less flexible to manage period-to-period, especially in the short-term. For example, our ability to manage our expenses in the near term period-to-period is affected by our sales and marketing expenses to refer traffic to or promote our owned and operated websites, generally a variable expense which can be managed based on operating performance in the near term. This expense has historically represented a relatively small percentage of our operating expenses. In addition, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to other risk factors discussed in this section, factors that may contribute to the variability of our quarterly and annual results include:

30


Table of Contents

          It is possible that in one or more future quarters, due to any of the factors listed above, a combination of those factors or other reasons, our operating results may be below our expectations and the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In that event, the price of our shares of common stock could decline substantially.

Changes in our business model or external developments in our industry could negatively impact our operating margins.

          Our operating margins may experience downward pressure as a result of increasing competition and increased expenditures for many aspects of our business, including expenses related to content creation. For example, historically, we have paid substantially all of our freelance content creators upon

31


Table of Contents


the creation of text articles and videos, rather than on a revenue share basis, and we capitalize these payments. However, if we increase the use of revenue sharing arrangements to compensate our freelance content creators, our operating margins may suffer if such revenue-share payments exceed our amortization expense on comparably performing content. In addition, we intend to enter into additional revenue sharing arrangements with our customers which could cause our operating margins to experience downward pressure if a greater percentage of our revenue comes from advertisements placed on our network of customer websites compared to advertisements placed on our owned and operated websites. Additionally, the percentage of advertising fees that we pay to our customers may increase, which would reduce the margin we earn on revenue generated from those customers.

Our recent revenue growth rate may not be sustainable.

          Our revenue increased rapidly in each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2009. However, our revenue growth rate could decline in the future as a result of a number of factors, including increasing competition and the decline in growth rates as our revenue increases to higher levels. We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate in future periods and you should not rely on the revenue growth of any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance. If our future growth fails to meet investor or analyst expectations, it could have a materially negative effect on our stock price. If our growth rate were to decline significantly or become negative, it would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we do not effectively manage our growth, our operating performance will suffer and we may lose consumers, advertisers, customers and freelance content creators.

          We have experienced rapid growth in our operations, and we expect to experience continued growth in our business, both through internal growth and potential acquisitions. For example, our employee headcount has grown from approximately 360 to approximately 550 in the thirty months ended June 30, 2010. During this same period, the number of freelance content creators affiliated with us has grown to over 10,000. This growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, continued rapid growth may make it more difficult for us to accomplish the following:

          In addition, our personnel, systems, procedures and controls may be inadequate to support our current and future operations. The improvements required to manage our growth will require us to make significant expenditures, expand, train and manage our employee base and allocate valuable

32


Table of Contents


management resources. If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our operating performance will suffer and we may lose our advertisers, customers and key personnel.

If we do not continue to innovate and provide products and services that are useful to our customers, we may not remain competitive, and our revenue and operating results could suffer.

          Our success depends on our ability to innovate and provide products and services useful to our customers in both our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings. Our competitors are constantly developing innovations in content creation and distribution as well as in domain name registration and related services, such as web hosting, email and website creation solutions. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in product development in order to maintain and enhance our existing products and services and introduce new products and services that deliver a sufficient return on investment and that our customers can easily and effectively use. If we are unable to provide quality products and services, we may lose consumers, advertisers, customers and freelance content creators, and our revenue and operating results would suffer. Our operating results would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our customers and our advertisers, are not appropriately timed with market opportunities or are not effectively brought to market.

We may have difficulty scaling and adapting our existing technology and network infrastructure to accommodate increased traffic and technology advances or changing business requirements, which could lead to the loss of consumers, advertisers, customers and freelance content creators, and cause us to incur expenses to make architectural changes.

          To be successful, our network infrastructure has to perform well and be reliable. The greater the user traffic and the greater the complexity of our products and services, the more computing power we will need. In the future, we may spend substantial amounts to purchase or lease data centers and equipment, upgrade our technology and network infrastructure to handle increased traffic on our owned and operated websites and roll out new products and services. This expansion could be expensive and complex and could result in inefficiencies or operational failures. If we do not implement this expansion successfully, or if we experience inefficiencies and operational failures during its implementation, the quality of our products and services and our users' experience could decline. This could damage our reputation and lead us to lose current and potential consumers, advertisers, customers and freelance content creators. The costs associated with these adjustments to our architecture could harm our operating results. Cost increases, loss of traffic or failure to accommodate new technologies or changing business requirements could harm our business, revenue and financial condition.

We rely on technology infrastructure and a failure to update or maintain this technology infrastructure could adversely affect our business.

          Significant portions of our content, products and services are dependent on technology infrastructure that was developed over multiple years. Updating and replacing our technology infrastructure may be challenging to implement and manage, may take time to test and deploy, may cause us to incur substantial costs and may cause us to suffer data loss or delays or interruptions in service. These delays or interruptions in our service may cause our consumers, advertisers, customers and freelance content creators to become dissatisfied with our offerings and could adversely affect our business. Failure to update our technology infrastructure as new technologies become available may also put us in a weaker position relative to a number of our key competitors. Competitors with newer technology infrastructure may have greater flexibility and be in a position to respond more quickly than us to new opportunities, which may impact our competitive position in certain markets and adversely affect our business.

33


Table of Contents

We are currently expanding and improving our information technology systems. If these implementations are not successful, our business and operations could be disrupted and our operating results could suffer.

          We recently deployed the first phase of our enterprise reporting system, Oracle Applications ERP and Platform, to assist us in the management of our financial data and reporting, as well as to automate certain business wide processes and internal controls. We anticipate that this system will be a long-term investment and that the addition of future build-outs, customizations and/or applications associated with this system will require significant management time, support and cost. Moreover, there are inherent risks associated with developing, improving and expanding information systems. We cannot be sure that the expansion of any of our systems, including our Oracle system, will be fully or effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all. If we do not successfully implement informational systems on a timely basis or at all, our operations may be disrupted and or our operating results could suffer. In addition, any new information system deployments may not operate as we expect them to, and we may be required to expend significant resources to correct problems or find alternative sources for performing these functions.

Changes in regulations or user concerns regarding privacy and protection of user data, or any failure to comply with such laws, could diminish the value of our services and cause us to lose customers and revenue.

          When a user visits our websites or certain pages of our customers' websites, we use technologies, including "cookies," to collect information related to the user, such as the user's Internet Protocol, or IP, address, demographic information, and history of the user's interactions with advertisements previously delivered by us. The information that we collect about users helps us deliver appropriate content and targeted advertising to the user. A variety of federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of data that we receive from and about our users. The existing privacy-related laws and regulations are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. We post privacy policies on all of our owned and operated websites which set forth our policies and practices related to the collection and use of consumer data. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with industry standards or laws or regulations could result in a loss of consumer confidence in us, or result in actions against us by governmental entities or others, all of which could potentially cause us to lose consumers and revenues.

          In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current or enact new laws regarding privacy matters. Recent developments related to "instant personalization" and similar technologies potentially allow us and other publishers access to even broader and more detailed information about users. These developments have led to greater scrutiny of industry data collection practices by regulators and privacy advocates. New laws may be enacted, or existing laws may be amended or re-interpreted, in a manner which limits our ability to analyze user data. If our access to user data is limited through legislation or any industry development, we may be unable to provide effective technologies and services to customers and we may lose customers and revenue.

We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain our current personnel or hire additional personnel, our ability to develop and successfully market our business could be harmed.

          We believe that our future success is highly dependent on the contributions of our executive officers, in particular the contributions of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Rosenblatt, as well as our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, sales, technical and finance personnel. We do not maintain "key person" life insurance policies for our Chief Executive Officer or any of our executive officers. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. All of our officers and other employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of

34


Table of Contents


our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. If we are unable to attract and retain our executive officers and key employees, our business, operating results and financial condition will be harmed.

          Volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract employees and retain our key employees. Our executive officers have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our common stock.

Our industry is undergoing rapid change, and our business model is also evolving, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk of your investment.

          We derive a significant portion of our revenue from the sale of advertising on the Internet, which is an evolving industry that, in its short history, has undergone rapid and dramatic changes in industry standards and consumer and customer demands. For example, devices through which consumers are accessing information, the types of information being delivered and the types of websites through which consumers access information are all in a rapid state of change. Our business model is also evolving and is distinct from many other companies in our industry, and it may not be successful. In addition, the ways in which online advertisements are delivered are also rapidly changing. For example, an increasing percentage of advertisements are being delivered through social media websites such as Facebook. While we sell social media tools, we currently do not operate any properties that are solely social media sites. If advertisers determine that their yields on such social media sites significantly outstrip their return on other types of websites, such as eHow, our results could be impacted. We need to continually evolve our services and the way we deliver them to keep up with such changes to remain relevant to our customers. We may not be able to do so.

The interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems, or those of third parties that we rely upon, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

          The availability of our products and services depends on the continuing operation of our information technology and communications systems. Any damage to or failure of our systems, or those of third parties that we rely upon (co-location providers for data servers, storage devices, and network access) could result in interruptions in our service, which could reduce our revenue and profits, and damage our brand. Our systems are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, terrorist attacks, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses or other attempts to harm our systems. We, and in particular our Registrar, have experienced an increasing number of computer distributed denial of service attacks which have forced us to shut down certain of our websites, including eNom.com. We have implemented certain defenses against these attacks, but we may continue to be subject to such attacks, and future denial of service attacks may cause all or portions of our websites to become unavailable. In addition, some of our data centers are located in areas with a high risk of major earthquakes. Our data centers are also subject to break-ins, sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism, and to potential disruptions if the operators of these facilities have financial difficulties. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning is currently underdeveloped and does not account for all eventualities. The occurrence of a natural disaster, a decision to close a facility we are using without adequate notice for financial reasons or other unanticipated problems at our data centers could result in lengthy interruptions in our service.

          Furthermore, third-party service providers may experience an interruption in operations or cease operations for any reason. If we are unable to agree on satisfactory terms for continued data center hosting relationships, we would be forced to enter into a relationship with other service providers or

35


Table of Contents


assume hosting responsibilities ourselves. If we are forced to switch hosting facilities, we may not be successful in finding an alternative service provider on acceptable terms or in hosting the computer servers ourselves. We may also be limited in our remedies against these providers in the event of a failure of service. We also rely on third-party providers for components of our technology platform, such as hardware and software providers. A failure or limitation of service or available capacity by any of these third-party providers could adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

If our security measures are breached and unauthorized access is obtained to a user's or freelance content creator's data, our service may be perceived as not being secure and customers may curtail or stop using our service.

          Our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings involve the storage and transmission of users', Registrar customers' and our freelance content creators' personal information, such as names, social security numbers, addresses, email addresses and credit card and bank account numbers, and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation and possible liability. Our payment services may be susceptible to credit card and other payment fraud schemes, including unauthorized use of credit cards, debit cards or bank account information, identity theft or merchant fraud.

          As nearly all of our products and services are Internet based, the amount of data we store for our users on our servers (including personal information) has increased. If our security measures are breached or our systems fail in the future as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, and as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to our users' and our freelance content creators' data, our reputation and brands will be damaged, the adoption of our products and services could be severely limited, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. We may also need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches, including encrypting personal information, or remedy breaches after they occur, including notifying each person whose personal data may have been compromised. The risk that these types of events could seriously harm our business is likely to increase as we expand the number of Internet-based products and services we offer as well as increase the number of countries where we operate. If an actual or perceived breach of our security measures occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures and our reputation could be harmed and we could lose sales, advertisers, freelance content creators and customers and potentially face costly litigation.

If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position and business may suffer.

          Our ability to compete effectively depends upon our proprietary systems and technology. We rely on a combination of trade secret, trademark, copyright and patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions together with confidentiality agreements and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights. We have been granted five patents by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and we have 19 patent applications pending in the United States and other jurisdictions. We rely more heavily on trade secret protection than patent protection. To protect our trade secrets, we control access to our proprietary systems and technology and enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and confidentiality agreements with other third parties. Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark and patent protection may not be available in all countries where we currently operate or in which we may operate in the future. Some of our systems and technologies are not covered by any copyright, patent or patent application and, because of

36


Table of Contents


the relatively high cost we would experience in registering all of our copyrights with the United States Copyright Office, we generally do not register the copyrights associated with our content. We cannot guarantee that:

          We have from time to time become aware of third parties who we believe may have infringed or are infringing on our intellectual property rights. The use of our intellectual property rights by others could reduce any competitive advantage we have developed and cause us to lose advertisers and website publishers or otherwise cause harm to our business. Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary rights can be difficult and costly. In addition, it may be necessary to enforce or protect our intellectual property rights through litigation or to defend litigation brought against us, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention and could adversely affect our business, even if we are successful on the merits.

Confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

          We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our proprietary systems and technology. Although we enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, independent contractors and other advisors, these agreements may not effectively prevent or provide remedies for unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or unauthorized parties from copying aspects of our services or obtaining and using information that we regard as proprietary. Others may independently discover or develop trade secrets and proprietary information, and in such cases we may not be able to assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could reduce any competitive advantage we have and cause us to lose customers and advertisers, or otherwise cause harm to our business.

Third parties may sue us for intellectual property infringement or misappropriation which, if successful, could require us to pay significant damages or curtail our offerings.

          We cannot be certain that our internally-developed or acquired systems and technologies do not and will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, we license content, software and other intellectual property rights from third parties and may be subject to claims of infringement or misappropriation if such parties do not possess the necessary intellectual property rights to the products or services they license to us. We have in the past and may in the future be subject to legal proceedings and claims that we have infringed the patent or other intellectual property rights of a third party. These claims sometimes involve patent holding companies or other patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence. In addition, third parties may in the future assert intellectual property infringement claims against our

37


Table of Contents


customers, which we have agreed in certain circumstances to indemnify and defend against such claims. Any intellectual property-related infringement or misappropriation claims, whether or not meritorious, could result in costly litigation and could divert management resources and attention. Moreover, should we be found liable for infringement or misappropriation, we may be required to enter into licensing agreements, if available on acceptable terms or at all, pay substantial damages or limit or curtail our systems and technologies. Also, any successful lawsuit against us could subject us to the invalidation of our proprietary rights. Moreover, we may need to redesign some of our systems and technologies to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the foregoing could prevent us from competing effectively and increase our costs.

Certain U.S. and foreign laws could subject us to claims or otherwise harm our business.

          We are subject to a variety of laws in the U.S. and abroad that may subject us to claims or other remedies. Our failure to comply with applicable laws may subject us to additional liabilities, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Laws and regulations that are particularly relevant to our business address:

          Many applicable laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet. Moreover, the applicability and scope of the laws that do address the Internet remain uncertain. For example, the laws relating to the liability of providers of online services are evolving. Claims have been either threatened or filed against us under both U.S. and foreign laws for defamation, copyright infringement, cybersquatting and trademark infringement. In the future, claims may also be alleged against us based on tort claims and other theories based on our content, products and services or content generated by our users.

          We receive, process and store large amounts of personal data of users on our owned and operated websites and from our freelance content creators. Our privacy and data security policies govern the collection, use, sharing, disclosure and protection of this data. The storing, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personal information and user data are subject to federal, state and international privacy laws, the purpose of which is to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected, processed and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. If requirements regarding the manner in which certain personal information and other user data are processed and stored change significantly, our business may be adversely affected, impacting our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may be exposed to potential liabilities as a result of differing views on the level of privacy required for consumer and other user data we collect. We may also need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches, including encrypting personal information, or remedy breaches after they occur, including notifying each person whose personal data may have been compromised. Our failure or the failure of various third-party vendors and service providers to comply with applicable privacy policies or applicable laws and regulations or any compromise of security that

38


Table of Contents


results in the unauthorized release of personal information or other user data could adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

          Our business operations in countries outside the United States are subject to a number of United States federal laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, and the Commerce Department. The FCPA is intended to prohibit bribery of foreign officials or parties and requires public companies in the United States to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect those companies' transactions. OFAC and the Commerce Department administer and enforce economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against targeted foreign states, organizations and individuals.

          If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be exposed to claims for damages, financial penalties, reputational harm, incarceration of our employees or restrictions on our operations, which could increase our costs of operations, reduce our profits or cause us to forgo opportunities that would otherwise support our growth.

We are subject to a number of risks related to credit card payments we accept. If we fail to be in compliance with applicable credit card rules and regulations, we may incur additional fees, fines and ultimately the revocation of the right to accept credit card payments, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

          Many of the customers of our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings pay amounts owed to us using a credit card or debit card. For credit and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating expenses and adversely affect our net income. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. We believe we are compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, which incorporates Visa's Cardholder Information Security Program and MasterCard's Site Data Protection standard. However, there is no guarantee that we will maintain such compliance or that compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payment system. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers. A failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions would result in significantly higher credit card-related costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

New tax treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce may adversely affect the commercial use of our marketing services and our financial results.

          Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that, although our services and the Internet transmissions related to them originate in California, Texas, Illinois, Virginia and the Netherlands, governments of other states or foreign countries might attempt to regulate our transmissions or levy sales, income or other taxes relating to our activities. Tax authorities at the international, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce. New or revised international, federal, state or local tax regulations may subject us or our customers to additional sales, income and other taxes. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to impose sales, income or other taxes on commerce over the Internet. New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, would likely increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of advertising and selling goods and services over the Internet. New taxes could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data, and collect and remit taxes. Any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

39


Table of Contents


A reclassification of our freelance content creators from independent contractors to employees by tax authorities could require us to pay retroactive taxes and penalties and significantly increase our cost of operations.

          As of June 30, 2010, we contracted with over 10,000 freelance content creators as independent contractors to create content for our owned and operated websites and for our network of customer websites. Because we consider our freelance content creators with whom we contract to be independent contractors, as opposed to employees, we do not withhold federal or state income or other employment related taxes, make federal or state unemployment tax or Federal Insurance Contributions Act payments, or provide workers' compensation insurance with respect to such freelance content creators. Our contracts with our independent contractor freelance content creators obligate these freelance content creators to pay these taxes. The classification of freelance content creators as independent contractors depends on the facts and circumstances of the relationship. In the event of a determination by federal or state taxing authorities that the freelance content creators engaged as independent contractors are employees, we may be adversely affected and subject to retroactive taxes and penalties. In addition, if it was determined that our content creators were employees, the costs associated with content creation would increase significantly and our financial results would be adversely affected.

We rely on outside providers for our billing, collection, payment processing and payroll. If these outside service providers are not able to fulfill their service obligations, our business and operations could be disrupted, and our operating results could be harmed.

          Outside providers perform various functions for us, such as billing, collection, payment processing and payroll. These functions are critical to our operations and involve sensitive interactions between us and our advertisers, customers and employees. Although in some instances we have implemented service level agreements and have established monitoring controls, if we do not successfully manage our service providers or if the service providers do not perform satisfactorily to agreed-upon service levels, our operations could be disrupted resulting in advertiser, customer or employee dissatisfaction. In addition, our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks contains financial and other restrictive covenants which, if breached, could result in the acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness.

          Our existing credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks contains financial covenants that require, among other things, that we maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum net senior leverage ratio. In addition, our credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks contains covenants restricting our ability to, among other things:

          These covenants could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or to pursue available business opportunities, including acquisitions. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default and acceleration of our indebtedness. Furthermore, if the syndicate is unwilling to waive certain covenants, we may be forced to amend our credit facility on terms less favorable than current terms or enter into new financing arrangements. As of June 30, 2010, we had no indebtedness outstanding under this facility.

40


Table of Contents


We may need additional funding to meet our obligations and to pursue our business strategy. Additional funding may not be available to us and our financial condition could therefore be adversely affected.

          We may require additional funding to meet our ongoing obligations and to pursue our business strategy, which may include the selective acquisition of businesses and technologies. There can be no assurance that if we were to need additional funds that additional financing arrangements would be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Furthermore, if adequate additional funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate material parts of the implementation of our business strategy, including potential additional acquisitions or internally-developed businesses.

We have made and may make additional acquisitions that could entail significant execution, integration and operational risks.

          We have made numerous acquisitions in the past and our future growth may depend, in part, on acquisitions of complementary websites, businesses, solutions or technologies rather than internal development. We may consider making acquisitions in the future to increase the scope of our business domestically and internationally. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. If we are unable to identify suitable future acquisition opportunities, reach agreement with such parties or obtain the financing necessary to make such acquisitions, we could lose market share to competitors who are able to make such acquisitions. This loss of market share could negatively impact our business, revenue and future growth.

          Furthermore, even if we successfully complete an acquisition, we may not be able to successfully assimilate and integrate the websites, business, technologies, solutions, personnel or operations of the company that we acquired, particularly if key personnel of an acquired company decide not to work for us. In addition, we may incur indebtedness to complete an acquisition, which would increase our costs and impose operational limitations, or issue equity securities, which would dilute our stockholders' ownership and could adversely affect the price of our common stock. We may also unknowingly inherit liabilities from previous or future acquisitions that arise after the acquisition and are not adequately covered by indemnities.

Impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or long-lived assets could negatively impact our consolidated results of operations and net worth.

          Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators are present. In general, long-lived assets are only reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators are present. In assessing goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment, we make significant estimates and assumptions, including estimates and assumptions about market penetration, anticipated growth rates and risk-adjusted discount rates based on our budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and industry data. Some of the estimates and assumptions used by management have a high degree of subjectivity and require significant judgment on the part of management. Changes in estimates and assumptions in the context of our impairment testing may have a material impact on us, and any potential impairment charges could substantially affect our financial results in the periods of such charges.

The impact of worldwide economic conditions may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

          Our performance is subject to worldwide economic conditions. We believe that the current recession has adversely affected our business. To the extent that the current economic recession

41


Table of Contents


continues, or worldwide economic conditions materially deteriorate, our existing and potential advertisers and customers may no longer use our content or register domain names through our Registrar service offering, or our advertisers may elect to reduce advertising budgets. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in advertising spending. In particular, online advertising may be viewed by some of our existing and potential advertisers and customers as a lower priority and may be among the first expenditures reduced as a result of unfavorable economic conditions. These developments could have an adverse effect on our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.


Risks Relating to Owning Our Common Stock

An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained, and the trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained, which could depress the market price of our common stock and could affect your ability to sell your shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade following the completion of this offering. The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in this "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

          In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for Internet-related companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company's securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management's attention and resources and harm our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the recent distress in the financial markets has also resulted in extreme volatility in security prices.

42


Table of Contents

The large number of shares eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our common stock.

          The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our common stock. Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2010, we will have             shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. This number is comprised of all the shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold immediately in the public market. The holders of            shares of outstanding common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock until 180-days following the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. After the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, these shares may be sold in the public market in the United States, subject to prior registration in the United States, if required, or reliance upon an exemption from U.S. registration, including, in the case of shares held by affiliates or control persons, compliance with the volume restrictions of Rule 144.

Number of Shares and
% of Total Outstanding
  Date Available for Sale into Public Markets
            or        %   Immediately after this offering.

            or        %

 

180 days after the date of this prospectus due to contractual obligations and lock-up agreements. However, the underwriters can waive the provisions of these lock-up agreements and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time, provided their respective six-month holding periods under Rule 144 have expired.

            or        %

 

From time to time after the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus upon expiration of their respective one-year holding periods in the U.S.

          Any of the participants in the directed share program will also be subject to a lock-up period for 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

          Following the date that is 180 days after the completion of this offering, stockholders owning an aggregate of                        shares will be entitled, under contracts providing for registration rights, to require us to register shares of our common stock owned by them for public sale in the United States, subject to the restrictions of Rule 144. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement to register the approximately                        shares previously issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans and agreements. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable exercise periods and, in certain cases, lock-up agreements with the representatives of the underwriters referred to above, the shares of common stock issued upon exercise of outstanding options will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.

          Sales of our common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause our stock price to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock.

          We also may issue our shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares that we may issue may in turn be significant. In addition, we may also grant registration rights covering those shares in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

43


Table of Contents


Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

          The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per outstanding share of our common stock immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $        per share in the net tangible book value of our common stock based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, there will be an additional dilution of $        per share in the net tangible book value of our common stock, assuming the same public offering price.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting and will be subject to other requirements that will be burdensome and costly. We may not complete our analysis of our internal controls over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

          We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on our management's assessment of our internal controls.

          We are just beginning the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation before we perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to attest that our management's report is fairly stated or they are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Failure to comply with the new rules might make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage and/or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors, or as executive officers.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

44


Table of Contents


We do not anticipate paying cash dividends, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

          The terms of our credit agreement currently prohibit us from paying cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the future. As a result, only appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur, will provide a return to stockholders. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

          Our management will generally have broad discretion to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect that we will use the net proceeds of this offering for investments in content and general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, capital expenditures and international expansion. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses or to obtain rights to such complementary technologies, solutions or businesses. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of businesses, solutions and technologies that we believe are complementary to our own. We have not otherwise allocated the net proceeds from this offering for any specific purposes. Until we use the net proceeds to us from this offering, we plan to invest them, and these investments may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Certain provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage takeover attempts and lead to management entrenchment.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors, including, among other things:

45


Table of Contents

          We are also subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law. Under Delaware law, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, our board of directors has approved the transaction.

46


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business" contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "expect" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in "Risk Factors." Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

          You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

          You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.


MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

          Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

47


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of                        shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay in connection with this offering. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our net proceeds by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          If the underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $             million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay in connection with this offering.

          We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, including any shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders in connection with the underwriters' exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain of our executive officers and members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with or controlled by them.

          We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for investments in content and general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, capital expenditures and international expansion. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses or to obtain rights to such complementary techniques, solutions or businesses. We have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. Our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds in this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

          Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our common stock will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions or strategic transactions.

48


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common or convertible preferred stock. We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings on our common stock will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our credit agreement with a syndicate of commercial banks prohibits our payment of dividends.

49


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2010:

          You should read this table together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of June 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 33,561   $ 33,561   $    
               

Preferred stock warrant liability

    287            

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 123,344,512 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    373,754            

Stockholders' equity:

                   
 

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                   
               
 

Common stock, par value $0.0001; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 30,047,337 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized pro forma and pro forma as adjusted;             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    3     15        
 

Additional paid-in capital

    31,020     405,049        
 

Accumulated deficit

    (51,739 )   (51,739 )      
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    110     110        
               
   

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (20,606 )   353,435        
               

Total capitalization

  $ 353,435   $ 353,435   $    
               

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of our common stock in this offering, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the

50


Table of Contents

The share information in the table above excludes, as of June 30, 2010:

51


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering. After giving effect to the automatic conversion of our preferred stock in connection with this offering, our pro forma historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of                                    was $             million, or $             per share. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the number of shares of our outstanding common stock.

          After giving effect to the (i) automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 123,344,512 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering and (ii) receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                        shares of common stock in this offering based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

          The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price

        $    
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of

             
 

Increase per share attributable to this offering from new investors

             
             

Pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

        $    
             

          If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $        per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $        per share.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $            per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $            per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by

52


Table of Contents


us, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of common stock, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus:

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Total Shares    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New stockholders in this offering

            %           %      
                         
 

Total

          100 % $       100 % $    
                         

          Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to                        shares, or        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to                        , or        %, of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $       million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

          The above discussion and tables are based on                    shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2010, and exclude:

          To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

53


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

          Demand Media was incorporated on March 23, 2006 and had no substantive business activities prior to the acquisition of eNom, Inc in April 2006. As a result eNom is considered to be the Predecessor company (the "Predecessor"). eNom had a fiscal year ended September 30.

          The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended December 31, 2007 and the two years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, as well as the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended September 30, 2005, seven months ended April 28, 2006 and the year ended March 31, 2007, as well as the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2005, April 28, 2006, March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2007, are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary, which include only normal recurring adjustments, for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

          The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

54


Table of Contents

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year ended
September 30,
  Seven
Months
ended
April 28,
  Year
ended
March 31,
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2007(3)   2007(3)   2008(3)   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

                                                 

Revenue

  $ 38,967   $ 30,145   $ 58,978   $ 102,295   $ 170,250   $ 198,452   $ 91,273   $ 114,002  

Operating expenses

                                                 
 

Service costs (exclusive of amortization of intangible assets)

    26,371     19,515     26,723     57,833     98,238     114,482     53,309     61,735  
 

Sales and marketing

    1,751     1,224     3,016     3,601     15,360     19,994     9,181     10,396  
 

Product development

    3,032     2,773     9,338     10,965     14,407     21,502     9,775     12,514  
 

General and administrative

    3,328     3,514     8,826     19,584     28,191     28,358     13,994     17,440  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    941     854     15,074     17,393     33,204     32,152     16,429     16,173  
                                   
   

Total operating expenses

    35,423     27,880     62,977     109,376     189,400     216,488     102,688     118,258  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    3,544     2,265     (3,999 )   (7,081 )   (19,150 )   (18,036 )   (11,415 )   (4,256 )
                                   

Other income (expense)

                                                 
 

Interest income

    10     60     1,772     1,415     1,636     494     223     11  
 

Interest expense

    (36 )   (7 )   (3,206 )   (1,245 )   (2,131 )   (1,759 )   (1,139 )   (349 )
 

Other income (expense), net

    (55 )   100     54     (999 )   (250 )   (19 )       (128 )
                                   
   

Total other income (expense)

    (81 )   153     (1,380 )   (829 )   (745 )   (1,284 )   (916 )   (466 )
                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    3,463     2,418     (5,379 )   (7,910 )   (19,895 )   (19,320 )   (12,331 )   (4,722 )

Income tax (benefit) provision

    172     1,050     (1,448 )   (2,293 )   (5,736 )   2,663     1,596     1,327  
                                   

Net income (loss)

    3,291     1,368     (3,931 )   (5,617 )   (14,159 )   (21,983 )   (13,927 )   (6,049 )

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

            (10,199 )   (14,059 )   (28,209 )   (30,848 )   (15,015 )   (16,206 )
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 
$

3,291
 
$

1,368
 
$

(14,130

)

$

(19,676

)

$

(42,368

)

$

(52,831

)

$

(28,942

)

$

(22,255

)
                                   

Net income (loss) per share:(1)

                                                 
 

Basic

  $ 0.63   $ 0.25   $ (3.57 ) $ (2.12 ) $ (2.59 ) $ (2.37 ) $ (1.38 ) $ (0.84 )
                                   
 

Diluted

  $ 0.60   $ 0.22   $ (3.57 ) $ (2.12 ) $ (2.59 ) $ (2.37 ) $ (1.38 ) $ (0.84 )
                                   

Weighted average number of shares(1)

                                                 
 

Basic

    5,196     5,543     3,962     9,262     16,367     22,318     20,961     26,347  
 

Diluted

    5,509     6,128     3,962     9,262     16,367     22,318     20,961     26,347  

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted(2)

                                $ (0.15 )       $ (0.04 )
                                               

Shares used in computing the pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted(2)

                                  145,662           149,691  

(1)
Basic loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is increased for cumulative preferred stock dividends earned during the period. For the periods where we presented losses, all potentially dilutive common shares comprising of stock options, restricted stock purchase rights, or RSPRs, warrants and convertible preferred stock are antidilutive.

    RSPRs are considered outstanding common shares and included in the computation of basic earnings per share as of the date that all necessary conditions of vesting are satisfied. RSPRs are excluded from the dilutive earnings per share calculation when their impact is antidilutive. Prior to satisfaction of all conditions of vesting, unvested RSPRs are considered contingently issuable shares and are excluded from weighted average common shares outstanding.

(2)
Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share have been computed to give effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into an aggregate of 123,344,512 shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis as though the conversion had occurred at January 1, 2009.

(3)
During the year ended March 31, 2007, nine months ended December 31, 2007 and year ended December 31, 2008 the Company completed 26 business acquisitions.

55


Table of Contents


 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  September 30,   April 28,   March 31,   December 31,   June 30,  
 
  2005   2006   2007   2007   2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                           
 

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities

  $ 1,310   $ 3,594   $ 32,975   $ 47,365   $ 103,496   $ 49,908   $ 33,561  
 

Working capital

    (8,578 )   (10,097 )   12,781     44,992     64,639     19,665     1,384  
 

Total assets

    36,593     42,475     318,772     424,328     527,152     468,318     469,656  
 

Long term debt

            16,499     4,000     55,000     10,000      
 

Capital lease obligations, long term

    16                     488     221  
 

Convertible preferred stock

            239,445     338,962     373,754     373,754     373,754  
 

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (1,591 )   (2,446 )   (2,203 )   (3,205 )   (7,622 )   (21,847 )   (20,606 )

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

          To provide investors and others with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in the table below and within this prospectus the following non-GAAP financial measures: adjusted operating income before depreciation and amortization expense, or Adjusted OIBDA, and revenue less traffic acquisition costs, or revenue less TAC. We have provided a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. Our non-GAAP Adjusted OIBDA financial measure differs from GAAP in that it excludes certain expenses such as depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation, and certain non-cash purchase accounting adjustments, as well as the financial impact of gains or losses on certain asset sales or dispositions. Our non-GAAP revenue less TAC financial measure differs from GAAP as it reflects our consolidated revenues net of our traffic acquisition costs. Adjusted OIBDA, or its equivalent, and revenue less TAC are frequently used by security analysts, investors and others as a common financial measure of operating performance.

          We use these non-GAAP financial measures to measure our consolidated operating performance, to understand and compare operating results from period to period, to analyze growth trends, to assist in internal budgeting and forecasting purposes, to develop short and long term operational plans, to calculate annual bonus payments for substantially all of our employees, and to evaluate our financial performance. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period to period comparisons and analysis of trends in our business. We also believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our consolidated revenue and operating results in the same manner as our management and in comparing financial results across accounting periods and to those of our peer companies.

56


Table of Contents

          The following table presents a reconciliation of revenue less TAC and Adjusted OIBDA for each of the periods presented:

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year ended
September 30,
  Seven
Months
ended
April 28,
  Year
ended
March 31,
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

                                                 

Content & Media revenue

  $   $   $ 18,073   $ 49,342   $ 84,821   $ 107,717   $ 47,051   $ 66,291  

Registrar revenue

    38,967     30,145     40,906     52,953     85,429     90,735     44,222     47,711  

Less: traffic acquisition costs (TAC)(1)

            (5,087 )   (7,254 )   (7,655 )   (10,554 )   (3,903 )   (5,757 )
                                   

Total revenue less TAC

  $ 38,967   $ 30,145   $ 53,892   $ 95,041   $ 162,595   $ 187,898   $ 87,370   $ 108,245  
                                   

Loss from operations

                    $ (7,081 ) $ (19,150 ) $ (18,036 ) $ (11,415 ) $ (4,256 )

Add (deduct):

                                                 

Depreciation

                      3,590     10,506     14,963     6,824     8,488  

Amortization

                      17,393     33,204     32,152     16,429     16,173  

Stock-based compensation(2)

                      3,670     6,350     7,356     3,201     4,771  

Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments(3)

                      1,282     1,533     960     514     423  

Gain on sale of asset(4)

                              (582 )        
                                         

Adjusted OIBDA

                    $ 18,854   $ 32,443   $ 36,813   $ 15,553   $ 25,599  
                                         

(1)
Represents revenue-sharing payments made to our network customers from advertising revenue generated from such customers' websites.

(2)
Represents the fair value of stock-based awards and certain warrants to purchase our stock included in our GAAP results of operations.

(3)
Represents adjustments for certain deferred revenue and costs that we do not recognize under GAAP because of GAAP purchase accounting.

(4)
Represents a gain recognized on the sale of certain assets included in our GAAP operating results.

          The use of non-GAAP financial measures has certain limitations because they do not reflect all items of income and expense that affect our operations. We compensate for these limitations by reconciling the non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Further, these non-GAAP measures may differ from the non-GAAP information used by other companies, including peer companies, and therefore comparability may be limited. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

57


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" or in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

          We are a leader in a new Internet-based model for the professional creation of high-quality, commercially valuable content at scale. Our business is comprised of two distinct and complementary service offerings: Content & Media and Registrar. Our Content & Media offering is engaged in creating media content, primarily consisting of text articles and videos, and delivering it along with our social media and monetization tools to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites. Our Content & Media service offering also includes a number of websites primarily containing advertising listings, which we refer to as our undeveloped websites. Our Registrar is the world's largest wholesale registrar of Internet domain names and the world's second largest registrar overall, based on the number of names under management, and provides domain name registration and related value-added services.

          Our principal operations and decision-making functions are located in the United States. We report our financial results as one operating segment, with two distinct service offerings. Our operating results are regularly reviewed by our chief operating decision maker on a consolidated basis, principally to make decisions about how we allocate our resources and to measure our consolidated operating performance. Together, our service offerings provide us with proprietary data that enable commercially valuable content production at scale combined with broad distribution and targeted monetization capabilities. We currently generate substantially all of our Content & Media revenue through the sale of advertising, and to a lesser extent through subscriptions to our social media applications and select content and service offerings. Substantially all of our Registrar revenue is derived from domain name registration and related value-added service subscriptions. Our chief operating decision maker regularly reviews revenue for each of our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings in order to gain more depth and understanding of the key business metrics driving our business. Accordingly, we report Content & Media and Registrar revenue separately.

          For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, we reported revenue of $198 million and $114 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, our Content & Media offering accounted for 54% and 58% of our total revenues, respectively, and our Registrar service accounted for 46% and 42% of our total revenues, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2007 we changed our fiscal year-end from March 31 to December 31, resulting in our financial statements reflecting a nine-month period from April 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007.


Key Business Metrics

          We regularly review a number of business metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure the performance of our business model, identify trends impacting our business,

58


Table of Contents


determine resource allocations, formulate financial projections and make strategic business decisions. Measures which we believe are the primary indicators of our performance are as follows:

Content & Media Metrics

Registrar Metrics

          The following table sets forth additional performance highlights of key business metrics for the periods presented:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008(1)   2009(1)   %
Change
  2009(1)   2010(1)   %
Change
 

Content & Media Metrics:

                                     

Owned & operated

                                     
 

Page views (in billions)

    5.9     6.8     15 %   3.2     3.9     23 %
 

RPM

  $ 10.56   $ 10.69     1   $ 10.03   $ 11.81     18  

Network of customer websites

                                     
 

Page views (in billions)

    5.4     10.0     84     4.7     5.8     24  
 

RPM

  $ 4.04   $ 3.45     (15 ) $ 3.19   $ 3.39     6  

Registrar Metrics:

                                     
 

End of Period # of Domains (in millions)

    8.8     9.1     3     8.9     10.1     13  
 

Average Revenue per Domain

  $ 9.85   $ 10.11     3 % $ 9.95   $ 9.96     0 %

(1)
For a discussion of these period to period changes in the number of page views, RPM, end of period domains and average revenue per domain and how they impacted our financial results, see "Six Months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010" and "Nine Months ended December 31, 2007 and Years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009" below.

59


Table of Contents


Opportunities, Challenges and Risks

          To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue through the sale of advertising in connection with our Content & Media service offering and through domain name registration subscriptions in our Registrar service offering. Our advertising revenue is primarily generated by performance-based Internet advertising, such as cost-per-click where an advertiser pays only when a user clicks on its advertisement that is displayed on our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the majority of our advertising revenue was generated by our relationship with Google on a cost-per-click basis. We deliver online advertisements provided by Google on our owned and operated websites as well as on certain of our customer websites where we share a portion of the advertising revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, approximately 18% and 26%, respectively, of our total consolidated revenue was derived from our advertising arrangements with Google. Google maintains the direct relationships with the advertisers and provides us with cost-per-click advertising services.

          Our historical growth in Content & Media revenue has principally come from growth in page views due to increased volume of content published. To a lesser extent, Content & Media revenue growth has resulted from customers utilizing our social media tools and from publishing our content on our network of customer websites, including YouTube. We believe that, in addition to opportunities to grow our revenue and our page views by creating and publishing more content, there is a substantial long term revenue opportunity with respect to selling online advertisements through our internal sales force, particularly on our owned and operated websites. During the first six months of 2010, we began to more aggressively hire and expand our internal advertising sales force, including hiring a chief revenue officer, to exploit this opportunity.

          As we continue to create more content, we may face challenges in finding effective distribution outlets. To address this challenge, we recently began to deploy our content and related advertising capabilities to certain of our customers, such as the online versions of the San Francisco Chronicle and the Houston Chronicle. Previously these customers had used our platform on their websites for social media applications only. Under the terms of our customer arrangements, we are entitled to a share of the underlying revenues generated by the advertisements displayed with our content on these websites. We believe that expanding this business model across our network of customer websites presents a potentially large long-term revenue opportunity. As is the case with our owned and operated websites, under these arrangements we incur substantially all of our content costs up front. However, because under the revenue sharing arrangements we are sharing the resulting revenue, there is a risk that these relationships over the long term will not generate sufficient revenue to meet our financial objectives, including recovering our content creation costs. In addition, the growing presence of other companies that produce online content, including AOL's Seed.com and Associated Content, which was recently acquired by Yahoo!, may create increased competition for available distribution opportunities, which would limit our ability to reach a wider audience of consumers.

          Our content studio identifies and creates online text articles and videos through a community of freelance content creators and is core to our business strategy and long term growth initiatives. As of June 30, 2010, our studio had over 10,000 freelance content creators, who generated a daily average of over 5,700 text articles and videos during the quarter ended June 30, 2010. Historically, we have made substantial investments in our platform to support our expanding community of freelance content creators and the growth of our content production and distribution, and expect to continue to make such investments. As discussed above, we have also seen increasing competition from large Internet companies such as AOL and Yahoo!. Although these competitive offerings are not directly comparable to all aspects of our content offering, increased competition for freelance content creators could increase our freelance creator costs and adversely impact our ability to attract and retain content creators.

60


Table of Contents

          Registrar revenue growth historically has been driven by growth in the number of domains and growth in average revenue per domain due to an increase in the amounts we charge for registration and related value-added services. Prior to the second quarter of 2010, our Registrar experienced stable growth in both domains and average revenue per domain. Growth in average revenue per domain was due in part to an increase in our registration pricing in response to price increases from registries which control the rights of large top level domains, or TLDs (such as VeriSign which is the registry for the .com TLD). From the second quarter of 2010 through early 2011, we expect modest declines in average revenue per domain as a result of recently attracting certain large volume customers, from which we have only begun to recognize revenue, and as a result of more aggressive pricing.

          Our direct costs to register domain names on behalf of our customers are almost exclusively controlled by registries and by the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, or ICANN. ICANN is a private sector, not for profit corporation formed to oversee a number of Internet related tasks, including domain registrations for which it collects fees, previously performed directly on behalf of the U.S. government. In addition, the market for wholesale registrar services is both price sensitive and competitive, particularly for large volume customers, such as large web hosting companies and owners of large portfolios of domain names. We have a relatively limited ability to increase the pricing of domain name registrations without negatively impacting our ability to maintain or grow our customer base. Moreover, we anticipate that any price increases mandated by registries could adversely increase our service costs as a percentage of our total revenue. ICANN is currently deliberating on the timing and framework for a potentially significant expansion of the number of generic TLDs, or gTLDs. Although there can be no assurance that any gTLD expansion will occur, we believe that such expansion, if any, would result in an increase in the number of domains we register and related revenues.

          Our service costs, the largest component of our operating expenses, can vary from period to period based upon the mix of the underlying Content & Media and Registrar services revenue we generate. We believe that our service costs as a percentage of total revenue decrease as our percentage of revenues derived from our Content & Media service offering increases. In the near term and consistent with historical trends, we expect that the growth in our Content & Media revenue will exceed the growth in our Registrar revenue. As a result, we expect that our service costs as a percentage of our total revenue will decrease when compared to our historical results. However, as we expand our Content & Media offering and enter into more revenue-sharing arrangements with our customers and content creators in the long term, our service costs as a percentage of our total revenue when compared to our historical results may not decrease at a similar rate.

          Since our inception and through June 30, 2010, more than 95% of our revenue has been derived from websites and customers located in the United States. While our content is primarily targeted towards English-speaking users in the United States today, we believe that there is a substantial opportunity in the long term for us to create content targeted to users outside of the United States and thereby increase our revenue generated from countries outside of the United States.

Basis of Presentation

Revenues

          Our revenues are derived from our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings.

Content & Media Revenues

          We currently generate substantially all of our Content & Media revenue through the sale of advertising, and to a lesser extent through subscriptions to our social media applications and select content and service offerings. Our revenue generating advertising arrangements, for both our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites, include cost-per-click performance-based

61


Table of Contents


advertising; contain display advertisements where revenue is dependent upon the number of page views; and lead generating advertisements where revenue is dependent upon users registering for, or purchasing or demonstrating interest in, advertisers' products and services. We generate revenue from advertisements displayed alongside our content offered to consumers across a broad range of topics and categories on our owned and operated websites and on certain customer websites. Our advertising revenue also includes revenue derived from cost-per-click advertising links we place on undeveloped websites owned both by us and certain of our customers. To a lesser extent, we also generate revenue from our subscription-based offerings, which include our social media applications deployed on our network of customer websites and subscriptions to premium content or services offered on certain of our owned and operated websites.

          Where we enter into revenue sharing arrangements with our customers, such as for the online version of the San Francisco Chronicle and for undeveloped customer websites, and when we are considered the primary obligor, we report the underlying revenues on a gross basis in our consolidated statements of operations, and record these revenue-sharing payments to our customers as traffic acquisition costs, or TAC, which are included in service costs. In circumstances where the customer acts as the primary obligor, such as YouTube which sells advertisements alongside our video content, we recognize revenue on a net basis.

Registrar Revenue

          Our Registrar revenue is principally comprised of registration fees charged to resellers and consumers in connection with new, renewed and transferred domain name registrations. In addition, our Registrar also generates revenue from the sale of other value-added services that are designed to help our customers easily build, enhance and protect their domains, including security services, e-mail accounts and web-hosting. Finally, we generate revenues from fees related to auction services we provide to facilitate the selling of third-party owned domains. Our Registrar revenue varies based upon the number of domains registered, the rates we charge our customers and our ability to sell value-added services. We market our Registrar wholesale services under our eNom brand, and our retail registration services under the eNomCentral brand, among others.

Operating Expenses

          Operating expenses consist of service costs, sales and marketing, product development, general and administrative, and amortization of intangible assets. Included in our operating expenses are depreciation expenses associated with our capital expenditures and stock-based compensation.

Service Costs

          Service costs consist of: fees paid to registries and ICANN associated with domain registrations; advertising revenue recognized by us and shared with others as a result of our revenue-sharing arrangements, such as TAC and content creator revenue-sharing arrangements; Internet connection and co-location charges and other platform operating expenses associated with our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites, including depreciation of the systems and hardware used to build and operate our Content & Media platform and Registrar; and personnel costs related to in-house editorial, customer service and information technology. Our service costs are dependent on a number of factors, including the number of page views generated across our platform and the volume of domain registrations and value-added services supported by our Registrar. In the near term and consistent with historical trends, we expect that the growth in our Content & Media revenue will exceed the growth in our Registrar revenue. As a result, we expect that our service costs as a percentage of our total revenue will decrease when compared to our historical results.

62


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

          Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing personnel costs, sales support, public relations advertising and promotional expenditures. Fluctuations in our sales and marketing expenses are generally the result of our efforts to support the growth in our Content & Media service, including expenses required to support the expansion of our direct advertising sales force. We currently anticipate that our sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase and will increase in the near term as a percent of revenue as we continue to build our sales and marketing organizations to support the growth of our business.

Product Development

          Product development expenses consist primarily of expenses incurred in our software engineering, product development and web design activities and related personnel costs. Fluctuations in our product development expenses are generally the result of hiring personnel to support and develop our platform, including the costs to further develop our content algorithm, our owned and operated websites and future product and service offerings of our Registrar. We currently anticipate that our product development expenses will increase as we continue to hire more product development personnel and further develop our products and offerings to support the growth of our business, but may decrease as a percentage of revenue.

General and Administrative

          General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs from our executive, legal, finance, human resources and information technology organizations and facilities related expenditures, as well as third party professional fees, insurance and bad debt expenses. Professional fees are largely comprised of outside legal, audit and information technology consulting. To date, we have not experienced any significant amount of bad debt expense. During the year ended December 31, 2009 and six months ended June 30, 2010, our allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expense were not significant and we expect that this trend will continue in the near term. However, as we grow our revenue from direct advertising sales, which tend to have longer collection cycles, we expect that our allowance for doubtful accounts will increase, which may lead to increased bad debt expense. In addition, we have historically operated as a private company. As we continue to expand our business and incur additional expenses associated with being a publicly traded company, we anticipate general and administrative expenses will increase and will increase as a percentage of revenue in the near term. Specifically, we expect that we will incur additional general and administrative expenses to provide insurance for our directors and officers and to comply with SEC reporting requirements, exchange listing standards, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We anticipate that these insurance and compliance costs will substantially increase certain of our operating expenses in the near term.

Amortization of Intangibles

          We capitalize certain costs allocated to the purchase price of certain identifiable intangible assets acquired in connection with business combinations, to acquire content and to acquire, including through initial registration, undeveloped websites. We amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the related expected useful lives of these assets, which have a weighted average useful life of approximately 5.6 years on a combined basis as of June 30, 2010. The Company determines the appropriate useful life of intangible assets by performing an analysis of expected cash flows based on its historical experience of intangible assets of similar quality and value. We currently estimate the useful life of our content to be five years. We expect amortization expense to increase modestly in the near term, although its percentage of revenues will depend upon a variety of factors, such as the mix of our

63


Table of Contents


investments in content as compared to our identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations.

Stock-based Compensation

          Included in our operating expenses are expenses associated with stock based compensation, which are allocated and included in service costs, sales and marketing, product development and general and administrative expenses. Stock-based compensation expense is largely comprised of costs associated with stock options granted to employees and restricted stock issued to employees. We record the fair value of these equity-based awards and expense their cost ratably over related vesting periods, which is generally four years. The determination of the fair value of these equity awards on the date of grant as discussed in detail below in "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates." In addition, stock-based compensation expense includes the cost of warrants to purchase common and preferred stock issued to certain non-employees.

          As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately $22.5 million of unrecognized employee related stock-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, that we expect to recognize over a weighted average period of approximately 2.7 years and of which we expect to recognize between $4 million and $5 million during the six months ended December 31, 2010. In addition, we expect to recognize approximately $5 million in additional stock-based compensation during the first year following this offering related to awards granted to certain executive officers to acquire approximately 5.3 million of our shares that will vest upon the fulfillment of certain liquidity events and market conditions, including but not limited to an initial public offering occurring prior to June 1, 2013 and the maintenance of an average closing price of our stock above certain amounts for a stipulated period of time. Assuming these conditions are met prior to December 31, 2010, we would recognize the additional stock-based compensation expense of approximately $5 million during the three months ended December 31, 2010. In future periods, our stock-based compensation is expected to increase materially as a result of our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation and as we issue additional stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees and non-employee directors.

Interest Expense

          Interest expense principally consists of interest on outstanding debt and certain prepaid underwriting costs associated with our $100 million revolving credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks. As of June 30, 2010, we had no indebtedness outstanding under this facility.

Interest Income

          Interest income consists of interest earned on cash balances and short-term investments. We typically invest our available cash balances in money market funds, short-term United States Treasury obligations and commercial paper.

Other Income (Expense), Net

          Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the change in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability, transaction gains and losses on foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities and changes in the value of certain long term investments. We expect our transaction gains and losses will vary depending upon movements in underlying currency exchange rates, and could become more significant when we expand internationally. We expect our preferred stock warrant liability, and thus all future charges associated with it, to be eliminated following our initial public offering, because the warrants currently outstanding will either be exercised or expire upon the completion of this offering.

64


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

          Since our inception, we have been subject to income taxes principally in the United States, and certain other countries where we have legal presence, including the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Canada and Sweden. We anticipate that as we expand our operations outside the United States, we will become subject to taxation based on the foreign statutory rates and our effective tax rate could fluctuate accordingly.

          Income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

          We currently believe that based on the available information, it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized, and accordingly we have taken a full valuation allowance against all of our United States deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately $71 million of federal and $10 million of state operating loss carry-forwards available to offset future taxable income which expire in varying amounts beginning in 2020 for federal and 2013 for state purposes if unused. Federal and state laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards in the event of an "ownership change," as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. Currently, we do not expect the utilization of our net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards in the near term to be materially affected as no significant limitations are expected to be placed on these carry-forwards as a result of our previous ownership changes. We are in the process of determining whether this offering would constitute an ownership change resulting in limitations on our ability to use our net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. If an ownership change is deemed to have occurred as a result of this offering, potential near term utilization of these assets could be reduced.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

          We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our revenue recognition, accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts, capitalization and useful lives associated with our intangible assets, including our internal software and website development and content costs, income taxes, stock-based compensation and the recoverability of our goodwill and long-lived assets have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

          We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met: persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; performance of services has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. We consider persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement to be the receipt of a signed contract. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including transaction history and the credit worthiness of a customer. If it is determined that collection is not reasonably assured, revenue is not recognized until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is

65


Table of Contents


generally upon receipt of cash. We record cash received in advance of revenue recognition as deferred revenue.

Content & Media

Advertising Services

          In determining whether an arrangement for our advertising services exists, we ensure that a binding arrangement is in place, such as a standard insertion order or a fully executed customer-specific agreement. Obligations pursuant to our advertising revenue arrangements typically include a minimum number of impressions or the satisfaction of the other performance criteria. Revenue from performance-based arrangements, including cost-per-click and referral revenues, is recognized as the related performance criteria are met. We assess whether performance criteria have been met and whether our fees are fixed or determinable based on a reconciliation of the performance criteria and an analysis of the payment terms associated with a transaction. The reconciliation of the performance criteria generally includes a comparison of third-party performance data, such as periodic online reports provided by certain of our customer websites, to the contractual performance obligation and to internal or customer performance data in circumstances where such data is available. Historically, any difference between the amounts recognized based on preliminary information and cash collected has not been material to our results of operations.

          Where we enter into revenue sharing arrangements with our customers, such as for the online version of the San Francisco Chronicle or with respect to undeveloped customer websites, and when we are considered the primary obligor, we report the underlying revenues on a gross basis in our consolidated statements of operations. In circumstances where the customer acts as the primary obligor, such as YouTube, we recognize the underlying revenue on a net basis in our statement of operations.

Subscription and Social Media Services

          Subscription services revenue is generated through the sale of membership fees paid to access content available on certain owned and operated websites, such as Trails.com. The majority of the memberships range from six to twelve month terms, and generally renew automatically at the end of the membership term, if not previously cancelled. Membership revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the membership term.

          We configure, host and maintain almost all of our platform's social media services for commercial customers. We earn revenues from our social media services through initial set-up fees, recurring management support fees, overage fees in excess of standard usage terms and outside consulting fees. Due to the fact that our social media services customers have no contractual right to take possession of our software, we account for our social media services as subscription service arrangements, whereby social media services revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the service has occurred and no significant obligations remain, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

          For social media service arrangements containing multiple elements, including but not limited to single arrangements containing set-up fees, monthly support fees and overage billings, we allocate revenue to each element based upon the elements objective and reliable evidence of fair value. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all elements of a service arrangement is based upon our normal pricing and discounting practices for those services when such services are sold separately:

    Customer set-up fees:   set-up fees are generally paid prior to the commencement of monthly recurring services. We initially defer set-up fees and recognize the related revenue straight-line over the greater of the contractual or estimated customer life once monthly recurring services have commenced.

66


Table of Contents

    Monthly support fees:   recognized each month at contractual rates.

    Overage billings:   recognized when delivered and at contractual rates in excess of standard usage terms.

          We determine the estimated customer life based on analysis of historical attrition rates, average contractual term and renewal expectations. We periodically review the estimated customer life at least quarterly and when events or changes in circumstances, such as significant customer attrition relative to expected historical or projected future results, occur. Outside consulting services performed for customers on a stand-alone basis are recognized ratably as services are performed at contractual rates.

Registrar

Domain Name Registration Fees

          Registration fees charged to third parties in connection with new, renewed and transferred domain name registrations are recognized on a straight line basis over the registration term, which range from one to ten years. Payments received in advance of the domain name registration term are included in deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. The registration term and related revenue recognition commences once we confirm that the requested domain name has been recorded in the appropriate registry under accepted contractual performance standards. Associated direct and incremental costs, which principally consist of registry and ICANN fees, are also deferred and expensed as service costs on a straight line basis over the registration term.

          Our wholly owned subsidiary, eNom, is an ICANN accredited registrar. Thus, we are the primary obligor with our reseller and retail registrant customers and are responsible for the fulfillment of our registrar services. As a result, we report revenue derived from the fees we receive from our resellers and retail registrant customers for registrations on a gross basis in our consolidated statements of operations. A minority of our resellers have contracted with us to provide billing and credit card processing services to the resellers' retail customer base in addition to registration services. Under these circumstances, the cash collected from these resellers' retail customer base exceeds the fixed amount per transaction that we charge for domain name registration services. Accordingly, these amounts, which are collected for the benefit of the reseller, are not recognized as revenue and are recorded as a liability until remitted to the reseller on a periodic basis. Revenue from these resellers is reported on a net basis because the reseller determines the price to charge retail customers and maintains the primary customer relationship.

Value-added Services

          Revenue from online Registrar value-added services, which include, but are not limited to, security certificates, domain name identification protection, charges associated with alternative payment methodologies, web hosting services and email services is recognized on a straight line basis over the period in which services are provided. Payments received in advance of services being provided are included in deferred revenue.

Auction Service Revenues

          Domain name auction service revenues represent fees received from facilitating the sale of third-party owned domains through an online bidding process primarily through NameJet, a domain name aftermarket auction company formed in October 2007 by us and an unrelated third party. While certain names sold through the auction process are registered on our Registrar platform upon sale, we have determined that auction revenues and related registration revenues represent separate units of accounting, given that the domain name has value to the customers on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the registration service. We recognize the related

67


Table of Contents


registration fees on a straight-line basis over the registration term. We recognize the bidding portion of auction revenues upon sale, net of payments to third parties since we are acting as an agent only.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

          Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from:

    third parties such as Google who provide advertising services to our owned and operated websites and certain customer websites in exchange for a share of the underlying advertising revenue. Accounts receivable from these advertising providers are recorded as the amount of the revenue share as reported to us by them and are generally due within 30 to 45 days from the month-end in which the invoice is generated. Certain accounts receivable from these providers are billed quarterly and are due within 45 days from the quarter-end in which the invoice is generated, and are non-interest bearing;

    social media services customers and include: account set-up fees, which are generally billed and collected once set-up services are completed; monthly recurring services, which are billed in advance of services on a quarterly or monthly basis; account overages, which are billed when incurred and contractually due; and consulting services, which are generally billed in the same manner as set-up fees. Accounts receivable from social media customers are recorded at the invoiced amount, are generally due within 30 days and are non-interest bearing;

    direct advertisers who engage us to deliver branded advertising views. Accounts receivable from our direct advertisers are recorded at negotiated advertising rates (customarily based on advertising impressions) and as the related advertising is delivered over our owned and operated websites. Direct advertising accounts receivables are due within 30 to 60 days from the date the advertising services are delivered and billed; and

    customers who syndicate the Company's content over their websites in exchange for a share of related advertising revenue. Accounts receivable from our customers are recorded at the revenue share as reported by our customers and are due within 30 to 45 days.

          We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible receivables from our customers based on our best estimate of the amount of probable losses from existing accounts receivable. We determine the allowance based on analysis of historical bad debts, advertiser concentrations, advertiser credit-worthiness and current economic trends. In addition, past due balances over 90 days and specific other balances are reviewed individually for collectability on at least a quarterly basis.

Goodwill

          Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets. We perform our impairment testing for goodwill at the reporting unit level. As of December 31, 2009, we determined that we have three reporting units. For the purpose of performing the required impairment tests, we primarily apply a present value (discounted cash flow) method to determine the fair value of the reporting units with goodwill. We test goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or when events or circumstances change that would indicate that goodwill might be permanently impaired. Events or circumstances that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

68


Table of Contents

          The testing for a potential impairment of goodwill involves a two-step process. The first step involves comparing the estimated fair values of our reporting units with their respective book values, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, the second step is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to recognize the amount of impairment loss, if any. The estimate of the fair value of goodwill is primarily based on an estimate of the discounted cash flows expected to result from that reporting unit and may require valuations of certain recognized and unrecognized intangible assets such as our content, software, technology, patents and trademarks. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. To date, we have not recognized an impairment loss associated with our goodwill.

          We estimate the fair value of our reporting units, using various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow analysis. A discounted cash flow analysis requires us to make various judgmental assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates. Assumptions about discount rates are based on a weighted-average cost of capital for comparable companies. Assumptions about sales, operating margins, and growth rates are based on our forecasts, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period.

Capitalization and Useful Lives Associated with our Intangible Assets, including Content and Internal Software and Website Development Costs

          We capitalize certain costs incurred to develop, acquire and deploy our intangible assets, which principally include our content and initial registration and acquisition costs of our undeveloped websites. We also capitalize our internally developed software and website development costs during their development phase. In addition we have also capitalized certain identifiable intangible assets acquired in connection with business combinations and we use valuation techniques to value these intangibles assets, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow analysis. A discounted cash flow analysis requires us to make various judgmental assumptions and estimates including projected revenues, operating costs, growth rates, useful lives and discount rates.

          Our finite lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method, which approximate the estimated pattern in which the underlying economic benefits are consumed. Capitalized website registration costs for undeveloped websites are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of one to seven years. Internally developed software and website development costs are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated three year useful life. We amortize our intangible assets acquired through business combinations on a straight-line basis over the period in which the underlying economic benefits are expected to be consumed.

          Capitalized content is amortized on a straight-line basis over five years, representing our estimate of the pattern that the underlying economic benefits are expected to be realized and based on our estimates of the projected cash flows from advertising revenues expected to be generated by the deployment of our content. These estimates are based on our current plans and projections for our content, our comparison of the economic returns generated by content of comparable quality and an analysis of historical cash flows generated by that content to date which, particularly for more recent content cohorts, is somewhat limited. To date, certain content that we acquired in business combinations has generated cash flows from advertisements beyond a five year useful life. The creation and acquisition of content, at scale, however, is a new and rapidly evolving model, and therefore we closely monitor its performance and, periodically, assess its estimated useful life.

69


Table of Contents

Recoverability of Long-lived Assets

          We evaluate the recoverability of our intangible assets, and other long-lived assets with finite useful lives for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. These trigger events or changes in circumstances include, but are not limited to a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived asset, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of our long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. An impairment test would be performed when the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset group is less than its carrying amount. Impairment is measured by assessing the usefulness of an asset by comparing its carrying value to its fair value. If an asset is considered impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair value is determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows. The key estimates applied when preparing cash flow projections relate to revenues, operating margins, economic life of assets, overheads, taxation and discount rates. To date, we have not recognized any such impairment loss associated with our long-lived assets.

Income Taxes

          We account for our income taxes using the liability and asset method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or in our tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, generally all expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets and valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

          We operate in various tax jurisdictions and are subject to audit by various tax authorities. We provide tax contingencies whenever it is deemed probable that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their technical merits, and relevant tax law and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

          We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. We recognize interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in our income tax (benefit) provision in the accompanying statements of operations.

          We calculate our current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified. The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. Our estimate of the potential

70


Table of Contents


outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management's assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. To the extent that our assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made.

Stock-based Compensation

          We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the grant date fair values of the awards. For stock option awards to employees with service and/or performance based vesting conditions, the fair value is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of an award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our consolidated statements of operations. We elected to treat share-based payment awards, other than performance awards, with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expenses are classified in the statement of operations based on the department to which the related employee reports. Our stock-based awards are comprised principally of stock options and restricted stock purchase rights.

          Some employee award grants contain certain performance and/or market conditions. We recognize compensation cost for awards with performance conditions based upon the probability of that performance condition being met, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures. Awards granted with performance and/or market conditions are amortized using the graded vesting method. The effect of a market condition is reflected in the award's fair value on the grant date. We use a binomial lattice model to determine the grant date fair value of awards with market conditions. All compensation cost for an award that has a market condition is recognized as the requisite service period is fulfilled, even if the market condition is never satisfied.

          We account for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the guidance for equity-based payments to non-employees. Stock option awards to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Our management believes that the fair value of stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. The resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.

          The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment in determining the fair value of our awards. The most significant assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value of underlying stock, expected volatility and expected term. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense is impacted by estimated forfeiture rates.

          Because our common stock has no publicly traded history, we estimate the expected volatility of our awards from the historical volatility of selected public companies within the Internet and media industry with comparable characteristics to us, including similarity in size, lines of business, market capitalization, revenue and financial leverage. From our inception through December 31, 2008, the weighted average expected life of options was calculated using the simplified method as prescribed under guidance by the SEC. This decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to our limited experience and the lack of an active market for our common stock. Effective January 1, 2009, we calculated the weighted average expected life of our options based upon our historical experience of option exercises combined with estimates of the post-vesting holding period. The risk free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury issues with terms approximately equal to the expected life of the option. The expected dividend rate is zero based on the fact that we currently have no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on our common stock. The forfeiture

71


Table of Contents


rate is established based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding and adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns.

 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
  Year ended
December 31,
2008
  Year ended
December 31,
2009
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
2010

Expected term (in years)

  6.25   6.19   5.72   5.71

Risk-free interest rate

  3.28 - 4.98%   1.54 - 3.52%   1.37 - 2.86%   1.34 - 2.83%

Expected volatility range

  77 - 80%   65 - 72%   60 - 62%   56%

Weighted average expected volatility

  79%   69%   61%   56%

Dividend yield

       

          We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be material changes in the estimates and assumptions we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. In the future, if we determine that other option valuation models are more reasonable, the stock-based compensation expense that we record may differ significantly from what we have historically recorded using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

          We recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $3.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2007, $6.4 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $4.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Included in our stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and six months ended June 30, 2010 were cash payments of $0.9 million, $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in connection with our agreement to pay out certain unvested options to former employees continuing employment with us after our acquisition of Pluck Corporation, or Pluck, which formed the basis of our social media tools offering in March 2008, and non-cash charges of $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, related to consideration paid to Lance Armstrong in January 2008 in the form of a ten-year warrant to purchase 1,250,000 shares of our common stock at $6.00 per share in exchange for certain services to be performed by Mr. Armstrong through December 2011. In addition and as part of our capitalization of internally developed software, we capitalized $0.1 million, $0.7 million, $0.7 million, and $0.4 million of stock-based compensation during the nine months ended December 31, 2007, years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the Fair Market Value of Our Common Stock

          We have regularly conducted contemporaneous valuations to assist us in the determination of the fair value of our common stock for each stock option grant. Our board of directors was regularly apprised that each valuation was being conducted and considered the relevant objective and subjective factors deemed important by our board of directors in each valuation conducted. Our board of directors also determined that the assumptions and inputs used in connection with such valuations reflected our board of directors' best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. The deemed fair value per common share underlying our stock option grants was determined by our board of directors with input from management at each grant date.

          In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors reviewed and discussed a variety of objective and subjective factors when exercising its judgment in determining the deemed fair value of our common stock. These factors generally include the following:

72


Table of Contents

          The valuation of our common stock was performed in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . In order to value our common stock, we first determined our business enterprise value, and then allocated this business enterprise value to each part of our capital structure (associated with both preferred and common equity). Our business enterprise value was estimated using a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach and the market-based approach. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future net cash flows that were then discounted back to the present using a rate of return available from alternative companies of similar type and risk. The market approach measures the value of an asset or business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets, and in our case, focused on comparing us to similar publicly traded entities. In applying this method, valuation multiples are derived from historical operating data of selected comparable entities and evaluated and/or adjusted based on the strengths and weaknesses of our company relative to the comparable entities. We then apply an adjusted multiple to our operating data to arrive at a value indication. The value indicated by the market approach was consistent with the valuation derived from the income approach for the periods presented.

          For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in the computation of the value of invested capital for both the market approach and income approach. The financial forecast took into account our past experience and future expectations. The risk associated with achieving this forecast was assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rate. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.

          In order to determine the value of our common stock for purposes of applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the enterprise value was allocated among the holders of preferred stock and common stock. The aggregate value of the common stock derived from application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was then divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding to arrive at the per share value. The per share value was then adjusted for a lack of marketability discount which was determined based on the analysis performed on the restricted stock of companies whose unrestricted stock is freely traded, as well as a put option model calculation.

          We also utilize a probability-weighted expected return method as a reasonableness check to validate the fair value of our common stock based on the methods discussed above. The recent growth and expansion of our business in 2009, combined with a continuing trend of general improvement in the capital markets during the same period, had provided us better visibility into the likelihood of a

73


Table of Contents


liquidity event transpiring in the next one to two years. This probability-weighted expected return method includes the following steps:

          The calculated fair values of our common stock derived from the income approach, market approach and probability-weighted expected return method were principally consistent throughout the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Common Stock Valuations

          The most significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these valuation dates were as follows:

February 25, 2009 and March 24, 2009

April 16, 2009, May 12, 2009, June 9, 2009 and June 24, 2009

74


Table of Contents

July 30, 2009 and September 16, 2009

November 5, 2009

January 20, 2010, March 3, 2010, March 24, 2010 and March 26, 2010

75


Table of Contents

May 4, 2010, May 18, 2010 and June 11, 2010

          In April 2010 and in conjunction with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we performed a retrospective analysis to reassess the fair value of our common stock for certain option grants made during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, for financial reporting purposes. The retrospective analysis was largely a result of the reassessed increase in the probability of achieving a liquidity event under prevailing market conditions, such as an initial public offering for shares of our common stock. In addition, we also considered the impact of certain limited offers and transactions made by and between existing shareholders and, at times, with certain members of our management to exchange, sell or transfer our common stock during 2009 at values in excess of our then-estimated fair value of our shares. In conjunction with this retrospective analysis, we also considered a variety of objective and subjective factors over these periods, including but not limited to contemporaneous valuations of our common stock.

          As a result of our retrospective valuation in April 2010 of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, and for financial reporting purposes, we recorded stock-based compensation expense above the original estimated fair values of our common stock for certain grants made during the year ended December 31, 2009 and three months ended March 31, 2010. This resulted in additional stock based compensation of $1 million and $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and six months ended June 30, 2010.

76


Table of Contents

          The table below highlights the stock options granted with the following exercise prices during the year ended December 31, 2009 and six months ended June 30, 2010.

Date of Grant
  Number
of Shares
  Exercise
Price and
Estimated
Fair Value
of the
Shares
at Date
of Grant
  Retrospective
Fair Value(1)
  Intrinsic
Value(2)
 

February 24, 2009

    693,729   $ 1.60   $ 2.40   $ 0.80  

March 24, 2009

    1,926,455     1.60     2.40     0.80  

April 16, 2009

    201,000     1.65     2.43     0.78  

May 12, 2009

    10,000     1.65     2.43     0.78  

June 9, 2009(3)

    6,300,000     4.75     2.43      

June 24, 2009

    153,000     1.65     2.43     0.78  

July 30, 2009

    289,500     2.15     2.77     0.62  

September 16, 2009

    371,000     2.45     2.97     0.52  

November 5, 2009

    419,500     2.65     3.10     0.45  

January 20, 2010

    657,000     3.35     3.57     0.22  

March 3, 2010

    314,500     3.85     4.32     0.47  

March 24, 2010

    2,193,640     3.85     4.43     0.58  

March 26, 2010

    400,000     3.85     4.43     0.58  

May 4, 2010

    184,000     4.87     4.87      

May 18, 2010

    358,000     4.87     4.87      

June 11, 2010

    138,500     5.37     5.37      

(1)
Represents our retrospective fair value assessment of our common stock throughout the year ended December 31, 2009 and three months ended March 31, 2010 performed in April 2010.

(2)
Represents the difference between the exercise price and the retrospective fair value assessment of our common stock.

(3)
The June 9, 2009 grants were made to certain members of senior management where the exercise price was intentionally set by the board of directors at a price above the-then estimated fair value of the shares.

          We believe consideration of the factors described above by our board of directors was a reasonable approach to estimating the fair value of our common stock for those periods. Determining the fair value of our common stock requires complex and subjective judgments, however, and there is inherent uncertainty in our estimate of fair value.

          Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2010 was $             million, of which $             million related to vested options and $             million related to options expected to vest.

77


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

          The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
  Year ended December 31,   Six Months ended June 30,  
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues

  $ 102,295   $ 170,250   $ 198,452   $ 91,273   $ 114,002  

Operating expenses(1)(2):

                               
 

Service costs (exclusive of amortization of intangible assets)

    57,833     98,238     114,482     53,309     61,735  
 

Sales and marketing

    3,601     15,360     19,994     9,181     10,396  
 

Product development

    10,965     14,407     21,502     9,775     12,514  
 

General and administrative

    19,584     28,191     28,358     13,994     17,440  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    17,393     33,204     32,152     16,429     16,173  
                       
   

Total operating expenses

    109,376     189,400     216,488     102,688     118,258  
                       

Loss from operations

    (7,081 )   (19,150 )   (18,036 )   (11,415 )   (4,256 )
                       

Other income (expense)

                               
 

Interest income

    1,415     1,636     494     223     11  
 

Interest expense

    (1,245 )   (2,131 )   (1,759 )   (1,139 )   (349 )
 

Other income (expense), net

    (999 )   (250 )   (19 )       (128 )
                       
   

Total other expense

    (829 )   (745 )   (1,284 )   (916 )   (466 )
                       

Loss before income taxes

    (7,910 )   (19,895 )   (19,320 )   (12,331 )   (4,722 )

Income tax (benefit) provision

    (2,293 )   (5,736 )   2,663     1,596     1,327  
                       

Net loss

    (5,617 )   (14,159 )   (21,983 )   (13,927 )   (6,049 )

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (14,059 )   (28,209 )   (30,848 )   (15,015 )   (16,206 )
                       

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (19,676 ) $ (42,368 ) $ (52,831 ) $ (28,942 ) $ (22,255 )
                       

(1)      Depreciation expense included in the above line

                               

                items:

                               

                Service costs

  $ 2,581   $ 8,158   $ 11,882   $ 5,391   $ 6,826  

                Sales and marketing

    42     94     184     90     82  

                Product development

    509     1,094     1,434     675     659  

                General and administrative

    458     1,160     1,463     668     921  
                       

                    Total depreciation expense

  $ 3,590   $ 10,506   $ 14,963   $ 6,824   $ 8,488  
                       

 

(2)      Stock-based compensation included in the above

                               

                 line items:

                               

                Service costs

  $ 52   $ 586   $ 473   $ 202   $ 428  

                 Sales and marketing

    241     1,576     1,561     613     968  

                Product development

    504     1,030     1,349     463     775  

                 General and administrative

    2,873     3,158     3,973     1,923     2,600  
                       

                    Total stock-based compensation

  $ 3,670   $ 6,350   $ 7,356   $ 3,201   $ 4,771  
                       

78


Table of Contents

          As a percentage of revenue:

 
   
  Year ended December 31,   Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  

Revenues

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Operating expenses:

                               
 

Service costs (exclusive of amortization of intangible assets)

    56.5 %   57.7 %   57.7 %   58.4 %   54.2 %
 

Sales and marketing

    3.5 %   9.0 %   10.1 %   10.1 %   9.1 %
 

Product development

    10.7 %   8.5 %   10.8 %   10.7 %   11.0 %
 

General and administrative

    19.1 %   16.6 %   14.3 %   15.3 %   15.3 %
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    17.1 %   19.4 %   16.2 %   18.0 %   14.1 %
                       
   

Total operating expenses

    106.9 %   111.2 %   109.1 %   112.5 %   103.7 %
                       

Loss from operations

    (6.9 )%   (11.2 )%   (9.1 )%   (12.5 )%   (3.7 )%
                       

Other income (expense)

                               
 

Interest income

    1.4 %   1.0 %   0.3 %   0.2 %   0.0 %
 

Interest expense

    (1.2 )%   (1.3 )%   (0.9 )%   (1.2 )%   (0.3 )%
 

Other income (expense), net

    (1.0 )%   (0.2 )%   (0.0 )%   %   (0.1 )%
                       
   

Total other expense

    (0.8 )%   (0.5 )%   (0.6 )%   (1.0 )%   (0.4 )%
                       

Loss before income taxes

    (7.7 )%   (11.7 )%   (9.7 )%   (13.5 )%   (4.1 )%

Income tax (benefit) provision

    (2.2 )%   (3.4 )%   1.4 %   1.8 %   1.2 %
                       

Net Loss

    (5.5 )%   (8.3 )%   (11.1 )%   (15.3 )%   (5.3 )%
                       

Six Months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

Revenues

          Revenues by service line were as follows:

 
  Six Months ended
June 30,
   
 
 
  2009   2010   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Content & Media:

                   
 

Owned and operated websites

  $ 32,197   $ 46,636     45 %
 

Network of customer websites

    14,854     19,655     32 %
                 

Total Content & Media

    47,051     66,291     41 %

Registrar

    44,222     47,711     8 %
                 
 

Total revenues

  $ 91,273   $ 114,002     25 %
                 

          Content & Media Revenue     

    Owned and operated websites.   Content & Media revenue from our owned and operated websites increased by $14.4 million, or 45% to $46.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, as compared to $32.2 million for the year ago period. The increase was primarily due to growth in page views and RPMs driven primarily from publishing our content to our owned and operated websites. Page views increased by 23%, from 3.2 billion page views in the six months ended June 30, 2009 to 3.9 billion page views in the six months ended June 30, 2010. RPMs increased by 18% from $10.03 in the six months ended June 30, 2009 to $11.81 in the six months ended June 30, 2010. The increase in RPMs was primarily attributable to a larger percentage of

79


Table of Contents

      page views being represented by eHow which has a higher RPM than the weighted average of our other owned and operated properties. In addition, RPM growth was driven by increased display advertising revenue sold directly through our sales force during the first six months of 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009. On average, our direct display advertising sales generate higher RPMs than display advertising we deliver from our advertising networks, such as Google.

    Network of Customer Websites.   Content & Media revenue from our network of customer websites for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $4.8 million or 32% to $19.7 million, as compared to $14.9 million for the year ago period. The increase was due to growth in page views and, to a lesser extent RPMs on our customer websites. Page views increased by 24%, from 4.7 billion page views in the six months ended June 30, 2009 to 5.8 billion page views in the six months ended June 30, 2010, driven primarily from growth in our social media customer base. RPMs increased by 6% from $3.19 in the six months ended June 30, 2009 to $3.39 in the six months ended June 30, 2010, as a result of increased content RPMs, due to improved yields on video advertising on YouTube, offset partially by declines in advertising yields on undeveloped customer websites.

          Registrar Revenue.     Registrar revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased $3.5 million or 8%, to $47.7 million as compared to $44.2 million for the same period in 2009. This was due to an increase in domains from the addition of certain large volume domain customers, an increased number of renewals and growth in value-added services, offset partially by a decrease in average revenue per domain due to the timing of cash receipts associated with our growth in certain domains occurring towards the end of the second quarter 2010 being deferred until such domains are renewed. The number of domains increased 1.0 million or 10% to 10.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2010 as compared to 0.1 million or 1% to 8.9 million during the same period in 2009. Our average, revenue per domain remained relatively flat at $9.96 during the six months ended June 30, 2010 as compared to $9.95 for the same period in 2009.

Operating Expenses

          Operating costs and expenses were as follows:

 
  Six Months
ended June 30,
   
 
 
  2009   2010   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Service costs

  $ 53,309   $ 61,735     16 %

Sales and marketing

    9,181     10,396     13 %

Product development

    9,775     12,514     28 %

General and administrative

    13,994     17,440     25 %

Amortization of intangible assets

    16,429     16,173     (2 )%

          Service Costs.     Service costs for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $8.4 million or 16% to $61.7 million, as compared to $53.3 million in the year-ago period. The increase was primarily due to a $3.2 million increase in registry fees due to the growth in domain name registrations and related revenues over the same period, a $1.9 million increase in TAC resulting from an increase in undeveloped website customers and related revenue and a $1.4 million increase in depreciation expense of technology assets required to manage the growth of our Internet traffic, data centers, advertising and domain registration transactions, and new products and services. As a percentage of revenues, service costs decreased 425 basis points to 54.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from 58.4% during the same period in 2009 due primarily to Content & Media revenues representing a higher percentage of total revenues during the six months ended June 30, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009.

80


Table of Contents

          Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $1.2 million or 13% to $10.4 million, as compared to $9.2 million in the year ago period. The increase was primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in personnel costs related to growing our direct advertising sales team and an increase in sales commissions as compared to the same period of 2009. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased 94 basis points to 9.1% during the six months ended June 30, 2010 from 10.1% during the same period in 2009.

          Product Development.     Product development expenses increased by $2.7 million or 28% to $12.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2010, as compared to $9.8 million in the year ago period. As a percentage of revenue, product development expenses increased 27 basis points to 11.0% during the six months ended June 30, 2010 from 10.7% as compared to the same period in 2009. The increase was largely due to approximately a $1.9 million increase in personnel and related costs, net of internal costs capitalized as internal software development, to further develop our platform, our owned and operated websites, and to support and grow our Registrar product and service offerings.

          General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $3.4 million or 25% to $17.4 million as compared to $14 million in the year ago period. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses stayed relatively flat at 15.3% during the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was due primarily to a $1.7 million increase in personnel costs and professional fees related to our public company readiness efforts, a $0.9 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, a $0.2 million increase in rent expense for additional office space to support our growth. The increase in stock based compensation expense was due to additional employee stock option grants made during the twelve months ended June 30, 2010, coupled with an increasing fair market value for new grants of common stock made over the same period.

          Amortization of Intangibles.     Amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 decreased by $0.2 million or 2% to $16.2 million as compared to $16.4 million in the year ago period. As a percentage of revenue, amortization of intangibles decreased 381 basis points from 18.0% during the six months ended June 30, 2009 to 14.2% during the same period in 2010. The decrease was due to a $1.7 million decrease in amortization of our identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations and a $1.0 million decrease in amortization of our undeveloped websites largely due to reduced investments in undeveloped websites in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 2009. Largely offsetting these decreases was a $2.5 million increase in amortization of content due to our growing investment in our platform.

          Interest Income.     Interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2010 decreased by $0.2 million to approximately $11,000 as compared to $0.2 million in the year ago period. The decrease in interest income was a result of relatively higher returns on our cash and short-term investment balances during 2009, coupled with higher average cash balances during the first half of 2009.

          Interest Expense.     Interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 decreased by $0.8 million or 69% to $0.3 million as compared to $1.1 million in the year ago period. The decrease in our interest expense was primarily a result of lower average debt balances in the first half of 2010 as compared to 2009. In addition, we issued $10 million in unsecured promissory notes in conjunction with the acquisition of our social media tools business in March 2008, which were repaid in full in April 2009. Interest expense related to these promissory notes was approximately $0.2 million in the first half of 2009.

          Income Tax (Benefit) Provision.     During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, we recorded an income tax provision of $1.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The provision in both periods primarily reflects the tax amortization of deductible goodwill, the ultimate realization of which is uncertain and thus not available to assure the realization of deferred tax assets. Had we been able to

81


Table of Contents


offset our deferred tax assets with the tax amortization associated with our goodwill, our effective tax rate and income tax provision would have been insignificant as a result of our valuation allowance during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance, and if based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not our deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Nine Months ended December 31, 2007 and Years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009

Revenues

          Revenues by service line were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  (2007
to
2008)
  (2008
to
2009)
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Content & Media:

                               
 

Owned and operated websites

  $ 35,437   $ 62,833   $ 73,204     77 %   17 %
 

Network of customer websites

    13,905     21,988     34,513     58 %   57 %
                           

Total Content & Media

    49,342     84,821     107,717     72 %   27 %

Registrar

    52,953     85,429     90,735     61 %   6 %
                           
 

Total revenues

  $ 102,295   $ 170,250   $ 198,452     66 %   17 %
                           

          Content & Media Revenue from Owned and Operated Websites     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Content & Media revenue from our owned and operated websites increased by $10.4 million, or 17% to $73.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $62.8 million for the same period in 2008. The year over year increase was largely due to increased page views, and, to a lesser extent RPMs. Page views on our owned and operated websites increased by 15%, from 5.9 billion page views in the year ended December 31, 2008 to 6.8 billion page views in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in page views was due primarily to increased publishing of our platform content on our owned and operated websites offset by a decrease in page views from certain owned and operated websites that are not heavily dependent upon our platform content, such as certain entertainment web properties. RPMs on our owned and operated websites increased slightly by 1%, from $10.56 in the year ended December 31, 2008 to $10.69 in the year ended December 31, 2009. The overall increase in RPMs was primarily attributable to the overall increase in page views on eHow, which has higher RPMs than the weighted average of our other owned and operated websites, offset by decreased RPMs on the monetization of our undeveloped websites, which was largely due to overall declines in advertising yields from our advertising providers.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Content & Media revenue from our owned and operated websites increased by $27.4 million, or 77% to $62.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $35.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2007. While the increase was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), the period to period increase was also due to higher page views and RPMs on our owned and operated websites. Page views on our owned and operated websites increased by 2.4 billion or 71%, from 3.5 billion pages viewed in the nine months ended December 31, 2007 to 5.9 billion pages viewed in the year ended December 31, 2008, combined with a 4% increase in RPMs from $10.18 in the nine months ended December 31, 2007 to $10.56 in the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in page views was due primarily to the lack of comparability

82


Table of Contents

      for the nine months in 2007 compared to a full year in 2008. The increase in RPMs was largely due to increased page views on our owned and operated properties, coupled with improved advertising yields on our undeveloped websites.

          Content & Media Revenue from Network of Customer Websites     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Content & Media revenue from our network of customer websites for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $12.5 million or 57% to $34.5 million, as compared to $22.0 million in the same period in 2008. The increase was largely due to growth in page views, offset by a decline in RPMs. Page views on our network of customer websites increased by 4.6 billion or 84%, from 5.4 billion page views in the year ended December 31, 2008 to 10.0 billion pages viewed in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in page views was due to the acquisition of Pluck in March 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of page views from our social media customer base for approximately ten months for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a full year in 2009, and the subsequent growth of publishers adopting our social media applications. RPMs decreased 15% from $4.04 in the year ended December 31, 2008 to $3.45 in the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in RPMs was largely due to overall declines in advertising yields from our advertising providers relating to our customers' undeveloped websites.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Content & Media revenue from our network of customer websites increased by $8.1 million, or 58% to $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to $13.9 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2007. While the increase in dollars was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), the increase was also due to increased page views attributable to our March 2008 acquisition of Pluck, offset by lower RPMs. Largely, as a result of this acquisition, page views on our network of customer websites grew by 5.3 billion page views, from 108 million page views in the nine months ended December 31, 2007 to 5.4 billion page views in the year ended December 31, 2008. Offsetting our growth in page views was a decrease in RPMs from $129.06 in the nine months ended December 31, 2007 to $4.04 in the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in RPMs was largely due to a higher mix of page views from our social media customers in 2008, which have significantly lower RPMs on average than our undeveloped websites.

          Registrar Revenue     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Registrar revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased $5.3 million or 6%, to $90.7 million compared to $85.4 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was largely due to an increase in domains, due in large part to an increased number of domain renewal registrations in 2009 compared to 2008, coupled with a slight increase in our average revenue per domain. The number of domain registrations increased 0.3 million or 3% to 9.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 0.3 million or 4% to 8.8 million during the same period in 2008. Our average revenue per domain increased slightly by $0.26 or 3% to $10.11 during the year ended December 31, 2009 from $9.85 in the same period in 2008 largely due to price increases effected by our registry partners and increased sales of value-added services.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Registrar revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased $32.4 million or 61%, to $85.4 million compared to $53.0 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2007. While the increase in dollars was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), the period to period increase was also due to a smaller amount of non-cash purchase accounting adjustment and an increase in domains and average revenue per domain. Domains increased 0.3 million or 4%, to 8.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 from 8.5 million during the nine months ended

83


Table of Contents

      December 31, 2007. Our average revenue per domain increased by $1.24 or 14% to $9.85 during the year ended December 31, 2008 from $8.61 in the nine months ended December 31, 2007 largely due to price increases effected by our registry partners and increased sales of value-added services.

Cost and Expenses

          Operating costs and expenses were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  (2007
to
2008)
  (2008
to
2009)
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Service costs (exclusive of amortization of intangible assets)

  $ 57,833   $ 98,238   $ 114,482     70 %   17 %

Sales and marketing

    3,601     15,360     19,994     327 %   30 %

Product development

    10,965     14,407     21,502     31 %   49 %

General and administrative

    19,584     28,191     28,358     44 %   1 %

Amortization of intangible assets

    17,393     33,204     32,152     91 %   (3 )%

          Service Costs     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Service costs for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by approximately $16.3 million or 17% to $114.5 million compared to $98.2 million in the same period in 2008. The increase was largely due to a $2.9 million increase in domain registry fees associated with our growth in domain registrations and related revenue over the same period, a $2.9 million increase in TAC due to an increase in undeveloped website customers and related revenue over the same period, a $1.7 million increase in direct costs associated with operating our network, a $1.7 million increase in revenue share payments and a $3.7 million increase in depreciation expense of technology assets purchased in the prior and current periods required to manage the growth of our Internet traffic, data centers, advertising transactions, domain registrations and new products and services. As a percentage of revenues, service costs remained flat at 57.7% in 2009 compared to 2008 largely due to the revenue growth from our owned and operated websites, which decreased service costs as a percentage of revenue, offset by the revenue growth from our undeveloped website customers, which resulted in slightly higher TAC as a percentage of our revenue in 2009 compared to 2008.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Service costs for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by approximately $40.4 million or 70% to $98.2 million compared to $57.8 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2007. The increase was also due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007) and due to the acquisition of Pluck in March 2008. As a percentage of revenue, service costs increased 117 basis points to 57.7% during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 56.5% during the nine months ended December, 31 2007, largely as a result of higher TAC as a percentage of our overall revenue during the nine months ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.

          Sales and Marketing     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Sales and marketing expenses increased 30% or $4.6 million to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $15.4 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was largely due to a $2.5 million increase in personnel costs related to growing our direct advertising sales team and an increase in sales commissions, coupled with a

84


Table of Contents

      $1.5 million increase in marketing and advertising expense for our owned and operated properties in 2009 compared to 2008. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses increased by 105 basis points from 9.0% during the year ended December 31, 2008 to 10.1% during the year ended December 31, 2009 largely due to the above-discussed growth of our sales personnel and advertising costs.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by approximately $11.8 million or 327% to $15.4 million compared to $3.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2007. While the increase was partially due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), the primary increases were increased sales personnel associated with the acquisition of Pluck in March 2008 (not comparable to 2007) and increased expenses associated with growing our direct advertising sales team in 2008. As a percentage of revenues, sales and marketing expenses increased by 550 basis points to 9.0% during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 3.5% during the nine months ended December, 31 2007 largely due to the above-discussed growth of our sales personnel ahead of our direct advertising sales initiatives, which were in their beginning phase in 2008.

          Product Development     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Product development expenses increased by $7.1 million or 49% to $21.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $14.4 million in the same period in 2008. The year-over-year increase was largely due to approximately $6.1 million increase in personnel and related costs, net of internal costs capitalized as internal software development, to further develop our platform, our owned and operated websites, and to support and grow our Registrar product and service offerings. As a percentage of revenue, product development expenses increased 237 basis points to 10.8% during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 8.5% during the same period in 2008.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Product development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by approximately $3.4 million or 31% to $14.4 million compared to $11.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2007. While the increase was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), the increase was also due to increased personnel costs related to supporting and developing the growth of current and future offerings, some of which were ahead of our growth in revenues during the nine months ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of revenues, product development expenses decreased by 226 basis points to 8.5% during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 10.7% during the nine months ended December 31, 2007.

          General and Administrative     

    2009 compared to 2008.   General and administrative expenses increased by $0.2 million or 1% to $28.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $28.2 million in the same period in 2008. The increase was largely due to increases in personnel costs of $0.9 million and facilities-related expenses of $0.6 million offset by decreases of $0.4 million in our bad debt expense due to improved cash collections and the inclusion of a $0.6 million gain on sale of one of our acquired website properties as a reduction to general and administrative expenses. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative costs decreased 227 basis points to 14.3% during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 16.6% during the same period in 2008.

    2008 compared to 2007.   General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by approximately $8.6 million or 44% to $28.2 million compared to $19.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2007. While the increase was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), the

85


Table of Contents

      increase was also attributable to higher personnel costs, facilities and depreciation expense during the year ended 2008 compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2007 primarily associated with supporting the companywide growth during the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased by 259 basis points to 16.6% during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 19.1% during the nine months ended December 31, 2007.

          Amortization of Intangibles     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by $1.0 million or 3% to $32.2 million compared to $33.2 million in the same period in 2008. The decrease was due to a $1.8 million decrease in amortization of our identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations as a result of no business acquisition activities in 2009 compared to prior years, and a $1.4 million decrease in amortization of our undeveloped websites largely due to reduced investments in undeveloped websites in 2009 compared to 2008. Offsetting these decreases was a $2.1 million increase in amortization of content due to our growing investment in our platform. As a percentage of revenue, amortization of intangible assets decreased 330 basis points to 16.2% during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 19.5% during the same period in 2008.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $15.8 million or 91% to $33.2 million compared to $17.4 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2007. The increase was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), and included increases of $8.5 million in amortization of our identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations, $5.1 million in amortization of our undeveloped websites and a $2.2 million increase in amortization of content. As a percentage of revenue, amortization of intangible assets increased 250 basis points to 19.5% during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 17.0% during the nine months ended December 31, 2007.

          Interest Income     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by $1.1 million or 70% to $0.5 million compared to $1.6 million in the same period in 2008. The decrease in our interest income during the year ended December 31, 2009 was a result of our receiving higher returns on our cash and short-term investment balances during the year ended December 31, 2008, coupled with higher average cash balances during the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of our decision to pay down $45.0 million on our revolving line of credit throughout 2009.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $0.2 million or 16% to $1.6 million compared to $1.4 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2007. The increase in dollars was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007).

          Interest Expense     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by $0.3 million or 17% to $1.8 million compared to $2.1 million in the same period in 2008. The decrease in our interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily a result of lower overall interest rates associated with our revolving credit facility throughout the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008. In addition, we issued $10 million in unsecured promissory notes in conjunction with the acquisition of Pluck in March 2008, which were repaid in full in April 2009. Interest expense related to these promissory notes was approximately $0.6 million in 2008 compared to $0.2 million in 2009.

86


Table of Contents

    2008 compared to 2007.   Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $0.9 million or 71% to $2.1 million compared to $1.2 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2007. The increase was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), and a higher average debt balance under our revolving credit facility during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2007.

          Other Income (Expense), Net     

    2009 compared to 2008.   Other income (expenses), net for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by $0.2 million or 92% to less than $0.1 million compared to $0.3 million in the same period in 2008. The decrease in other income (expense) net during the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily a result of $0.2 million in lower overall transaction gains and losses on settlements of international receivables and an approximately $0.2 million decrease in the impact of changes in the fair value associated with our preferred warrant outstanding in 2008 and 2009, offset by one time write-down of a certain investments in 2008 of $0.3 million.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by $0.7 million or 75% to $0.3 million compared to $1.0 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily a result of approximately $0.6 million of higher write-downs of certain investments during the nine months ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.

          Income Tax (Benefit) Provision     

    2009 compared to 2008.   During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded an income tax provision of $2.7 million compared to an income tax benefit of $5.7 million during the same period in 2008, representing an $8.4 million year-over-year increase despite no significant changes in our year over year operating losses before income taxes. The $8.4 million increase was largely due to a change in our valuation allowance, which increased by $8.8 million from $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, to $10.6 million in the same period in 2009, primarily as a result of tax amortization of deductible goodwill, the ultimate realization of which is uncertain and thus not available to assure the realization of deferred tax assets.

    2008 compared to 2007.   Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $3.4 million or 150% to $5.7 million compared to $2.3 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2007. While the increase was largely due to non-comparable periods (twelve months in 2008 as compared to nine months in 2007), the period to period increase was also a result of higher losses before income taxes, resulting in higher income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of losses before income taxes, income tax benefits recognized in the 2008 and 2007 periods were relatively consistent at approximately 29%.

Quarterly Results of Operations

          The following unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for the quarters in the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated annual financial statements, and include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not

87


Table of Contents


necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated annual financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Quarter ended,  
 
  March 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  September 30,
2009
  December 31,
2009
  March 31,
2010
  June 30,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Revenues:

                                     

Content & Media:

                                     

Owned and operated websites

  $ 15,374   $ 16,823   $ 19,452   $ 21,555   $ 20,934   $ 25,702  

Network websites

    6,721     8,133     9,138     10,521     9,264     10,391  
                           

Total Content & Media

    22,095     24,956     28,590     32,076     30,198     36,093  

Registrar

    21,864     22,358     23,102     23,411     23,449     24,262  
                           

Total revenue

    43,959     47,314     51,692     55,487     53,647     60,355  

Operating expenses(1)(2):

                                     
   

Service costs (exclusive of amortization of intangible assets)

    25,995     27,314     29,632     31,541     30,164     31,571  
   

Sales and marketing

    4,549     4,632     5,143     5,670     4,751     5,645  
   

Product development

    4,843     4,932     5,478     6,249     6,032     6,482  
   

General and administrative

    7,181     6,813     7,082     7,282     7,978     9,462  
   

Amortization of intangible assets

    8,275     8,154     7,825     7,898     7,935     8,238  
                           
       

Total operating expenses

    50,843     51,845     55,160     58,640     56,860     61,398  
                           

Loss from operations

    (6,884 )   (4,531 )   (3,468 )   (3,153 )   (3,213 )   (1,043 )
                           

Other income (expense)

                                     
   

Interest income

    139     84     62     209     8     3  
   

Interest expense

    (658 )   (481 )   (369 )   (251 )   (181 )   (168 )
   

Other income (expense), net

    (115 )   115     (2 )   (17 )   (19 )   (109 )
                           
       

Total other expense

    (634 )   (282 )   (309 )   (59 )   (192 )   (274 )
                           

Loss before income taxes

    (7,518 )   (4,813 )   (3,777 )   (3,212 )   (3,405 )   (1,317 )

Income tax provision

    1,002     594     394     673     717     610  
                           

Net loss

    (8,520 )   (5,407 )   (4,171 )   (3,885 )   (4,122 )   (1,927 )

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (7,398 )   (7,617 )   (7,843 )   (7,990 )   (7,963 )   (8,243 )
                           

Net loss attributable to common stockholder

  $ (15,918 ) $ (13,024 ) $ (12,014 ) $ (11,875 ) $ (12,085 ) $ (10,170 )
                           

Net loss per share:

                                     
   

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.78 ) $ (0.60 ) $ (0.52 ) $ (0.49 ) $ (0.47 ) $ (0.38 )
                           

Weighted average shares outstanding(3):

                                     
   

Basic and diluted

    20,281     21,635     22,992     24,310     25,750     26,964  

(1)        Depreciation expense included in the above line items:

                                     
       

Service costs

  $ 2,586   $ 2,805   $ 3,044   $ 3,447   $ 3,343   $ 3,483  
       

Sales and marketing

    42     48     47     47     41     41  
       

Product development

    327     348     358     401     341     318  
       

General and administrative

    323     345     364     431     405     516  
                           
         

Total depreciation expense

  $ 3,278   $ 3,546   $ 3,813   $ 4,326   $ 4,130   $ 4,358  
                           

 

(2)        Stock-based compensation included in the above line items:

                                     
       

Service costs

  $ 59   $ 143   $ 125   $ 146   $ 207   $ 221  
       

Sales and marketing

    347     266     443     505     464     504  
       

Product development

    167     296     528     358     338     437  
       

General and administrative

    888     1,035     1,064     986     1,233     1,367  
                           
         

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 1,461   $ 1,740   $ 2,160   $ 1,995   $ 2,242   $ 2,529  
                           
(3)
For a description of the method used to compute our basic and diluted net loss per share, refer to note 1 in section entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data."

88


Table of Contents

Seasonality of Quarterly Results

          In general, Internet usage and online commerce and advertising are seasonally strongest in the fourth quarter and generally slower during the summer months. While we believe that these seasonal trends have effected and will continue to effect our quarterly results, our rapid growth in operations may have overshadowed these effects to date. We believe that our business may become more seasonal in the future.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          As of June 30, 2010, our principal sources of liquidity were our cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $33.6 million, which primarily are invested in money market funds, and our $100 million revolving credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks. Historically, we have principally financed our operations from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, net cash provided by our operating activities and borrowings under our $100 million revolving credit facility. Our cash flows from operating activities are significantly affected by our cash-based investments in operations, including working capital, and corporate infrastructure to support our ability to generate revenue and conduct operations through cost of services, product development, sales and marketing and general and administrative activities. Cash used in investing activities has historically been, and is expected to be, significantly impacted by our upfront investments in content and also reflects our ongoing investments in our platform, company infrastructure and equipment for both service offerings and the net sales and purchases of our marketable securities. Since our inception through March 2008, we also used significant cash to make strategic acquisitions to further grow our business and may do so again in the future.

          On May 25, 2007, we entered into a five-year $100 million revolving credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks. The agreement contains customary events of default and certain financial covenants, such as a minimum fixed charge ratio and a maximum net senior funded leverage ratio. As of June 30, 2010, no balance was outstanding on the credit agreement, $92.5 million was available for borrowing and we were in compliance with all covenants. In the future, we may utilize commercial financings, lines of credit and term loans with our syndicate of commercial banks or other bank syndicates for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and investing in our content, platform and technologies.

          We expect that the proceeds of this offering, our $100 million revolving credit facility and our cash flows from operating activities together with our cash on hand, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 24 months. However, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-related or debt securities or through additional credit facilities to fund our growing operations, invest in content and make potential acquisitions.

          The following table sets forth our major sources and (uses) of cash for the each period as set forth below:

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 19,543   $ 35,942   $ 39,231   $ 16,872   $ 24,422  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (98,016 )   (78,862 )   (22,791 )   (23,196 )   (28,343 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    88,263     86,144     (54,990 )   26,822     (10,067 )

89


Table of Contents

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

          Net cash inflows from our operating activities of $24.4 million primarily resulted from improved operating performance. Our net loss during the period was $6.0 million, which included non-cash charges of $30.5 million such as depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation and deferred taxes. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from changes in our working capital, including deferred revenue and accounts payable of $8.5 million, offset by net cash outflows from deferred registry fees and accounts receivable of $7.6 million. The increases in our deferred revenue and deferred registry fees were due to growth in our Registrar service during the period. The increase in accounts payable reflects growth in business activities and the increase in accounts receivable reflects growth in advertising revenues from our platform.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2009

          Net cash inflows from our operating activities of $16.9 million primarily resulted from improved operating performance. Our net loss during the period was $13.9 million, which included non-cash charges of $28.0 million such as depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation and deferred taxes. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from changes in our working capital, including deferred revenue, accounts payable and deposits with registries of $7.1 million, offset by net cash outflows from deferred registry fees and accounts receivable of $6.1 million. The increases in our deferred revenue and deferred registry fees were due to growth in our Registrar service during the period. The increase in deposits with registries is reflective of the timing of domain registrations relative to the required cash deposits we need to have on-hand with our registries. The increase in our accounts receivable reflects growth in advertising revenue from our platform.

Year ended December 31, 2009

          Net cash inflows from our operating activities of $39.2 million primarily resulted from improved operating performance. Our net loss during the year was $22.0 million, which included non-cash charges of $56.0 million such as depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation and deferred taxes. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from changes in our working capital, including deferred revenue and accrued expenses of $9.6 million, offset by net cash outflows from deferred registry fees and accounts receivable of $7.8 million. The increases in our deferred revenue and deferred registry fees were due to growth in our Registrar service during the period. The increase in accrued expenses is reflective of significant amounts due to certain vendors and our employees. The increase in our accounts receivable reflects growth in advertising revenue from our platform.

Year ended December 31, 2008

          Net cash inflows from our operating activities of $35.9 million primarily resulted from improved operating performance. Our net loss during the year was $14.2 million, which included non-cash charges of $49.9 million for depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from changes in our non cash deferred income tax benefits of $5.9 million and from changes in our working capital, including deferred revenue and accounts payable of $12.0 million, offset by net cash outflows from deferred registry fees and accrued expenses of $5.3 million. The increases in our deferred revenue and accrued expenses was due to Registrar growth during the period and our acquisition of Pluck in March 2008. The increase in our accounts payable is reflective of significant amounts due to certain vendors. The increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities principally relates to pay downs in 2008 of certain significant accrued liabilities.

90


Table of Contents

Nine months ended December 31, 2007

          Net cash inflows from our operating activities of $19.5 million primarily resulted from our net loss of $5.6 million for the period offset by non-cash charges of $24.7 million primarily associated with our depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation, and adding back non-cash deferred income tax benefits of $2.3 million. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from changes in our working capital, including deferred revenue and accrued expenses of $13.5 million, offset by net cash outflows from deferred registry fees and our accounts receivable of $11.9 million. The increases in our deferred revenue and deferred registry fees was due to Registrar growth during the period. The increase in our accrued expenses principally represents significant amounts due to certain vendors and employees. The increase in our accounts receivable reflects growth in advertising revenue from our platform.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

          Net cash used from investment activities was $28.3 million and $23.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, cash investments included intangible assets of $21.1 million and spending on property and equipment, including internally developed software to support the growth of our business of $9.5 million. Partially offsetting these increases were net sales of our marketable securities of $2.3 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, cash investments included intangible assets of $9.4 million and spending on property and equipment, including internally developed software, to support the growth of our business of $7.4 million, which was offset partially by net sales of our marketable securities of $5.9 million during the period.

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and Nine Months Ended December 31, 2007

          Net cash used for investing activities was $22.8 million, $78.9 million and $98.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the nine months ended December 31, 2007, respectively. Cash used in investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the nine months ended December 31, 2007 included investments in our intangible assets of $22.7 million, $19.3 million, and $12.2 million, respectively, investments in our property and equipment, including internally developed software of $15.3 million, $20.1 million and $10.7 million, respectively, net cash paid for acquisitions of $0.5 million, $60.1 million and $38.3 million, respectively, and net purchases and sales of our marketable securities during the periods.

          Cash invested in our property and equipment, including internally developed software, was largely to support the growth of our business and infrastructure during 2009, 2008 and 2007. Significant acquisitions made during the year ended December 31, 2008 included Pluck for total purchase consideration of $56.3 million (excluding $10.0 million in one year promissory notes) and The Daily Plate, LLC, or the Daily Plate, for total purchase consideration of $5.0 million. Pluck became the basis of our social media applications, and the Daily Plate became a product feature on our LIVESTRONG.com website. Significant acquisitions made during the nine months ended December 31, 2007 included Pagewise, Inc., or Pagewise, which included a library of how-to videos and text articles, for total purchase consideration of $15.8 million.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

          Net cash used in financing activities was $10.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $26.8 million during the same period in 2009.

91


Table of Contents


During the six months ended June 30, 2010, we used $10.0 million to pay down our revolving credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks. By comparison, we borrowed $37.0 million from our revolving credit facility in 2009, and used $10.0 million of these borrowings to repay promissory notes issued in conjunction with the acquisition of Pluck in March 2008.

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and Nine Months Ended December 31, 2007

          Net cash used in financing activities was $55.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $86.1 million and $88.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 and nine months ended December 31, 2007, respectively.

          In late 2008 and early 2009, we decided to borrow funds under our revolving credit facility as a result of instability in the financial markets. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we borrowed $37.0 million from our credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks, and used $10.0 million of these borrowings to pay down promissory notes issued in conjunction with the acquisition of Pluck in March 2008. During the second half of 2009, we paid down $82.0 million of the $92.0 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility, as we believed our operations were generating sufficient cash flow to support our operating and investing activities at such time and we had sufficient cash on our balance sheet to do so. During the year ended December 31, 2008, gross borrowings under our revolving credit facility were $55.0 million and were primarily used to finance the acquisition of Pluck in March 2008. During the nine months ended December 31, 2007, we borrowed and paid down $17.8 million of our revolving credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks. Borrowings of $17.7 million during the period were largely used for acquisitions in last nine months of 2007, including $15.8 million for Pagewise in June 2007.

          During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repaid certain promissory notes of $4.0 million associated with the acquisition of Hillclimb Media in August 2006. During the nine months ended December 31, 2007, we repaid certain promissory notes totaling $12.5 million associated with our acquisitions of eNom in April 2006 and eHow in May 2006.

          During the year ended December 31, 2008, we sold 5,833,334 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock at $6.00 per share, for total proceeds of $35.0 million and issuance costs of $0.2 million. During the nine months ended December 31, 2007, we sold 16,666,667 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock at $6.00 per share, for total proceeds of $100.0 million and issuance costs of $0.3 million.

          Our convertible preferred stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder or at a fixed or determinable date. Because the terms of the preferred stock contain certain deemed liquidation provisions upon a change-in-control, however remote in likelihood, this deemed liquidation provision is considered a contingent redemption feature that is not solely within our control. Accordingly, we present our convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders' equity in the mezzanine section of our consolidated balance sheets.

          Upon the completion of this offering, all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding will convert into shares of our common stock.

          To date, proceeds from employee stock option exercises have not been significant. After the completion of this offering and from time to time, we expect to receive cash from the exercise of employee stock options and warrants in our common stock. Proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and warrants outstanding will vary from period to period based upon, among other factors, fluctuations in the market value of our common stock relative to the exercise price of such stock options and warrants.

92


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

          We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange, inflation, and concentration of credit risk. To reduce and manage these risks, we assess the financial condition of our large advertising network providers, large direct advertisers and their agencies, large Registrar resellers and other large customers when we enter into or amend agreements with them and limit credit risk by collecting in advance when possible and setting and adjusting credit limits where we deem appropriate. In addition, our recent investment strategy has been to invest in high credit quality financial instruments, which are highly liquid, are readily convertible into cash and that mature within one year from the date of purchase.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

          While relatively small, we have operations and generate revenue from sources outside the United States. We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue being denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally in the Euro and British Pound Sterling and a relatively smaller percentage of our expenses being denominated in such currencies. We do not believe movements in the foreign currencies in which we transact will significantly affect future net earnings or losses. Foreign currency risk can be quantified by estimating the change in cash flows resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates. We believe such a change would not currently have a material impact on our results of operations. However, as our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we intend to continue to assess our approach to managing this risk.

Inflation Risk

          We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

          As of June 30, 2010, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments were maintained primarily with four major U.S. financial institutions and two foreign banks. We also maintained cash balances with one Internet payment processor in both periods. Deposits with these institutions at times exceed the federally insured limits, which potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk. Historically, we have not experienced any losses related to these balances and believe that there is minimal risk of expected future losses. However, there can be no assurance that there will not be losses on these deposits.

          As of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, components of our consolidated accounts receivable balance comprising more than 10%:

 
  December 31,
2009
  June 30,
2010
 

Google, Inc. 

    22 %   32 %

Yahoo! Inc. 

    32 %   12 %

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

          As of June 30, 2010, we did not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

93


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

          For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended December 31, 2007, we used $20.1 million, $15.3 million and $10.7 million in cash to fund capital expenditures to create internally developed software and purchase equipment. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, we used $9.5 million and $7.4 million to fund capital expenditures to create internally developed software and purchase equipment. We currently anticipate making aggregate capital expenditures of between $10.0 million and $15.0 million through the remaining six months of the year ended December 31, 2010, which will primarily relate to the creation of internally developed software and equipment purchases.

Contractual Obligations

          The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009:

 
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 - 3
Years
  More Than
3 Years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 10,590   $ 3,745   $ 6,845   $  

Capital lease obligations

    1,064     532     532      

Purchase obligations(1)

    2,512     2,366     146      
                   

Total contractual obligations

  $ 14,166   $ 6,643   $ 7,523   $  
                   

(1)
consists of minimum contractual purchase obligations for undeveloped websites with certain of our partners.

          Included in operating lease obligations are agreements to lease our primary office space in Santa Monica, California and other locations under various non-cancelable operating leases that expire between January 1, 2010 and July 2013. Subsequent to December 31, 2009 we entered into a new lease agreement for new office space in Kirkland, Washington. The lease agreement has a term of 5 years with required minimum lease payments of approximately $0.7 million per year. All property and equipment have been purchased for cash, with the exception of $1.1 million in capital lease obligations outstanding at December 31, 2009 that expires in 2011.

          We have no debt obligations, other than our $100.0 million revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes, which currently has no borrowings under it. At December 31, 2009, we had outstanding letters of credit for approximately $6.8 million primarily associated with certain payment arrangements with domain name registries and landlords.

Indemnifications

          In the normal course of business, we have made certain indemnities under which we may be required to make payments in relation to certain transactions. Those indemnities include intellectual property indemnities to our customers, indemnities to our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware and indemnifications related to lease agreements. In addition, certain of our advertiser and distribution partner agreements contain certain indemnification provisions, which are generally consistent with those prevalent in our industry. We have not incurred significant obligations under indemnification provisions historically, and do not expect to incur significant obligations in the future. Accordingly, we have no recorded liability for any of these indemnities.

94


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In August 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value. This update provides clarification for circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. In such circumstances a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following techniques: (1) a valuation technique that uses: (a) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset; or (b) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; or (2) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of Topic 820 such as an income approach or a market approach. The guidance in this update was effective for the quarter beginning October 1, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

          In June 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17 which amends prior guidance to require an enterprise to replace the quantitative-based analysis in determining whether the enterprise's variable interest or interests give it controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with a more qualitative approach by providing additional guidance regarding considerations for consolidating an entity. This guidance also requires enhanced disclosures to provide users of financial information with more transparent information about the enterprise's involvement in a variable interest entity. This statement was effective for January 1, 2010, and did not have a significant effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In October 2009, the FASB issued Update No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force ("ASU 2009-13"). ASU 2009-13 provides amendments to the criteria in ASC 605-25 "Multiple-Element Arrangements" for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. As a result of those amendments, multiple-deliverable arrangements will be separated in more circumstances than under existing accounting guidance. ASU 2009-13: (1) establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, (2) eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method, (3) requires that a vendor determine its best estimate of selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis and (4) significantly expands the disclosures related to a vendor's multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. ASU 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Alternatively, the Company may retrospectively apply the guidance to all periods. The Company plans to adopt ASU 2009-14 using the prospective method. The adoption of this accounting standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

          In October 2009, the FASB issued Update No. 2009-14, Software (Topic 985)—Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force ("ASU 2009-14"). ASU 2009-14 changes the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements and provides additional guidance on how to determine which software, if any, relating to tangible product would be excluded from the scope of the software revenue guidance. In addition, ASU 2009-14 provides guidance on how a vendor should allocate arrangement consideration to deliverables in an arrangement that includes both tangible products and software. ASU 2009-14 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Alternatively, the Company may retrospectively apply the guidance to all periods. The Company plans to adopt ASU 2009-14 using the prospective method and this adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

95


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Mission

          Our mission is to fulfill the world's demand for commercially valuable content.

Overview

          We are a leader in a new Internet-based model for the professional creation of high-quality, commercially valuable content at scale. While traditional media companies create content based on anticipated consumer interest, we create content that responds to actual consumer demand. Our approach is driven by consumers' desire to search for and discover increasingly specific information across the Internet. By listening to consumers, we are able to create and deliver accurate and precise content that fulfills their needs. Through our innovative platform—which combines a studio of freelance content creators with proprietary algorithms and processes—we identify, create, distribute and monetize in-demand content. We believe continued advancements in search, social media, mobile computing and targeted monetization will continue to be growth catalysts for our business.

          Our business is comprised of two distinct and complementary service offerings: Content & Media and Registrar. Our Content & Media offering includes the following components:

    Content creation studio that identifies, creates and distributes online text articles and videos, utilizing our proprietary algorithms, editorial processes and community of freelance content creators;

    Enterprise-class social media applications that enable websites to offer features such as user profiles, comments, forums, reviews, blogs and photo and video sharing; and

    A system of monetization tools that are designed to match targeted advertisements with content in a manner that optimizes advertising revenue and enhances end-user experience.

          We deploy our proprietary Content & Media platform both to our owned and operated websites, such as eHow.com, as well as to websites operated by our customers, such as USATODAY.com. As a result, our platform serves a large and growing audience. According to comScore, for the month ended June 30, 2010, our owned and operated websites comprised the 17th largest web property in the United States and we attracted over 86 million unique visitors with over 550 million page views globally. Moreover, in the United States, we ranked in the top 10 in ten different comScore site categories for the month ended June 30, 2010, based on unique visitors. As we continue to populate selected site categories with new, highly specific, relevant content as well as broad functionality from our social media tools, we believe we can build leadership positions in a number of these categories, including Home, Health and Beauty/Fashion/Style. We also own and operate over 500,000 websites, primarily containing advertising listings, which we refer to as our undeveloped websites. These undeveloped websites generated over 80 million additional page views for the month ended June 30, 2010 according to our internal data. Our reach is further extended through over 350 websites operated by our customers where we deploy our platform. These websites generated over 800 million page views to our platform during the month ended June 30, 2010 according to our internal data. As of June 30, 2010, our content studio had over 10,000 freelance content creators, who generated a daily average of over 5,700 text articles and videos during the quarter ended June 30, 2010, which we believe makes us one of the leading producers of professional online content.

          Our Registrar, with over 10 million Internet domain names under management, is the world's largest wholesale registrar and the world's second largest registrar overall. As a wholesaler, we provide domain name registration and offer value-added services to over 7,000 active resellers, including small businesses, large e-commerce websites, Internet service providers and web-hosting companies. Our Registrar complements our Content & Media service offering by providing us with a recurring base of

96


Table of Contents


subscription revenue, a valuable source of data regarding Internet users' online interests, expanded third-party distribution opportunities and proprietary access to commercially valuable domain names that we selectively add to our owned and operated websites.

          Together, our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings provide us with proprietary data to identify Internet users' online interests, the ability to produce relevant content in an economically sustainable manner, broad distribution that enables our content to reach the audience that will want to consume it, a system of monetization tools that enable us to generate revenue and the scale to realize efficiencies within our overall business.

          Demand Media is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Santa Monica, California. We commenced operations in May 2006 with the acquisitions of eHow, a leading "how-to" content-oriented website and eNom, a provider of Internet domain name registration services. We generate revenue primarily through the sale of advertising in our Content & Media service offering and through domain name registration subscriptions in our Registrar service offering. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, we reported revenue of $198 million and $114 million, respectively. For these same periods, we reported net losses of $22 million and $6 million, respectively, and Adjusted OIBDA of $37 million and $26 million, respectively. See "Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data—Non GAAP Financial Measures" for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to the closest comparable measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Industry Background

          Over the last decade, the Internet has evolved into a new and significant source of content, challenging traditional media business models by reshaping how content is consumed, created, distributed and monetized. Prior to the widespread adoption of the Internet, content was primarily distributed through traditional media, such as newspapers, magazines and television. Increased access to the Internet as a result of extensive broadband penetration and the rapid proliferation of connected mobile devices is driving significant growth in demand for online content. As a result, there has been an exponential increase in the number of websites and mobile applications created and the amount of content available digitally. Concurrently, search technology has continued to improve the organization of and access to the broad range of websites and online information, reshaping consumer behavior and expectations for discovering credible and relevant information online.

Consumption Trends

          The Internet has fundamentally changed the consumption of media. Consumers are spending increasing amounts of time online. According to Forrester, on average, United States adults spent approximately 12 hours per week online in 2009, as compared to approximately five and a half hours per week in 2004. In contrast, television consumption has remained flat at approximately 13 hours per week per adult over the same period. Further, in contrast to consumers' relatively passive consumption of traditional media, the proliferation of the Internet and social media has enabled consumers to seek out and interact with content across an increasing number of websites.

          As a result, consumers are changing the way they discover content online, increasingly typing queries into web search engines to discover and access content from the millions of websites on the Internet. According to comScore, the number of typed-in search queries increased from 39 billion during the month ended December 31, 2006 to 131 billion during the month ended December 31, 2009, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of approximately 50%. The number of specific searches comprises a large portion of overall searches. For example, according to Experian Hitwise, queries three words or longer made up 54% of all U.S. Internet searches on the Internet in the four weeks ended June 26, 2010. Further, advancements in web search technology and the popularity of social media have enhanced the ability to find specific content associated with personal needs and

97


Table of Contents


interests, leading to migration of the consumer base away from content consumed on traditional portals. According to comScore, only 16% of online activity as measured by page views in the month ended May 31, 2009 originated from AOL, MSN and the Yahoo! Internet portals, as compared to 24% in the month ended May 31, 2004. However, we believe that consumers are often faced with incomplete or inaccurate information because the demand for highly specific, relevant information is outpacing the supply of thoughtfully researched, professionally produced content.

Content Creation Trends

          The rapid evolution of audience behavior, particularly the significant fragmentation and the shift of audiences online, is changing existing content creation models. Historically, traditional media companies have generated high-cost, general interest content targeted towards a mass audience of predominantly offline consumers, and have monetized it through advertising or by selling this content directly to consumers. This traditional cost structure is less effective for creating niche content and for selling targeted advertising to fragmented audiences. At the same time, the widespread adoption of social media and other publishing tools has reduced barriers to publishing online content and has enabled a large number of individuals to create and publish content on the Internet. However, the difficulty in constructing profitable business models from their individual endeavors has relegated online content publication largely to bloggers and passionate enthusiasts whose limited resources have often resulted in varying levels of quality.

Distribution Trends

          Advancements in social media, search monetization and digital publishing technologies have also dramatically reduced barriers to distributing content. As publishers attempt to meet increasing consumer demand for specific content, the number of websites has proliferated at an exponential scale to approximately 207 million websites globally as of June 30, 2010 according to industry sources. Prior to these developments, website publishers, like traditional media companies, relied primarily on marketing to attract audiences. Now consumers primarily use search engines, social recommendations and mobile applications to discover content. Further, content increasingly is distributed and accessed virtually anywhere via smart phones, tablet computers and other mobile devices. According to Strategy Analytic's Global Handset Data Traffic Forecast, global mobile data consumption is expected to grow at a five year CAGR of over 59% from 608 petabytes in 2010 to 6,241 petabytes in 2015. As consumers continue to gravitate towards search and mobile devices as their point of entry and navigation to the Internet, we believe websites that leverage this and other emerging points of entry will benefit.

Monetization Trends

          The percentage of advertising spend allocated to online advertising significantly lags the percentage of time spent by people consuming media online. In 2009, 34% of the hours spent by individuals consuming media per week were spent online, while Internet advertising represented only 12% of overall advertising in the United States. We believe advertisers are beginning to recognize greater opportunities for Internet advertising. As a result, Internet advertising in the United States is projected to grow at a compounded annual rate of 16% from 2009 to 2012 to $31 billion, while total major media advertising is only expected to grow at a compounded annual rate of less than 1% over the same time period, according to ZenithOptimedia.

          We believe marketers are seeking better ways to reach the fragmented consumer base in a more targeted fashion, a trend that is likely to accelerate as advertising dollars move from offline to online media. According to a 2008 survey of U.S. advertising agencies by Forrester, 60% named "high concentration of target demographics" and 31% named "deep content navigation" as one of their top three most important media planning factors when working with publishers on behalf of clients. In addition, according to industry sources, return on investment, or ROI, is the biggest challenge facing

98


Table of Contents


marketers in 2010 and is expected to drive a shift in marketing budgets from traditional media to online media, including search strategies such as search engine optimization, paid social media and search marketing.

Market Challenges

          Consuming, creating, distributing and monetizing online content presents new and complex challenges that traditional and new media business models have struggled to address. Currently, content produced by media companies and Internet portals is often expensive to create and focused on event-driven topics that, given their short useful lives, are challenging to sell to advertisers for sufficient amounts to justify their production. On the other hand, individuals such as bloggers are able to economically create and publish niche content, but often lack recognized credibility, production scale and broader distribution and monetization capabilities. These challenges have had a profound impact on consumers, freelance content creators, website publishers and advertisers who are in need of a solution that connects this disparate media ecosystem.

    Consumers.   Consumers are becoming increasingly empowered and are demanding specific and reliable information relevant to their needs. In addition, traditional media content repurposed for online distribution often does not meet the granular and evolving needs of the fragmented consumer base and frequently is not optimized to easily enable discovery, whether by search or direct navigation. Moreover, the proliferation of websites with varying levels of quality and reliability creates uncertainty as to the trustworthiness and accuracy of content, even when search queries produce seemingly relevant results.

    Freelance Content Creators.   Historically, freelance content creators have been an attractive source of content creation for traditional and online publishers. However, freelance content creators have found it challenging to earn a steady income. According to a Wakefield Research survey of freelance content creators commissioned by the Company in 2010, 74% of respondents agreed that maintaining a steady income from freelance writing is difficult, while 56% of respondents indicated that it has become harder to obtain freelance work over the past two years. Additionally, 47% of respondents estimated that they spend the majority of their time on tasks other than writing stories, such as researching and pitching stories. Moreover, growing numbers of displaced broadcast and publishing professionals continue to increase competition for available freelance work.

    Website Publishers.   Many website publishers are in need of specific and useful content to attract visitors, but lack the expertise, technology and scale to identify, develop and monetize the appropriate content. Publishers are also challenged by the high cost of traditional content creation. In addition, they may lack the technological capabilities to enable their customers to have rich and differentiated social experiences on their sites as well as to optimize the overall value of their advertising inventory.

    Advertisers.   The fragmentation of media consumption has decreased the ability of advertisers to effectively reach their targeted audiences at scale through traditional channels. Performance-based Internet advertising, such as cost-per-click in which an advertiser pays only when the user clicks on its advertisement, has proven to be both popular and effective in targeting consumers who have specific commercial intent. However, we believe there is a limited supply of content around which to deploy cost-effective performance-based advertising. Additionally, we believe brand marketers are seeking solutions that target large numbers of consumers within a particular audience segment with an engaging and high-quality advertising experience that performance-based Internet advertising is currently not able to provide.

99


Table of Contents

The Demand Media Solution

          We have built a platform with a proprietary set of solutions that we believe addresses the market challenges and unfulfilled needs of online consumers, freelance content creators, website publishers and advertisers. Our business is comprised of two distinct and complementary service offerings: Content & Media and Registrar. These service offerings provide us with a unique combination of proprietary technologies and social media tools, extensive audience reach through our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites, a qualified community of freelance content creators and access to proprietary Internet data. We believe these attributes will help us to achieve our mission to fulfill the world's demand for commercially valuable content.

          Our Content & Media service offering is engaged in creating media content, primarily consisting of text articles and videos, and delivering it along with social media and monetization tools to our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites. We deliver these through our proprietary Content & Media platform which includes our content creation studio, enterprise-class social media applications and a system of monetization tools designed to match content with advertisements in a manner that is optimized for revenue yield and end-user experience. We deploy our platform both to our owned and operated websites, such as eHow, as well as to websites operated by our customers, such as the online versions of the San Francisco Chronicle and the Houston Chronicle. Additionally, we believe our Registrar customers provide us with a potential opportunity for cross-selling our Content & Media service offerings to website publishers. Key elements of our solution include:

    Content.   We create highly relevant and specific online text and video content that we believe will have commercial value over a long useful life. During the quarter ended June 30, 2010, we generated an average of over 5,700 wholly-owned text articles and videos per day. The process to select the subject matter of our content, or our title selection process, combines automated algorithms with third-party and proprietary data along with several levels of editorial input to determine what content consumers are seeking, if it is likely to be valuable to advertisers and whether it can be cost effectively produced. To produce original content for these titles at scale, we engage our robust community of highly-qualified freelance content creators. As of June 30, 2010, our content studio had over 10,000 freelance content creators, a significant number of which have prior experience in newspapers, magazines or broadcast television. Our content creation process is scaled through a variety of online management tools and overseen by an in-house editorial team, resulting in high-quality, commercially valuable content. Our technology and innovative processes allow us to produce articles and videos in a cost effective manner while ensuring high quality output.

    Social Media.   We believe that social interaction and engagement is a core element of the online experience for consumers, online publishers, retailers and brands. Our enterprise-class social media tools allow websites to add feature-rich applications, such as user profiles, comments, forums, reviews, blogs and photo and video sharing. These social media applications facilitate social media interactions and are integral to our platform and strategy. Deployed to both our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites, our social media products are used by publishers to drive traffic and increase engagement by facilitating the creation of site-specific communities. Our social media tools have been designed with robust application programming interfaces, or APIs, which allow publishers to highly customize their websites, as well as ensure interoperability with popular social media platforms, such as Facebook and Twitter. Additionally, the deployment of our social media products on our network of customer websites presents us with an opportunity to cross-sell other components of our platform to these customers.

100


Table of Contents

    Monetization.   Our goal is to deliver targeted placements to advertisers who seek to reach consumers based on the content these consumers are seeking and discovering. Our platform generates revenue primarily through the sale of online advertisements, sourced through advertising networks and to a lesser degree through our direct advertising sales force. The system of monetization tools in our platform includes contextual matching algorithms that place advertisements based on website content, yield optimization systems that continuously evaluate performance of advertisements on websites to maximize revenue and ad management infrastructures to manage multiple ad formats and control ad inventory. In addition, our platform is well-positioned to benefit from the continued growth of advertising networks by giving us access to a broader set of advertisements we can more precisely match with our content, thereby increasing advertising yields.

    Distribution.   We deploy some or all components of our platform to our owned and operated websites, such as eHow, LIVESTRONG.com, Trails, GolfLink and Cracked, as well as to over 350 websites operated by our customers. Driven in large part by our platform, our owned and operated content network has grown rapidly, evidenced by a 63% increase in unique users for the month ended June 30, 2010 as compared to the month ended June 30, 2009 according to internal data. We also distribute features of our platform to a portfolio of over 500,000 undeveloped websites that we own. Our platform helps power websites for customers such as the San Francisco Chronicle (SFGate.com) and the National Football League (NFL.com), generating an aggregate of over 800 million page views to our platform during the month ended June 30, 2010 according to internal data. We have also begun to expand the distribution of our content by offering our Registrar customers the ability to add contextually related content from our extensive wholly-owned library to their sites as part of a recurring subscription offering.

          Our Registrar service, in providing domain name registration and related value-added services, contributes several benefits to our Content & Media service offering, including: proprietary data that augments our content creation process and enhances our analysis of potential valuable websites to add to our portfolio of owned and operated websites; access to potential new customers to add to our third-party network through which to distribute our content; and numerous cost savings and efficiencies from shared data centers, infrastructure and personnel.

          As a result, we are able to deliver significant value to our consumers, advertisers, customers and freelance content creators:

    How We Provide Value to Our Consumers.   Our consumers are individuals who seek and access our content over the Internet. We make the Internet a more useful resource to the millions of users searching for information online by analyzing consumer demand to create and deliver commercially valuable, high-quality content. We use strategies and tools, such as search engine optimization, social media recommendations and downloadable and web-based applications, along with our strong brands, to make our content more accessible to consumers. In doing so, we connect consumers with content that helps them solve problems, answer questions, save money and time, enhance well-being, improve everyday life and interact with supporting communities. By maintaining rigorous quality control standards throughout our content creation process, including the use of detailed style guides that are designed to tailor content to further appeal to specific audience segments, we have instituted a reliable process for producing high-quality content. As consumers become better acquainted with our brands, their trust in our content increases, which is evidenced by the continued growth in unique visitors who return to our eHow property directly rather than through search engine queries.

    How We Provide Value to Our Advertisers.   Our advertisers are large corporations, brand marketers and small businesses seeking access to our consumers. Our advertisers benefit from gaining access to our targeted audiences by matching their advertisements with our highly

101


Table of Contents

      specific content delivered to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites. We offer a highly valuable suite of marketing solutions, including targeted display advertising, interactive brand sponsorship and social networking and community features. Our award-winning owned and operated properties, such as eHow, are designed to deliver fulfilling experiences for consumers and attractive opportunities for both our advertising network and brand advertising customers. In addition to our leading owned and operated websites, our undeveloped websites provide us with an opportunity to gain access to additional consumers.

    How We Provide Value to Our Customers.   Our customers are third-party website publishers who display our content on their websites, deploy our social media tools or use our domain registrar services and individuals who pay us to access portions of our websites. By utilizing some or all components of our platform, our customers are able to provide a more engaging experience for their visitors and have the potential to generate incremental revenue on their websites. We supply some or all of the components of our platform to our customers including, among others, website publishers, branded product and services marketers, retailers, web-hosting companies and domain name resellers. Our customers also benefit from the services offered by our Registrar, such as domain name registration and other related value-added services, as well as our shared infrastructure.

    How We Provide Value to Our Freelance Content Creators.   Our freelance content creators are individuals who create and edit text articles and videos for our platform. We enable our freelance content creators to create valuable content, reach an audience of millions and earn income from a ready supply of available work assignments. We expend significant efforts to attract, serve and nurture our growing community of freelance content creators. We believe our streamlined title generation process and our proprietary billing and payment platform combine to increase the productivity of our freelance community by minimizing the time freelance content creators spend on non-content creation activities, such as pitching story ideas and following up on invoices for prior work. Freelance content creators receive bylines on their published content, helping promote their talent and experience. Our feedback, approval and ratings processes help educate creators and hone their skills. Additionally, we offer qualified freelance content creators certain benefits and perks, including access to discounted rates on third-party health insurance, paid memberships in writing organizations, grants to pursue other creative projects, professional training and mentoring opportunities and a community of peers.

Our Competitive Advantages

Proprietary Technologies and Processes

          We have well-developed proprietary technologies and processes that underlie our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings. We continue to refine our algorithms and processes, incorporating the substantial data we are able to collect as a result of the significant scale of our operations. Our Content & Media algorithms utilize this data to help us determine what content consumers are seeking, if that content is valuable to advertisers and whether we can cost-effectively produce this content. Our scalable content creation processes enable us to leverage our extensive and growing freelance content creator community to efficiently produce, edit and distribute high-quality content. Our processes also include a system of monetization tools that enables us to optimize revenue yield across our distribution channels by applying contextual matching algorithms that place advertisements based on website content, yield optimization systems that continuously evaluate performance of advertisements on websites to maximize revenue and ad management infrastructures to manage multiple ad formats and control ad inventory. The technology underlying our Registrar service offering reliably manages the registration of over 10 million domain names, as of June 30, 2010, and resolved an average of over two billion domain name system queries a day during the first six months of 2010. These interactions provide insight into what consumers may be seeking online and represent a

102


Table of Contents


proprietary and valuable source of relevant information for our platform's title generation algorithms and the algorithms we use to acquire undeveloped websites for our portfolio. We also take steps to protect our intellectual property and, as of June 30, 2010, we have been granted five patents by the United States Patent and Trademark Office and have 19 patent applications pending in the United States and other jurisdictions.

Extensive Freelance Content Creator Community

          Our freelance content creator community consists of more than 10,000 individuals who have satisfied our rigorous qualification standards. Through our recruiting and qualification process, we engage freelance content creators with relevant experience in multiple specific roles ranging from copy editor to writer to filmmaker. We have stringent qualification requirements, which generally include the submission of writing samples, minimum experience thresholds and the achievement of satisfactory results on qualification tests. Our creator community includes Associated Press and Society of Professional Journalists award-winning authors and Emmy award-winning filmmakers. We facilitate collaboration among our content creators through member-forums and other social media tools. We work with our professional community of freelance content creators to rate and provide feedback on each text article or video they create. We also continuously review the work product of our freelance content creators to ensure they are delivering content that meets our quality requirements.

Valuable and Growing Content Library

          Our wholly-owned content library consists of approximately 2 million articles and approximately 200,000 videos as of June 30, 2010, and during the quarter ended June 30, 2010, we produced an average of over 5,700 new high-quality text articles or videos per day. We continue to grow our content library to address specific topics for which we have identified unfulfilled consumer demand. Our content library is the foundation of our growing recurring revenue base and has historically helped finance investment in new content and growth initiatives in a largely self-sustaining manner. Our content library also provides other benefits to us, including generating strategic data regarding user behavior and preferences, building brand recognition by attracting substantial traffic to our owned and operated properties and facilitating strategic revenue-sharing relationships with customers.

Substantial and Growing Audience

          We have amassed a large audience of users across our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites. According to comScore, for the month ended June 30, 2010, our owned and operated websites, including eHow, comprised the 17th largest web property in the United States and we attracted over 86 million unique visitors with over 550 million page views globally. Driven in large part by our platform, our owned and operated content network has grown rapidly, evidenced by a 63% increase in unique users for the month ended June 30, 2010 as compared to the month ended June 30, 2009 according to internal data. In addition, our over 500,000 undeveloped websites generated more than 80 million page views for the month ended June 30, 2010 according to our internal data. Moreover, we deploy our platform to over 350 websites operated by our customers. These websites generated over 800 million page views to our platform during the month ended June 30, 2010 according to our internal data. We believe that our significant audience reach increases our advertising opportunities, provides feedback data that facilitates improvement of user experiences as well as refining and optimizing our platform, while also providing economic benefits to our customers through our revenue-sharing program. Under this program, we place content we have produced on our network of customer websites and share with them the advertising revenue generated by such content. Additionally, we believe that our relationships with our customers provide us valuable cross-selling opportunities with respect to our other products and services. For example, a number of our customers, including USATODAY.com and the online versions of the San Francisco Chronicle and the Houston

103


Table of Contents


Chronicle, began their relationships with us by purchasing our social media tools and then subsequently began deploying our content on their websites.

Large, Complementary Registrar Service Offering

          We own and operate the world's second largest domain name registrar, with over 10 million domain names under management, which provides us with proprietary and valuable data, access to new sources of traffic and expanded third-party distribution opportunities for our platform.

    Proprietary Data.   In providing registration services for over 10 million domain names, our Registrar resolves an average of over 2 billion domain name system queries per day. Our Registrar also serviced, on average, more than 3 million domain name look-ups per day from potential customers seeking to register new websites or purchase existing domains during the first six months of 2010. These queries and look-ups provide insight into what consumers may be seeking online and represent a proprietary and valuable source of relevant information for our platform's title generation algorithms and the algorithms we use to acquire undeveloped websites for our portfolio.

    New Sources of Traffic.   Our Registrar gives us an advantage in accumulating valuable additions to our portfolio of owned and operated websites. Domain names not renewed by their prior registrants that meet certain of our criteria are acquired by us to augment our portfolio of undeveloped owned and operated websites. Our access to this stream of expiring names and visibility into the organic performance of those sites is a unique source of data and creates the potential for future growth for our Content & Media service offering.

    Expanded Third-Party Distribution.   The millions of third-party owned domain names serviced by our Registrar offering represent a significant and ongoing source of customer relationships. Many of these customers are well-suited to take advantage of the content, social media and monetization services provided by our platform. We believe that the potential for growth in customers, along with their increased use of our new and existing products, represents a potentially significant source of growth for our business.

Highly Scalable Operating Platform

          We have built an extensive operating infrastructure that is designed to scale with our growing services. Our information technology infrastructure managed over 4 billion page views in the quarter ended June 30, 2010. We are hosted in data centers on both coasts of the United States, as well as in Europe, with a network of servers to rapidly respond to increases in consumer traffic, as well as to manage performance and reliability. Additionally, we use multiple content delivery network providers, providing significant incremental scalability, as well as an opportunity to optimize traffic based on cost and performance. Our service intelligence systems provide near real-time insight into the performance of our websites, which entails tracking over 1 billion discrete events per month. Our payment processing systems reliably calculated and distributed over 45,000 payments during June 2010 to our freelance content creators and customers. These systems have been customized to meet our unique service needs, and provide us both the scale and flexibility that we need to manage our highly dynamic and growing service.

104


Table of Contents


Growth Strategy

          Our mission is to fulfill the world's demand for commercially valuable content and we believe we are in the early stages of a large and long-term business opportunity. We believe that by successfully implementing our strategy, we can foster the following virtuous cycle:

    Create and distribute in-demand content using proprietary algorithms and processes to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites;

    Monetize the traffic driven to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites through targeted advertisements matched with our content in a manner that maximizes advertising revenue and end-user experience; and

    Reinvest back into our platform to generate additional content, improve our proprietary algorithms and processes and expand our network of owned and operated websites and customer websites.

          Key elements of our strategy to extend our leadership position and further perpetuate the virtuous cycle are to:

Increase the Scale of Production of High-Quality, Commercially Valuable Content

          We have made substantial investments in building proprietary technologies, algorithms and processes capable of creating high-quality, cost-effective content at scale. We intend to leverage and continually refine these technologies, algorithms and processes to increase the scale of our content production. Additionally, the size and scalability of our platform allow us to create and distribute new formats of content, such as long-form video, and we intend to continue to evaluate the commercial viability of such formats.

Enhance Our Value Proposition to our Content Creators, Website Publishers and Advertisers

          We intend to continuously deliver outstanding service, scale of audience and feedback to our freelance content creators, website publishers and advertisers in a manner that enhances our leadership position in the professional creation of original content at scale. For freelance content creators, we are committed to developing the highest-quality and most diverse professional content creator community. We accomplish this through a deep understanding of this community's needs and by providing efficient tools to help creators identify opportunities to publish compelling content. For website publishers, we intend to enhance our platform's ability to help our customers attract users and provide an engaging and satisfying website experience that improves overall monetization. For advertisers, we will continue to deliver high-quality, commercially valuable content along with a sophisticated system of monetization tools to enhance the effectiveness of online advertising campaigns. We will also provide enhanced and differentiated opportunities for brand advertisers to market their products and services to highly-engaged, targeted audiences from within unique, appropriate and contextually relevant content as we have done successfully to date for advertisers.

Grow Our Audiences

          We aim to grow our online audience reach and build highly passionate, online user communities. We believe that we are well-positioned to leverage eHow's sizeable presence in several verticals such as Home & Garden, Health and Fashion, Style & Personal Care in combination with new and existing owned and operated properties to build a leading position in additional areas of consumer interest. We will specifically target high-value vertical market segments where we believe we can achieve a leadership position and attract a disproportionate share of advertising. In addition, as brands and prominent publishers struggle to address their high content costs, we believe our ability to supply them with lower cost, commercially valuable content will make us a partner of choice and will expand our

105


Table of Contents


strategic partner network. This is an integral part of our growth strategy as it continually provides new distribution channels for our content. We believe our successful relationships with respected media brands such as USATODAY.com and the San Francisco Chronicle underscore the quality of our content and our attractiveness as a partner and supplier to traditional media companies. Finally, we are also continuously looking for ways to increase the scope of our engagement with our current customers, including the customers of our Registrar service offering, by increasing their use of our platform components and expanding our audiences.

Improve Monetization

          We intend to increase monetization opportunities by improving ad-serving algorithms, growing our advertising base and expanding our direct sales force. We intend to continue optimizing our proprietary algorithms in order to maximize yields and fill rates from our advertiser feeds and grow our advertising base by entering into new relationships with additional advertising networks. In addition, we expect to significantly expand our direct sales force to augment the advertisements provided by our advertising networks. According to ZenithOptimedia, the online display advertising market is estimated to exceed $7 billion in 2010, with the overall display advertising market (including the offline advertising market) estimated to exceed $100 billion. We plan to expand our direct sales force to cultivate relationships with leading brand advertisers and engage their target audiences by utilizing our platform.

Expand Internationally

          We believe our model is readily transferrable to international markets. We intend to capitalize on the growing breadth of skills, including language skills, of our freelance content creator community and the versatility of our evergreen content that can often transcend geographies and cultures, to target certain foreign, including non-English speaking, countries. In addition to those from the United States, we accept content creators from the United Kingdom, or UK, and Canada and we have launched a UK version of eHow, which has grown since its launch in September 2009 to attract over 2.5 million unique visitors for the month ended June 30, 2010 according to our internal data. We have begun testing translation options for our platform, which will allow us to expand internationally in an efficient manner. For example, we are already conducting translation tests in Germany and Spain. Additionally, we believe we can expand the scope of new content to cover foreign, local and cultural phenomena which may represent new opportunities in new markets.

Embrace New Content Distribution Channels

          We intend to expand our existing distribution network to leverage emerging and alternative channels, including complementary social media platforms such as Facebook and Twitter, custom applications for mobile platforms such as the iPhone, Blackberry and Android operating systems, and new types of devices used to access the Internet such as the iPad. As these channels continue to grow and evolve, we intend to invest sufficient resources to ensure that our high-quality content is able to fulfill the world's demand for commercially valuable content on any device anywhere.

Grow our Registrar

          We intend to continue to grow the total number of domain names managed by our Registrar by offering domain name registration services at highly attractive price points, increasing customer loyalty through the sale of reliable and affordable value-added services and offering turnkey solutions to help new and existing resellers manage and grow their customer bases. As the world's largest wholesaler of domain name registration services, we believe we can continue to attract large, established domain name resellers to our platform while growing our domain name registrations from our existing reseller base through organic growth. We intend to use our internal sales and customer care teams to help encourage our new and existing reseller base to facilitate new domain name registrations and to

106


Table of Contents


encourage renewal of existing customer domains. We believe that as our total number of domain names under management grows, we will have increased opportunities to increase the penetration of existing value-added products and services and to use data generated from our Registrar services to enhance our Content & Media offerings.


Products and Services

          Our business is comprised of two distinct and complementary service offerings: Content & Media and Registrar. Through our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings, we offer a wide variety of products and services, including high-quality, commercially valuable content produced to meet consumer demand, enterprise-class social media applications designed to enhance user experience, a system of monetization tools intended to match targeted advertisements with content in a manner that maximizes advertising revenue and end-user experience and domain name registration services that provide domain name registration as well as additional value-added services designed to help our customers easily develop, enhance and protect their domains.

Content & Media

Content Creation

          Our Content & Media offering is engaged in creating media content, primarily consisting of text articles and videos, and delivering it along with our social media and monetization tools to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites. We leverage proprietary technology and algorithms and our automated online workflow processes to create content. We believe that our process matches or exceeds the editorial processes of traditional media companies and of our online competitors, and ensures that the content we create is of high quality and factually accurate.

    Title Generation.   Utilizing a series of proprietary technologies, algorithms and processes, we analyze search query and user behavior data to identify commercially valuable topics that are in-demand. This includes analysis of publicly available third-party data, such as keyword prices on large advertising networks and the frequency of specific search queries, as well as analysis of proprietary data from our Content & Media and Registrar service offerings, such as the types of domain names being purchased and the types of search queries driving consumers to our text articles and videos.

      Once commercially valuable titles have been identified, they undergo a multi-step process whereby a subset of our community of qualified freelance content creators quality check, edit and approve specific article and video titles to ensure that they are appropriate, accurate and clearly understandable. Before any title receives final approval, we compare the potential new title to those in our existing library to ensure uniqueness of the title and to minimize redundancy. Using criteria such as the target website's existing content library, taxonomy and editorial voice, we select titles that are editorially appropriate for each owned and operated website and customer website.

    Content Generation.   Our creators can claim titles, both for text and video, by searching within categories we make available to them online. Once a title has been selected for creation, a freelance content creator has a limited amount of time to submit the completed text article or video for further review. After this time has lapsed, the title can be claimed by another freelance content creator. After the content creator submits a text article or video to us, it undergoes a series of human editorial reviews, including copy editing, fact checking and reference checking, as well as an automated plagiarism check. Currently each text article we create involves a multi-step process which includes direct interaction with at least 14 human touch points. At the end of the process, we own full rights to the content as works made for hire. The text article or video is then distributed to our owned and operated websites or to our network of customer websites.

107


Table of Contents

Content Investment Strategy

          We strive to create content with positive growth characteristics over a long useful life that also yields an attractive financial return. We base our capital allocation decisions primarily on our analysis of a predicted internal rate of return and have generally observed favorable historical returns on content. For example, our article content published on eHow in the third quarter of 2008, or Q308 cohort, generated a 58% internal rate of return. This internal rate of return measure does not account for any revenue after June 30, 2010, although we anticipate that our Q308 cohort will continue to generate revenue for the foreseeable future and therefore achieve a higher internal rate of return. For example, article content produced in the Q308 cohort achieved 62% revenue growth in the second quarter of 2010 as compared to the second quarter of 2009.

          Further, this internal rate of return measure assumes that our Q308 cohort content has a fair value of zero as of June 30, 2010, even though we believe that our content continues to have substantial fair value as it ages. We have not attempted to incorporate actual fair values in our internal rate of return calculations because there is not an established market for content assets similar to ours, and accordingly, such assets may be difficult to value. Although we previously have sold select content assets to a number of purchasers, such sales have not been significant as a percentage of our total content assets. If we were to estimate the fair value of our content for purposes of our internal rate of return calculations, such calculations would increase materially. For example, if we were to assume that the fair value of our Q308 cohort as of June 30, 2010 is equal to our initial investment in that content, our internal rate of return calculation for such cohort would increase from 58% to 106%.

          We calculate the internal rate of return on all content we publish in a particular quarter, which we refer to as a cohort, as the discount rate that, when applied to the advertising revenue, less certain direct ongoing costs, generated from the cohort over a period of time, produces an amount equal to the initial investment in that cohort. When calculating internal rate of return for a cohort, we make estimates regarding when revenue for that cohort will be received. The calculation of internal rate of return is highly dependent on the timing of revenue, with revenue earned earlier resulting in greater internal rates of return than the same amount of revenue earned in subsequent periods. For purposes of calculating internal rate of return, we use averages to estimate upfront cost involved in creating content. Specifically, we estimate the aggregate cost to create a specific cohort of content by multiplying the average cash payment made to our freelance content creators by the number of articles produced in that period. These costs include certain in-house editorial costs, but exclude indirect services costs that support content creation and distribution, such as bandwidth and general corporate overhead. With respect to each cohort, we estimate the revenue generated over its lifetime to date by using the average revenue per thousand page views multiplied by the number of page views generated in that period. However, we do not include indirect revenue in our calculations, such as the revenue generated from advertising appearing on non-article pages or subscription revenues of websites to which content is distributed. In addition, we use more estimates and assumptions to calculate the internal rate of return on video content because our systems and process to collect historical data on video content are less robust. Because our internal rate of return calculation is based on estimates and assumptions of cost and revenue that may not be accurate, it may not reflect the actual internal rate of return for a cohort.

          We selected the Q308 cohort for analysis because it represents the oldest cohort that utilized the core elements of our current content creation process, yielding seven quarters of historical results to date. However, due to the evolving nature of our business, the composition and distribution of the Q308 cohort is not the same as the composition and distribution of the content produced in all other

108


Table of Contents


historic periods and will not be the same as the composition and distribution of future content cohorts. Certain variables that may affect our internal rate of return on content include the following:

    Distribution outlets for our content are changing. We are distributing increasing amounts of content to customer websites and to our owned and operated websites other than eHow. For example, 60% of our content produced in the second quarter of 2010 was published to eHow while 100% of the content in our Q308 cohort was published to eHow. To date, eHow is our largest and most established distribution outlet for our content. On average, internal rates of return on content published on less established distribution outlets have not been as high as the rates achieved on eHow.

    We have used and will continue to use new methodologies for content production. For example, approximately 32% of our Q308 cohort was sourced from third parties who were more expensive than our freelance content creators and who did not widely utilize our internal algorithms. Since the second quarter of 2009 our internal algorithms and freelance content creation processes have been used to produce substantially all of our article content.

    The format, category and media of the content that we produce changes over time including the mix of article content versus video content. Although historically our data on video performance is not as comprehensive as our data on article performance, we believe currently that the internal rate of return on video is less than the internal rate of return on article content. Our Q308 cohort had no video content in it.

    We have historically had a small number of revenue-sharing arrangements with our content creators and our customers. We are currently planning on entering into more of these revenue-sharing arrangements. Our Q308 cohort had no revenue sharing arrangements.

          Internal rates of return for content produced now or in the future may be significantly less than those achieved in previous periods. See "Risk Factor—Since our content creation and distribution model is new and evolving, the future internal rates of return on content may be less than our historic internal rates of return on content." However, we believe that our analytical approach to content creation allows us to make strategic investments designed to maximize return.

          Persons considering whether to purchase shares of our common stock should not consider internal rates of return on content as an indicator of the investment return on our stock. The rate of return on our common stock will depend on a number of financial and non-financial metrics, of which internal rate of return on content is only one. For example, the rate of return on our common stock will depend on our ability to efficiently manage the costs of our business which are not incorporated in the calculation of internal rates of return and on our ability to develop applications for our owned and operated websites that our users find engaging and helpful.

Freelance Content Creator Community

          We engage our robust community of professional freelance content creators, including copy editors, writers and filmmakers, to create original, commercially valuable online text and video content at scale. As of June 30, 2010, our content studio had over 10,000 freelance content creators, a significant number of which have prior experience in newspapers, magazines or broadcast television. We attract our freelance content creators predominantly through posting targeted advertisements on writing and journalism websites, initiating recruiting campaigns on social media websites, such as Facebook and Twitter, engaging in print campaigns and sponsoring events to promote our business to the freelance community. In order to ensure that we engage and retain highly qualified content creators with relevant experience, the individuals undergo a rigorous qualification process, which includes the submission of writing samples, minimum experience thresholds and, in certain instances, the achievement of

109


Table of Contents


satisfactory results on qualification tests, before they are allowed to participate in generating content for our network of owned and operated websites and customer websites.

          Through our title and content creation processes, we enable our freelance content creators to produce valuable content, reach an audience of millions and earn income from a ready supply of available work assignments. During the quarter ended June 30, 2010, our content creators generated a daily average of over 5,700 text articles and videos, which we believe makes us one of the leading producers of professional content online. For each text article and video that is created, freelance content creators receive feedback, approval and ratings that help educate the creators and hone their skills. Moreover, freelance content creators receive bylines on their published content, helping promote their talent and experience. We pay substantially all of our content creators a fixed fee for each text article or video they create, and we distribute these payments on a twice weekly basis. The fee is determined by the type of assignment and the qualifications of the content creator. A small portion of our content creators opt to receive, in lieu of fixed fees, a share of the revenue their content generates, which we pay out on a monthly basis subject to certain minimum earnings. Therefore, by offering our freelance content creators the ability to pursue a large volume of titles in the topic categories that most interest them, the training and mentoring provided by our in-house editorial team and competitive payments for their services, we are able to retain a highly qualified community of freelance content creators who deliver content that consumers demand at scale.

Content Distribution

          Owned and Operated.     We deploy our content, social media and system of monetization tools on our owned and operated websites that collectively attracted over 86 million unique visitors who generated over 550 million page views globally during the month ended June 30, 2010, according to comScore. Our websites offer users relevant, useful and/or entertaining content across a broad range of topics and categories. Our leading websites also offer extensive social media functionality, such as user profiles and comments, which enable users to personalize their experiences as well as foster community growth. In addition to the high-quality content and social media features provided through our platform, some of our websites also feature unique online and mobile applications that engage users at an even more personal level. Users visit our sites through search engine results, direct navigation and social media referrals. Our websites are designed to be easily discoverable by users due to the combination of relevant content, search engine optimization and the ability of users to recommend and share our content via social media websites such as Facebook.

          Across our owned and operated websites, we rank in the top 10 of ten different comScore site categories, such as Home, Health and Beauty/Fashion/Style, for the month ended June 30, 2010, based on unique visitors, as measured by comScore. Among our portfolio of owned and operated websites, eHow is our most successful website to-date based on the number of monthly unique visitors. eHow is a top 20 ranked website in the United States with 46 million unique visitors during the month ended June 30, 2010 as measured by comScore. eHow's wholly-owned current library includes approximately 1.4 million text articles and over 150,000 instructional videos that are presented in an easy-to-understand manner. A significant majority of the text articles and videos in the eHow library was created by professionals and topical experts. eHow has successfully integrated all aspects of our platform including content creation, social media tools or applications and monetization tools. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, we generated approximately 13% and 21%, respectively, of our revenue from eHow. No other individual site was responsible for more than 10% of our revenue in these periods. We intend to leverage eHow's sizeable presence in combination with new and existing owned and operated properties to build a leading position in additional areas of consumer interest.

          For example, by combining our eHow Home & Garden category with several other related owned and operated websites (including GardenGuides.com) and creating over 250,000 text articles and

110


Table of Contents


videos, we have built the top ranked Home website presence as measured by comScore, attracting over 9.5 million unique users during the month ended June 30, 2010. In the Health category, the combination of our eHow Health category with our LIVESTRONG.com website, which we launched in June 2008, has become the sixth most visited health website in the United States, according to comScore, attracting over 10 million unique users during the month ended June 30, 2010. LIVESTRONG.com has an extensive library of over 140,000 health, fitness, lifestyle and nutrition text articles and videos, which combined with interactive tools and social media community features, help users create customized goals and monitor their health, fitness and life achievements. We believe that this strategy enhances our monetization capabilities and provides an attractive solution for advertisers interested in reaching targeted audiences.

          As we continue to populate selected site categories with new, highly specific, relevant content as well as broad functionality from our social media tools, we believe we can continue to build leadership positions in a number of additional market segments. Moreover, our ability to cross-link related content spread across various websites within our portfolio improves the overall effectiveness and standing of our entire owned and operated network. This leads to a virtuous cycle in growing audience and traffic to our leading websites which allows us to attain leadership positions in new categories, which in turn augment and bolster our websites' attractiveness to advertisers, driving improved monetization opportunities and providing for further reinvestment in our platform.

          In addition to eHow and LIVESTRONG.com, our owned and operated websites include Trails.com, a leading subscription-based online resource for self-guided outdoor and adventure travel in North America, Golflink.com, a leading golf website with comprehensive score-tracking and golf-improvement applications, articles and videos, Cracked.com, a leading humor website offering original comedy-driven text articles and videos, Answerbag.com, a leading social question and answer website, and other enthusiast websites across a number of verticals, such as casual games, sports, automotive and general entertainment.

          Customer Network.     Our customer network includes leading publishers, brands and retailers, providing the potential to expand our distribution and enhance our monetization opportunities. Over 350 websites operated by our customers, such as the San Francisco Chronicle, deploy some or all components of our platform across their websites, enhancing their content, social media and monetization features and capabilities. Collectively, our network of customer websites generated over 800 million page views to our platform during the month ended June 30, 2010 according to our internal data.

          Our relationship with the San Francisco Chronicle is an example of the power of our platform. After initially supplying the San Francisco Chronicle website, SFGate.com, with our social media products, we expanded the relationship to now deploy our content and system of monetization tools to create SFGate's Home Guides section, which is hosted and served by our technology on our platform's server network. Our platform provides unique text articles and videos relevant to the Home Guides section, social media functionality compatible with Facebook sharing and monetization tools.

          Another example is our relationship with YouTube. We believe we are YouTube's largest content provider as measured by the number of videos contributed. We believe that our videos on YouTube, which have been viewed more than 1.5 billion times as of June 30, 2010, are particularly attractive to advertisers because they are rights cleared and professionally produced.

Content Monetization

          We have developed a multi-faceted, proprietary system incorporating advertising networks, including Google AdSense, designed to maximize yields. Our system of monetization tools includes contextual matching algorithms which place advertising based on website content, yield optimization systems which continuously evaluate performance of advertisements on websites to maximize revenue

111


Table of Contents


and ad management infrastructures to manage multiple ad formats and control ad inventory. These tools can be deployed alongside a publisher's own content or in conjunction with content from our platform. Consistent with other performance-based advertising programs, we enter into revenue-sharing arrangements with website publishers that utilize our system of monetization tools.

          We have started to expand our direct sales force to sell display advertisements across our entire distribution network, spanning both our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites. We believe this initiative will give us greater access to advertisers' broader brand marketing campaigns.

Social Media Applications

          Our integrated social media applications for publishers and brands help drive audience, insights and revenue. Companies primarily use our social media applications to add community-building features to their websites and mobile applications. Key capabilities include user profiles, comments, forums, reviews, blogs, photo and video sharing, media galleries, groups and messaging. Through our social media products, websites can bridge user actions, identities and relationships to leading social networks such as Facebook. In 2009, Forrester gave us a perfect score for our breadth of features in a comparative review of nine community platform vendors, one of only two social media technology companies to receive perfect scores in this category.

          We deploy our social media products as programmable social application servers, which are designed to easily integrate with customers' existing technology systems and scale to high levels of user traffic. Our Widget Management, Software Development Kit, APIs and other developer tools are used by agencies and customers to create differentiated social media applications. Often, our social media applications are tightly built into core site services, such as the Fan War Rooms on NFL.com. Additionally, our social media applications provide a number of back-end tools, including: the Community and Moderation Manager for user, content and abuse management and the Analytics Manager for activity reporting and return on investment assessment. Additional services such as Rewards, which provide user incentives such as badges and points, help augment our product offerings.

Registrar

          We own and operate eNom, the world's largest wholesale registrar of Internet domain names and the world's second largest registrar overall, with over 10 million domain names under management. As of June 30, 2010, we managed approximately 8% of all domain names in the top five generic top level domains—.com, .net, .org, .biz and .info—according to DomainTools. Our Registrar service offering processes and resolves a significant number of domain name and domain name system, or DNS, queries and these queries generate data that we utilize to augment our content creation process. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, we generated approximately 46% and 42%, respectively, of our revenue from our Registrar services.

          As a wholesaler, we provide domain name registration services and related value-added services to resellers, including small businesses, large e-commerce websites, Internet service providers and web-hosting companies. These resellers, in turn, contract directly with domain name registrants to deliver these services. Our Registrar service offering gives resellers the choice of either a highly customizable API model or a turnkey solution. Our customizable API solution includes a selection of over 275 commands and integrates with third-party merchant account and billing tools, hosting and email tools as well as other value-added services. Our turnkey reseller solution allows a reseller to quickly start selling our Registrar service offering products through their own website. We also provide domain name registration and related value-added services directly to consumers. Our Registrar service offering gives us a steady recurring base of subscription revenue and its wholesale nature allows us to operate with relatively low marketing and customer acquisition costs.

112


Table of Contents

          Through our Registrar, we provide the following services to our customers:

Domain Name Look-up and Registration

          We offer our customers the ability to search for and register Internet domain names through our Registrar. Our Registrar serves existing and potential new customers looking to register new domain names or purchase existing domain names and allows customers to renew their existing registered domain names. An average of over 3 million domain name search queries, or look-ups, are processed by our Registrar daily. We believe that the majority of these look-ups are for names intended to serve a commercial purpose and we use the data associated with the look-ups to augment our content algorithms. Users can search for and identify an available domain name that best fits their needs, and in just a few clicks can claim and register the name. In addition, we offer customers the ability to transfer the registration of a single domain name or multiple domain names to us from other registrars using our automated domain name transfer service.

Domain Name System

          Our Registrar service offering facilitates a significant portion of the world's domain name system Internet traffic with an average of over 2 billion DNS queries resolved per day. A DNS query represents the process of translating a domain name requested by an Internet user into the Internet Protocol, or IP, address, of the device hosting the requested website. In addition, nearly 77% of our Registrar's customers' registered domain names are .com gTLDs, representing approximately 8% of the global market share based on the total active .com gTLDs according to DomainTools. According to VeriSign, .com currently represents the largest and the most commercially established gTLD in terms of domain name registrations. Based on this fact, .com would also be the largest in terms of revenue and DNS traffic.

Value-Added Services

          In addition to domain name registration services, we also offer a number of other products and services designed to help our customers easily develop, enhance and protect their domains, including the following:

    third-party website security services, such as Secure Socket Layer, or SSL, certificates;

    identification protection services that help keep domain owners' information private through our ID Protect service;

    web hosting plans for both Linux and Windows; and

    customizable email accounts that allow the customer to set up multiple mailboxes using a domain name.

          We have also developed a number of proprietary services designed to help enhance visibility and help drive traffic to our customers' sites. These services include:

    Rich Content, which allows website owners to add contextually relevant, high-quality articles and videos from our wholly-owned content library to their sites; and

    Business Listing services to help our customers advertise through Whois lookup inquiries.

          All of our owned and operated websites, including over 500,000 undeveloped websites, are registered through our Registrar, providing cost savings through at-cost wholesale registration pricing.

113


Table of Contents

Technology

          The primary objectives of our proprietary technologies are to create an engaging consumer experience and to achieve higher media yield, deliver better results for our customers and more efficiently and effectively manage our scale and growth. We continuously strive to develop technologies that allow us to better match Internet visitors in our verticals to the information or product offerings they seek at scale. In doing so, our technologies can allow us to simultaneously improve visitor satisfaction and increase our media yield. Some of the key applications in our technology platform are:

    analytical tools evaluating third-party and proprietary data to identify consumer demand;

    an ad server tracking the placement and performance of content, creative messaging and offerings on our websites and on those of publishers with whom we work;

    data-driven applications for dynamically matching content, offers or brands to Internet visitors' expressed needs or interests;

    an Internet scale content creation, classification and publishing system that allows us to find the best titles for our community of writers, produce those titles and supply them to our distribution points;

    enterprise-class applications powering our social media suite;

    dashboards and reporting tools displaying operating and financial metrics for thousands of ongoing marketing campaigns;

    mechanisms for tracking, paying and fulfilling tax filing requirements for our extensive freelance content creator community;

    a compliance tool capable of cataloging and filtering content from the thousands of websites on which our marketing programs appear to ensure adherence to customer branding guidelines and to regulatory requirements;

    applications and infrastructure to quickly and reliably serve content at a massive scale; and

    a wholesale and retail domain registrar platform.

          Our technologies are software applications built to run on independent clusters of standard commercially available servers, with redundancy at each layer: storage, proprietary application logic and presentation to web visitors. We make substantial use of off the shelf available open source technologies such as PHP, MySQL, Memcache, and Lucene in addition to commercial platforms from Microsoft, including Windows, SQL Server, and .NET. These applications are connected to the Internet via load balancers, firewalls, and routers installed in multiple redundant pairs. This architecture affords scaling up to dozens of servers for a large property, such as eHow, as well as scaling down to pairs of servers for smaller properties while sharing network and Internet infrastructure. This configuration allows us to expand for growth in page views and unique users, as well as add new web properties.

Data Centers and Network Access

          Our primary data centers are hosted by leading providers of hosting services in Santa Clara, California, Ashburn, Virginia, Chicago, Illinois and Amsterdam, Holland. We are in the process of enabling back-up servers for all of our key systems and components that will run concurrently with our primary servers and mirror the information contained on our primary servers. This back-up system will enable additional fault tolerance and will support our continued growth.

          Our data centers host our various public-facing websites and applications, as well as many of our back-end business intelligence and financial systems. The websites are designed to be fault-tolerant, with collections of identical web servers connecting to enterprise databases. Our social media tools do

114


Table of Contents


not require an enterprise database, but instead rely on high performance, high availability disk systems for data storage. The design also includes load balancers, firewalls and routers that connect the components and provide connections to the Internet. The failure of any individual component is not expected to affect the overall availability of any of our websites.

          One of our systems also includes a proprietary method of accessing customer relevant content from the data center, providing very fast response times. This system is designed to scale to accommodate the growth in the amount of content and number of visitors to our properties.

Network Security

          Our data centers maintain real time encrypted communications with our various domain registry and domain reseller partners, as well as many social media customers. We also use leading commercial antivirus, firewall and patch-management technologies to protect and maintain the systems located at the data centers.

Sales and Marketing

          A significant portion of our revenue is derived from cost-per-click advertising provided by Google. We deliver online advertisements provided by Google to our owned and operated websites as well as on certain of our customers' websites where we share a portion of the revenue generated from those advertisements. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, we derived approximately 18% and 26%, respectively, of our total revenue from our advertising arrangements with Google. Google maintains the direct relationships with the advertisers and provides us with cost-per-click advertising services. Our Google agreements include the cost-per-click agreement, which expires in the second quarter of 2012, and the YouTube content agreement, pursuant to which we post video content on YouTube, which is currently on a year-to-year term and expires in the fourth quarter of 2010. Google can terminate its agreements with us before the expiration of the applicable terms upon the occurrence of certain events. For example, our agreements with Google can be terminated by Google for our failure to cure a material breach or if Google determines that we have violated a third party's rights. See "Risk Factor—We are dependent upon certain material agreements with Google for a significant portion of our revenue. A termination of these agreements, or a failure to renew them on favorable terms, would adversely affect our business."

          To date, we have generated advertising revenue primarily through the sale of online advertisements, sourced through advertising networks. We intend to increase our advertising revenues by expanding our direct sales force. As of June 30, 2010, we had 25 employees in our direct sales force.


Customers

          We currently deploy our platform to website publishers and our Registrar products and services to resellers, including large e-commerce websites, Internet service providers and web-hosting companies and, to a lesser extent, consumers. No single publisher, consumer, e-commerce website, service provider or web-hosting company represents more than 10% of our total consolidated revenue.


Competition

Content & Media

          The online content and media market we participate in is new, rapidly evolving and intensely competitive. Competition is expected to intensify in the future as more companies enter the space. We compete for business on a number of factors including return on marketing investment, price, access to targeted audiences and quality. Our principal competitors in this space include traditional Internet companies like Yahoo! and AOL, both of whom are making significant investments in order to compete

115


Table of Contents


with aspects of our business. For example, in 2010, Yahoo! acquired Associated Content, an online publisher and distributor of original content. Associated Content allows anyone, both paid and non-paid content creators, to publish content in any format, and connects the content to consumers, partners and advertisers. In 2009, AOL launched Seed, a content and media platform that helps create online content for distribution across all of AOL's properties. However, we believe we compare favorably with these companies with respect to the focus, experience, scale, proprietary technology and processes and editorial control that characterize our content creation operations.

          Additionally, we compete with web portals that focus on particular areas of consumer interest such as Glam, WebMD and About.com for online audiences and marketing budgets. With respect to our social media tools we compete with several private companies such as Jive Software and KickApps. However, we believe, we compare favorably with these companies with respect to breadth of product features, flexibility of integration and scale of customer usage.

          We compete to attract and preserve interactions with consumers, content creators, website publishers and advertisers. We compete differently and on different dimensions for each of these constituents.

    Consumers.   We compete to attract and retain users of our content by offering them the most relevant, high-quality, targeted information.

    Content Creators.   We compete to attract and retain the top freelance writers, filmmakers and copy editors by offering them competitive payments for their services and the ability to pursue a large volume of titles in the topic categories that most interest them.

    Website Publishers.   We compete to attract and retain content publishers by offering licensed access to the most relevant content developed specifically for their target audience.

    Advertisers.   We compete to attract and retain advertisers by giving them access to the most relevant and targeted audiences for their products or services.

Registrar

          The markets for domain name registration and web-based services are intensely competitive. We compete for business on a number of factors including price, value-added services, such as e-mail and web-hosting, customer service and reliability. Our principal competitors include existing registrars, such as GoDaddy, Tucows and Melbourne IT, and new registrars entering the domain name registration business.

          We believe that we compete favorably within each of the groups mentioned above. However, the industries we compete in are rapidly evolving and we believe that new competitors will emerge that may try to undermine our market position.


Intellectual Property

          We rely on a combination of trade secret, trademark, copyright and patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, together with confidentiality agreements and technical measures, to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary rights. As of June 30, 2010, we have been granted five patents by the United States Patent and Trademark Office and have 19 patent applications pending in the United States and other jurisdictions. We rely more heavily on trade secret protection than patent protection. To protect our trade secrets, we control access to our proprietary systems and technology and enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and confidentiality agreements with other third parties. In addition, because of the relatively high cost we would experience in registering all of our copyrights with the United States Copyright Office, we

116


Table of Contents


generally do not register the copyrights associated with our content with the United States Copyright Office.


Government Regulation

          Advertising and promotional information presented to visitors on our websites and our other marketing activities are subject to federal and state consumer protection laws that regulate unfair and deceptive practices. In the United States, Congress has begun to adopt legislation that regulates certain aspects of the Internet, including online content, user privacy, taxation, liability for third-party activities and jurisdiction. Such legislation includes the following:

    Communications Decency Act.   The Communications Decency Act, or CDA, regulates content of material on the Internet, and provides immunity to Internet service providers and providers of interactive computer services for certain claims based on content posted by third parties. The CDA and the case law interpreting it provide that domain name registrars and website hosting providers cannot be liable for defamatory or obscene content posted by customers on websites unless they participate in creating or developing the content.

    Digital Millennium Copyright Act.   The Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998, or DMCA, provides recourse for owners of copyrighted material who believe that their rights under U.S. copyright law have been infringed on the Internet. The DMCA provides domain name registrars and website hosting providers a safe harbor from liability for third-party copyright infringement. However, to qualify for the safe harbor, registrars and website hosting providers must satisfy a number of requirements, including adoption of a user policy that provides for termination of service access of users who are repeat infringers, informing users of this policy, and implementing the policy in a reasonable manner. In addition, a registrar or a website hosting provider must expeditiously remove or disable access to content upon receiving a proper notice from a copyright owner alleging infringement of its protected works by domain names or content on hosted web pages. A registrar or website hosting provider that fails to comply with these safe harbor requirements may be found liable for copyright infringement.

    Lanham Act.   The Lanham Act governs trademarks and service marks, and case law interpreting the Lanham Act has limited liability for search engine providers and domain name registrars in a manner similar to the DMCA. No court decision to date known to us has found a domain name registrar liable for trademark infringement or trademark dilution as a result of accepting registrations of domain names that are identical or similar to trademarks or service marks held by third parties, or by holding auctions for such domain names. Nevertheless, case law in this area is rapidly evolving and we may be subject to such claims in the future.

    Anticybersquatting Consumer Protection Act.   The Anticybersquatting Consumer Protection Act, or ACPA, was enacted to address piracy on the Internet by curtailing a practice known as "cybersquatting," or registering a domain name that is identical or similar to another party's trademark, or to the name of another living person, in order to profit from that domain name. The ACPA provides that registrars may not be held liable for registration or maintenance of a domain name for another person absent a showing of the registrar's bad faith intent to profit from the use of the domain name. Registrars may be held liable, however, for failure to comply with procedural steps set forth in the ACPA.

    Privacy and Data Protection.   In the area of data protection, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission and certain state agencies have investigated various Internet companies' use of their customers' personal information, and the federal government has enacted legislation protecting the privacy of consumers' non-public personal information. Other federal and state statutes regulate specific aspects of privacy and data collection practices. Although we believe that our information collection and disclosure policies will comply with existing laws, if challenged, we

117


Table of Contents

      may not be able to demonstrate adequate compliance with existing or future laws or regulations. In addition, in the European Union member states and certain other countries outside the U.S., data protection is more highly regulated and rigidly enforced. To the extent that we expand our business into these countries, we expect that compliance with these regulatory schemes will be more burdensome and costly for us.

    Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers.   The acquisition of Internet domain names generally is governed by Internet regulatory bodies, predominantly the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, or ICANN. ICANN is a private sector, not for profit corporation formed in 1998 for the express purposes of overseeing a number of Internet related tasks previously performed directly on behalf of the U.S. government. The regulation of Internet domain names in the United States and in foreign countries is subject to change. ICANN and other regulatory bodies could establish additional requirements for previously owned Internet domain names or modify the requirements for Internet domain names.

          Federal, state, local and foreign governments are also considering other legislative and regulatory proposals that would regulate the Internet in more and different ways than exist today. It is impossible to predict whether new taxes will be imposed on our services, and depending upon the type of such taxes, whether and how we would be affected. Increased regulation of the Internet both in the United States and abroad may decrease its growth and hinder technological development, which may negatively impact the cost of doing business via the Internet or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operational results.


Employees

          As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately 550 employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that relations with our employees are good.


Facilities

          We do not own any real estate. We lease an aggregate of 46,000 square feet at two locations in Santa Monica, California for our corporate headquarters and Content & Media service offering. We also lease a 31,000 square-foot facility for the headquarters of our Registrar service offering in Bellevue, Washington and a 35,000 square-foot facility primarily for our Content & Media service offering in Austin, Texas. We also lease sales offices, support facilities and data centers in other locations in North America and Europe. We believe our current and planned data centers and offices will be adequate for the foreseeable future.


Legal Proceedings

          Demand Media from time to time is a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of its business. There is no pending or threatened legal proceeding to which Demand Media is a party that, in our opinion, is likely to have a material adverse effect on Demand Media's future financial results.

118


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2010:

Name
  Age   Position
Richard M. Rosenblatt   41   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Charles S. Hilliard   47   President and Chief Financial Officer
Shawn J. Colo   38   Executive Vice President and Head of M&A
Joanne K. Bradford   47   Chief Revenue Officer
David E. Panos   47   Chief Marketing Officer
Larry D. Fitzgibbon   41   Executive Vice President, Media and Operations
Michael L. Blend   43   Executive Vice President, Registrar Services
Matthew P. Polesetsky   41   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Fredric W. Harman(2)(3)   50   Director
Victor E. Parker(1)   41   Director
Gaurav Bhandari   42   Director
John A. Hawkins(1)(3)   50   Director
James R. Quandt(1)(2)   60   Director
Peter Guber(3)   68   Director
Joshua G. James(2)   37   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee

(2)
Member of the compensation committee

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

           Richard M. Rosenblatt is our co-founder and has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, since our inception in 2006. In March 2004, Mr. Rosenblatt joined Intermix Media, Inc., an Internet marketing company that owned MySpace, Inc., a social networking website, and served as Intermix Media's Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of MySpace from 2004 until Intermix Media and its MySpace subsidiary were sold to News Corporation in 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Rosenblatt founded iMALL, Inc., a provider of web tools to build e-commerce stores and transact commerce over the Internet, in 1994 and served as iMALL's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until it was sold to Excite@Home, a cable-based Internet provider, in 1999. Mr. Rosenblatt currently serves on the board of directors of The FRS Company, and previously served as the Chairman of the board of directors of iCrossing, Inc., from 2006 until it was sold to Hearst Corporation in 2010. Mr. Rosenblatt was named the USC Entrepreneur of the Year in 2008 and was recently named as a runner-up in Fortune's list of Smartest CEOs in technology. Mr. Rosenblatt holds a J.D. from the University of Southern California Gould School of Law and was a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of the University of California, Los Angeles with a B.A. in Political Science. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Rosenblatt should serve on the board of directors based on his deep knowledge of our company gained from his positions as one of our founders and Chief Executive Officer, as well as his particular familiarity with Internet start-up and social media companies.

           Charles S. Hilliard has served as our President and Chief Financial Officer since June 2007. Mr. Hilliard most recently served as President and Chief Financial Officer of United Online, Inc., a provider of consumer Internet and media services, from 2001 to 2007, and served as Chief Financial Officer of its predecessor, NetZero, Inc., from 1999 to 2001. Prior to joining United Online, Mr. Hilliard was an investment banker with Morgan Stanley & Co. and Merrill Lynch & Co. Mr. Hilliard began his career as an accountant with Arthur Andersen & Co., and became licensed as a

119


Table of Contents


certified public accountant in 1988. Mr. Hilliard earned an M.B.A. with distinction from the University of Michigan and a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Southern California. Mr. Hilliard currently serves as a commissioner for the State of California Public Infrastructure Advisory Commission.

           Shawn J. Colo is our co-founder and has served as our Executive Vice President and Head of M&A, focusing on mergers and acquisitions as well as strategic corporate partnerships, since April 2006. Prior to co-founding Demand Media, Mr. Colo was a principal with Spectrum Equity Investors, a media and communications focused private equity firm, from 1997 to 2006, where he was responsible for sourcing and analyzing media and technology investment opportunities in the United States and Europe. Mr. Colo holds a B.S.E. in Civil Engineering and Operations Research from Princeton University.

           Joanne K. Bradford has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since March 2010. Prior to joining Demand Media, Ms. Bradford served as Senior Vice President of Revenue and Market Development at Yahoo!, Inc., a provider of Internet services worldwide, from September 2008 to March 2010. Prior to joining Yahoo!, Ms. Bradford served as the Senior Vice President of National Marketing Services of Spotrunner, a technology-based advertising agency from March to September 2008. Prior to that, Ms. Bradford served as Corporate Vice President in the Internet Business unit at Microsoft Corporation, a multinational computer technology corporation that develops, manufactures, licenses and supports software products for computing devices, from November 2001 to March 2008. Ms. Bradford holds a B.A. in Journalism and Advertising from San Diego State University.

           David E. Panos has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since March 2010, and previously served as our Executive Vice President, Social Media Platforms, after we acquired Pluck Corporation, a provider of a variety of social media applications to address tasks such as online content generation, syndication, social networking and content personalization, in 2008. An entrepreneur with more than 20 years of early stage software company experience, Mr. Panos previously served as Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of Pluck Corporation from 2003 until we acquired it in 2008. Before starting Pluck Corporation, Mr. Panos was a Venture Partner at Austin Ventures from 2001 to 2003, and served as Vice President of Marketing and Business Development at DataBeam Corporation, from 1992 to 1999, before its sale to IBM's Lotus Development Corporation. Mr. Panos currently serves on the board of directors of the Nicaragua Resource Network, a 501(c)3 corporation. He holds an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School and is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Furman University with a B.A. in Political Science.

           Larry D. Fitzgibbon is our co-founder and has served as our Executive Vice President, Media and Operations, since September 2007, and previously served as our Senior Vice President of Monetization from May 2006 to September 2007. Prior to joining Demand Media, Mr. Fitzgibbon served as Vice President of Business Development from July 2005 to May 2006, and Director of Strategic Partnerships, Inc. from June 2003 to July 2005, at Citysearch, Inc., an online city guide that provides information about businesses that is an operating business of IAC/InterActiveCorp. Mr. Fitzgibbon holds a B.A. in Communications from St. Louis University.

           Michael L. Blend has served as our Executive Vice President, Registrar Services, leading Demand Media's registrar business, which includes eNom, since January 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Blend served as our Senior Vice President, Hotkeys, from August 2006 to December 2008, after we acquired Hotkeys Internet Group LLC, a web-technology firm. Mr. Blend was a co-founder of Hotkeys and served as its Chief Executive Officer from 2002 until 2006 when it was acquired by Demand Media. At Hotkeys, Mr. Blend was responsible for leading the company's strategy and operations from its inception through its acquisition by Demand Media. Mr. Blend holds a patent in the area of computer keyboard design. Mr. Blend holds a J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School and a double B.A. in Mathematics and Philosophy from Duke University.

120


Table of Contents

           Matthew P. Polesetsky has served as our Executive Vice President and General Counsel since March 2010, and previously served as our Senior Vice President, Business & Legal Affairs from March 2007 to March 2010. During the two years prior to joining Demand Media, Mr. Polesetsky served as General Counsel of MySpace, Inc., a social networking website, until its acquisition by News Corporation, and then as Vice President of Business and Legal Affairs at Fox Interactive Media, Inc. Mr. Polesetsky previously practiced business law in private practice. Mr. Polesetsky holds a J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley School of Law and a B.A. in Sociology from Haverford College.

           Fredric W. Harman has served on our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Harman joined Oak Investment Partners, a multi-stage venture capital firm, as a General Partner in 1994, and currently serves as Managing Partner, focusing primarily on consumer Internet and Internet new media investments. He currently serves on the board of directors of Limelight Networks, Inc., a content delivery network service provider, and U.S. Auto Parts Network, Inc., an online provider of aftermarket auto parts, as well as a number of private technology companies that include Federated Media Publishing, Inc. and the HuffingtonPost.com, Inc. Mr. Harman holds an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School and a B.S. and M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University. Mr. Harman was nominated to serve on our board of directors pursuant to our Third Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Harman should serve on the board of directors, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee based on his experience in working with venture capital companies, his particular knowledge of companies in the Internet sector, his financial literacy and his prior directorships with technology companies.

           Victor E. Parker has served on our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Parker is a Managing Director at Spectrum Equity Investors, a private equity firm focused primarily on media and information services which he joined in September 1998. He was previously at ONYX Software Corporation and was an associate at Summit Partners, L.P. from October 1992 to June 1996. Mr. Parker has served on the board of directors of Ancestry.com Inc., since 2003, SurveyMonkey, LLC, since 2009 and IBFX, LLC, since 2007. He also served on the board of directors of NetQuote, Inc., from 2005 to 2010 and NetScreen Technologies, Inc., from 2000 to 2004. He holds an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business and a B.A. from Dartmouth College. Mr. Parker was nominated to serve on our board of directors pursuant to our Third Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Parker should serve on the board of directors and audit committee based on his experience in the venture capital technology industries, his experience in finance, his general expertise in business and his financial literacy.

           Gaurav Bhandari has served on our board of directors since 2007. Mr. Bhandari has served in various capacities at Goldman, Sachs & Co., a global investment banking and securities firm, since 1990, and is currently a Managing Director, where his responsibilities include the private investment portfolio of Goldman Sachs Investment Partners Master Fund, L.P., a multi-strategy investment fund within Goldman Sachs Asset Management. Mr. Bhandari currently serves on the board of directors of Media Rights Capital II L.P., since 2006, Oberon Media, Inc., since 2006, Dale and Thomas Popcorn, LLC, since 2007, Tikona Digital Networks Private Limited, since 2008, and Franklin Holdings, since 2007. Mr. Bhandari previously served on the board of directors of iCrossing, Inc., from 2007 until it was sold in 2010, PetCareRx, Inc., from 2006 to 2009, and Lightfoot Capital Partners, LP, from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Bhandari holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Columbia University. Mr. Bhandari was nominated to serve on our board of directors pursuant to our Third Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Bhandari should serve on the board based on his knowledge of media and technology investments, his financial literacy and his general business experience.

           John A. Hawkins has served on our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Hawkins has served as Managing Partner and co-founder of Generation Partners, a private equity firm that provides capital to

121


Table of Contents


companies in the business and information services, media and communications, and healthcare services industries, through growth equity and buyout investments, since 1996. Prior to founding Generation Partners, Mr. Hawkins was a General Partner at Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co., a venture capital firm which he joined in 1987. Prior to that, Mr. Hawkins was an investment banker at Alex, Brown & Sons, from 1986 to 1987. Mr. Hawkins has served on the board of directors of more than 20 companies, including HotJobs.com, Ltd., iCrossing, Inc., P-Com, Inc., thePlatform for Media, Inc., Agility Recovery Solutions, Inc., High End Systems, Inc. and ShopWiki Corporation, where he also serves as Chairman. Mr. Hawkins is also Membership Co-Chair of the Golden Gate Chapter of the Young Presidents' Organization. Mr. Hawkins holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. in English from Harvard College. Mr. Hawkins was nominated to serve on our board of directors pursuant to our Third Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Hawkins should serve on the board of directors, audit committee and nominating and corporate governance committee based on his particular familiarity with technology companies, his experience in corporate finance, his financial literacy and his general experience in business.

           James R. Quandt has served on our board of directors since 2008. Mr. Quandt has served as co-founder and Managing Director at Thomas James Capital, Inc., a private equity firm that also provides financial advisory services, since 2005. Mr. Quandt has served on a number of public and private company board of directors, including Intermix Media, Inc., an Internet marketing company that owned MySpace, Inc., from 2005 to 2006, Blue Label Interactive, Inc., in 2006 and Digital Orchid Incorporated, from 2005 to 2007, and has served on the board of directors of The FRS Company, since 2007, where he is currently Chairman of board, and the Brain Corporation, since 2009. Mr. Quandt has been a member of the Board of Trustees of Saint Mary's College of California since 1994, currently serving as Chairman Emeriti, and is the President of the Pacific Club of Newport Beach. Mr. Quandt participated in the Managerial Policy Institute at the University of Southern California's Marshall School of Business, and received a B.S. in Business Administration from Saint Mary's College. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Quandt should serve on the board of directors, audit committee and compensation committee based on his experience in the technology sector, his experience in working with and holding directorships in Internet and technology companies, his financial literacy and his experience in business.

           Peter Guber has served on our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Guber has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Mandalay Entertainment Group, a multimedia entertainment company he founded in 1995 that is focused on motion pictures, television, sports entertainment and new media. Prior to founding Mandalay Entertainment, Mr. Guber served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sony Pictures Entertainment, Inc., the television and film production and distribution unit of Sony from 1989 to 1995, and co-founded Guber-Peters Entertainment Group in 1983, which was acquired by Sony Pictures Entertainment in 1989. Mr. Guber also founded Polygram Entertainment in 1979, and served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until 1983, founded Casablanca Records & Filmworks, Inc., in 1975, and was President of Columbia Pictures Corporation, from 1968 to 1975. Mr. Guber's personal production film credits include motion pictures that are well known by consumers worldwide, including Midnight Express, The Color Purple, Missing, American Werewolf in London, Gorillas in the Mist, Rain Man and Batman. Mr. Guber serves as co-chairman of the board of directors of NeuMedia, Inc. Through Mandalay Sports Entertainment, Inc., Mr. Guber is a member of the ownership group that has agreed to acquire the Golden State Warriors, a National Basketball Association franchise located in the Bay Area in a pending transaction, and owns five minor league baseball teams that are affiliated with the New York Yankees, Detroit Tigers, Cincinnati Reds and Texas Rangers. Mr. Guber is also a professor at the UCLA School of Theater, Film & Television, where he has been a member of the faculty for over 30 years. Mr. Guber holds an L.L.M. and J.D. from New York University School of Law and a B.A. from Syracuse University, and is a member of the California and New York bars. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Guber should serve on

122


Table of Contents


our board of directors and nominating and corporate governance committee based on his knowledge of the entertainment and media industries, his general business experience and his financial literacy.

           Joshua G. James has served on our board of directors since 2010. Mr. James co-founded Omniture, Inc., a publicly traded online marketing and web analytics company, in 1996, and served as its President and Chief Executive Officer from 1996 until it was acquired by Adobe Systems, Inc. in 2009. Mr. James served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Omniture Business Unit of Adobe from 2009 to 2010. Mr. James has served on the board of directors of the Brigham Young University Kevin Rollins Center for Entrepreneurship & Technology since 2005, where he was a platinum founder, and The Utah Technology Council since 2000. Mr. James served on the board of directors of Omniture from 1996 until it was acquired in 2009. Mr. James was the recipient of the 2006 Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year Award and Technology Entrepreneur of the Decade by Brigham Young University. Mr. James studied business management and entrepreneurship at Brigham Young University. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. James should serve on the board of directors and the compensation committee based on his experience in working with entrepreneurial companies, his particular familiarity with technology companies, his financial expertise and his general business experience in the technology sector.

Board of Directors

          Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of nine directors,                        of whom will qualify as "independent" according to the rules and regulations of                        , which we also refer to as                        . Our amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and nine directors are currently authorized.

          As of the closing date of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    the Class I directors will be                        , and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011;

    the Class II directors will be                        , and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and

    the Class III directors will be                        , and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.

          Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

          The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

          Pursuant to our stockholders' agreement, Messrs. Rosenblatt, Harman, Parker, Bhandari and Hawkins were each elected to serve as members of our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve. Under the provisions of our stockholders' agreement, Messrs. Harman, Parker, Bhandari and Hawkins also have the right to nominate the remaining four directors to our board. The provisions of the stockholders' agreement relating to the nomination and election of directors will terminate upon completion of this offering, and members previously elected to

123


Table of Contents


our board of directors pursuant to this agreement will continue to serve as directors until their successors are duly elected by holders of our common stock.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

          In accordance with our bylaws, our board of directors appoints our officers, including our chief executive officer. Our board of directors does not have a policy on whether the role of the chairman and chief executive officer should be separate and, if it is to be separate, whether the chairman should be selected from the non-employee directors or be an employee and if it is to be combined, whether a lead independent director should be selected. Our board of directors believes that the current board leadership structure is best for our company and our stockholders at this time.

          Our board has                        independent members and                        non-independent members. A number of our independent board members are currently serving or have served as members of senior management of other public companies and have served as directors of other public companies. We have three standing board committees comprised solely of directors who are considered independent under                        standards. We believe that the number of independent, experienced directors that make up our board, along with the independent oversight of the board by the non-executive chairman, benefits our company and our stockholders.

          Our board is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes. Our board, as a whole, determines the appropriate level of risk for our company, assesses the specific risks that we face and reviews management's strategies for adequately mitigating and managing the identified risks. Although our board administers this risk management oversight function, our audit committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee support our board in discharging its oversight duties and address risks inherent in their respective areas. We believe this division of responsibilities is an effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board leadership structure supports this approach. In particular, the audit committee is responsible for considering and discussing our significant accounting and financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to control and monitor these exposures, and the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for considering and discussing our significant corporate governance risk exposures and the actions management has taken to control and monitor these exposures. Going forward, we expect that the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive periodic reports from management at least quarterly regarding our assessment of such risks. While the board oversees our risk management, company management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board expects company management to consider risk and risk management in each business decision, to pro-actively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the audit committee and the board. Our board believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected the board of directors' leadership structure.

          Our compensation committee, with input from our management, assists our board in reviewing and assessing whether any of our compensation policies and programs could potentially encourage excessive risk-taking. In considering our employee compensation policies and practices, the compensation committee reviews, in depth, our policies related to payment of salaries and wages, commissions, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and other compensation-related practices and considers the relationship between risk management policies and practices, corporate strategy and compensation. A primary focus of our compensation program is intended to incentivize and reward growth in Adjusted OIBDA, among other metrics. We believe these metrics are positive indicators of our long-term growth, operating results and increased stockholder value and therefore believe that our compensation program does not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the company.

124


Table of Contents

Board Committees

          Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

          We have an audit committee that has responsibility for, among other things:

    overseeing management's maintenance of the reliability and integrity of our accounting policies and financial reporting and our disclosure practices;

    overseeing management's establishment and maintenance of processes to assure that an adequate system of internal control is functioning;

    reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements;

    appointing and evaluating the independent accountants and considering and approving any non-audit services proposed to be performed by the independent accountants; and

    discussing with management and our board of directors our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, as well as our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, if any.

          The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Hawkins, Parker and Quandt with Mr. Quandt serving as the committee's chair. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy, and                        meet the requirements for independence, under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations of                        . Our board of directors has determined that                        is an audit committee "financial expert," as that term is defined by the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of                        . Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and                        .

Compensation Committee

          We have a compensation committee that has responsibility for, among other things:

    reviewing management and employee compensation policies, plans and programs;

    monitoring performance and compensation of our executive officers and other key employees;

    preparing recommendations and periodic reports to our board of directors concerning these matters; and

    administering our equity incentive plans.

          The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Harman, James and Quandt with Mr. Harman serving as the committee's chair. Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and                        .

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          We have a nominating and corporate governance committee that has responsibility for, among other things:

    recommending persons to be selected by our board of directors as nominees for election as directors and to fill any vacancies on our board;

125


Table of Contents

    considering and recommending to our board of directors qualifications for the position of director and policies concerning the term of office of directors and the composition of our board; and

    considering and recommending to our board of directors other actions relating to corporate governance.

          The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Guber, Harman and Hawkins with Mr. Guber serving as the committee's chair. When recommending persons to be selected by the board of directors as nominees for election as directors, the nominating and corporate governance committee considers such factors as the individual's personal and professional integrity, ethics and values, experience in corporate management, experience in the company's industry and with relevant social policy concerns, experience as a board member of another publicly held company, academic expertise in an area of the company's operations and practical and mature business judgment. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee considers diversity of relevant experience, expertise and background in identifying nominees for directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          We will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.demandmedia.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitations on Liability

          As of the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not eliminate a director's duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will

126


Table of Contents

be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

          In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered, or will enter, into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers. These agreements provide, or will provide, for the indemnification of our directors and officers for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

          The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder's investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

127


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

          This section discusses the principles underlying the material components of our executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the "2009 Summary Compensation Table" and the factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. These "named executive officers" for 2009 are Richard M. Rosenblatt, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Charles S. Hilliard, President and Chief Financial Officer; Larry D. Fitzgibbon, Executive Vice President, Media and Operations; Shawn J. Colo, Executive Vice President and Head of M&A; and Michael L. Blend, Executive Vice President, Registrar Services.

          Specifically, this section provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive compensation program and each compensation component that we provide. In addition, we explain how and why the compensation committee of our board of directors arrived at specific compensation policies and decisions involving our named executive officers during 2009.

          Each of the key elements of our executive compensation program is discussed in more detail below. Our compensation programs are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve the principles and objectives of our executive compensation and benefits program.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

          We operate in the highly competitive and dynamic media and Internet industries, which are characterized by frequent technological advances, rapidly changing market requirements, and the emergence of new market entrants. To succeed in this environment, we must continuously develop and refine new and existing products and services, devise new business models, and demonstrate an ability to quickly identify and capitalize on new business opportunities. To achieve these objectives, we need a highly talented and seasoned team of technical, sales, marketing, operations, financial and other business professionals.

          We recognize that our ability to attract and retain these professionals, as well as to grow our organization, largely depends on how we compensate and reward our employees. We strive to create an environment that is responsive to the needs of our employees, is open towards employee communication and continual performance feedback, encourages teamwork and rewards commitment and performance. The principles and objectives of our compensation and benefits programs for our executive officers and other employees are to:

          We compete with many other companies in seeking to attract and retain experienced and skilled executives. To meet this challenge, we have embraced a compensation philosophy of offering our executive officers competitive compensation and benefits packages that are focused on long-term value creation and which reward our executive officers for achieving our financial and strategic objectives.

128


Table of Contents

Roles of Our Board of Directors, Compensation Committee and Chief Executive Officer in Compensation Decisions

          Historically, the initial compensation arrangements with our executive officers, including the named executive officers, have been determined in arm's-length negotiations with each individual executive. Typically, our Chief Executive Officer has been responsible for negotiating these arrangements, except with respect to his own compensation, with the oversight and final approval of our board of directors or the compensation committee. The compensation arrangements have been influenced by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

each as of the time of the applicable compensation decision. Generally, the focus of these arrangements has been to recruit skilled individuals to help us meet our product development, customer acquisition and growth objectives, while continuing to achieve our financial growth goals, as well as to maintain the level of talent and experience needed to further the growth of the Company.

          Since the completion of these arrangements, our board of directors and compensation committee have been responsible for overseeing our executive compensation program, as well as determining and approving the ongoing compensation arrangements for our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, including the other named executive officers. For 2009, our Chief Executive Officer reviewed the performance of the other executive officers, including the other named executive officers and, based on this review, along with the factors described above, made non-binding recommendations to the compensation committee with respect to the total compensation, including each individual component of compensation, of these individuals for the coming year. Further, for 2009, the compensation committee reviewed the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and, based on this review and the factors described above, determined his total compensation, including each individual component of compensation, for the coming year. For 2009, the compensation committee also determined the total compensation, including each individual component of compensation, for our other named executive officers. We anticipate that, after the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will function largely independently of our board of directors in determining the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior executive officers.

          The current compensation levels of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, primarily reflect the varying roles and responsibilities of each individual, as well as the length of time each executive officer has been employed by the Company. As a result of the compensation committee's assessment of our Chief Executive Officer's role and responsibilities within the Company, there is a significant difference between his compensation level and those of our other executive officers, based on (but not limited to) our Chief Executive Officer's role as chairman of our board of directors, his prior experience and direct oversight of all facets of our operations.

Engagement of Compensation Consultant

          The compensation committee is authorized to retain the services of one or more executive compensation advisors, in its discretion, to assist with the establishment and review of our compensation programs and related policies. Prior to 2010, the compensation committee did not engage the services of an executive compensation advisor in reviewing and establishing its compensation

129


Table of Contents


programs and policies. The compensation committee has not previously considered formal compensation market data or formally benchmarked total executive compensation or individual compensation elements against a peer group.

          In May 2010, in connection with the preparation of this offering, the compensation committee engaged Compensia, Inc., a national compensation consulting firm, to provide executive compensation advisory services, to help evaluate our compensation philosophy and objectives and to provide guidance in administering our compensation program. The compensation committee directed Compensia to develop a peer group of comparable companies in the technology sector and prepare a competitive market analysis of our executive compensation program to assist it in determining the appropriate level of overall compensation, as well as assess each separate component of compensation, with the goal of understanding the competitiveness of the compensation we offer to our executive officers. In June 2010, Compensia provided our compensation committee a report containing a market analysis of our named executive officers' cash compensation levels. The market data included proxy information for companies in a peer group (where available in the case of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) as well as data from a proprietary executive compensation survey that covered high-technology companies with annual revenues between $200 million and $500 million. The peer group consisted of the following companies: Blackboard, Inc., Concur Technologies, Inc., Cybersource Corp., Fortinet, Inc., Informatica Corporation, Interactive Data Corporation, Morningstar, Inc., NetLogic Microsystems, Inc., Rackspace Hosting, Inc., Riskmetrics Group, Inc., Riverbed Technology, Inc., Solarwinds, Inc., SuccessFactors, Inc., Taleo Corporation, Tivo, Inc., Vistaprint N.V. and WebMD Health Corp. In determining post-IPO compensation, this data was used as a single reference point by the compensation committee and considered together with the other factors described here. In the future, we anticipate that the compensation committee will conduct an annual review of our executive officers' compensation and consider adjustments in executive compensation levels. Compensia serves at the discretion of the compensation committee.

Compensation Philosophy

          We design the principal components of our executive compensation program to fulfill one or more of the principles and objectives described above. Compensation of our named executive officers consists of the following elements:

          We view each component of our executive compensation program as related but distinct, and we also regularly reassess the total compensation of our executive officers to ensure that our overall compensation objectives are met. Historically, not all components have been provided to all executive officers. In addition, we have considered, in determining the appropriate level for each compensation component, but not relied on exclusively, our understanding of the competitive market based on the collective experience of members of our board of directors, our recruiting and retention goals, our view of internal equity and consistency, the length of service of our executive officers, our overall performance and other considerations the compensation committee considers relevant.

          We offer cash compensation in the form of base salaries and annual performance-based bonuses that we believe appropriately reward our executive officers for their individual contributions to our

130


Table of Contents


business. When making bonus decisions, the compensation committee has considered the Company's financial and operational performance as well as each executive officer's individual contributions during the year.

          The key component of our executive compensation program, however, is equity awards covering shares of our common stock. As a privately-held company, we have emphasized the use of equity to incent our executive officers to focus on the growth of our overall enterprise value and, correspondingly, the creation of value for our stockholders. As a result of this compensation practice, we have tied a greater percentage of each executive officer's total compensation to stockholder returns and kept cash compensation at comparatively modest levels, while providing the opportunity to be well-rewarded through equity if we perform well over time.

          Except as described below, we have not adopted any formal or informal policy or guidelines for allocating compensation between currently-paid and long-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation, or among different forms of non-cash compensation. However, our philosophy is to tie a greater percentage of an executive officer's compensation to longer term stockholder returns and to keep cash compensation to a nominally competitive level while providing the opportunity to be well-rewarded through equity if we perform well over time. To this end, we have increasingly used stock options as a significant component of compensation because we believe that these awards best tie an individual's compensation to the creation of stockholder value over time. In the future, we may also increasingly use restricted stock and/or begin to use restricted stock units and other equity awards as components of our equity compensation program. These awards also tie compensation to longer-term shareholder return but enable us to confer value in excess of simple future appreciation in share price where appropriate. While we offer competitive base salaries, we believe stock-based compensation is a more significant motivator in attracting employees for Internet-related and other technology companies.

          Each of the primary elements of our executive compensation program is discussed in more detail below. While we have identified particular compensation objectives that each element of executive compensation serves, our compensation programs are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve all of the executive compensation objectives described above. Accordingly, whether or not specifically mentioned below, we believe that, as a part of our overall executive compensation policy, each individual element, to a greater or lesser extent, serves each of our compensation objectives.

Executive Compensation Program Components

          The following describes the primary components of our executive compensation program for each of our named executive officers, the rationale for that component, and how compensation amounts are determined.

Base Salary

          To obtain the skills and experience that we believe are necessary to lead our growth, most of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, have been hired from larger organizations and/or from organizations that we acquired and subsequently integrated into our operations. Generally, their initial base salaries were established through arms-length negotiation at the time the individual was hired, taking into account his or her qualifications, experience and prior salary level.

          Thereafter, the base salaries of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, have been reviewed periodically by the compensation committee, and adjustments have been made as deemed appropriate based on such factors as the scope of an executive officer's responsibilities, individual contribution, prior experience and sustained performance. Decisions regarding base salary adjustments may also take into account the executive officer's current base salary, equity ownership and the amounts paid to the executive's peers inside the Company. In making base salary adjustments in

131


Table of Contents


years past, the compensation committee also took into consideration, in certain circumstances, the collective experience of its members with other companies. Base salaries are also customarily reviewed at the time of a promotion or other significant change in an executive officer's role or responsibilities.

          For 2009, the compensation committee determined that our executive officers, including the named executive officers, should not receive a base salary adjustment for the year, based on market conditions and its determination that prior and then-current increases in equity incentives better aligned their interests with the interests of our stockholders. The actual base salaries paid to the named executive officers during 2009 are set forth in the "2009 Summary Compensation Table" below.

          In April 2010, the compensation committee approved base salary increases of 33%, 30%, 12%, 12% and 60% for Messrs. Rosenblatt, Hilliard, Fitzgibbon, Colo and Blend, respectively. The base salary increases reflected improved market conditions and were intended to help compensate for the lack of any salary increases for 2009. The amounts of the salary increases were based on each executive's level of responsibility and were intended to bring the named executive officers' base salaries in line with levels that the compensation committee determined to be the market standard for compensation paid to similarly-situated executives at other companies based on their general knowledge of the competitive market.

Annual Performance-Based Bonuses

          We use cash bonuses to motivate our executive officers to achieve our short-term financial and strategic objectives while making progress towards our longer-term growth and other goals. Although certain of our named executive officers have target annual bonus opportunities, the determination of whether and how much of an annual bonus is awarded is made at the discretion of the compensation committee, based in part on the Company's performance against our annual budget. The following table lists 2009 target bonuses for, and 2009 cash bonuses actually paid to, our named executive officers.

Named Executive Officer
  2009 Target Bonus
(% Base Salary)
  2009 Actual Bonus
(% Base Salary)
 

Richard M. Rosenblatt

  $ 104,112 (40% ) $ 100,000 (38% )

Charles S. Hilliard

    92,626 (40% )   88,000 (38% )

Larry D. Fitzgibbon

    84,000 (40% )   80,000 (38% )

Shawn J. Colo

    84,000 (40% )   72,200 (34% )

Michael L. Blend

    50,000 (40% )   43,800 (35% )

          In 2009, Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard were eligible to receive their respective target bonuses upon the Company's attainment of positive total free cash flow (cash flow from operations less capital expenditures and purchases of intangible assets). For 2009, the Company achieved positive total free cash flow. However, Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard requested that their bonuses be paid at a level slightly lower than their target bonuses in order to equalize their bonus payouts, as a percentage of base salary, to the payouts of certain other executive officers. The compensation committee approved the payment of their bonuses consistent with this request. Determination of the bonus payouts for the other named executive officers was based on funding of our company-wide bonus pool. For 2009, the bonus pool was funded based on our achievement of pre-established Adjusted OIBDA. Bonus pool funding was based on a tiered structure where funding for employees at more senior levels required achievement of more difficult Adjusted OIBDA targets. With respect to our executive vice presidents, including the named executive officers, threshold funding (10%) of the bonus pool was achieved at Adjusted OIBDA before bonus expense of $37.9 million and maximum funding (100%) of the bonus pool was achieved at Adjusted OIBDA before bonus expense of $44.0 million. For 2009, we achieved Adjusted OIBDA before bonus expense of $41.4 million, which resulted in funding for the executive officer level at 50% of target. The company-wide bonus pool funded at 73% of target. The

132


Table of Contents


compensation committee used its discretion to add an additional $400,000 to the aggregate bonus pool, resulting in the aggregate bonus pool funding at 81%. The compensation committee further used its discretion to award bonuses to the named executive officers above their bonus pool funding levels based on its subjective evaluation of their performance.

          In addition, in recruiting individuals to join us, from time to time, we may agree to pay a specified bonus amount in connection with his or her initial employment offer. We did not award any such one-time bonuses to any named executive officers in 2009. The cash bonuses paid to the named executive officers for the 2009 fiscal year are also set forth in the "2009 Summary Compensation Table" below.

Long-Term Equity Incentives

          The goals of our long-term equity incentive awards are to incent and reward our executive officers, including our named executive officers, for long-term corporate performance based on the value of our common stock and, thereby, to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders. As discussed below, we currently maintain the Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan") and the Demand Media, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the "2010 Plan"), pursuant to which we have granted and, with respect to the 2010 Plan, will continue to grant, awards in advance of and following the closing of this offering. The vesting of awards described below under the caption "IPO-Related Equity Grants" granted to our executive officers under the 2010 Plan prior to the closing of the offering is conditioned upon the closing occurring no later than March 31, 2011, and such awards will be forfeited if the closing does not occur on or prior to this deadline. No further grants will be made under the 2006 Plan following the closing of this offering. The 2010 Plan and the 2006 Plan are described below under the caption "Equity Incentive Plans."

          To reward our executive officers in a manner that best aligns their interests with the interests of our stockholders, we have used stock options as a key equity incentive vehicle. Because our executive officers are able to benefit from stock options only if the market price of our common stock increases relative to the option's exercise price, we believe stock options provide meaningful incentives to our executive officers to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time and are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value by tying the value of these incentive awards to our future performance. We believe our long-term equity compensation also encourages the retention of our named executive officers because the vesting of equity awards is largely based on continued employment, in addition, in certain cases, to attaining pre-established performance criteria.

          Previously, we have granted restricted stock when making equity awards to our named executive officers at the time an individual was hired. These awards were intended to enable our named executive officers to establish a meaningful equity stake in the Company that would vest over a period of years based on continued service. We believe that these awards enabled us to deliver competitive compensation value to new executive officers at levels sufficient to attract and retain top talent within our executive officer ranks while, at the same time, enabling us to better manage the dilution levels of our equity incentive award program.

          Equity Award Decisions.     Historically, the size and form of the initial equity awards for our named executive officers have been established through arm's-length negotiation at the time the individual was hired. In making these awards, we considered, among other things, the prospective role and responsibility of the individual, competitive factors, the amount of equity-based compensation held by the executive officer at his or her former employer, our compensation committee's collective experience with compensation paid in respect of similar roles and in companies in similar stages of growth and industries as us at the time the executive officer was hired, the cash compensation received

133


Table of Contents


by the executive officer and the need to create a meaningful opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term stockholder value.

          In the past, we have made "refresher" stock option grants to our executive officers from time to time, including our named executive officers, as part of our annual review process. Typically, the compensation committee has approved a pool of shares of our common stock each year to be made available in the form of stock options as "refresher" grants to our employees, including our named executive officers. The size of the pool of shares is dependent on a number of factors, primarily our near-term forecasted hiring plans and/or the size of the pool of stock available compared to the forecasted amount of shares that we anticipate granting in the near term. The vast majority of our employees have been eligible for "refresher" stock option grants every other year, and the number of shares of common stock subject to "refresher" grants varies from individual to individual, but generally depends on length of service, individual performance history, job scope, function, and title, the value and size of outstanding equity awards and comparable awards granted to other individuals at similar levels. The size of the pool of stock option grants made available under "refresher" grants, and subsequently granted to our employees and executive officers, including our named executive officers, is decided by the compensation committee, taking into consideration the non-binding recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer. Historically, the compensation committee has also drawn upon the experience of its members to assess the competitiveness of the market in determining equity awards. Going forward, we may use restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other types of equity-based awards in addition to stock option grants, as we deem appropriate, to offer our employees, including our named executive officers, long-term equity incentives that align their interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders.

          In February 2009, the compensation committee, upon the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer (except with respect to his own award), approved stock option grants for our named executive officers in lieu of cash bonuses as part of our annual review process. The grants made to our named executive officers are shown in the table below. These award amounts were made in lieu of and in proportion to cash bonuses earned for 2008 based on the role and responsibility of each named executive officer and were made in order to retain cash and provide additional long-term incentives for the named executive officers.

Named Executive Officer
  Number of Shares  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

    29,614  

Charles S. Hilliard

    26,122  

Larry D. Fitzgibbon

    23,691  

Shawn J. Colo

    23,691  

Michael L. Blend

    14,102  

          These stock option awards were granted to our named executive officers in February 2009 with an exercise price equal to $1.60 per share, and were 100% vested on the grant date.

          In June 2009, the compensation committee decided to make additional stock option grants to our named executive officers and certain other executive officers and members of our senior management team. These stock options were granted at an exercise price equal to $4.75, which was substantially greater than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The purpose of these grants was to provide our executives with a meaningful increase in their equity ownership of our company over a period of time. In making these grants, our compensation committee considered the fact that the vesting period of the initial equity awards made to our executive officers was nearly complete. In determining the award amounts, the compensation committee exercised its judgment and discretion and considered the role and responsibility of each named executive officer and the Company's need to retain and properly incent each executive. In addition, our compensation committee determined that the higher exercise price would better align the interests of our executive officers with

134


Table of Contents


the interests of our investors, some of whom had invested in our convertible preferred stock at valuations that exceeded the fair market value of our common stock. To compensate for the higher exercise price, our compensation committee made larger grants than it otherwise would have made if the exercise price had equaled the fair market value of the common stock. The June 2009 stock option grants made to our named executive officers are shown in the table below.

Named Executive Officer
  Number of Shares  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

    4,200,000  

Charles S. Hilliard

    800,000  

Larry D. Fitzgibbon

    250,000  

Shawn J. Colo

    250,000  

Michael L. Blend

    150,000  

          The total vesting period for the stock options granted in June 2009 is four years, with each option vesting in equal monthly installments on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date (April 1, 2009) over the four year vesting period. In the event we undergo a change in control, the vesting of the options will accelerate if the executive is terminated without cause (or, with respect to Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard, terminated without cause or by the executive for good reason) or if the executive remains employed with us for a period of 380 days following the change in control. The equity awards granted to the named executive officers during 2009 are also set forth in the "2009 Summary Compensation Table" and the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table" below.

          As a privately-held company, there has been no market for shares of our common stock. Accordingly, in 2009, we had no program, plan, or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to our executive officers coinciding with the release of material non-public information about the Company. We intend to adopt a formal policy regarding the timing of stock option grants and other equity awards in connection with this offering.

2010 Amendments to Certain Performance-Based Grants

          In February 2010, the compensation committee amended certain terms of the performance-based options granted to Messrs. Rosenblatt, Hilliard and Blend in 2007 and 2008 and a restricted stock award granted to Mr. Rosenblatt in 2007, each set forth in the following table. Certain aspects of Mr. Rosenblatt and Mr. Hilliard's awards were further amended in anticipation of this offering as described below under the caption "IPO-Related Amendments to Certain Grants."

Named Executive Officer
  Date of Grant   Type of Award   Number of Shares  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

  April 19, 2007   Stock Option     2,000,000  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

  April 19, 2007   Restricted Stock     2,000,000  

Charles S. Hilliard

  June 1, 2007   Stock Option     750,000  

Michael L. Blend

  May 14, 2008   Stock Option     500,000  

          Under these amended performance-based stock option grants, the options vest in full if the Company consummates an initial public offering of shares of our common stock and the average closing price per share of our common stock during any 30-day period following the offering equals or exceeds $10, subject to continued employment with us through such vesting date (with certain exceptions to such continued employment requirement if the executive is terminated without cause or for good reason or as a result of death or disability prior to the vesting date) or if the Company undergoes a change in control in which the consideration per share is at least $10 in cash or freely tradeable securities, subject to continued employment of the executive through the one-year anniversary of the change in control (or through the six-month anniversary for Mr. Rosenblatt and, again, with certain exceptions to such continued employment requirement in each case if the executive is terminated without cause or for good reason or as a result of death or disability). The expiration date

135


Table of Contents


of these options is the later to occur of June 1, 2013, the thirteen-month anniversary of the consummation of a "liquidity event" (as defined in the applicable award agreement) or the thirteen-month anniversary of the closing of an initial public offering of shares of our common stock.

          Mr. Rosenblatt's restricted stock award will vest in full, and the restrictions thereon will lapse, if the Company consummates an initial public offering of shares of our common stock on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the grant date (April 19, 2013) and the average closing price per share of our common stock equals or exceeds $10 during any 30-day period following the closing of the offering and preceding the later of the sixth anniversary of the grant date and the first anniversary of the closing of the initial public offering, subject to continued employment with us through the vesting date (with certain exceptions to such continued employment requirement if the executive is terminated without cause or for good reason or as a result of death or disability) or if the Company undergoes a change in control on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the date of grant in which the consideration per share is at least $10 in cash or freely tradeable securities, subject to continued employment of the executive through the six-month anniversary of the change in control (with certain exceptions to such continued employment requirement if the executive is terminated without cause or for good reason or as a result of death or disability).

          Prior to implementation of the 2010 amendments to the performance grants described above, the original awards would have vested in different tranches following an initial public offering at prices ranging from $12 per share to $14 per share. The primary purposes of the 2010 amendments was to make the price per share at which vesting of the awards could be triggered the same for an initial public offering and a change in control (e.g. $10 per share). Certain pre-amendment vesting conditions applicable to these awards as in effect on December 31, 2009 are described under the caption "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

IPO-Related Amendments to Certain Grants

          In anticipation of this offering, we also amended Mr. Rosenblatt's and Mr. Hilliard's performance-based awards (described in the preceding section "2010 Amendments to Certain Performance-Based Grants") and June 2009 stock option grants through provisions contained in their 2010 employment agreements (described in "Post-IPO Employment Agreements" below). These amendments provide that the excise tax gross-up protections applicable generally to any "excess parachute payments" made to these two executives upon or for a limited period of time following a change in control of the Company will extend to any such excise taxes arising in connection with these amended equity awards. Mr. Rosenblatt's performance-based awards were also amended to provide that the awards will vest in full if Mr. Rosenblatt remains employed by the Company through the sixth-month (rather than one-year) anniversary of a qualifying change in control event.

IPO-Related Equity Grants

          In anticipation of this offering, we have also granted stock options covering an aggregate of 11,650,000 shares of our common stock, including the grants of stock options to certain of our named executive officers detailed in the table below. The effectiveness of these grants is subject to the execution of a new employment agreement with us by each recipient of a grant.

          We granted options covering an aggregate of 9,200,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Rosenblatt. These options were issued in four equal tranches, each covering 2,300,000 shares of common stock, with exercise prices of $9, $12, $15 and $18 per share, respectively. The options will vest in equal monthly installments over a three year period beginning on the second anniversary of the completion of this offering (for a total vesting period of five years), subject to the completion of this offering and Mr. Rosenblatt's continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting dates. In the event that Mr. Rosenblatt's employment is terminated by the Company without cause or

136


Table of Contents


by Mr. Rosenblatt for good reason, the vesting of all of these options will accelerate. In addition, the vesting of all of the options will accelerate if there is a change in control of the Company and Mr. Rosenblatt remains employed through the six-month anniversary of the change in control. Although we generally expect to make periodic "refresher" grants of equity to our executive officers, our board of directors determined that Mr. Rosenblatt should instead receive a sizeable one-time equity grant in connection with this offering. This grant has been structured with what our board of directors considers to be significant retentive features and is designed to align Mr. Rosenblatt's interests with those of our stockholders and to incentivize him over a longer period of time. In this regard, the delayed vesting features of the option grant require Mr. Rosenblatt to remain with the Company for a significant period of time in order to realize any economic benefits from the option grant (unless the vesting of the option is accelerated). The staggered exercise prices, all of which exceeded the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and most of which are significantly higher than the exercise price of options we have granted to other executive officers in connection with this offering, are structured so that the economic benefit Mr. Rosenblatt will receive from the option grant is magnified if we achieve exceptional returns for our stockholders but is significantly diminished (as compared to a grant with an exercise price equal to the current fair market value) if we do not achieve significant returns. In light of the size and structure of Mr. Rosenblatt's option grant, our board of directors and compensation committee do not currently intend to issue additional equity awards to Mr. Rosenblatt in the next four to five years.

          Stock options granted to other named executive officers in anticipation of this offering each have an exercise price of $9 per share, and these options will vest over four years from the date of the closing of this offering in equal monthly installments (or on an accelerated basis due to certain terminations in connection with a change in control of the Company, as discussed below under the caption "Post-IPO Employment Agreements"), subject to the completion of this offering and the executive's continued service through the applicable vesting date. These option grants are intended to further incent our executive team and reward them for the additional demands placed upon them in connection with this initial public offering and in operating a publicly traded company. In determining the award amounts, the compensation committee exercised its judgment and discretion and considered, among other things, the role and responsibility of each named executive officer, the Company's need to retain each executive and the amount of equity compensation already held by the named executive officer.

Named Executive Officer
  Stock Option Grant   Exercise Price  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

    2,300,000   $ 9.00  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

    2,300,000     12.00  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

    2,300,000     15.00  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

    2,300,000     18.00  

Charles S. Hilliard

    500,000     9.00  

Larry D. Fitzgibbon

    200,000     9.00  

Shawn J. Colo

    100,000     9.00  

          For additional information, see "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan Based Awards Table—Post-IPO Employment Agreements" below.

Retirement Savings and Other Benefits

          We have established a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including the named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees may elect to contribute pre-tax amounts, up to a statutorily prescribed limit, to the 401(k) plan. For 2009, the prescribed annual limit was $16,500. Currently, we do not match contributions made by participants in the plan. However, we may make matching or other contributions to the 401(k) plan on

137


Table of Contents


behalf of eligible employees in the future. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-preferred retirement savings through our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incents our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

          Additional benefits received by our employees, including the named executive officers, include medical, dental, and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. These benefits are provided to our named executive officers on the same general terms as they are provided to all of our full-time U.S. employees, with the exception of certain additional medical and dental coverage, which covers plan participating executives, including our named executives and executive officers, for up to $10,000 of medical and dental care per family each calendar year.

          We design our employee benefits programs to be affordable and competitive in relation to the market, as well as compliant with applicable laws and practices. We adjust our employee benefits programs as needed based upon regular monitoring of applicable laws and practices in the competitive market.

          Beginning in 2010, our Chief Executive Officer and President and Chief Financial Officer executive officers are entitled to reimbursement of $16,000 per year for costs incurred for personal financial counseling services. We provide these benefits to assist these officers in efficiently managing their time and financial affairs so they can better focus on their work duties. We also pay the moving expenses of our named executive officers in instances where we have asked an executive to relocate and, to the extent that such payments result in the imposition of taxes on the executives, we gross-up the taxes to make the executives whole, as we do not believe that the executives should incur costs associated with a move for the benefit of the Company. Historically, we have not provided any other perquisites to our named executive officers and we do not view perquisites or other personal benefits as a material component of our executive compensation program. In the future, we may provide perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual executive officer in the performance of his duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, and for recruitment, motivation and/or retention purposes. Future practices with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits for our named executive officers will be approved and subject to periodic review by the compensation committee. We do not expect these perquisites to be a material component of our compensation program.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

          As more fully described below under the caption "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control," each named executive officer's employment agreement that was in effect during 2009 provided for certain payments and/or benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment or in connection with a change in control. These included salary continuation for a specified period in the event of a qualifying termination and acceleration of certain unvested equity awards in the event of a change in control (subject to, in the case of Messrs. Hilliard, Fitzgibbon and Colo, remaining with us or the successor for a period of time after the change in control or being terminated without cause, or in the case of Mr. Hilliard, without cause or for good reason, during this period). The agreements also provided Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard gross-up payments to reimburse for excise taxes payable by the executive in the event of a change in control. We believe that terminations of employment, both within and outside of the change in control context, are causes of great concern and uncertainty for senior executives and that providing protections to our named executives in these contexts is therefore

138


Table of Contents


appropriate in order to alleviate these concerns and allow the executives to remain focused on their duties and responsibilities to the Company in all situations.

          In connection with this offering, we entered into new employment agreements with Mr. Rosenblatt and Mr. Hilliard and expect to enter into new employment agreements with Mr. Fitzgibbon and Mr. Colo, which new agreements will become effective upon completion of this offering. We believe that these new agreements will bring the compensation and benefits payable to these named executives more in line with those typical of comparable public companies. For a discussion of the material terms of these new agreements, see "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and IPO Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Post-IPO Employment Agreements" below.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

          Generally, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction to any publicly-held corporation for any individual remuneration in excess of $1 million paid in any taxable year to its chief executive officer and each of its other named executive officers, other than its chief financial officer. However, remuneration in excess of $1 million may be deducted if, among other things, it qualifies as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code.

          As we are not currently publicly-traded, the compensation committee has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code into consideration in setting compensation. Following this offering, we expect that, where reasonably practicable, the compensation committee may seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our named executive officers in the future, the compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with an exemption from the deductibility limit in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

          Furthermore, we do not expect Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code to apply to awards under the 2010 Incentive Award Plan until the earliest to occur of our annual shareholders' meeting in 2014, a material modification of the 2010 Plan or exhaustion of the share supply under the 2010 Plan. However, qualified performance-based compensation performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute qualified performance-based compensation.

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code

          Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction with respect to excess parachute payments to certain executives of companies which undergo a change in control. In addition, Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a 20% excise tax on the individual with respect to the excess parachute payment. Parachute payments are compensation linked to or triggered by a change in control and may include, but are not limited to, bonus payments, severance payments, certain fringe benefits, and payments and acceleration of vesting from long-term incentive plans including stock options and other equity-based compensation. Excess parachute payments are parachute payments that exceed a threshold determined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code based on the executive's prior compensation. In approving the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to the Company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 280G of the

139


Table of Contents


Internal Revenue Code. However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements that could give rise to loss of deductibility under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

          Under their prior employment agreements, Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard are entitled to gross-up payments that will make these executives whole in the event that any excise taxes are imposed on them. We have historically provided these protections to these most senior executives to help ensure that they will be properly incentivized in the event of a potential change in control of the Company to maximize shareholder value in a transaction without concern for potential consequences of the transaction to these executives. Under their new employment agreements, Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard will continue to be afforded this gross-up protection, but only with respect to a change in control occurring within a period of four years (with respect to Mr. Rosenblatt) and three years (with respect to Mr. Hilliard) following the effectiveness of this offering.

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

          Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code requires that "nonqualified deferred compensation" be deferred and paid under plans or arrangements that satisfy the requirements of the statute with respect to the timing of deferral elections, timing of payments and certain other matters. Failure to satisfy these requirements can expose employees and other service providers to accelerated income tax liabilities, penalty taxes and interest on their vested compensation under such plans. Accordingly, as a general matter, it is our intention to design and administer our compensation and benefits plans and arrangements for all of our employees and other service providers, including our named executive officers, so that they are either exempt from, or satisfy the requirements of, Section 409A.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

          We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718, for our stock-based compensation awards. ASC Topic 718 requires companies to calculate the grant date "fair value" of their stock-based awards using a variety of assumptions. ASC Topic 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-based awards in their income statements over the period that an employee is required to render service in exchange for the award. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards under our equity incentive award plans will be accounted for under ASC Topic 718. Our compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

140


Table of Contents

Compensation Tables

2009 Summary Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary($)   Bonus($)(1)   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation($)(2)
  Option
Awards($)(3)
  All Other
Compensation($)(4)
  Total($)  

Richard M. Rosenblatt,

    2009     260,280         100,000     4,302,050     10,000     4,672,330  
 

Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer

                                           

Charles S. Hilliard,

   
2009
   
231,565
   
   
88,000
   
845,574
   
10,000
   
1,175,139
 
 

President and Chief
Financial Officer

                                           

Larry D. Fitzgibbon,

   
2009
   
210,000
   
38,000
   
42,000
   
284,057
   
10,000
   
584,057
 
 

Executive Vice President,
Media and Operations

                                           

Shawn J. Colo,

   
2009
   
210,000
   
30,200
   
42,000
   
284,057
   
10,000
   
576,257
 
 

Executive Vice President,
Head of M&A

                                           

Michael L. Blend,

   
2009
   
125,000
   
18,800
   
25,000
   
170,291
   
34,280
   
373,371
 
 

Executive Vice President,
Registrar Services

                                           

(1)
Determination of bonus payouts for Messrs. Fitzgibbon, Colo and Blend was based on funding of our company-wide bonus pool based on pre-established Adjusted OIBDA, subject to the compensation committee's discretion to increase or decrease awards. For 2009, the bonus pool was funded at 50% of target for executive vice president level employees based on our achievement of Adjusted OIBDA before bonus expense of $41.4 million. Amounts shown in the Bonus column represent the amounts the compensation committee awarded to these named executive officers above the 50% bonus pool funding level based on its discretion.

(2)
In 2009, Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard were eligible to receive their respective target bonuses upon the Company's attainment of positive total free cash flow (cash flow from operations less capital expenditures and purchases of intangible assets). Although the Company achieved positive total free cash flow, Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard requested that their bonuses be paid at a slightly lower level in order to equalize their bonus payouts, as a percentage of base salary, to the payouts of certain other executive officers. Amounts shown in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column for the other named executive officers represent bonus payouts to the other named executive officers based on the 2009 company-wide bonus pool funding at 50% of target for executive vice president level employees.

(3)
Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2009, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock option awards made to executive officers in note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that awards will vest or will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual), or that the value upon exercise will approximate the aggregate grant date fair value determined under ASC Topic 718.

(4)
Amounts under the "All Other Compensation" column consist of company payments of premiums for supplemental medical and dental benefits and reimbursement of moving expenses and any associated tax-gross up payments.

Name
  Supplemental
Health
Premiums($)
  Moving
Expenses($)
  Tax-Gross Up
Payments($)
 

Mr. Rosenblatt

    10,000          

Mr. Hilliard

    10,000          

Mr. Fitzgibbon

    10,000          

Mr. Colo

    10,000          

Mr. Blend

    10,000     15,600     8,680  

141


Table of Contents


Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2009

          The following table sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards made to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009:

 
   
   
   
   
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(# shares)
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
Per Share($)
   
 
 
   
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards($)(1)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Options
Awards($)(4)
 
Name
  Grant Date   Threshold   Target   Maximum  

Richard M. Rosenblatt

  February 24, 2009                 29,614 (2)   1.60     37,790  

  June 9, 2009                 4,200,000 (3)   4.75     4,264,260  

  February 24, 2009         104,112     104,112              

Charles S. Hilliard

 

February 24, 2009

   
   
   
   
26,122

(2)
 
1.60
   
33,334
 

  June 9, 2009                 800,000 (3)   4.75     812,240  

  February 24, 2009         92,626     92,626              

Larry D. Fitzgibbon

 

February 24, 2009

   
   
   
   
23,691

(2)
 
1.60
   
30,232
 

  June 9, 2009                 250,000 (3)   4.75     253,825  

  February 24, 2009     8,400     84,000     84,000              

Shawn J. Colo

 

February 24, 2009

   
   
   
   
23,691

(2)
 
1.60
   
30,232
 

  June 9, 2009                 250,000 (3)   4.75     253,825  

  February 24, 2009     8,400     84,000     84,000              

Michael L. Blend

 

February 24, 2009

   
   
   
   
14,102

(2)
 
1.60
   
17,995
 

  June 9, 2009                 150,000 (3)   4.75     152,295  

  February 24, 2009     5,000     50,000     50,000              

(1)
In 2009, Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard were eligible to receive their respective target bonuses upon the Company's attainment of positive total free cash flow (cash flow from operations less capital expenditures and purchases of intangible assets). Amounts shown in the "Target" column represent the named executive officer's incentive bonus opportunity in 2009. The bonus structure for Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard only provided for a single payout at target subject to the compensation committee's discretion to increase or decrease the awards and does not contemplate a threshold. Determination of the bonus payouts for the other named executive officers was based on funding of our company-wide bonus pool, subject to the compensation committee's discretion to increase or decrease the awards. For 2009, the bonus pool was funded based on our achievement of pre-established Adjusted OIBDA targets. With respect to our executive vice presidents, including the named executive officers, threshold funding (10%) of the bonus pool was achieved at Adjusted OIBDA before bonus expense of $37.9 million and maximum funding (100%) of the bonus pool was achieved at Adjusted OIBDA before bonus expense of $44.0 million.

(2)
On February 24, 2009, the compensation committee approved stock option grants to our named executive officers which were 100% vested on the grant date.

(3)
On June 9, 2009, the compensation committee approved stock option grants to our named executive officers which vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments over a four-year vesting period following the vesting commencement date (April 1, 2009).

(4)
Amounts reflect the full grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2009 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock option awards made to executive officers in note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that awards will vest or will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual), or that the value upon exercise will approximate the aggregate grant date fair value determined under ASC Topic 718.

142


Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
and IPO Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Pre-IPO Employment Letters

          We have previously entered into employment agreements or letters with our named executive officers. The principal elements of these agreements are summarized below. The existing agreements with Messrs. Rosenblatt, Hilliard, Colo and Fitzgibbon will, effective upon completion of the offering, be superseded by the terms of new employment agreements with each of those executives (the terms of which are described below under the caption "Post-IPO Employment Agreements").

          Richard M. Rosenblatt.     In April 2006 we entered into, and in December 2008 and April 2010 we amended, an employment letter with Richard M. Rosenblatt. The amended employment letter expired by its terms on June 17, 2010. Under the amended employment letter, Mr. Rosenblatt's annual base salary was initially set at $250,000; his 2009 annual base salary was $260,280. The amended employment letter also provided that Mr. Rosenblatt was eligible to receive an annual cash bonus targeted at 40% of his annual base salary. In connection with the execution of the employment letter, the Company granted Mr. Rosenblatt an award of 9,500,000 shares of restricted stock in April 2006. The restricted stock award vested over a four-year period. All of the shares underlying the restricted stock award are vested as of the date of this offering.

          Mr. Rosenblatt's amended employment letter also provided for certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination or a change in control, which are described under the caption "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

          Charles S. Hilliard.     In May 2007 we entered into, and in December 2008 we amended, an employment letter with Charles S. Hilliard. Under the amended employment letter, Mr. Hilliard's annual base salary was initially set at $225,000; Mr. Hilliard's 2009 base salary was $231,565. The amended employment letter provided that Mr. Hilliard was eligible to receive an annual cash bonus targeted at 40% of his annual base salary, which was also his 2009 target bonus opportunity. In connection with the execution of the employment letter, the Company granted Mr. Hilliard an award of 1,750,000 shares of restricted stock in June 2007. The restricted stock award is subject to service-vesting conditions that continue through February 15, 2011. In addition, in connection with the execution of the employment letter, the Company granted Mr. Hilliard a performance-based stock option covering 750,000 shares of our common stock in June 2007, which was amended in February 2010. The vesting terms and conditions of Mr. Hilliard's performance-based stock option is described above under the caption "2010 Amendments to Certain Performance-Based Grants." Upon the commencement of his employment, Mr. Hilliard also purchased 500,000 shares of our common stock at $1 per share.

          Mr. Hilliard's amended employment letter also provided for certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination or a change in control, which are described under the caption "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

          Larry D. Fitzgibbon.     In April 2006 we entered into an employment letter with Larry D. Fitzgibbon. Under the employment letter, Mr. Fitzgibbon's annual base salary was initially set at $175,000; Mr. Fitzgibbon's 2009 base salary was $210,000. The employment letter provided that Mr. Fitzgibbon was eligible to receive an annual cash bonus targeted at 25% of his annual base salary; for 2009, Mr. Fitzgibbon's target bonus was set at 40% of his base salary. In connection with the execution of the employment letter, the Company granted Mr. Fitzgibbon an award of 400,000 shares of restricted stock in April 2006. The restricted stock award vested over a four-year period. All of the shares underlying the restricted stock award are vested as of the date of this offering.

143


Table of Contents

          Mr. Fitzgibbon's employment letter also provided for certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination or a change in control, which are described under the caption "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

          Shawn J. Colo.     In April 2006 we entered into an employment letter with Shawn J. Colo. Under the employment letter, Mr. Colo's annual base salary was initially set at $200,000; Mr. Colo's 2009 base salary was $210,000. The employment letter provided that Mr. Colo was eligible to receive an annual cash bonus targeted at 40% of his annual base salary. In connection with the execution of the employment letter, the Company granted Mr. Colo an award of 3,150,000 shares of restricted stock in April 2006. The restricted stock award vested over a four-year period. All of the shares underlying the restricted stock award are vested as of the date of this offering.

          Mr. Colo's employment letter also provides for certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination or a change in control, which are described under the caption "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

          Michael L. Blend.     In August 2006 we entered into an employment letter with Michael L. Blend. Under the employment letter, Mr. Blend's annual base salary was initially set at $100,000; Mr. Blend's 2009 base salary was $125,000. The employment letter provides that Mr. Blend is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus targeted at 20% of his annual base salary; for 2009, Mr. Blend's target bonus was set at 40% of his base salary. In connection with the execution of the employment letter, the Company granted Mr. Blend an award of 1,976,275 shares of restricted stock in August 2006. The restricted stock award vested over a two-year period. All of the shares underlying the restricted stock award are vested as of the date of this offering.

          Mr. Blend's employment agreement also provides for certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination or a change in control, which are described under the caption "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

Post-IPO Employment Agreements

          We have entered into new 2010 employment agreements with Mr. Rosenblatt and Mr. Hilliard and expect to enter into new employment agreements with our other named executive officers, other than Mr. Blend, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Below are summaries of the key terms of each individual agreement, followed by a discussion of the severance and change in control provisions contained in all of the agreements.

          Richard M. Rosenblatt.     Under his 2010 employment agreement, Mr. Rosenblatt will receive an initial annual base salary of $450,000 per year, effective January 1, 2011, which is subject to increase at the discretion of the compensation committee. In addition, beginning with fiscal year 2011, Mr. Rosenblatt will be eligible to receive an annual cash performance bonus targeted at 100% of his base salary, based on the achievement of performance criteria established by the compensation committee. The base salary and annual bonus opportunity in effect for Mr. Rosenblatt on the date of this offering are expected to remain in effect for the remainder of 2010. In connection with Mr. Rosenblatt's entering into his 2010 agreement, Mr. Rosenblatt has been granted four stock options, each covering 2,300,000 shares of our common stock (for an aggregate of 9,200,000 shares of our common stock). Each stock option will vest in equal monthly installments over the three-year period following the second anniversary of the closing date of this offering (for a total vesting period of five years). If the closing of this offering does not occur on or prior to March 31, 2011, each stock option award will terminate and be forfeited. In addition, under the terms of his 2010 employment agreement, Mr. Rosenblatt will be eligible to participate in customary health, welfare and fringe benefit plans. The term of Mr. Rosenblatt's 2010 employment agreement will end on the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering. In addition, pursuant to Mr. Rosenblatt's 2010 employment agreement, during the term

144


Table of Contents


of his employment, we have agreed to nominate him for election as a director. Mr. Rosenblatt's 2010 employment agreement also contains a customary non-solicitation provision.

          Charles S. Hilliard.     Under his 2010 employment agreement, Mr. Hilliard will receive an initial annual base salary of $325,000 per year, effective January 1, 2011, which is subject to increase at the discretion of the compensation committee. In addition, beginning with fiscal year 2011, Mr. Hilliard will be eligible to receive an annual cash performance bonus targeted at 60% of his base salary, based on the achievement of performance criteria established by the compensation committee. The base salary and annual bonus opportunity in effect for Mr. Hilliard on the date of this offering are expected to remain in effect for the remainder of 2010. In connection with Mr. Hilliard's entry into his 2010 employment agreement, Mr. Hilliard has been granted a stock option covering 500,000 shares of our common stock. The stock option will vest over four years in equal installments on each monthly anniversary of the closing date of this offering, subject to his continued service with the Company. If the closing of this offering does not occur on or prior to March 31, 2011, this stock option award will terminate and be forfeited. In addition, under the terms of his 2010 employment agreement, Mr. Hilliard will be eligible to participate in customary health, welfare and fringe benefit plans. The term of Mr. Hilliard's 2010 employment agreement will end on the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering. Mr. Hilliard's 2010 employment agreement also contains a customary non-solicitation provision.

          Larry D. Fitzgibbon, Shawn J. Colo.     We expect to enter into 2010 employment agreements with Messrs. Fitzgibbon and Colo pursuant to which each will receive an initial annual base salary of $250,000 per year, effective January 1, 2011. In addition, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, each executive will be eligible to receive an annual cash performance bonus with an amount targeted at 50% of his base salary, based on the achievement of performance criteria established by the compensation committee. The base salary and annual bonus opportunity in effect for these executives on the date of this offering are expected to remain in effect for the remainder of 2010. Subject to entering into the 2010 employment agreements, Messrs. Fitzgibbon and Colo have been granted stock options covering 200,000 and 100,000 shares of our common stock, respectively. The stock options will each vest over four years in equal installments on each monthly anniversary of the closing date of this offering, subject to the executive's continued service with the Company. If the closing of this offering does not occur on or prior to March 31, 2011, each stock option award will terminate and be forfeited. In addition, under the expected terms of the 2010 employment agreements, the executives will be eligible to participate in customary health, welfare and fringe benefit plans. The term of the executives' 2010 employment agreements will end on the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering. The 2010 employment agreements will also contain a customary non-solicitation provision.

Severance and Change in Control Provisions under Post-IPO Employment Agreements.

          Each of the 2010 employment agreements provides for certain severance and change in control benefits which are summarized below.

          Richard M. Rosenblatt, Charles S. Hilliard.     If either Mr. Rosenblatt's or Mr. Hilliard's employment is terminated by the Company without "cause," by the executive for "good reason" (each, as defined in the employment agreements) or by reason of the executive's death or disability, in any case, outside the context of a change in control, then, in addition to accrued amounts, the executive will be entitled to receive the following:

    continuation payments totaling one (or, with respect to Mr. Rosenblatt, one-and-one-half) times the sum of (i) the executive's annual base salary then in effect and (ii) the annual bonus earned by the executive for the year preceding the termination date, payable over the 12-month (or, with respect to Mr. Rosenblatt, 18-month) period following the termination of employment;

145


Table of Contents

    a lump-sum payment in an amount equal to any earned but unpaid prior-year bonus;

    Company-subsidized healthcare continuation coverage for the executive and his or her dependents for twelve (and with respect to Mr. Rosenblatt, eighteen) months after the termination date; and

    with respect to Mr. Rosenblatt only, (i) on a termination without "cause" or for "good reason," full accelerated vesting of all compensatory equity awards other than his performance-based stock option and restricted stock awards, and (ii) on a termination due to death or disability, (A) full accelerated vesting of all compensatory equity awards other than his performance-based stock option and restricted stock awards and his 2010 IPO-related stock option awards, and (B) accelerated vesting of 20% of the shares underlying his 2010 IPO-related stock option awards.

          If the Company experiences a "change in control" (as defined in the 2010 Plan) and the executive remains employed with the Company (or its successor or an affiliate) through the six-month anniversary (or, with respect to Mr. Hilliard, the one-year anniversary) of the consummation of the change in control, the executive will be entitled to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive (except for any performance-based vesting equity awards held by the executive as of the effective date of the agreement) on such date.

          If the executive's employment is terminated by the Company without "cause," by the executive for "good reason" (each, as defined in the employment agreements) or by reason of the executive's death or disability, in any case, within ninety days prior to, on or within one year following a change in control of the Company, then in addition to accrued amounts (and in lieu of the severance described above), the executive will be entitled to receive the following:

    a lump-sum payment in an amount equal to two times the sum of (i) the executive's annual base salary then in effect and (ii) the annual bonus earned by the executive for the calendar year preceding the termination date;

    a lump-sum payment in an amount equal to any earned but unpaid prior-year bonuses;

    accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive (except for any performance-based vesting equity awards held by the executive as of the effective date of the agreement, which shall be governed in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity award agreements) as of the termination date; and

    Company-subsidized healthcare continuation coverage for the executive and his dependents for twenty-four months after the termination date.

          Each executive's right to receive the severance payments described above is subject to the executive's delivery of an effective general release of claims in favor of the Company. In the event that a change in control of the Company occurs within three (or, with respect to Mr. Rosenblatt, four) years following the date of the closing of this offering and an excise tax is imposed as a result of any payments made to either Mr. Rosenblatt or Mr. Hilliard in connection with such change in control, the Company will pay or reimburse to the affected executive an amount equal to such excise tax plus any taxes resulting from such payments. The right of these executives to receive gross-up payments will not apply to payments made in connection with any transaction occurring more than three (or, with respect to Mr. Rosenblatt, four) years after the effectiveness of the offering.

          Larry D. Fitzgibbon, Shawn J. Colo.     If either Mr. Fitzgibbon's or Mr. Colo's employment is terminated by the Company without "cause" (as defined in the 2010 Plan), by the executive for "good reason" (as defined in the employment agreements) in connection with a "change in control" (as

146


Table of Contents


defined in the 2010 Plan) or by reason of the executive's death or disability, in any case, then in addition to accrued amounts, the executive will be entitled to receive the following:

    six months' continuation payments of the executive's annual base salary then in effect over the 6-month period following the termination of employment;

    a lump-sum payment in an amount equal to any earned but unpaid prior-year bonus;

    Company-subsidized healthcare continuation coverage for the executive and his or her dependents for six months after the termination date; and

    if the executive's employment is terminated for any of the reasons set forth above within ninety days prior to, on or within one year following a change in control of the Company, accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive as of the termination date.

          Each executive's right to receive the severance payments described above is subject to the executive's delivery of an effective general release of claims in favor of the Company.

147


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End

          The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2009:

 
   
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Grant Date   Number
of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
  Number
Of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number
Of Shares
Of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
  Market
Value of
Shares of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested($)(1)
 

Richard M. Rosenblatt

  June 9, 2009(2)     700,000     3,500,000     4.75     June 8, 2019          

  February 24, 2009(3)     29,614         1.60     February 24, 2019          

  April 19, 2007(4)         2,000,000     1.00     April 19, 2013          

  April 19, 2007(5)                     2,000,000     7,140,000  

  April 18, 2006(6)                     666,667     2,380,001  

Charles S. Hilliard

 

June 9, 2009(2)

   
133,333
   
666,667
   
4.75
   

June 8, 2019

   
   
 

  February 24, 2009(3)     26,122         1.60     February 24, 2019          

  June 1, 2007(4)         750,000     1.00     June 1, 2013          

  June 1, 2007(7)                     528,656     1,887,302  

Larry D. Fitzgibbon

 

June 9, 2009(2)

   
41,666
   
208,334
   
4.75
   

June 8, 2019

   
   
 

  February 24, 2009(3)     23,691         1.60     February 24, 2019          

  August 14, 2008(8)     41,666     83,334     2.85     August 14, 2018          

  January 4, 2007(8)     72,916     27,084     0.94     January 4, 2017          

  April 18, 2006(9)                     33,334     119,002  

Shawn J. Colo

 

June 9, 2009(2)

   
41,666
   
208,334
   
4.75
   

June 8, 2019

   
   
 

  February 24, 2009(3)     23,691         1.60     February 24, 2019          

  April 18, 2006 (10)                     262,500     937,125  

Michael L. Blend

 

June 9, 2009(2)

   
25,000
   
125,000
   
4.75
   

June 8, 2019

   
   
 

  February 24, 2009(3)     14,102         1.60     February 24, 2019          

  May 14, 2008(4)         500,000     2.35     May 14, 2013          

(1)
The market value of shares of stock that have not vested is calculated based on the fair market value of our common stock as of December 31, 2009 ($3.57), as determined by our board of directors.

(2)
These options vested and continue to vest as to 1/48 th  of the shares subject to the options on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date (April 1, 2009), subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting date.

(3)
These options were 100% vested on the grant date.

(4)
In February 2010, the compensation committee amended these performance-based options which were granted to Messrs. Rosenblatt, Hilliard and Blend in 2007 and 2008. The shares underlying the amended performance-based stock option grants vest in full if the Company consummates an initial public offering of shares of our common stock and the average closing price per share of our common stock during any 30-day period following the offering equals or exceeds $10, subject to continued employment with us through such vesting date or, if the Company undergoes a change in control in which the consideration per share is at least $10 in cash or freely tradeable securities, subject to continued employment of the executive through the one-year anniversary of the change in control (or, in the case of Mr. Rosenblatt, the six-month anniversary of a change in control).

(5)
In February 2010, the compensation committee amended this performance-based restricted stock award, which was granted to Mr. Rosenblatt in 2007. The restricted stock subject to this award will vest in full, and the restrictions thereon will lapse, if the Company consummates an initial public offering of shares of our common stock on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the grant date (April 19, 2007) and the average closing price per share of our common stock equals or exceeds $10 during any 30-day period following the closing of the offering and preceding the later of the sixth anniversary of the grant date and the first anniversary of the

148


Table of Contents

    closing of the initial public offering, subject to continued employment with us through the vesting date or, if the Company undergoes a change in control on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the date of grant in which the consideration per share is at least $10 in cash or freely tradeable securities, subject to continued employment of the executive through the six-month anniversary of the change in control.

(6)
This restricted stock award vested as to 1,500,000 shares on the grant date and as to 166,667 shares on each monthly anniversary of the grant date thereafter, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates.

(7)
This restricted stock award (i) vested as to 127,604 shares on the grant date; (ii) vested and continues to vest as to 36,458 shares on each monthly anniversary of the commencement of the executive's employment, through February 1, 2011; and (iii) will vest with respect to the remaining 18,244 shares, on February 15, 2011, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates.

(8)
These options vested and continue to vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the grant date and 1/48 th  monthly over the three-year period thereafter, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates.

(9)
This restricted stock award vested as to 100,000 shares on the first anniversary of the grant date and as to 8,333 1 / 3  shares on each monthly anniversary of the grant date thereafter, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates.

(10)
This restricted stock award vested as to 787,500 shares on the first anniversary of the grant date and as to 65,625 shares on each monthly anniversary of the grant date thereafter, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates.

2009 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

          The following table summarizes vesting of stock applicable to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009. None of the named executive officers exercised any options during 2009.

 
  Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)
  Value Realized on
Vesting($)(1)
 

Richard M. Rosenblatt

    2,000,000     5,383,333  

Charles S. Hilliard

    437,496     1,057,282  

Larry D. Fitzgibbon

    100,000     269,167  

Shawn J. Colo

    787,500     2,119,688  

Michael L. Blend

         

(1)
Amounts shown are based on the fair market value of our common stock on the applicable vesting dates as determined by our board of directors.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

          Our named executive officers are entitled to certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment or a change in control. The employment agreements with Messrs. Rosenblatt, Hilliard, Colo and Fitzgibbon that provide for many of these benefits will, effective upon completion of the offering, be superseded by the terms of new employment agreements with each of those executives (the terms of which are described above under the caption "Post-IPO Employment Agreements"). The following discussion describes the payments and benefits to which our named executive officers would have become entitled pursuant to agreements in effect as of December 31, 2009, in accordance with applicable disclosure rules.

149


Table of Contents

          Richard M. Rosenblatt.     If Mr. Rosenblatt had terminated his employment for "good reason," we had terminated his employment for any reason other than for "cause" (each as defined in his then-applicable employment letter) or Mr. Rosenblatt's employment had terminated due to his death or disability, in any case, on December 31, 2009, Mr. Rosenblatt would have been entitled to receive under his then applicable employment agreement, in addition to payment of accrued compensation and benefits through the date of termination and subject to his execution of a general waiver and release of claims, (i) continuation payments of his base salary for four months; (ii) continuation of Company-subsidized healthcare coverage for four months after the termination date; and (iii) accelerated vesting in full of all 666,667 then-unvested shares of restricted stock granted in connection with the execution of his then-applicable employment letter.

          Had a change in control of the Company occurred on December 31, 2009, the restricted stock award granted in connection with the execution of Mr. Rosenblatt's then-applicable employment letter would have vested in full upon the consummation of the change in control. Mr. Rosenblatt also would have been entitled to a gross-up payment in an amount equal to any excise taxes imposed as a result of any "excess parachute payments" made to Mr. Rosenblatt in connection with the change in control (in addition to any taxes resulting from such gross-up payment), as determined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.

          Charles S. Hilliard.     If Mr. Hilliard had terminated his employment for "good reason," we had terminated his employment for any reason other than for "cause" (each as defined in his then-applicable amended employment letter) or Mr. Hilliard's employment was terminated due to death or disability, in any case, on December 31, 2009, Mr. Hilliard would have been entitled to receive, under his then applicable employment agreement, in addition to payment of accrued compensation and benefits through the date of termination and subject to his execution of a general waiver and release of claims, (i) continuation payments of his base salary for four months; (ii) continuation of Company-paid healthcare coverage for four months after the termination date; and (iii) accelerated vesting of 437,500 unvested shares subject to the restricted stock award granted in connection with the execution of his then-applicable employment letter.

          Had a "change in control" (as defined in his then-applicable amended employment letter) of the Company occurred on December 31, 2009 and either (i) Mr. Hilliard remained employed by us (or our successor) through the six-month anniversary of the occurrence of such change in control; or (ii) Mr. Hilliard terminated his employment for "good reason" or the Company terminated Mr. Hilliard's employment without cause, in either case, at any time within six months before or after the change in control (including upon the change in control), the 528,656 shares of then-unvested restricted stock granted in connection with the execution of Mr. Hilliard's then-applicable employment letter would have vested in full upon such six month anniversary or earlier termination. Mr. Hilliard also would have been entitled to a gross-up payment in an amount equal to any excise taxes imposed as a result of any "excess parachute payments" made to Mr. Hilliard in connection with the change in control (in addition to any taxes resulting from such gross-up payment), as determined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.

          Larry D. Fitzgibbon.     If we had terminated Mr. Fitzgibbon's employment for any reason other than for "cause" (as defined in his then-applicable employment letter) on December 31, 2009, he would have been entitled to receive, under his then-applicable employment agreement, in addition to payment of accrued compensation and benefits through the date of termination and subject to his execution of a general waiver and release of claims, continuation payments of his base salary for four months.

          Had a change in control of the Company occurred on December 31, 2009 and either (i) Mr. Fitzgibbon remained employed by us through the six-month anniversary of the occurrence of such change in control; or (ii) we terminated Mr. Fitzgibbon's employment without cause at any time during the six-month period after the change in control (including upon the change in control), the

150


Table of Contents


33,334 shares of then-unvested restricted stock granted in connection with the execution of Mr. Fitzgibbon's then-applicable employment letter would have vested in full upon such six-month anniversary or earlier termination.

          Shawn J. Colo.     If we had terminated Mr. Colo's employment for any reason other than for "cause" (as defined in his then-applicable employment letter) on December 31, 2009, he would have been entitled to receive, in addition to payment of accrued amounts and subject to his execution of a general waiver and release of claims, continuation payments of his base salary for four months.

          Had a change in control of the Company occurred on December 31, 2009 and either (i) Mr. Colo remained employed by us through the six-month anniversary of the occurrence of such change in control; or (ii) we terminated Mr. Colo's employment without cause at any time during the six-month period after the change in control (including upon the change in control), the 262,500 shares of then-unvested restricted stock granted in connection with the execution of Mr. Colo's then-applicable employment letter would have vested in full upon such six-month anniversary or earlier termination.

          Michael L. Blend.     If we had terminated Mr. Blend's employment for any reason other than for "cause" (as defined in his then-applicable employment letter) or we had required him to relocate his principal work outside of the San Francisco bay area without his consent, in either case, on December 31, 2009, he would have been entitled to receive, in addition to payment of accrued amounts and subject to his execution of a general waiver and release of claims, continuation payments of his base salary for four months.

Accelerated Vesting of Certain Additional Equity Awards

          Performance Options and Restricted Stock.     In addition to the compensation, accelerated vesting and benefits described above, assuming the occurrence, on or within specified periods around December 31, 2009, of either (A) an initial public offering of the Company's common stock attaining a volume weighted average price of $14 per share (for the option awards, $13 per share for Mr. Rosenblatt's restricted stock award only) over a pre-determined period or (B) (i) a liquidity event transaction (as defined in the applicable award agreements) consummated at a price of no less than $10 per share of Company common stock, and (ii) the termination of Mr. Rosenblatt's, Mr. Hilliard's and/or Mr. Blend's employment on December 31, 2009 by the executive with "good reason" (for Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard only), by the Company without "cause" or due to the executive's death or disability, then Mr. Rosenblatt, Mr. Hilliard and Mr. Blend would have vested in option awards covering 2,000,000, 750,000 and 500,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, and Mr. Rosenblatt would have vested in 2,000,000 shares of restricted stock. These awards would also have vested subject to continued employment for one year following the consummation of a qualifying liquidity event. These award agreements were subsequently amended in 2010 to provide for different accelerated vesting terms going forward, as discussed above under the caption "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Equity Incentives".

          June 2009 Options.     In the event we undergo a change in control, the named executive officers' June 2009 stock option grants vest in full if the executive is terminated without cause (or, with respect to Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard, terminated without cause or by the executive for good reason) within 90 days before the change in control (if such termination is in connection with the change in control) or within 380 days after the change in control or if the executive remains employed with us for a period of 380 days following the change in control. Going forward, in accordance with the 2010 employment agreements, Mr. Rosenblatt's June 2009 stock option will vest in full upon a qualifying termination of employment (not in connection with a change in control) or if he remains employed with us through the six-month anniversary of the change in control. Mr. Hilliard's 2010 employment agreement provides that his June 2009 stock option will vest in full if he remains employed with us through the one-year anniversary of the change in control. The June 2009 stock option grants made to

151


Table of Contents


our named executive officers are discussed under the caption "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-term Equity Incentives."

          Fitzgibbon 2008 Option.     Upon Mr. Fitzgibbon's continued employment with the Company through the six-month anniversary of a change in control, the shares underlying the option will vest with respect to the greater of 25% of the shares subject to the option and 50% of the then-unvested shares subject to the option.

Summary of Potential Payments

          The following table summarizes the payments that would be made to our named executive officers upon the occurrence of certain qualifying terminations of employment, including in connection with a change in control, assuming that each named executive officer's termination of employment with the Company occurred on December 31, 2009 and, where relevant, that a change in control of the Company occurred on December 31, 2009 and satisfied any performance criteria applicable to equity vesting at the maximum level, as applicable. Amounts shown include benefits payable under the named executive officers' employment agreements in effect prior to this offering. Amounts shown in the table below do not include (i) accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination, and (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his employment that are available to all salaried employees, such as accrued vacation.

152


Table of Contents

          The agreements with Messrs. Rosenblatt, Hilliard, Colo and Fitzgibbon will, effective upon completion of the offering, be superseded by the terms of new employment agreements with each of those executives which provide for different termination and change in control benefits not shown in the table below. The terms of the new employment agreements are described above under the caption "Post-IPO Employment Agreements".

Name
  Benefit   Termination
without Cause
or for Good
Reason($)
  Termination
due to death
or Disability($)
  Change in
Control($)
  Qualifying
Termination or
Event in
Connection with
a Qualifying
Change in
Control($)
 

Richard M. Rosenblatt

  Severance(1)     105,000     105,000         105,000  

  Value of Accelerated Restricted Stock Awards(2)     2,380,001 (6)   2,380,001 (6)   2,380,001 (6)   9,520,001 (7)

  Value of Accelerated Option Awards(3)                 5,140,000 (8)

  Value of Continued Health Care Coverage Premiums(4)     3,333     3,333         3,333  

  Excise tax gross up(5)             471,458     4,088,851  
                       

  Total     2,488,334     2,488,334     2,851,459     18,857,185  
                       

Charles S. Hilliard

 

Severance(1)

   
92,626
   
92,626
   
   
92,626
 

  Value of Accelerated Restricted Stock Awards(2)     1,561,875 (9)   1,561,875 (9)       1,887,302 (10)

  Value of Accelerated Option Awards(3)                 1,927,500 (11)

  Value of Continued Health Care Coverage Premiums(4)     3,333     3,333         3,333  

  Excise tax gross up(5)                 378,178  
                       

  Total     1,657,834     1,657,834         4,288,939  
                       

Larry D. Fitzgibbon

 

Severance(1)

   
84,000
   
84,000
   
   
84,000
 

  Value of Accelerated Restricted Stock Awards(2)                 119,002 (12)

  Value of Accelerated Option Awards(3)                 148,751 (13)

  Value of Continued Health Care Coverage Premiums(4)                  
                       

  Total     84,000     84,000         351,753  
                       

Shawn J. Colo

 

Severance(1)

   
84,000
   
84,000
   
   
84,000
 

  Value of Accelerated Restricted Stock Awards(2)                 937,125 (14)

  Value of Accelerated Option Awards(3)                    

  Value of Continued Health Care Coverage Premiums(4)                  
                       

  Total     84,000     84,000         1,021,125  
                       

Michael L. Blend

 

Severance(1)

   
50,000
   
50,000
   
   
50,000
 

  Value of Accelerated Restricted Stock Awards(2)                  

  Value of Accelerated Option Awards(3)                 610,000 (15)

  Value of Continued Health Care Coverage Premiums(4)                  
                       

  Total     50,000     50,000         660,000  
                       

(1)
Represents continuation of salary payments for the payout period provided under each named executive officer's pre-IPO employment agreement.

(2)
Represents the aggregate value of the executive's unvested restricted stock that would have vested on an accelerated basis, determined by multiplying the number of accelerating shares by the fair market value of our common stock ($3.57) on December 31, 2009, as determined by our board of directors.

153


Table of Contents

(3)
Represents the aggregate value of the executive's unvested stock options that would have vested on an accelerated basis, determined by multiplying the number of accelerating option shares by the fair market value of our common stock ($3.57) on December 31, 2009, as determined by our board of directors, and subtracting the applicable exercise prices.

(4)
Represents the cost of Company-subsidized continued benefits for the payout period provided under each named executive officer's pre-IPO employment agreement, based on our current costs to provide such coverage.

(5)
Represents, in the case of Messrs. Rosenblatt and Hilliard, additional tax-gross up payments to compensate for excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code on the benefits provided. The assumptions used to calculate the excise tax gross-up include the following: an excise tax rate of 20%, a federal tax rate of 35%, California state tax rate of 9.55% and a Medicare tax rate of 1.45%.

(6)
Represents the value attributable to 666,667 unvested shares subject to Mr. Rosenblatt's April 2006 restricted stock award.

(7)
Represents the value of attributable to (i) 666,667 unvested shares subject to Mr. Rosenblatt's April 2006 restricted stock award and (ii) 2,000,000 shares subject to Mr. Rosenblatt's 2007 performance restricted stock award.

(8)
Represents the value attributable to 2,000,000 unvested shares underlying Mr. Rosenblatt's performance option award.

(9)
Represents the value attributable to 437,500 unvested shares subject to Mr. Hilliard's June 2007 restricted stock award.

(10)
Represents the value attributable to 528,656 unvested shares subject to Mr. Hilliard's June 2007 restricted stock award.

(11)
Represents the value attributable to 750,000 unvested shares underlying Mr. Hilliard's performance option.

(12)
Represents the value attributable to 33,334 unvested shares subject to Mr. Fitzgibbon's April 2006 restricted stock award.

(13)
Represents the value attributable to 50% of the 83,334 unvested shares underlying Mr. Fitzgibbon's August 2008 stock option award, subject to Mr. Fitzgibbon's continued employment with the company through the six-month anniversary following the change in control.

(14)
Represents the value attributable up to 262,500 unvested shares subject to Mr. Colo's April 2006 restricted stock award.

(15)
Represents the value attributable to 500,000 unvested shares underlying Mr. Blend's performance option award.

2009 Director Compensation

          None of our non-employee independent directors received compensation or incentives during the year ended December 31, 2009. Members of our board of directors are entitled to reimbursement of their expenses incurred in connection with attendance at board and committee meetings and conferences with our senior management. Mr. James R. Quandt held 60,000 options as of December 31, 2009. None of our non-employee directors, other than Mr. Quandt, held any stock options or unvested stock awards as of December 31, 2009. We intend to establish a compensation program for our non-employee directors.


Equity Incentive Plans

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

          In April 2006 we adopted, and on June 26, 2008 we amended and restated, the 2006 Plan for the benefit of members of our board of directors, our employees and consultants and our subsidiaries. As a result of our adoption of the 2010 Plan (discussed below), we will not make any further awards under the 2006 Plan. The material terms of the 2006 Plan are summarized below.

          Eligibility and Administration.     Our employees, directors and consultants are eligible to receive grants of stock options and stock purchase rights under the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan has been administered by our board of directors and compensation committee, which has delegated to our chief executive officer and chief financial officer authority to make certain grants of awards to non-executive employees. Our board may also delegate its administrative powers to the compensation committee and/or to other subcommittees of the board (referred to collectively as the plan administrator). After the closing of this offering, certain limitations as to the composition of the plan administrator may be imposed under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. Our board of directors administers the 2006 Plan with respect to awards to independent directors. The plan administrator has broad authority to make determinations

154


Table of Contents


and interpretations under, prescribe forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2006 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator also sets the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2006 Plan, including any vesting and acceleration conditions.

          Limitation on Awards and Shares Available.     The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that is authorized pursuant to the 2006 Plan is 55,000,000, which shares may be authorized but unissued shares, or represent shares underlying forfeited awards. Shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award granted under the 2006 Plan, shares subject to an award that is granted under the 2006 Plan that is forfeited or expires and shares of restricted stock that are repurchased by us at their original purchase price may be used again for new grants under the 2006 Plan.

          Awards.     The 2006 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, and stock purchase rights. Awards under the 2006 Plan are set forth in award agreements, which detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards are generally settled in shares of our common stock. A brief description of each award type follows.

    Stock Options.   Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other Internal Revenue Code requirements are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. A stock option may provide for "early exercise" prior to vesting in exchange for shares of restricted shares that vest on the option's vesting schedule.

    Stock Purchase Rights.   Stock purchase rights represent rights to acquire restricted stock, which is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. Conditions applicable to stock purchase rights may be based on continuing service with us or our affiliates, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

          Certain Transactions.     The plan administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of the 2006 Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, asset sales and other corporate transactions. In the event of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 2006 Plan), the surviving entity may assume outstanding awards or substitute economically equivalent awards for such outstanding awards; however, if the surviving entity declines to assume or substitute for some or all outstanding awards, then (i) options and stock purchase rights held by service providers whose service with the Company has not terminated prior to the change in control will vest in full, and all restrictions thereon will lapse, and such awards will be made exercisable not later than immediately prior to the closing of the transaction, and any options or stock purchase rights not exercised prior to the closing of the transaction will terminate and (ii) any other options or stock purchase rights outstanding under the 2006 Plan will be terminated if not exercised prior to the change in control. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

155


Table of Contents

          Foreign Participants, Transferability and Participant Payments.     The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish supplements, amendments or alternative versions of the 2006 Plan and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. With limited exceptions for gifts or domestic relations orders, guardians or executors of the participant's estate upon the participant's death or disability, in connection with certain acquisitions or a change in control and transfers to the Company, awards under the 2006 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to exercise or delivery and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2006 Plan, as applicable, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, a full recourse promissory note, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, other property that constitutes good and valuable consideration, a "market sell order" or any combination thereof.

          Plan Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2006 Plan at any time; however, (i) no amendment or termination may adversely affect an outstanding award without the affected participant's consent, and (ii) except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2006 Plan or extends the term of the 2006 Plan. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2006 Plan after June 26, 2018, however, we ceased granting awards under the 2006 Plan upon effectiveness of the 2010 Plan.

2010 Incentive Award Plan

          In August 2010 we adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2010 Plan under which we expect to grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2010 Plan are summarized below.

          Eligibility and Administration.     Our employees, consultants and directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan is administered by our compensation committee, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to subcommittees of our directors and/or officers, subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. Our board of directors administers the 2010 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors. The plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2010 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator also sets the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2010 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

          Limitation on Awards and Shares Available.     The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that are available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan is equal to the sum of 31,000,000 shares, (ii) any shares of our common stock subject to awards under the 2006 Plan that terminate, expire or lapse for any reason and (iii) an annual increase in shares on the first day of each year beginning in 2011 and ending in 2020. The annual increase will be equal to the lesser of (A) 12,000,000 shares, (B) 5% of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the prior year or (C) such smaller number of shares as may be determined by the Board. Upon effectiveness of the 2010 Plan, no additional awards will be granted under the 2006 Plan. Shares granted under the 2010 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. Shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award granted under the 2010 Plan, and shares subject to an award that is granted under the 2010 Plan that is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, may be used again for new grants under the 2010 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2010 Plan: (i) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the

156


Table of Contents


SAR on its exercise, and (ii) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

          Awards granted under the 2010 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2010 Plan. After a transition period that may apply following the effective date of the offering, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any one participant pursuant to the 2010 Plan during any calendar year is 10,000,000 and the maximum amount that may be paid in cash pursuant to the 2010 Plan to any one participant during any calendar year period is ten million dollars ($10,000,000).

          Awards.     The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including ISOs and NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, RSUs, performance shares, other incentive awards, SARs and cash awards. Certain awards under the 2010 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2010 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards will generally be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

    Stock Options.   Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Internal Revenue Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

    Stock Appreciation Rights.   SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

    Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, RSUs and Performance Shares.   Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. Deferred stock and RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying these awards may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Performance shares are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards. Conditions applicable to restricted stock, deferred stock, RSUs and performance shares

157


Table of Contents

      may be based on continuing service with us or our affiliates, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

    Stock Payments, Other Incentive Awards and Cash Awards.   Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may, but need not, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. Other incentive awards are awards other than those enumerated in this summary that are denominated in, linked to or derived from shares of our common stock or value metrics related to our shares, and may remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Cash awards are cash incentive bonuses subject to performance goals.

    Dividend Equivalents.   Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payments dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents may not be paid on awards granted under the 2010 Plan unless and until such awards have vested.

          Performance Awards.     Performance awards include any of the awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute "qualified performance-based compensation," or QPBC, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, in which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

          Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that we may take in respect of compensation paid to our "covered employees" (which should include our chief executive officer and our next three most highly compensated employees other than our chief financial officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. We do not expect Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code to apply to awards under the 2010 Plan until the earliest to occur of our annual shareholders' meeting in 2014, a material modification of the 2010 Plan or exhaustion of the share supply under the 2010 Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC.

          In order to constitute QPBC under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the 2010 Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards: (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit; (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on stockholders' equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs; (xiv) funds from operations; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings per share; (xix) price per share of common stock; (xx) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xxi) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxii) market share; and (xxiii) economic value, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for us or any operating unit of the Company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices. The 2010 Plan also permits the plan

158


Table of Contents


administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards.

          Certain Transactions.     The plan administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of the 2010 Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our shareholders known as "equity restructurings," the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2010 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 2010 Plan), the surviving entity must assume outstanding awards or substitute economically equivalent awards for such outstanding awards; however, if the surviving entity declines to assume or substitute for some or all outstanding awards, then all such awards will vest in full and be deemed exercised (as applicable) upon the transaction. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

          Foreign Participants, Transferability, Repricing and Participant Payments.     The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2010 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. Subject to applicable limitations of the Internal Revenue Code, the plan administrator may increase or reduce the applicable price per share of an award, or cancel and replace an award with another award. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2010 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a "market sell order" or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

          Plan Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2010 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2010 Plan or cancels any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. After the tenth anniversary of the date on which we adopt the 2010 Plan, no automatic annual increases to the 2010 Plan's share limit will occur and no incentive stock options may be granted; however, the 2010 Plan does not have a specified expiration and will otherwise continue in effect until terminated by the Company.

159


Table of Contents


EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

          The following table provides information as of December 31, 2009 regarding compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance:

Plan Category
  Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options
  Number of Securities
Remaining
Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans(2)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders(1)

    23,540,806   $ 2.44     4,456,646  

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

             
               

Total

    23,540,806   $ 2.44     4,456,646  
               

(1)
Consists of the Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)
In August 2010, we adopted the 2010 Incentive Award Plan. The number of securities available for issuance under the 2010 Plan is equal to the sum of 31,000,000 shares, (ii) any shares of our common stock subject to awards under the 2006 Plan that terminate, expire or lapse for any reason and (iii) an annual increase in shares on the first day of each year beginning in 2011 and ending in 2020. The annual increase will be equal to the lesser of (A) 12,000,000 shares, (B) 5% of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the prior year or (C) such smaller number of shares as may be determined by the Board.

160


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above under "Executive Compensation," the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2007, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Stockholders' Agreement

          We are party to a stockholders' agreement which provides that holders of our convertible preferred stock have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." The stockholders' agreement also contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our directors and restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including certain corporate governance provisions. Each of our current directors was nominated and elected pursuant to the terms of the stockholders agreement. The provisions of the stockholders' agreement relating to the nomination and election of directors will terminate upon completion of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to this agreement will continue to serve as directors until their successors are duly elected by holders of our common stock.

Indemnification Agreements

          We have entered, or will enter, into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See "Management—Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Limitations on Liability."

Shares Sold and Purchased by Insiders

Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock and Series D-1 Preferred Stock

          On September 10, 2007, we issued a total of 16,666,667 shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock, for $6.00 per share, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series D Preferred Stock include Oak Investment Partners, which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representative, Fredric W. Harman, is a member of our board of directors, the Spectrum Funds, which hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representative, Victor E. Parker, is a member of our board of directors, and Goldman Sachs Investment Partners Master Fund, L.P., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., the co-lead underwriter for this offering which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representative, Gaurav Bhandari, is a member of our board of directors. In March 2008, we issued to Goldman, Sachs & Co. 2,683,334 shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock, for $6.00 per share. Also, in March 2008, we issued to Goldman Sachs Investment Partners Master Fund, L.P., which is affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co., and to Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P. an aggregate 3,150,000 shares of Convertible Series D-1 Preferred Stock, at $6.00 per share. The rights, preferences and privileges of our Series D Preferred Stock and Series D-1 Preferred Stock are identical except that shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock did not have any voting rights. Each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock automatically converted into a share of Series D Preferred Stock in May 2008 following the expiration of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended. The following table

161


Table of Contents


summarizes the number of Series D Preferred Stock and Series D-1 Preferred Stock sold to the above-listed investors:

Name
  Number of Shares of
Series D Preferred Stock
  Number of Shares of
Series D-1 Preferred Stock
 

Oak Investment Partners(1)

    5,000,000     1,666,667  

Spectrum Equity Investors V, L.P.(2)

    833,333      

Goldman, Sachs & Co.(3)

    7,500,000     4,166,667  

(1)
Includes 3,333,333 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P. and 1,666,667 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to Oak Investment Partners XI, L.P. Includes 1,666,667 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock issued to Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P.

(2)
Includes 829,166 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to Spectrum Equity Investors V, L.P. and 4,167 shares issued to Spectrum V Investment Managers' Fund, L.P.

(3)
Includes 7,500,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to Goldman, Sachs & Co. that are now held by Goldman Sachs Investment Partners Master Fund, L.P., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Includes 4,166,667 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock issued to Goldman Sachs Investment Partners Master Fund, L.P.

          Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock automatically converts to common stock on a one-to-one basis, subject to adjustments for stock splits, dilutive issuances and similar events, upon the Company's initial underwritten public offering resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $100 million with a per share offering price to the public of not less than $5.7765. If shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock are automatically converted into common stock and the offering price is less than the greater of (i) $7.50 per share and (ii) the lesser of (1) $9.00 per share and (2) the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock original purchase price plus accrued but unpaid Convertible Series D Preferred Stock dividends, if any, each share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock will be converted into shares of common stock having a value equal to the greater of (y) $7.50 per share, and (z) the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock original purchase price plus accrued and unpaid Convertible Series D Preferred Stock dividends, if any; provided further, that if the amount provided in clause (y) is greater than the amount provided in clause (z), the number of the shares of common stock received upon conversion will be reduced to the extent necessary, but in no event to an amount less than the amount provided in clause (z), for the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock internal rate of return to be equal to (but not to exceed) the Convertible Series C Preferred Stock internal rate of return. The Convertible Series D Preferred Stock conversion price will initially be equal to $6.00, subject to adjustments provided therein. The shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock accrue dividends cumulatively, whether or not declared, at a rate of 9% per annum and are compounded quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December. As of June 30, 2010, an initial public offering price below $7.73 would result in an increase in the conversion ratio of the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock in accordance with the immediately preceding adjustment equation.

          We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors. For a description of these options, see the "Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2009" table above.

Other Transactions

          Our Chief Executive Officer served as the Chairman of the board of iCrossing, Inc., or iCrossing, until 2010, which provided approximately $15,000, $10,000 and $94,000 in marketing services to us during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the nine-month period ended December 31,

162


Table of Contents


2007, respectively. Four of our shareholders were also investors in iCrossing. iCrossing was acquired by the Hearst Corporation in June 2010.

          Messrs. Rosenblatt, Quandt, and Harman are all directors of The FRS Company, a developer and distributor of FRS Health Energy products and one of our media clients, and Mr. Quandt serves as its non-executive chairman. The FRS Company has an agreement under which it has agreed to pay us advertising fees related to ads principally placed on LIVESTRONG.com. The FRS Company paid approximately $124,000, $47,000 and $0 in ad sale fees to us during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the nine month period ended December 31, 2007, respectively. In addition, The FRS Company paid approximately $55,000 in ad sale fees to us during the six month period ended June 30, 2010. In addition, in April 2008, we entered into a Pluck service agreement with The FRS Company. This agreement expired in October 2009. Pursuant to this agreement, The FRS Company paid approximately $27,000 and $40,000 in fees to us during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We are currently in discussions with The FRS Company about expanding our relationship with them to deploy our content on their website and to engage them as a branded advertiser on certain of our owned and operated websites. If these new arrangements are consummated, we expect to receive payments in excess of amounts we have previously received from The FRS Company for prior ad sales.

          In December 2007, we waived our rights under a $350,000 promissory note owed to us by Focalex, Inc. in exchange for a one-time payment of $50,000 due to the risk that Focalex, Inc. would not be able to continue operations and repay the Focalex note. The Focalex note was issued to us as consideration to our transfer of the capital stock of Focalex, Inc. to Seed Capital. The principal equityholder of Seed Capital (and indirectly of Focalex, Inc.) was our Chief Executive Officer's brother-in-law.

          In March 2008 and in connection with the acquisition of Pluck, we issued an unsecured promissory note on part of the purchase, including an approximately $899,000 unsecured promissory note to David Panos, a former Pluck shareholder, who is currently our Chief Marketing Officer. The approximately $899,000 unsecured promissory note bore interest at 7% annually, matured and was repaid on April 3, 2009.

          Jeffrey Quandt, the son of James R. Quandt who is one of our directors, is an employee of the Company and earned compensation of approximately $150,000 in 2009, inclusive of salary, commissions, value and equity awards and other benefits.

          In May 2009, we entered into a Master Relationship Agreement with Mom, Inc., or Modern Mom, a Delaware corporation that is co-owned and operated by the wife of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the Master Relationship Agreement, we entered into various services and product agreements (which we refer to as the Modern Mom Agreements) in exchange for certain services, promotions and endorsements from Modern Mom. Terms of the Modern Mom Agreements included, but were not limited to, providing Modern Mom with dedicated office space, limited resources, set-up and hosting services of our social media applications and a perpetual right to display certain content on the Modern Mom website. In consideration of our obligations under the Modern Mom Agreements, Modern Mom agreed to provide us with certain promotional and branding services, and $57,000 to acquire certain content from us. The term of the Master Relationship Agreement was two years from the effective date (unless specified otherwise). As of December 31, 2009, we received our $57,000 fee, as well as certain promotional and branding services from Modern Mom.

          In September 2009, we entered into a Media and Advertising Agreement with Modern Mom. Under the terms of the Media and Advertising Agreement, Modern Mom appointed us as Modern Mom's nonexclusive sales agent to sell advertising on Modern Mom's website, www.modernmom.com, in exchange for commissions equal to 35% of the related advertisements that we sell, bill and collect on

163


Table of Contents


behalf of Modern Mom. Through December 31, 2009, there were no advertisements sold by us on behalf of Modern Mom. The amount of advertisements sold by the Company during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 was not significant.

          In March 2010, the Company agreed to provide Modern Mom with 10,000 units of textual articles, to be displayed on the Modern Mom website, for an aggregate fee of up to $500,000. As of June 30, 2010 no articles have been delivered to Modern Mom.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

          Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $100,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related person. While the policy will cover related party transactions in which the amount involved exceeds $100,000, the policy will state that related party transactions in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 are required to be disclosed in applicable filings as required by the Securities Act, Exchange Act and related rules. Our board of directors intends to set the $100,000 threshold for approval of related party transactions in the policy at an amount lower than that which is required to be disclosed under the Securities Act, Exchange Act and related rules because we believe it is appropriate for our audit committee to review transactions or potential transactions in which the amount involved exceeds $100,000, as opposed to $120,000.

          Pursuant to this policy, our audit committee will (i) review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related party transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm's length dealings with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related party's interest in the transaction, and (ii) take into account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics. Management will present to our audit committee each proposed related party transaction, including all relevant facts and circumstances relating thereto, and will update the audit committee as to any material changes to any related party transaction. All related party transactions may only be consummated if our audit committee has approved or ratified such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. Certain types of transactions will be pre-approved by our audit committee under the policy. These pre-approved transactions include: (i) certain compensation arrangements; (ii) transactions in the ordinary course of business where the related party's interest arises only (a) from his or her position as a director of another entity that is party to the transaction, and/or (b) from an equity interest of less than 5% in another entity that is party to the transaction, or (c) from a limited partnership interest of less than 5%, subject to certain limitations; and (iii) transactions in the ordinary course of business where the interest of the related party arises solely from the ownership of a class of equity securities in our company where all holders of such class of equity securities will receive the same benefit on a pro rata basis. No director may participate in the approval of a related party transaction for which he or she is a related party.

          All related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy, and as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures described above. However, these transactions were reviewed and approved by our board of directors and some were approved by the audit committee, or, for those transactions in which one or more of our directors was an interested party, by a majority of disinterested directors.

164


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2010 for:

          Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

          Applicable percentage ownership is based on                    shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 2010, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the issuance of                  shares of common stock upon the assumed net exercise of warrants that expire upon the completion of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                        shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

165


Table of Contents

          Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Demand Media, Inc., 1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 500, Santa Monica, California 90401.

 
  Shares
Beneficially Owned(1)
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially Owned(1)
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
 
  Prior to
the
Offering
  Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares
Subject
To Over-
allotment
Option
  After
the
Offering
  After the
Offering
(Over-
allotment
Option
Exercised
in Full)**
  Prior to
the
Offering
  After
the
Offering
  After the
Offering
(Over-
allotment
Option
Exercised
in Full)**
 

Greater Than 5% Stockholders and Selling Stockholders:

                                                 

Entities affiliated with Oak Investment Partners(2)

    44,951,751                                            

Entities affiliated with Spectrum Equity(3)

    30,783,787                                            

Entities affiliated with W Capital Partners(4)

    15,294,240                                            

Entities affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co.(5)

    11,666,667                                            

Entities affiliated with Generation Partners(6)

    8,000,000                                            

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

                                                 

Richard M. Rosenblatt(7)

    13,090,447                                            

Charles S. Hilliard(8)

    2,867,788                                            

Shawn J. Colo(9)

    2,942,024                                            

Larry D. Fitzgibbon(10)

    599,107                                            

Michael L. Blend(11)

    2,150,377                                            

Fredric W. Harman

                                               

Victor E. Parker

                                               

Gaurav Bhandari

                                               

John A. Hawkins

                                               

James R. Quandt(12)

    36,250                                            

Peter Guber(13)

    51,705                                            

Joshua G. James(14)

    51,705                                            

Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (15 persons) (15)

    22,609,408                                            

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

**
If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, then the shares to be sold by each selling stockholder will be reduced pro rata according to the portion of the over-allotment option that is not exercised.

(1)
Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner's name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner's account.

(2)
Includes 15,387,754 shares held by Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership and 29,330,273 shares and a warrant to purchase 233,724 shares held by Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership. Mr. Harman, one of our directors, is a Managing Member of Oak Associates XI, LLC and of Oak Associates XII, LLC. Mr. Harman is the General Partner of Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership and of Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership. Mr. Harman has shared power to vote

166


Table of Contents

(3)
Includes 30,629,868 shares held by Spectrum Equity Investors V, L.P. ("SEI V"), the general partner of which is Spectrum Equity Associates V, L.P., the general partner of which is SEA V Management, LLC, over which Brion B. Applegate, William P. Collatos, Kevin J. Maroni, Randy J. Henderson, Michael J. Kennealy, Victor E. Parker and Christopher T. Mitchell exercise voting and dispositive power, and 153,919 shares held by Spectrum V Investment Managers' Fund, L.P. ("IMF V," and together with SEI V, the "Spectrum Funds"), the general partner of which is SEA V Management, LLC, over which Brion B. Applegate, William P. Collatos, Kevin J. Maroni, Randy J. Henderson, Michael J. Kennealy, Victor E. Parker and Christopher T. Mitchell exercise voting and dispositive power. Each of the controlling entities, individual general partners and managing directors of the Spectrum Funds, as the case may be, including Mr. Parker who is a managing director of the general partner of the general partner of SEI V and a managing director of the general partner of IMF V, and serves on our board of directors, Brion B. Applegate, William P. Collatos, Kevin J. Maroni, Randy J. Henderson, Michael J. Kennealy, Victor E. Parker and Christopher T. Mitchell disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of each of the Spectrum Funds is 333 Middlefield Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(4)
Includes 3,337,737 shares held by W Capital Partners Orchid, L.P. and 11,956,503 shares held by W Capital Partners II, L.P. The sole general partner of W Capital Partners II, L.P. and W Capital Partners Orchid, L.P. is WCP GP II, L.P. and the sole general partner of WCP GP II, L.P. is WCP GP II, LLC. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC exercise voting and investment power over securities held by W Capital Partners II, L.P. and W Capital Partners Orchid, L.P. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC are Robert Migliorino, David Wachter and Stephen Wertheimer, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by W Capital Partners II, L.P. and W Capital Partners Orchid, L.P., except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of these entities is 1 East 52 nd  Street, Fifth Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(5)
Includes 11,666,667 shares beneficially owned by a fund affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (the "Goldman Fund"). Wholly owned subsidiaries of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. are the general partner and the investment manager of the Goldman Fund. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. disclaims beneficial ownership of the common units owned by the Goldman Fund, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any. This does not include any securities, if any, beneficially owned by any operating units of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., its subsidiaries or affiliates whose ownership of securities is disaggregated from the Goldman Fund in accordance with positions taken by the Securities and Exchange Commission and its staff. The address for The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282.

(6)
Includes 7,931,907 shares held by Generation Capital Partners II LP ("GCP") and 68,093 shares held by Generation Members' Fund II LP ("GMF," and together with GCP, the "Generation Funds"). Mr. Hawkins, one of our directors, is Managing Partner and co-founder of Generation Partners and has shared power to vote and dispose of the shares held by the Generation Funds. These shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Mr. Hawkins and the Generation Funds. Each of Mr. Hawkins and the Generation Funds disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for Mr. Hawkins is One Maritime Plaza, Ste 1555, San Francisco, CA 94111 and the address for the Generation Funds is One Greenwich Office Park, Greenwich, CT 06831.

(7)
Includes 920,535 shares held by the Rosenblatt 2007 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated July 12, 2007 and 53,333 shares held by the Rosenblatt Family Trust. Includes 1,429,614 shares subject to options that are

167


Table of Contents

(8)
Includes 236,992 shares subject to vesting and a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Hilliard's cessation of service prior to vesting, and 292,788 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010. Includes 750,000 shares that are subject to options that vest thirty days following the consummation of an initial public offering if the average daily closing price of our common stock during such period equals or exceeds certain thresholds set forth in the option agreement.

(9)
Includes 281,525 shares held by the Shawn J. Colo Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, dated 9/12/08, 66,950 shares held by the Colo and O'Neil Revocable Trust, dated 9/12/08 and 281,525 shares held by the Deirdre A. O'Neil Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, dated 9/12/08. Includes 107,024 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(10)
Includes 259,107 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(11)
Includes 1,486,275 shares held by the Michael Louis Blend Revocable Trust and 100,000 shares held by the Dante Jacob Oakes Blend Trust of 2009. Includes 64,102 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010. Includes 500,000 shares that are subject to options that vest upon the consummation of an initial public offering if the average daily closing price of our common stock during such period equals or exceeds certain thresholds set forth in the option agreement.

(12)
Includes 36,250 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(13)
Includes 45,455 shares held by the Guber Family Trust and 6,250 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(14)
Includes 45,455 shares held by Cocolalla, LLC, of which Mr. James is the Managing Member, and 6,250 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(15)
Includes an aggregate of 2,591,390 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010 that are held by our directors and officers as a group and an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares that are subject to options that vest thirty days following the consummation of an initial public offering if the average daily closing price of our common stock during such period equals or exceeds certain thresholds set forth in the option agreements.

168


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

          Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to                         shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 123,344,512 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering as if such events had already occurred as of the date of the information provided.

          As of June 30, 2010, there were outstanding:

          All of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our shares of common stock are not redeemable and, following the closing of this offering, will not have preemptive rights.

          The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be adopted prior to the closing of this offering are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

          Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. We have never declared or paid dividends on any of our common stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after the offering or in the foreseeable future.

Voting Rights

          Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Liquidation

          In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

169


Table of Contents

Rights and Preferences

          Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

          Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                        shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company or other corporate action. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

          The following table shows the outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2010. These warrants may be exercised at any time prior to their respective termination dates.

Name of Holder
  Class of Stock
Subject to Warrant
  Date of Issuance   Shares Subject to
Warrant
  Exercise Price  

Lance Armstrong

  Common Stock   January 15, 2008     1,062,500   $ 6.00/share  

Lance Armstrong Foundation

  Common Stock   January 15, 2008     1,250,000     6.00/share  

Capital Sports & Entertainment, LLC

  Common Stock   January 15, 2008     187,500     6.00/share  

Tatum, LLC

  Common Stock   October 4, 2006     6,875     0.31/share  

Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership

  Common Stock   December 31, 2008     233,724     2.95/share  

Bobbi Brown

  Common Stock   November 20, 2008     7,500     6.00/share  

Tyra Banks

  Common Stock   June 25, 2010     750,000     6.00/share  

InfoSearch Media, Inc. 

  Series C   October 4, 2006     125,000     3.851/share  

          The warrants issued to Lance Armstrong, the Lance Armstrong Foundation and Capital Sports & Entertainment, LLC terminate upon the earliest of January 15, 2018, the closing date of our initial public offering or the closing of a change of control (as defined therein). The warrant issued to Tatum, LLC terminates upon the earliest of October 4, 2011, the closing date of our initial public offering or the closing of a change of control (as defined therein); provided, however, that the expiration dates of the closing date of our initial public offering or the closing of a change of control (as defined therein) do not apply to unvested shares. The warrant issued to Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership terminates upon the earliest of August 18, 2011, the closing date of our initial public offering or the closing of a change of control (as defined therein). The warrant issued to Bobbi Brown terminates upon the earliest of November 20, 2018, the closing date of our initial public offering or the closing of a change of control (as defined therein). The warrant issued to Tyra Banks terminates upon the earlier of June 30, 2014 or a change of control (as defined therein). The warrant issued to InfoSearch Media, Inc. terminates upon the earliest of October 4, 2011, the closing date of our initial public offering or the closing of a change of control (as defined therein).

170


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our Third Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2008 and are described in additional detail below. These registration rights will expire on the second anniversary of the effective date of this offering.

          We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations describe below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

          In connection with this offering, each stockholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period not to exceed 180 days from the effective date of such registration, subject to certain terms and conditions. See section entitled "Underwriting."

Demand Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately                        shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. The holders of at least 20% of the outstanding unregistered common shares having registration rights, which must include at least two stockholders that are not affiliates of each other who each beneficially own and each propose to register at least 3,500,000 shares of common stock (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the common stock) can, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $5,000,000. However, we will not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration prior to six months following the effective date of this offering. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning 60 days prior to the filing and 180 days following the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a public offering of our securities, provided that we are, in good faith, taking reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and our estimate of the date of filing such registration statement is made in good faith. Moreover, we will not be required to effect a demand registration for any unregistered common shares which are immediately registerable on Form S-3 or in any particular jurisdiction in which we would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless we are already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a demand registration and it is essential to defer such registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than twice in any twelve-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash, the holders of approximately                        shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans or certain other transactions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

171


Table of Contents

S-3 Registration Rights

          The holders of approximately                        shares of our common stock may make a written request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $5,000,000. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected any such registration in the preceding 12-month period. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a registration during the period beginning 60 days prior to the filing and 180 days following the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a public offering of our securities, provided that we are, in good faith, taking reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and our estimate of the date of filing such registration statement is made in good faith. Moreover, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 in any particular jurisdiction in which we would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless we are already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect such registration statement and it is essential to defer such registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than twice in any twelve-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that only our board of directors may fill vacancies created by expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of directors, Chairman of our board of directors, Chief Executive Officer or president (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) may call a special meeting of stockholders. In addition, our bylaws will provide that stockholders must comply with advance notice provisions to bring business before or nominate directors for election at a stockholder meeting.

          Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will require a 66 2 / 3 % stockholder vote for the rescission, alteration, amendment or repeal of the bylaws by stockholders. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the inability of our stockholders to remove a director without cause will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

          These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. They are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the

172


Table of Contents


composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

          We are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

          In general, Section 203 defines a "business combination" to include the following:

          In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the stockholder's affiliates and associates (as defined in Section 203), beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

173


Table of Contents

Acceleration of Options Upon Change of Control

          Generally, under our Amended and Restated Demand Media 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2010 Incentive Award Plan, in the event of certain mergers, a reorganization or consolidation of our company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or all of our capital stock wherein the successor corporation does not assume outstanding options or issue equivalent options, our board of directors is required to accelerate vesting of options outstanding under such plans.

Listing

          We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on                        under the symbol "      ."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is the American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC. The transfer agent's telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

174


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

Senior secured revolving credit facility

          We are party to a secured credit agreement with a syndicate of commercial banks that provides for a $100 million revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility expires on May 25, 2012. After deducting amounts attributable to letters of credit, at June 30, 2010, we had unused availability of approximately $92.5 million available under the revolving credit facility. The credit agreement permits us to increase the revolving credit facility by up to $50 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions and obtaining commitments from lenders.

          All borrowings under the secured credit agreement are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries. Borrowings under the secured credit agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiary guarantors. Borrowings are also secured by a pledge of equity in most our domestic subsidiaries and stock of certain of our foreign subsidiaries.

          Borrowings under the secured credit agreement bear interest, at our option, at the Base Rate or the Eurodollar Rate, as defined in the secured credit agreement, plus a margin based on our net senior leverage ratio. The margins range from 1.00% to 2.50% for Eurocurrency Rate loans and from 0.00% to 1.50% for Base Rate loans. In addition, we pay a commitment fee on the unused revolving credit facility commitments ranging from 0.20% to 0.50% per annum based on our net senior leverage ratio. As of June 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all covenants and restrictions in the secured credit agreement. In addition, we believe that we will remain in compliance and that our ability to borrow funds under the secured credit agreement will not be adversely affected by such covenants and restrictions.

          The secured credit agreement contains various covenants that restrict, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, to incur certain liens, make certain investments and acquisitions, pay dividends and make other restricted payments, make certain asset dispositions subject to guidelines and limits, engage in material transactions with officers, directors and affiliates, participate in sale and leaseback financing arrangements, fundamentally or substantially alter the character of its business, enter into restrictive contractual obligations and prepay certain outstanding debt obligations.

          The secured credit agreement also contains two financial maintenance covenants: (1) a maximum net senior leverage ratio covenant that requires us and our subsidiaries to maintain a ratio calculated by dividing consolidated total debt (for us and our subsidiaries) other than subordinated debt, less cash and cash equivalents (short-term investments) in excess of $15,000,000, by Consolidated EBITDA for the last four fiscal quarters, as defined in the secured credit agreement, that does not exceed 2.5 to 1 for the period ending March 31, 2011, or 2.0 to 1 for the period ending March 31, 2012, and (2) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio covenant that requires us and our subsidiaries to maintain a ratio calculated by dividing Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the secured credit agreement, less capital expenditures, by the sum of certain taxes, interest and dividends and other distributions (in each case, paid in cash) for the last four fiscal quarters that does not fall below 2.0 to 1.

          Failure to comply with these covenants and restrictions or the occurrence of certain other events could result in an event of default under the secured credit agreement. In such an event, we could not request borrowings under the revolving facility, and all amounts outstanding under the secured credit agreement, together with accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable.

175


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding warrants or options, in the public market after this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.

          Upon the closing of this offering, we will have                        shares of common stock outstanding assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and the issuance of            shares and            shares of common stock upon the net exercise of common stock warrants and a convertible preferred stock warrant, respectively, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless they are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below.

          The remaining                        shares of common stock will be deemed restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, these restricted securities are eligible for sale in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 of the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

          Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Date
  Number of
Shares
 

On the date of this prospectus

     

Between 90 and 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus

     

At various times beginning more than 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus

       

          In addition, of the                  shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of                  , options to purchase                  shares of common stock were vested as of                  and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled "Underwriters."

Lock-up Agreements

          Our directors, executive officers and certain of our significant stockholders have signed lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley, as representatives of the underwriters, for a period of 180 days, subject to a possible extension under certain circumstances, after the date of this prospectus. The holders of            shares of common stock have executed lock-up agreements. These agreements are described below under "Underwriting."

176


Table of Contents


Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley may, in their sole discretion, at any time and without prior notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions contained in these lock-up agreements.

Rule 144

          In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

          In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

          Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

          Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Options

          In addition to the                        shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering, as of June 30, 2010, there were outstanding options to purchase 26,112,537 shares of our common stock. As soon as practicable upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock plans. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market upon exercise by the holders, subject to vesting restrictions with us, contractual lock-up restrictions and/or market stand-off provisions applicable to each option agreement that prohibit the sale or other disposition of the shares of common stock underlying the options for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject

177


Table of Contents


to a possible extension under certain circumstances, without the prior written consent from us or our underwriters.

Registration Rights

          On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to a possible extension under certain circumstances, the holders of approximately                                    shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, please see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." After these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

178


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

          The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all of the potential United States federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any estate and gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other United States federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

          This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder's particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the United States federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:

           PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

179


Table of Contents

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

          For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a "U.S. person" or a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

Distributions on Our Common Stock

          If we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder's tax basis in the common stock, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of a non-U.S. holder's tax basis in its shares will be taxable as capital gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under "—Dispositions of Our Common Stock" below.

          Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder's qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

          Dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) will be exempt from United States federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

          Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's United States trade or business (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the

180


Table of Contents


United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Dispositions of Our Common Stock

          Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

          Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

          Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to United States federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by United States source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

          With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for United States federal income tax purposes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, there can be no assurance that we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to tax if such class of stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or exchange or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for such stock. We expect our common stock to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market, although we cannot guarantee that it will be so traded. If gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our stock were subject to taxation under the third bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder would be subject to regular United States federal income tax with respect to such gain in generally the same manner as a U.S. person.

181


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

          We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those distributions. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the holder's conduct of a United States trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

          Unless a non-U.S. holder complies with certification procedures to establish that it is not a U.S. person, information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with, and the non-U.S. holder may be subject to backup withholding on the proceeds from, a sale or other disposition of our common stock. The certification procedures described in the above paragraph will satisfy these certification requirements as well.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's United States federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

          Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial United States owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain United States persons or United States-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation would apply to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

182


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are the joint book-runners and the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of Shares  

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

       

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

       

UBS Securities LLC

       

Allen & Company LLC

       

Jefferies & Company, Inc. 

       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

       

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

       

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

       

Raine Securities

       

JMP Securities LLC

       

    

       
       
 

Total

       
       

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                        shares from us and the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase                        additional shares.

Paid by Us  
 
  No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Per Share

  $     $    
 

Total

  $     $    

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholders  
 
  No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Per Share

  $     $    
 

Total

  $     $    

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

183


Table of Contents

          We, our officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. See "Shares Available for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We intend to file an application to list our common stock on                        under the symbol "      ."

          At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to                        shares of our common stock being offered for sale to business associates and Demand Media customers. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program.

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

184


Table of Contents

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the                        , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

          We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

          We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

Conflict of Interests

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In September 2007, we sold shares of our Series D preferred stock to certain investors, after which sale certain entities affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co., the co-lead underwriter for this offering, held approximately 4.8% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock on an as converted, fully diluted basis. In March of 2008, we sold additional shares of our Series D preferred stock and completed the sale of our Series D-1 preferred stock to certain investors, after which sale certain entities affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. held approximately 7.0% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock on an as converted, fully diluted basis. In connection with Goldman, Sachs & Co.'s investment, our Stockholders' Agreement was amended to provide Goldman, Sachs & Co. the right to nominate one director to our board. Goldman, Sachs & Co. has nominated Gaurav Bhandari pursuant to this right. The Stockholders' Agreement (other than the registration rights provision provided therein) will terminate upon completion of this offering after which Goldman, Sachs & Co.'s right to nominate a director will terminate. Goldman, Sachs & Co.'s Series D-1 preferred stock was automatically converted into Series D preferred stock in May 2008 upon the expiration of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

          In April 2006, we sold shares of our Series A preferred stock to certain investors, after which sale Thomas W. Weisel, an individual affiliated with Stifel Nicolaus Weisel, a co-manager for this offering, held less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock on an as converted, fully diluted basis. Mr. Weisel is also a party to our Stockholders' Agreement.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account

185


Table of Contents


and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of the issuer.

Selling Restrictions

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which is referred to as a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to as the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the

186


Table of Contents


Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

187


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters. An affiliate and certain partners of Latham & Watkins LLP own shares of preferred stock that will convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to less than one percent of our total common shares outstanding after this offering.


EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Following this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

188


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page  

Demand Media, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-8  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Demand Media, Inc.:

          In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Demand Media, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California
April 30, 2010, except for Notes 19 and 20 to the financial
statements as to which the date is August 6, 2010

F-2


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Information at June 30, 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,   June 30,  
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (Pro Forma,
unaudited)

 

Assets

                         

Current assets

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 85,989   $ 47,608   $ 33,561   $ 33,561  
 

Marketable securities

    17,507     2,300          
 

Accounts receivable, net

    14,699     18,641     21,495     21,495  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    5,155     5,943     6,298     6,298  
 

Deferred registration costs

    33,592     36,563     40,683     40,683  
 

Deposits with registries

    1,757     428     934     934  
                   
     

Total current assets

    158,699     111,483     102,971     102,971  

Deferred registration costs, less current portion

    6,450     7,087     7,683     7,683  

Deferred tax assets

    5,128     2,443     2,562     2,562  

Property and equipment, net

    28,953     30,642     33,317     33,317  

Intangible assets, net

    98,821     88,834     94,170     94,170  

Goodwill

    225,202     224,920     224,920     224,920  

Other assets

    3,899     2,909     4,033     4,033  
                   
     

Total assets

  $ 527,152   $ 468,318   $ 469,656   $ 469,656  
                   

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

                         

Current liabilities

                         
 

Accounts payable

  $ 6,095   $ 5,991   $ 9,047   $ 9,047  
 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    16,411     20,186     19,580     19,580  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    13,544     13,302     14,558     14,558  
 

Deferred revenue

    48,010     52,339     58,402     58,402  
 

Notes payable

    10,000              
                   
     

Total current liabilities

    94,060     91,818     101,587     101,587  

Revolving line of credit

    55,000     10,000          

Deferred revenue, less current portion

    11,525     12,912     13,698     13,698  

Other liabilities

    435     1,681     1,223     936  
                   
     

Total liabilities

    161,020     116,411     116,508     116,221  
                   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

                         

Convertible preferred stock

                         
 

Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value.

                         
   

Authorized 85,000 shares; issued and outstanding 65,333 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited); no shares outstanding June 30, 2010, pro forma; aggregate liquidation preference of $152,462 and $157,096 (unaudited) at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively

    122,168     122,168     122,168      
 

Convertible Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value.

                         
   

Authorized 15,000 shares; issued and outstanding 9,464 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited); no shares outstanding June 30, 2010, pro forma; aggregate liquidation preference of $19,007 and $19,295 (unaudited) at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively

    17,000     17,000     17,000      
 

Convertible Series C Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value.

                         
   

Authorized 27,000 shares; issued and outstanding 26,047 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited); no shares outstanding June 30, 2010, pro forma; aggregate liquidation preference of $122,147 and $125,860 (unaudited) at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively

    100,098     100,098     100,098      
 

Convertible Series D Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value.

                         
   

Authorized 26,150 shares; issued and outstanding 22,500 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited); no shares outstanding June 30, 2010, pro forma; aggregate liquidation preference of $164,457 and $172,028 (unaudited) at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively

    134,488     134,488     134,488      
                   
     

Total convertible preferred stock

    373,754     373,754     373,754      
                   

Stockholders' equity (deficit)

                         
 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized 500,000 shares; issued and outstanding 29,049, 28,945, and 30,048 shares at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively; 153,392 issued and outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    3     3     3     15  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    16,027     23,671     31,020     405,049  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    55     169     110     110  
 

Accumulated deficit

    (23,707 )   (45,690 )   (51,739 )   (51,739 )
                   
     

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (7,622 )   (21,847 )   (20,606 )   353,435  
                   
     

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 527,152   $ 468,318   $ 469,656   $ 469,656  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenues

  $ 102,295   $ 170,250   $ 198,452   $ 91,273   $ 114,002  

Operating expenses

                               
 

Service costs (exclusive of amortization of intangible assets shown separately below)

    57,833     98,238     114,482     53,309     61,735  
 

Sales and marketing

    3,601     15,360     19,994     9,181     10,396  
 

Product development

    10,965     14,407     21,502     9,775     12,514  
 

General and administrative

    19,584     28,191     28,358     13,994     17,440  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    17,393     33,204     32,152     16,429     16,173  
                       
   

Total operating expenses

    109,376     189,400     216,488     102,688     118,258  
                       

Loss from operations

    (7,081 )   (19,150 )   (18,036 )   (11,415 )   (4,256 )
                       

Other income (expense)

                               
 

Interest income

    1,415     1,636     494     223     11  
 

Interest expense

    (1,245 )   (2,131 )   (1,759 )   (1,139 )   (349 )
 

Other income (expense), net

    (999 )   (250 )   (19 )       (128 )
                       
   

Total other expense

    (829 )   (745 )   (1,284 )   (916 )   (466 )
                       

Loss before income taxes

    (7,910 )   (19,895 )   (19,320 )   (12,331 )   (4,722 )

Income tax (benefit) provision

    (2,293 )   (5,736 )   2,663     1,596     1,327  
                       
   

Net loss

    (5,617 )   (14,159 )   (21,983 )   (13,927 )   (6,049 )
   

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (14,059 )   (28,209 )   (30,848 )   (15,015 )   (16,206 )
                       
   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (19,676 ) $ (42,368 ) $ (52,831 ) $ (28,942 ) $ (22,255 )
                       
   

Net loss per share:

                               
     

Basic and diluted

  $ (2.12 ) $ (2.59 ) $ (2.37 ) $ (1.38 ) $ (0.84 )
   

Weighted average number of shares

    9,262     16,367     22,318     20,961     26,347  
   

Pro forma net loss per share:

                               
     

Basic and diluted (unaudited)

              $ (0.15 )       $ (0.04 )
                             
   

Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share:

                               
     

Basic and diluted (unaudited)

                145,662           149,691  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit

(Information for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Common stock   Additional
paid-in
capital
amount
  Accumulated
Other
comprehensive
income
   
   
 
 
  Accumulated
deficit
  Total
stockholders'
deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at March 31, 2007

    22,123   $ 2   $ 1,726   $   $ (3,931 ) $ (2,203 )

Issuance of common stock

    550         570             570  

Grant of restricted stock purchase rights

    5,244     1     250             251  

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    290         69             69  

Repurchase of restricted stock

    (373 )                    

Stock-based compensation expense

            3,721             3,721  

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                4         4  

Net loss

                    (5,617 )   (5,617 )
                                     

Comprehensive loss

                                  (5,613 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2007

    27,834     3     6,336     4     (9,548 )   (3,205 )

Grant of restricted stock purchase rights

    441         18             18  

Issuance of warrants to purchase common stock

            3,475             3,475  

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    695           376             376  

Repurchase of restricted stock

    (25 )                    

Stock-based compensation expense

            5,745             5,745  

Exchange of warrants to purchase Convertible

                                   
 

Series C preferred stock into common stock warrants

            77             77  

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                51         51  

Net loss

                    (14,159 )   (14,159 )
                                     

Comprehensive loss

                                  (14,108 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2008

    28,945     3     16,027     55     (23,707 )   (7,622 )

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    578         591             591  

Repurchase of restricted stock

    (474 )                    

Stock-based compensation expense

            7,053             7,053  

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                (55 )       (55 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                169         169  

Net loss

                    (21,983 )   (21,983 )
                                     

Comprehensive loss

                                  (21,814 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

    29,049     3     23,671     169     (45,690 )   (21,847 )

Grant of restricted stock purchase rights (unaudited)

    400                      

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    599         714             714  

Issuance of warrants to purchase common stock (unaudited)

            1,880             1,880  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

            4,755             4,755  

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                (59 )       (59 )

Net loss (unaudited)

                    (6,049 )   (6,049 )
                                     

Comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                        (6,108 )
                           

Balance at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    30,048   $ 3   $ 31,020   $ 110   $ (51,739 ) $ (20,606 )
                           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                               

Net loss

  $ (5,617 ) $ (14,159 ) $ (21,983 ) $ (13,927 ) $ (6,049 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

                               
 

Depreciation and amortization

    20,983     43,710     47,115     23,253     24,661  
 

Deferred income taxes

    (2,293 )   (5,878 )   2,436     1,422     1,137  
 

Stock-based compensation

    3,670     5,451     6,791     2,878     4,578  
 

Other

    1,108     742     (311 )   461     144  
 

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions

                               
   

Accounts receivable, net

    (3,490 )   (854 )   (4,172 )   (2,472 )   (2,905 )
   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (1,144 )   (911 )   (437 )   317     330  
   

Deferred registration costs

    (8,375 )   (3,719 )   (3,608 )   (3,580 )   (4,716 )
   

Deposits with registries

    1,599     246     1,329     1,211     (506 )
   

Other assets

    (38 )   900     1,345     881     586  
   

Accounts payable

    (352 )   2,554     1,100     604     1,642  
   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    4,140     (1,585 )   3,911     504     (1,329 )
   

Deferred revenue

    9,352     9,445     5,715     5,320     6,849  
                       
     

Net cash provided by operating activities

    19,543     35,942     39,231     16,872     24,422  
                       

Cash flows from investing activities

                               

Purchases of property and equipment

    (10,735 )   (20,103 )   (15,327 )   (7,393 )   (9,502 )

Purchases of intangible assets

    (12,232 )   (19,317 )   (22,701 )   (9,373 )   (21,141 )

Purchases of marketable securities

    (49,227 )   (68,701 )   (48,916 )   (23,423 )   (975 )

Proceeds from maturities and sales of marketable securities

    11,635     88,837     64,069     17,518     3,275  

Investment in equity-method investees

    (230 )   (58 )            

Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (38,297 )   (60,128 )   (525 )   (525 )    

Other investing activities

    1,070     608     609          
                       
     

Net cash used in investing activities

    (98,016 )   (78,862 )   (22,791 )   (23,196 )   (28,343 )
                       

Cash flows from financing activities

                               

Proceeds from line of credit

    17,700     55,000     37,000     37,000      

Payments on line of credit

    (17,750 )       (82,000 )       (10,000 )

Repayment of notes payable

    (12,499 )   (4,000 )   (10,000 )   (10,000 )    

Capital lease obligation principal paid

    (3 )   (24 )   (581 )   (291 )   (282 )

Proceeds from issuances of common stock, restricted

                             
 

common stock and exercises of stock options

    819     376     591     113     714  

Proceeds from issuances of preferred stock

    100,300     35,000              

Other financing activities

    (304 )   (208 )           (499 )
                       
     

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    88,263     86,144     (54,990 )   26,822     (10,067 )
                       

Effect of foreign currency on cash and cash equivalents

            169         (59 )
       

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    9,790     43,224     (38,381 )   20,498     (14,047 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    32,975     42,765     85,989     85,989     47,608  
                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 42,765   $ 85,989   $ 47,608   $ 106,487   $ 33,561  
                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)


 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flows

                               

Cash paid for interest

  $ 1,149   $ 1,061   $ 2,129   $ 1,635   $ 214  

Cash paid for income taxes

    105     64     175     100     172  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

                               

Issuance of common stock warrants in consideration for the LIVESTRONG.com license, services and endorsement rights

        3,475              

Issuance of common stock warrants in consideration for the website development, endorsement and license agreement with Tyra Banks

                    1,880  

Issuance of promissory notes payable for acquisition of Pluck Corp. 

        10,000              

Deferred acquisition consideration

    655     500              

Issuance of restricted stock purchase rights for acquisition of assets

        18              

Issuance of common stock for acquisition of assets

    70                  

Exchange of warrants to purchase Convertible Series C Preferred Stock to common stock warrants

        77              

Capitalized stock-based compensation

    52     714     700     375     397  

Property and equipment purchased through accounts payable and accrued expenses

    655     239     709     998     1,333  

Intangible assets purchased through accounts payable and accrued expenses

    99     201     125     108     561  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Company Background and Overview

          Demand Media, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the "Company") is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Santa Monica, California. The Company's business is focused on an Internet-based model for the professional creation of content at scale, and is comprised of two distinct and complementary service offerings, Content & Media and Registrar. Since March 23, 2006, the Company has completed a number of acquisitions and has accounted for them as business combinations (see Note 18—Business Combinations).

Content & Media

          The Company's Content & Media service offering is engaged in creating media content, primarily consisting of text articles and videos, and delivering it along with its social media and monetization tools to the Company's owned and operated and network of customer websites. Content & Media services are delivered through the Company's Content & Media platform, which includes its content creation studio, social media applications and a system of monetization tools designed to match content with advertisements in a manner that is optimized for revenue yield and end-user experience.

Registrar

          The Company's Registrar service offering provides domain name registration and related value added service subscriptions to third parties through its wholly owned subsidiary, eNom.

Change in Year-End

          Effective with the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from March 31 to December 31 and as such, the Company's financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2007 represent a nine-month period from April 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (See Note 22—Change in Year End).

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          A summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

Principles of Consolidation

          The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Demand Media, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Acquisitions are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The Company's purchase accounting resulted in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

          Investments in affiliates over which the Company has the ability to exert significant influence, but does not control and is not the primary beneficiary of, including NameJet, LLC ("NameJet"), are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Investments in affiliates which the Company has no ability to exert significant influence are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. The

F-8


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Company's proportional shares of affiliate earnings or losses accounted for under the equity method of accounting, which are not material for all periods presented, are included in other income (expense) in the Company's consolidated statements of operations. Affiliated companies are not material individually or in the aggregate to the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows for any period presented.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

          The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2010, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated statement of stockholders' deficit for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's statement of financial position as of June 30, 2010 and its results of operations and its cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. The results for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet and Net Loss Per Share

          In August 2010, the Company's board of directors approved the filing of an initial public offering of the Company's common stock. If the initial public offering is consummated, all of the convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into 123,344 shares of common stock, based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2010, and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock that will automatically net exercise to shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the conversion of the preferred stock and reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital as of June 30, 2010.

          Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 have been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of January 1, 2009.

Use of Estimates

          The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include revenues, allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of marketable securities, fair value of the revolving line of credit and notes payable, investments in equity interests, fair value of issued and

F-9


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


acquired stock warrants, the assigned value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities in business combinations, useful lives and impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets, goodwill, the fair value of the Company's equity-based awards, and deferred income tax assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company considers funds transferred from its credit card service providers but not yet deposited into its bank accounts at the balance sheet dates, as funds in transit and these amounts are recorded as unrestricted cash, since the amounts are generally settled the day after the outstanding date. Cash and cash equivalents totaled $85,989, $47,608 and $33,561 (unaudited) at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010, respectively, and consist primarily of checking accounts, money market accounts, money market funds, and short-term certificates of deposit.

Restricted Cash

          As of December 31, 2008, restricted cash consists of a holdback initially withheld by the Company to secure indemnification obligations from the selling shareholders of The Daily Plate (see Note 18—Business Combinations), as well as amounts held on deposit with credit card service providers to provide security for credit card chargebacks. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, restricted cash consists of amounts held on deposit with certain credit card service and Internet payment providers, including amounts to provide security for credit card chargebacks. The amounts held on deposit with credit card providers, which are withheld monthly, represent a small percentage of the credit card and Internet payments processed and are remitted to the Company on a rolling basis every 90 days. The Company classifies restricted cash held on deposit with credit card service providers as a noncurrent asset since the credit card reserves, when released on a rolling basis are offset by reserves withheld from current credit card transactions, and therefore are not available to be used in current operations. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010, restricted cash balances of $608, $83 and $76 (unaudited), respectively, are included in other non-current assets.

Investments in Marketable Securities

          Investments in marketable securities are recorded at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses if any, net of taxes, reported as a component of shareholders' deficit until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred.

          When the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the

F-10


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


security as projected based on cash flow projections. The Company did not have any securities with other-than-temporary impairment at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited).

          In determining whether other-than-temporary impairment exists for equity securities, management considers: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The Company determined that no impairment of its equity marketable securities existed at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited).

          The cost of marketable securities sold is based upon the specific identification method and any realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are reflected as a component of interest income or expense. The unrealized gains or losses on short-term marketable securities were not significant for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007.

          In addition, the Company classifies marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business.

Accounts Receivable

          Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from:

    Third parties who provide advertising services to the Company's owned and operated websites in exchange for a share of the underlying advertising revenue. Accounts receivable from third parties are recorded as the amount of the revenue share as reported to the Company by the advertising networks and are generally due within 30 to 45 days from the month-end in which the invoice is generated. Certain accounts receivable from these parties are billed quarterly and are due within 45 days from the quarter-end in which the invoice is generated, and are non-interest bearing;

    Social media services customers and include (i) account set-up fees, which are generally billed and collected once set-up services are completed, (ii) monthly recurring services, which are billed in advance of services on a quarterly or monthly basis, (iii) account overages, which are billed when incurred and contractually due, and (iv) consulting services, which are generally billed in the same manner as set-up fees. Accounts receivable from social media customers are recorded at the invoiced amount, are generally due within 30 days and are non-interest bearing;

    Direct advertisers who engage us to deliver branded advertising impressions. Accounts receivable from direct advertisers are recorded at negotiated advertising rates (customarily based on advertising impressions) and as the related advertising is delivered over the Company's owned and operated websites. Direct advertising accounts receivables are due within 30 to 60 days from the date the advertising services are delivered and billed; and,

F-11


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Customers who syndicate the Company's content over their websites in exchange for a share of related advertising revenue. Accounts receivable from these customers are recorded at the revenue share as reported by the underlying customers and are due within 30 to 45 days.

          The Company's Registrar services are primarily conducted on a prepaid basis or through credit card or Internet payments processed at the time a transaction is consummated, and as such, the Company does not carry receivables related to these business activities.

          Receivables from registries represent refundable amounts for registrations that were placed on auto-renew status by the registries, but were not explicitly renewed by a registrant as of the balance sheet dates. Registry services accounts receivable is recorded at the amount of registration fees paid by the Company to a registry for all registrations placed on auto-renew status. Subsequent to the lapse of a prior registration period, a registrant either renews the applicable domain name with the Company, which results in the application of the refundable amount to a consummated transaction, or the registrant lets the domain name registration expire, which results in a refund of the applicable amount from a registry to the Company.

          The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible receivables from its customers based on its best estimate of the amount of probable losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on analysis of historical bad debts, advertiser concentrations, advertiser credit-worthiness and current economic trends. In addition, past due balances over 90 days and specific other balances are reviewed individually for collectibility at least quarterly.

          The allowance for doubtful account activity for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 is as follows:

 
  Balance at
beginning of
period
  Charged to
costs and
expenses
  Write-offs, net
of recoveries
  Balance at end
of period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

                         
 

December 31, 2007

  $ 103   $ 40   $   $ 143  
 

December 31, 2008

    143     672     402     413  
 

December 31, 2009

    413     178     199     392  

Long-lived Assets

          The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets with finite useful lives for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Such trigger events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the

F-12


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


use of a long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset's carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows. Through December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company has identified no such impairment loss. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented on the balance sheets and reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and would no longer be depreciated or amortized.

Property and equipment

          Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Computer equipment is amortized over two to five years, software is amortized over two to three years, and furniture and fixtures are amortized over seven to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized straight-line over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements ranging from one to ten years. Upon the sale or retirement of property or equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization is removed from the Company's financial statements with the resulting gain or loss reflected in the Company's results of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. In the event that property and equipment is no longer in use, the Company will record a loss on disposal of the property and equipment, which is computed as the net remaining value (gross amount of property and equipment less accumulated depreciation expense) of the related equipment at the date of disposal.

Intangibles—Undeveloped Websites

          The Company capitalizes costs incurred to acquire and to initially register its owned and operated undeveloped websites (i.e. Uniform Resource Locators). The Company amortizes these costs over the expected useful life of the underlying undeveloped websites on a straight-line basis. The expected useful lives of the website names range from 12 months to 84 months. The Company determines the appropriate useful life by performing an analysis of expected cash flows based on historical experience with domain names of similar quality and value.

          In order to maintain the rights to each undeveloped website acquired, the Company pays periodic renewal registration fees, which generally cover a minimum period of 12 months. The Company records renewal registration fees of website name intangible assets in deferred registration costs and amortizes the cost over the renewal registration period, which is included in service costs.

Intangibles—Media Content

          The Company capitalizes the costs incurred to acquire and deploy its media content used to facilitate the generation of advertising revenue. Capitalized content is amortized on a straight-line basis

F-13


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


over five years, representing the Company's estimate of the pattern that the underlying economic benefits are expected to be realized and based on its estimates of the projected cash flows from advertising revenues expected to be generated by the deployment of its content. These estimates are based on the Company's plans and projections, comparison of the economic returns generated by its content of comparable quality and an analysis of historical cash flows generated by that content to date.

Intangibles—Acquired in Business Combinations

          The Company performs valuations on each acquisition accounted for as a business combination and allocates the purchase price of each acquired business to its respective net tangible and intangible assets. Acquired intangible assets include: trade names, non-compete agreements, owned website names, customer relationships, technology, media content, and content publisher relationships. The Company determines the appropriate useful life by performing an analysis of expected cash flows based on historical experience of the acquired businesses. Intangible assets are generally amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight line method which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed.

Goodwill

          Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year or when events or circumstances change that would indicate that goodwill might be permanently impaired. Events or circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of the Company's use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company's overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

          The testing for a potential impairment of goodwill involves a two-step process. The first step is to identify whether a potential impairment exists by comparing the estimated fair values of the Company's reporting units with their respective book values, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then the second step is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The amount of the impairment loss is the excess of the carrying amount of the goodwill over its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill is primarily based on an estimate of the discounted cash flows expected to result from that reporting unit but may require valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as the Company's software, technology, patents and trademarks. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

F-14


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Operating Leases

          For operating leases that include escalation clauses over the term of the lease, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis and the difference between expense and amounts paid are recorded as deferred rent in current and long-term liabilities.

Revenue Recognition

          The Company recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; performance of services has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company considers persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement to be the receipt of a signed contract or insertion order. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including transaction history with the customer and the credit worthiness of the customer. If it is determined that the collection is not reasonably assured, revenue is not recognized until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. The Company records cash received in advance of revenue recognition as deferred revenue.

          For arrangements with multiple elements, the Company allocates revenue to each element if all of the following three criteria have been met: (i) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone basis; (ii) there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item(s); and, (iii) if a general right of return exists relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. If there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all elements in the arrangement, the Company allocates the total arrangement fee to each of the elements based on their relative fair values. If there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered element but not the delivered element, the Company allocates the total arrangement fee using the residual method.

          The Company's revenues are principally derived from the following services:

Content & Media

          Advertising Revenue.     Advertising revenue is generated by performance-based Internet advertising, such as cost-per-click, or CPC, in which an advertiser pays only when a user clicks on its advertisement that is displayed on the Company's owned and operated websites and customer websites; fees generated by users viewing third-party website banners and text-link advertisements; fees generated by enabling customer leads or registrations for partners; and fees from referring users to, or from users making purchases on, sponsors' websites. In determining whether an arrangement exists, the Company ensures that a binding arrangement is in place, such as a standard insertion order or a fully executed customer-specific agreement. Obligations pursuant to the Company's advertising revenue arrangement typically include a minimum number of impressions or the satisfaction of the other performance criteria. Revenue from performance-based arrangements, including referral revenues, is recognized as the related performance criteria are met. The Company assesses whether performance criteria have been met and whether the fees are fixed or determinable based on a reconciliation of the performance criteria and an analysis of the payment terms associated with the transaction. The reconciliation of the performance criteria generally includes a comparison of third-party performance data to the contractual

F-15


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

performance obligation and to internal or customer performance data in circumstances where that data is available.

          When the Company enters into advertising revenue sharing arrangements where it acts as the primary obligor, the Company recognizes the underlying revenue on a gross basis. In determining whether to report revenues gross for the amount of fees received from the advertising networks, the Company assesses whether it maintains the principal relationship with the advertising network, whether it bears the credit risk and whether it has latitude in establishing prices. In circumstances where the customer acts as the primary obligor, the Company recognizes the underlying revenue on a net basis.

          In certain cases, the Company records revenue based on available and preliminary information from third parties. Amounts collected on the related receivables may vary from reported information based upon third party refinement of estimated and reported amounts owing that occurs typically within 30 days of the period end. For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited), the difference between the amounts recognized based on preliminary information and cash collected was not material.

          Subscription Services and Social Media Services.     Subscription services revenue is generated through the sale of membership fees paid to access content available on certain owned and operated websites. The majority of the memberships range from 6 to 12 month terms, and renews automatically at the end of the membership term, if not previously cancelled. Membership revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the membership term.

          The Company configures, hosts, and maintains its platform social media services under private-labeled versions of software for commercial customers. The Company earns revenues from its social media services through initial set-up fees, recurring management support fees, overage fees in excess of standard usage terms, and outside consulting fees. Due to the fact that social media services customers have no contractual right to take possession of the Company's private labeled software, the Company accounts for its social media services as service arrangements, whereby social media services revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the service has occurred and no significant obligations remain, the selling price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

          For social media service arrangements containing multiple elements, including but not limited to single arrangements containing set-up fees, monthly support fees and overage billings, the Company allocates revenue to each element based upon the elements objective and reliable evidence of fair value. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all elements of a service arrangement is based upon the Company's normal pricing and discounting practices for those services when such services are sold separately:

    Customer set-up fees:   set-up fees are generally paid prior to the commencement of monthly recurring services. The Company initially defers its set-up fees and recognizes the related

F-16


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      revenue straight-line over the greater of the contractual or estimated customer life once monthly recurring services have commenced;

    Monthly support fees:   recognized each month at contractual rates; and,

    Overage billings:   recognized when delivered and at contractual rates in excess of standard usage terms.

          The Company determines the estimated customer life based on analysis of historical attrition rates, average contractual term and renewal expectations. The Company periodically reviews the estimated customer life at least quarterly and when events or changes in circumstances, such as significant customer attrition relative to expected historical of projected future results, occur. Outside consulting services performed for customers on a stand-alone basis are recognized ratably as services are performed at contractual rates.

Registrar

          Domain Name Registration Service Fees.     Registration fees charged to third parties in connection with new, renewed, and transferred domain name registrations are recognized on a straight-line basis over the registration term, which range from one to ten years. Payments received in advance of the domain name registration term are included in deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The registration term and related revenue recognition commences once the Company confirms that the requested domain name has been recorded in the appropriate registry under contractual performance standards. Associated direct and incremental costs, which principally consist of registry and ICANN fees, are also deferred and amortized to service costs on a straight-line basis over the registration term.

          The Company's wholly owned subsidiary, eNom, is an Internet Corporation for Assignment of Names and Numbers ("ICANN") accredited registrar. Thus, the Company is the primary obligor with its reseller and retail registrant customers and is responsible for the fulfillment of its registrar services. As a result, the Company reports revenue derived from the fees it receives from resellers and retail registrant customers for registrations on a gross basis in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. A minority of the Company's resellers have contracted with the Company to provide billing and credit card processing services to the resellers' retail customer base in addition to domain name registration services. Under these circumstances, the cash collected from these resellers' retail customer base is in excess of the fixed amount per transaction that the Company charges for domain name registration services. As such, these amounts which are collected for the benefit of the reseller are not recognized as revenue and are recorded as a liability until remitted to the reseller on a periodic basis. Revenue from these resellers is reported on a net basis because the reseller determines the price to charge retail customers and maintains the primary customer relationship.

F-17


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Value Added Services

          Revenue from online value added services, which include, but not limited to web hosting services, email services, domain name identification protection, charges associated with alternative payment methods, and security certificates, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which services are provided. Payments received in advance of services being provided are included in deferred revenue.

Auction Service Revenues

          Domain name auction service revenues represent fees received from selling third-party owned domains through an online bidding process primarily through NameJet, a domain name aftermarket auction company formed in October 2007 by the Company and an unrelated third party. For names sold through the auction process that are registered on the Company's registrar platform upon sale, the Company has determined that auction revenues and related registration revenues represent separate units of accounting given the domain name has value to the customers on a standalone basis, and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the registration service. As a result, the Company recognizes the related registration fees on a straight-line basis over the registration term. The Company recognizes the bidding portion of auction revenues upon sale, net of payments to third parties since it is acting as an agent only.

Service Costs

          Service costs consist primarily of fees paid to registries and ICANN associated with domain registrations, advertising revenues recognized by the Company and shared with its customers as a result of its revenue-sharing arrangements, such as traffic acquisition costs and content revenue-sharing arrangements, Internet connection and co-location charges and other platform operating expenses associated with the Company's owned and operated and customer websites, including depreciation of the systems and hardware used to build and operate the Company's Content & Media platform and Registrar, personnel costs relating to in-house editorial, customer service and information technology.

          Registry fee expenses consist of payments to entities accredited by ICANN as the designated registry related to each top level domain ("TLD"). These payments are generally fixed dollar amounts per domain name registration period and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the registration term. The costs of renewal registration fee expenses for owned and operated undeveloped websites are also included in service costs. Amortization of the cost of website names and media content owned by the Company is included in amortization of intangible assets.

Deferred Revenue and Deferred Registration Costs

          Deferred revenue consists of amounts received from customers in advance of the Company's performance for domain name registration services, subscription services for premium media content, social media services and online value added services. Deferred revenue is recognized as revenue on a systematic basis that is proportionate to the unexpired term of the related domain name registration,

F-18


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


media subscription as services are rendered, over customer useful life, or online value added service period.

          Deferred registration costs represent incremental direct costs made to registries, ICAAN, and other third parties for domain name registrations and are recorded as a deferred cost on the balance sheets. Deferred registration costs are amortized to expense on a straight-line basis concurrently with the recognition of the related domain name registration revenue and are included in service costs.

Stock-Based Compensation

          Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options that do not include market conditions. Stock-based awards are comprised principally of stock options and restricted stock purchase rights ("RSPR").

          Some employee awards granted by the Company contain certain performance and/or market conditions. The Company recognizes compensation cost for awards with performance conditions based upon the probability of that performance condition being met, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures. Awards granted with performance and/or market conditions are amortized using the graded vesting method.

          The effect of a market condition is reflected in the award's fair value on the grant date. The Company uses a binomial lattice model to determine the grant date fair value of awards with market conditions. All compensation cost for an award that has a market condition is recognized as the requisite service period is fulfilled, even if the market condition is never satisfied.

          Stock-based awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of each non-employee stock-based compensation award is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.

Advertising Costs

          Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and generally consist of Internet based advertising, sponsorships, and trade shows. Such costs are included in sales and marketing expense in Company's consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expense was $450, $1,097 and $2,230 for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Product Development and Software Development Costs

          Product development expenses consist primarily of expenses incurred in research and development, software engineering and web design activities and related personnel compensation to create, enhance and deploy our software infrastructure. Product and software development costs, other

F-19


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


than software development costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred. Costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use that are incurred in the preliminary project and post implementation stages are expensed as incurred. Certain costs incurred during the application and development stage, which include compensation and related expenses, costs of computer hardware and software, and costs incurred in developing additional features and functionality of the services, are capitalized. The estimated useful life of costs capitalized is evaluated for each specific project. Capitalized costs are generally amortized using the straight-line method over a three year estimated useful life, beginning in the period in which the software is ready for its intended use. Unamortized amounts are included in property and equipment, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Capitalized software development costs totaled $10,198 (net of $3,123 accumulated amortization), $13,696 (net of $7,603 accumulated amortization) and $15,034 (net of $10,610 accumulated amortization) (unaudited) as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010, respectively.

Preferred Stock Warrants

          Preferred stock warrants on shares subject to mandatory or contingent redemption are classified as liabilities as the underlying preferred stock contains provisions that allow the holders the right to receive cash in the event of a deemed liquidation. Preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value and are remeasured each reporting period, with changes in fair value recorded in other income (expense) in the accompanying statements of operations.

Income Taxes

          Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company evaluates the realizability of deferred tax assets and recognizes a valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a future benefit on such deferred tax assets will not be realized.

          The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in its income tax (benefit) provision in the accompanying statements of operations.

Net Loss Per Share

          Basic loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is increased for cumulative preferred stock dividends earned during the period. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the

F-20


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


weighted average common shares outstanding plus potentially dilutive common shares. Because the Company reported losses for the periods presented, all potentially dilutive common shares comprising of stock options, RSPRs, warrants and convertible preferred stock are antidilutive.

          RSPRs are considered outstanding common shares and included in the computation of basic earnings per share as of the date that all necessary conditions of vesting are satisfied. RSPRs are excluded from the dilutive earnings per share calculation when their impact is antidilutive. Prior to satisfaction of all conditions of vesting, unvested RSPRs are considered contingently issuable shares and are excluded from weighted average common shares outstanding.

Foreign Currency Transactions

          Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are charged or credited to earnings as incurred. During the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company recorded a gain of $103, a loss of $342 and a gain of $52, respectively, in other income (expense) in the accompanying statements of operations associated with foreign currency transactions.

Foreign Currency Translation

          The financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars. Where the functional currency of a foreign subsidiary is its local currency, balance sheet accounts are translated at the current exchange rate and income statement items are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. Gains and losses resulting from translation are accumulated in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) within stockholders' deficit.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company commenced providing expanded disclosures about fair value measurements for financial assets and financial liabilities. The Company elected to defer the disclosure requirements for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements at fair value at least annually, until January 1, 2009.

          Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

    Level 1—valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets, or interest in open-end mutual funds that allow a company to sell its ownership interest back at net asset value on a daily basis. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets, liabilities or funds.

F-21


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Level 2—valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer, or broker markets, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities or quoted prices in markets that are not active. Level 2 includes U.S. Treasury, U.S. government and agency debt securities, and certain corporate obligations. Valuations are usually obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

    Level 3—valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other valuation methodologies, such as option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, and not based on market exchange, dealer, or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets or liabilities.

          In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

          The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, receivables from domain name registries, registry deposits, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and customer deposits approximate fair value because of their short maturities. The carrying amount of the Company's notes payable approximates fair value based on interest rates that would be available for similar debt obligations having similar maturity terms as of the balance sheet dates. The fair value of the Company's revolving line of credit is estimated using discounted cash flows based on the Company's incremental borrowing rates of similar types of borrowings. The fair value of the Company's revolving line of credit was approximately $53,100 and $10,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The Company's investments in marketable securities and its Series C preferred stock warrant liability are recorded at fair value. Certain assets, including equity investments, investments held at cost, goodwill and intangible assets are also subject to measurement at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, if they are deemed to be impaired as the result of an impairment review. During the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited), no impairments were recorded on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

F-22


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008, were as follows:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets

                         

Cash equivalents(1)

  $   $ 72,417   $   $ 72,417  

Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored agencies(2)

        14,006         14,006  

Corporate obligations(2)

        2,499         2,499  
                   

Total assets at fair value

  $   $ 88,922   $   $ 88,922  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Series C preferred stock warrants(3)

            166     166  
                   

Total liabilities at fair value

  $   $   $ 166   $ 166  
                   

(1)
—   comprises money market funds which are included in Cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheet

(2)
—   included in Marketable securities in the accompanying balance sheet

(3)
—   included in Other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet

          Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009, were as follows:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets

                         

Cash equivalents(1)

  $   $ 31,861   $   $ 31,861  

Corporate obligations(2)

        800         800  
                   

Total assets at fair value

  $   $ 32,661   $   $ 32,661  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Series C preferred stock warrants(3)

            225     225  
                   

Total liabilities at fair value

  $   $   $ 225   $ 225  
                   

(1)
—   comprises money market funds which are included in Cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheet

(2)
—   included in Marketable securities in the accompanying balance sheet

(3)
—   included in Other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet

F-23


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2010, were as follows:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Cash equivalents(1)

  $   $ 24,696   $   $ 24,696  
                   

Total assets at fair value

  $   $ 24,696   $   $ 24,696  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Series C preferred stock warrants(2)

            287     287  
                   

Total liabilities at fair value

  $   $   $ 287   $ 287  
                   

(1)
—   comprises money market funds which are included in Cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheet

(2)
—   included in Other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet

          There were no transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy for the periods presented.

          The Company chose not to elect the fair value option for its financial assets and liabilities that had not been previously carried at fair value. Therefore, material financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value, such as the Company's notes payable, revolving line of credit and trade accounts receivable and payables, are reported at their carrying values.

          For financial assets that utilize Level 1 and Level 2 inputs, the Company utilizes both direct and indirect observable price quotes, including quoted market prices (Level 1 inputs) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data (Level 2 inputs). The fair value of the Company's Series C preferred stock warrants (Note 16) was classified as a Level 3 instrument, as it uses unobservable inputs and requires management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments.

F-24


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          Assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were as follows:

 
  Auction Rate
Securities
  Series C
Preferred
Stock
Warrants
 

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 26,774   $ 593  
 

Change in fair value included in earnings(1)

        (350 )
 

Purchases

    8,100      
 

Sales

    (34,874 )    
 

Exchanges

        (77 )
           

Balance at December 31, 2008

        166  
 

Change in fair value included in earnings(1)

        59  
           

Balance at December 31, 2009

        225  
 

Change in fair value included in earnings(1) (unaudited)

        62  
           

Balance at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

  $   $ 287  
           

(1)
included in Other income (expense) in the accompanying statements of operations

          At December 31, 2007, the Company held investments in auction rate securities of $26,774. Observable market information was not available to determine the fair value of the Company's investments in auction rate securities ("ARS"). Therefore, the Company estimated their fair value using valuation models that relied on Level 3 inputs including those that are based on expected cash flow streams and collateral values, assessments of counterparty credit quality, default risk underlying the security, market discount rates and overall capital market liquidity. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company sold all its investments in auction rate securities at par value.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In August 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . This update provides clarification for circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. In such circumstances a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following techniques: (1) a valuation technique that uses: (a) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset; or (b) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; or (2) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of Topic 820 such as an income approach or a market approach. The guidance in this update was effective for the quarter beginning October 1, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

          In June 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17 which amends prior guidance to require an enterprise to replace the quantitative-based analysis in determining whether the enterprise's variable

F-25


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

interest or interests give it controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with a more qualitative approach by providing additional guidance regarding considerations for consolidating an entity. This guidance also requires enhanced disclosures to provide users of financial information with more transparent information about the enterprise's involvement in a variable interest entity. This statement was effective for January 1, 2010, and did not have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In October 2009, the FASB issued Update No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force ("ASU 2009-13"). ASU 2009-13 provides amendments to the criteria in ASC 605-25 "Multiple-Element Arrangements" for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. As a result of those amendments, multiple-deliverable arrangements will be separated in more circumstances than under existing accounting guidance. ASU 2009-13: 1) establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, 2) eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method, 3) requires that a vendor determine its best estimate of selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis, 4) significantly expands the disclosures related to a vendor's multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. ASU 2009- 13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Alternatively, the Company may retrospectively apply the guidance to all periods. The Company plans to adopt ASU 2009-14 using the prospective method effective January 1, 2011. The adoption of this accounting standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

          In October 2009, the FASB issued Update No. 2009-14, Software (Topic 985)—Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force ("ASU 2009-14"). ASU 2009-14 changes the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements and provides additional guidance on how to determine which software, if any, relating to tangible product would be excluded from the scope of the software revenue guidance. In addition, ASU 2009-14 provides guidance on how a vendor should allocate arrangement consideration to deliverables in an arrangement that includes both tangible products and software. ASU 2009-14 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Alternatively, the Company may retrospectively apply the guidance to all periods. The Company plans to adopt ASU 2009-14 using the prospective method effective January 1, 2011 and this adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

F-26


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

3. Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 
  2008   2009  

Computers and other related equipment

  $ 21,012   $ 23,479  

Purchased and internally developed software

    17,490     28,233  

Furniture and fixtures

    1,588     1,959  

Leasehold improvements

    1,620     2,070  
           

    41,710     55,741  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (12,757 )   (25,099 )
           
 

Property and equipment, net

  $ 28,953   $ 30,642  
           

          During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company wrote-off $2,756 and $2,621, respectively, of gross property and equipment associated with computers and other related equipment, and $1,979 and $2,316, respectively, of accumulated depreciation. These fixed asset write-offs were mostly identified through the Company's annual fixed asset physical inventory and were primarily related to disposals of assets with a zero net book value or assets that were deemed to be obsolete or inoperable. As a result and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company recorded a loss on disposal of property and equipment of approximately $777 and $305, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expenses on the Company's statements of operations.

          At December 31, 2009, total software under capital lease and vendor financing obligations consisted of $1,633 with accumulated amortization of $499. Amortization expense for assets under capital lease and vendor financing obligations for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $499.

          Depreciation and software amortization expense, which includes a loss on disposal of property and equipment of approximately $0, $777, $305, $0 (unaudited) and $0 (unaudited) for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively, by classification is shown below:

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Service costs

  $ 2,581   $ 8,158   $ 11,882   $ 5,391   $ 6,826  

Sales and marketing

    42     94     184     90     82  

Product development

    509     1,094     1,434     675     659  

General and administrative

    458     1,160     1,463     668     921  
                       
 

Total depreciation

  $ 3,590   $ 10,506   $ 14,963   $ 6,824   $ 8,488  
                       

F-27


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Intangible Assets

          Intangible assets consist of the following:

 
  December 31, 2008    
 
 
  Gross
carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net   Weighted
average
useful life
 

Owned website names

  $ 36,275   $ (20,377 ) $ 15,898     4.1  

Customer relationships

    21,946     (9,987 )   11,959     5.8  

Media content

    41,611     (12,378 )   29,233     5.5  

Technology

    34,259     (8,719 )   25,540     6.1  

Non-compete agreements

    14,248     (9,069 )   5,179     3.3  

Trade names

    11,173     (1,580 )   9,593     14.8  

Content publisher relationships

    2,113     (694 )   1,419     5.0  
                     

  $ 161,625   $ (62,804 ) $ 98,821     5.8  
                     

 

 
  December 31, 2009    
 
 
  Gross
carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net   Weighted
average
useful life
 

Owned website names

  $ 42,127   $ (29,577 ) $ 12,550     3.9  

Customer relationships

    21,946     (13,473 )   8,473     5.8  

Media content

    56,619     (19,933 )   36,686     5.4  

Technology

    34,259     (14,260 )   19,999     6.1  

Non-compete agreements

    14,248     (12,722 )   1,526     3.3  

Trade names

    11,013     (2,594 )   8,419     14.8  

Content publisher relationships

    2,113     (932 )   1,181     5.0  
                     

  $ 182,325   $ (93,491 ) $ 88,834     5.6  
                     

 

 
  June 30, 2010    
 
 
  Gross
carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net   Weighted
average
useful life
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Owned website names

  $ 44,659   $ (32,916 ) $ 11,743     3.8  

Customer relationships

    21,946     (15,118 )   6,828     5.8  

Media content

    75,197     (26,258 )   48,939     5.3  

Technology

    34,259     (16,914 )   17,345     6.1  

Non-compete agreements

    14,248     (13,904 )   344     3.3  

Trade names

    11,013     (3,106 )   7,907     14.8  

Content publisher relationships

    2,113     (1,049 )   1,064     5.0  
                     

  $ 203,435   $ (109,265 ) $ 94,170     5.6  
                     

F-28


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Intangible Assets (Continued)

          Identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Amortization expense by classification is shown below:

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Service costs

  $ 9,824   $ 18,474   $ 18,607   $ 9,289   $ 10,268  

Sales and marketing

    3,305     4,471     3,486     1,812     1,645  

Product development

    1,704     5,041     5,541     2,780     2,653  

General and administrative

    2,560     5,218     4,518     2,548     1,607  
                       
 

Total amortization

  $ 17,393   $ 33,204   $ 32,152   $ 16,429   $ 16,173  
                       

          Based upon the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization, the estimated amortization expense for the next five years as of December 31, 2009 is as follows: $27,126 in 2010, $21,315 in 2011, $16,866 in 2012, $11,672 in 2013, $6,809 in 2014 and $5,011 thereafter.

5. Goodwill

          The following table presents the changes in the Company's goodwill balance:

Balance at March 31, 2007

  $ 155,114  

Goodwill arising from acquisitions

    26,877  

Adjustments related to prior year acquisitions

    602  
       

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 182,593  

Goodwill arising from acquisitions

    42,540  

Adjustments related to prior year acquisitions

    69  
       

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 225,202  

Adjustment related to sale of certain online game businesses

    (282 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

  $ 224,920  
       

          In December 2009, the Company completed the sale of one of the Company's businesses acquired in conjunction with one of the Company's acquisitions during the year ended March 31, 2007, and certain company-owned assets, for aggregate cash consideration of $1,000. The combined and historical results of operations of this business was not significant in the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. The disposed assets included media content with an initial book value of $1,259 (fully amortized at the time of sale), trade names with an initial book value of $160 ($24 of accumulated amortization at the time of sale), and allocated goodwill of $282. In conjunction with this sale, the Company recorded a pretax gain on sale of $582, which is included as an offset against general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

F-29


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

5. Goodwill (Continued)

          Adjustments to goodwill during the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2008 represented additional acquisition costs recorded during the year that related to acquisitions made in the preceding year(s).

6. Investments in Marketable Securities

          Marketable securities consisted of the:

 
  Cost   Unrealized
Gains
  Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
 

December 31, 2008

                         

Certificates of deposit

  $ 1,000   $ 2   $   $ 1,002  

Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored agencies

    13,962     44         14,006  

Corporate obligations

    2,490     9         2,499  
                   
 

Total marketable securities

  $ 17,452   $ 55   $   $ 17,507  
                   

December 31, 2009

                         

Certificates of deposit

  $ 1,500   $   $   $ 1,500  

Corporate obligations

    800             800  
                   
 

Total marketable securities

  $ 2,300   $   $   $ 2,300  
                   

          In April 2010 the Company sold all its investments in marketable securities at par value.

          Realized gains and losses from sales of marketable securities are included in interest income, net, in the consolidated statements of operations and were not significant for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited). The Company recognizes realized gains and losses upon sale of marketable securities using the specific identification method.

7. Other Balance Sheets Items

          Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009
  June 30,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accounts receivable—trade

  $ 11,640   $ 16,277   $ 19,014  

Receivables from registries

    3,059     2,364     2,481  
               
 

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 14,699   $ 18,641   $ 21,495  
               

F-30


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Other Balance Sheets Items (Continued)

          Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009
  June 30,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued payroll and related items

  $ 3,027   $ 5,795   $ 5,118  

Domain owners' royalties payable

    426     1,078     1,239  

Commissions payable

    2,229     2,597     2,164  

Customer deposits

    4,540     5,014     4,832  

Other

    6,189     5,702     6,227  
               
 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  $ 16,411   $ 20,186   $ 19,580  
               

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

          The Company conducts its operations utilizing leased office facilities in various locations. The Company's leases expire between January 2010 and July 2013.

          The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases as of December 31, 2009:

 
  Operating
Leases
  Capital
Leases
 

Year ending December 31,

             
 

2010

  $ 3,745   $ 532  
 

2011

    3,338     532  
 

2012

    2,312      
 

2013

    1,195      
           
   

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 10,590   $ 1,064  
           
     

Less interest expense

          (25 )
             
   

Capital lease obligation

        $ 1,039  
             

          As of December 31, 2009, capital lease obligations of $551 and $488 are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities, non-current, respectively.

          Rent expense incurred by the Company was $1,706, $3,601 and $3,776, respectively, for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company recorded a deferred rent liability included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of $516 and $634, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Letters of Credit

          At December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had outstanding letters of credit with the Company's primary commercial bank for approximately $7,100 and $6,800, respectively. In May 2008 and in October 2008, under the Company's $100,000 revolving credit agreement (see Note 9—Notes Payable and Revolving Line of Credit), the Company entered into three new standby letter of credit arrangements totaling $5,400, associated with certain payment arrangements with domain name registries and a $1,700 standby letter of credit, which replaced an existing standby letter of credit related to a security agreement under a real estate lease. In August 2009, the standby letter of credit related to a real estate lease was reduced by $300.

Litigation

          From time to time, the Company is involved in various claims, lawsuits and pending actions against the Company in the normal course of its business. The Company believes that the ultimate resolution of such claims, lawsuits and pending actions will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Taxes

          From time to time, various federal, state and other jurisdictional tax authorities undertake review of the Company and its filings. In evaluating the exposure associated with various tax filing positions, the Company accrues charges for possible exposures. The Company believes any adjustments that may ultimately be required as a result of any of these reviews will not be material to its consolidated financial statements.

Expired Domain Name Agreement

          On February 14, 2008, the Company entered into a three-year contract with an existing customer to manage certain expired website names owned and operated by the customer, as amended (the "Amended Domain Agreement"). Under the Amended Domain Agreement: (i) the Company manages its customer's revenues and sales of its website names in exchange for a revenue share; (ii) the Company committed to provide the customer with a minimum of $1,750 of revenues per year (the "Annual Guarantee") for a total of $5,250 over the three year contractual period and (iii) in the event annual revenues generated under the Amended Domain Agreement are less than the Annual Guarantee (as defined), the Company is able to satisfy the difference through the purchase of the customer's then existing website names (as defined). The Amended Domain Agreement can be terminated without penalty by either the Company or the customer within 60 days prior to the end of each annual renewal period.

          Gross revenues generated through the sale and management of the customer's website names revenues was $332 and $349 during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The remaining Annual Guarantee for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 was satisfied through the purchase of website names for the Company's own use in April 2009 and March 2010, respectively.

F-32


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Domain Name Asset Purchase Agreement

          On February 9, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with an unrelated party to purchase $1,000 of website names and to manage certain expired website names owned and operated by the customer in exchange for a revenue share (the "Domain Name Asset Purchase Agreement"). The Domain Name Asset Purchase Agreement expires in August 2010 and is renewable upon mutual agreement for an additional twelve-month period. In conjunction with the Domain Asset Purchase Agreement and beginning in June 2009, the Company also committed to purchase at least $300 of expired website names every sixty-day period or a total of $1,800 over the thirty-month contractual period. The contract can be terminated by either the Company or the counter party within 30 days prior to the end of each annual renewal period. The aggregate value of expired website names purchased by the Company from inception through December 31, 2009 and during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 was $1,184 and $622 (unaudited).

Indemnifications

          In its normal course of business, the Company has made certain indemnities, commitments and guarantees under which it may be required to make payments in relation to certain transactions. Those indemnities include intellectual property indemnities to the Company's customers, indemnities to directors and officers of the Company to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware and indemnifications related to the Company's lease agreements. In addition, the Company's advertiser and distribution partner agreements contain certain indemnification provisions which are generally consistent with those prevalent in the Company's industry. The Company has not incurred significant obligations under indemnification provisions historically and does not expect to incur significant obligations in the future. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnities, commitments and guarantees in the accompanying balance sheets.

9. Notes Payable and Revolving Line of Credit

Revolving Line of Credit Agreements

          On May 25, 2007, the Company entered into a five-year $100,000 revolving line of credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with a commercial bank syndicate. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company can borrow up to the lesser of $100,000 or three times trailing four quarters EBITDA (as defined) prior to March 2010. The borrowing limit declines to the lesser of $100,000 or two and a half times trailing four quarters EBITDA (as defined) prior to March 2011, and two times trailing four quarters EBITDA (as defined) prior to March 2012.

          The Company may choose a prime-based interest rate or LIBOR-based borrowings, plus an applicable interest rate margin. The Credit Agreement provides that the applicable interest margin is based on the level of borrowings relative to the Company's EBITDA (as defined). Principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement are due on May 25, 2012 and interest is payable in arrears in accordance with the terms of each loan: quarterly for prime based loans and in one to six-month intervals for LIBOR based loans. The average interest rate during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 was 4.21% and 1.83%, respectively.

F-33


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Notes Payable and Revolving Line of Credit (Continued)

          During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company borrowed $55,000 in the form of LIBOR-based loans under the Credit Agreement to partially finance its acquisition of Pluck.

          In March 2009, the Company borrowed an additional $37,000 under the existing credit facility (the March 2009 Borrowing). The interest on the March 2009 Borrowing was paid monthly in arrears, in accordance with the terms.

          In August 2009 and in November 2009, the Company repaid $42,000 and $40,000 of the outstanding loans, respectively. The applicable interest on the remaining $10,000 of outstanding loans at December 31, 2009 was approximately 1.23%. These loans were repaid in full in February 2010.

          The collateral for the Credit Agreement consists of substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Company, under perfected security interests, including pledges of the common stock of all subsidiaries of the Company. The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, material adverse event clause and certain financial covenants, such as a minimum fixed charge ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

          At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, the aggregate borrowings available under the Credit Agreement was approximately $82,200 and $92,460 (unaudited) based on the Company's trailing 12-month EBITDA (as defined).

          Total debt issuance costs associated with the Credit Agreement were $1,694, which are being amortized as interest expense over the term of the Credit Agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, $403 and $386, respectively, of debt issuance costs were amortized and included in interest expense. At December 31, 2009, net debt issuance costs of $336 and $468 are included in other current assets and other assets, non-current, respectively.

Acquisition Related Debt

          In April 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of eNom. As part of the purchase consideration, the Company provided certain eNom shareholders with $2,500 of unsecured promissory notes with a maturity date of April 28, 2009. These promissory notes were repaid in full in May 2007.

          In May 2006 the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of eHow. As part of the purchase consideration, the Company provided the eHow sellers with $10,000 of secured promissory notes with a maturity date of May 1, 2009. These promissory notes were repaid in full in May 2007.

          In August 2006 the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Trails.com, Inc. ("Trails"). As part of the purchase consideration, the Company provided the shareholders with $4,000 of unsecured promissory notes with a maturity date of August 31, 2008, bearing interest at 7% annually and payable on a semi-annual basis. These promissory notes were repaid in full, including $142 accrued interest, in August 2008.

          In March 2008 the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Pluck. As part of the purchase consideration, the Company provided certain Pluck shareholders with $10,000 of unsecured

F-34


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Notes Payable and Revolving Line of Credit (Continued)


promissory notes with a maturity date of April 3, 2009. These promissory notes and $772 accrued interest were repaid in full in April 2009.

10. Income Taxes

          The provision for income taxes for the Company consists of the following:

 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
  Year ended
December 31,
2008
  Year ended
December 31,
2009
 

Current expense (benefit)

                   
 

Federal

  $   $   $ 7  
 

State

        124     175  
 

International

        18     45  

Deferred expense (benefit)

                   
 

Federal

    (1,902 )   (2,953 )   3,033  
 

State

    (391 )   (2,925 )   (597 )
               
   

Total income tax (benefit) provision

  $ (2,293 ) $ (5,736 ) $ 2,663  
               

          The reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows:

 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
  Year ended
December 31,
2008
  Year ended
December 31,
2009
 

Expected income tax (benefit) provision at U.S. statutory rate

  $ (2,764 ) $ (6,983 ) $ (6,817 )

State tax expense (benefit), net of federal taxes

    (254 )   (456 )   (481 )

Nondeductible stock-based compensation

    670     1,217     832  

Tax-exempt income

        (137 )    

State rate changes

        (1,578 )   226  

Valuation allowance

        1,815     8,823  

Other

    55     386     80  
               
 

Total income tax (benefit) provision

  $ (2,293 ) $ (5,736 ) $ 2,663  
               

F-35


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 are presented below:

 
  2008   2009  

Deferred tax assets

             

Accrued liabilities not currently deductible

  $ 2,116   $ 3,272  

Intangible assets—excess of financial statement amortization over tax

    6,040     7,731  

Deferred revenue

    2,539     4,096  

Net operating losses

    25,755     25,482  

Stock-based compensation

        861  

Other

    97     224  
           

    36,547     41,666  
           

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Deferred registration costs

    (11,842 )   (12,568 )

Prepaid expenses

    (1,951 )   (1,817 )

Goodwill not amortized for financial reporting

    (7,200 )   (10,326 )

Intangible assets—excess of financial statement basis over tax basis

    (16,979 )   (12,542 )

Stock-based compensation

    (950 )    

Property and equipment

    (4,032 )   (4,634 )

Other

    (194 )    
           

    (43,148 )   (41,887 )
           

Valuation allowance

    (1,815 )   (10,638 )
           
   

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (8,416 ) $ (10,859 )
           

Current

  $ (13,544 ) $ (13,302 )

Noncurrent

    5,128     2,443  
           

  $ (8,416 ) $ (10,859 )
           

          As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of approximately $71,000 each, which expire between 2020 and 2028, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had state NOL carryforwards of approximately $10,000, which expire between 2013 and 2029.

          Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, provide for annual limitations on the utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards if the Company were to undergo an ownership change, as defined in Section 382. Changes in the Company's equity structure and the acquisitions by the Company of eNom, Trails, Maps a La Carte, Pagewise and Pluck resulted in such an ownership change. Accordingly, the estimated annual utilization of net operating loss carryforward is limited to approximately $6.7 million as of December 31, 2009.

          The Company reduces the deferred tax asset resulting from future tax benefits by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion

F-36


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Income Taxes (Continued)


or all of these deferred taxes will not be realized. The timing of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities associated with tax deductible goodwill is not certain and thus not available to assure the realization of deferred tax assets. Similarly, state deferred tax liabilities in excess of state deferred tax assets are not available to ensure the realization of federal deferred tax assets. After consideration of these limitations associated with deferred tax liabilities, the Company has deferred tax assets in excess deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2009. As the Company has no history of generating book income, the ultimate future realization of these excess deferred tax assets is not more likely than not and thus subject to a valuation allowance. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $1,815 and $10,638 against its deferred taxes was required at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The change in the valuation allowance from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 and from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 was an increase of $1,815 and $8,823, respectively.

          The Company is subject to the accounting guidance for uncertain income tax positions. The Company believes that its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flow. Therefore, as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) no reserves for uncertain income tax positions have been recorded.

          The Company's policy for recording interest and penalties as a result of tax audits is to record such items as a component of income tax expense. There were no amounts accrued for penalties and interest as of or during the period for the tax years 2007, 2008 and 2009. No uncertain income tax positions were recorded during 2009, and the Company does not expect its uncertain tax position to change during the next twelve months. Management is currently unaware of any issues under review that could result in significant payment, accruals or material deviations from its position.

11. Related Party Transactions

          In April 2006 and in connection with the acquisition of eNom, the Company issued a $1,275 unsecured promissory note, bearing interest at 7% annually, to a certain former eNom shareholder, who was then an employee and board member of the Company. The promissory note was repaid in full in May 2007. As of December 31, 2009, this individual was no longer an employee and board member of the Company.

          In August 2006 and in connection with the acquisition of Trails, the Company issued unsecured, interest-only promissory notes, bearing interest at 7% annually, in the amounts of $1,110 and $1,031 to two former Trails shareholders who became employees of the Company as a result of the acquisition. The promissory notes were repaid in full in August 2008.

          The Company's Chief Executive Officer was the Chairman of the board of iCrossing, Inc. ("iCrossing"), which provided approximately $94, $10 and $15 in marketing services to the Company during the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Four of the Company's shareholders were also investors in iCrossing. iCrossing was sold.

F-37


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

          The Company's Chief Executive Officer and certain members of the board of directors are on the board of The FRS Company ("FRS"). The Company recognized approximately $84, $151, $84 (unaudited) and $55 (unaudited) in revenues for advertising and social media services during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

          In January 2008, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of The Daily Plate (TheDailyPlate.com), a community-based website for nutrition and fitness enthusiasts for total purchase consideration of $5,000, including acquisition costs. The Daily Plate was owned and operated by four employees of the Company prior to the acquisition by the Company.

          In March 2008 and in connection with the acquisition of Pluck, the Company issued an $899 unsecured promissory note to a certain former Pluck shareholder, who is currently an employee of the Company. The $899 unsecured promissory note bore interest at 7% annually, matured and was repaid on April 3, 2009.

          In May 2009 the Company entered into a Master Relationship Agreement with Mom, Inc. ("Modern Mom"), a Delaware corporation that is co-owned and operated by the wife of the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the Master Relationship Agreement, the Company entered into various services and product agreements in exchange for certain services, promotions and endorsements from Modern Mom (collectively, the "Modern Mom Agreements"). Terms of the Modern Mom Agreements included, but were not limited to providing Modern Mom with dedicated office space, limited Company resources, set-up and hosting services of its social media applications and a perpetual right to display certain content on the Modern Mom website. In consideration of our obligations under the Modern Mom Agreements, Modern Mom agreed to provide the Company with certain promotional and branding services, and $57 to acquire certain content from the Company. The term of the Master Relationship Agreement was two years from the effective date (unless specified otherwise). As of December 31, 2009, Modern Mom received dedicated office space, internal resource time, the Company's proprietary social media applications and tools on its website, and a license to use certain Content on its website. As of December 31, 2009, the Company received its $57 fee, as well as certain promotional and branding services from Modern Mom.

          In September 2009 the Company entered into a Media and Advertising Agreement with Modern Mom. Under the terms of the Media and Advertising Agreement, Modern Mom appointed the Company as its nonexclusive sales agent to sell advertising over its website, www.modernmom.com in exchange for commissions equal to 35% of the related advertisements the Company sells, bills and collects on behalf of Modern Mom (as defined). Through December 31, 2009, there were no advertisements sold by the Company on behalf of Modern Mom. The amount of advertisements sold by the Company during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 was not significant.

          In March 2010, the Company agreed to provide Modern Mom with ten thousand units of textual articles, to be displayed on the Modern Mom website, for an aggregate fee of up to $500. As of June 30, 2010 no articles have been delivered to Modern Mom.

F-38


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

          One of the Company' s board members, who became a director in April 2010, is the Senior Vice President and General Manager of Omniture, Inc. ("Omniture"), which provided approximately $51 (unaudited) in online marketing services to the Company during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010.

          From time to time, certain employees contracted with the Company to participate in certain Company-sponsored programs (collectively, the "Company-sponsored Programs"). In return for their participation in these Company-sponsored Programs, employees were remunerated in the form of monthly revenue sharing and or one-time payments during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007. Payments to employees under these Company-sponsored Programs during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 were not significant individually and in the aggregate. In April 2010, the Company effectively discontinued certain employees' ongoing participation in one of these Company-sponsored Programs through a one-time payment, which was less than $100 in the aggregate.

12. Employee Benefit Plan

          The Company has a defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code ("401(k) Plan") covering all full-time employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Eligible employees may defer up to 90% of their pre-tax eligible compensation, up to the annual maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. Under the 401(k) Plan, the Company may, but is not obligated to, match a portion of the employee contributions up to a defined maximum. The Company did not make any matching contributions for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited).

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards

Stock Option Plans

          Under the Company's 2006 Amended Equity Incentive Plan ("the Plan"), the Plan's Administrator, appointed by the Company's board of directors, may grant up to 55,000,000 stock options and RSPRs to employees, officers, nonemployee directors, and consultants and such options may be designated as incentive or nonqualified stock options at the discretion of the Plan Administrator. As of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, 4,457 and 879 (unaudited) stock-based awards were available for grant under the Plan. Generally, stock option grants have 10-year terms and employee stock options and RSPRs vest 1/4th on the anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th monthly thereafter, over a 4-year period. Certain stock options and RSPRs have accelerated vesting provisions in the event of a change in control, termination without cause or an initial public offering (as defined).

F-39


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards

Valuation of Awards

          The per share fair value of stock options granted with service and/or performance conditions was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
  Year ended
December 31,
2008
  Year ended
December 31,
2009

Expected life (in years)

  6.25   6.19   5.72

Risk-free interest rate

  3.28-4.98%   1.54-3.52%   1.37-2.86%

Expected volatility range

  77-80%   65-72%   60-62%

Weighted average expected volatility

  79%   69%   61%

Expected dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%

          The expected term of stock options granted represents the weighted average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. Effective January 1, 2009, the Company determined the expected term assumption based on the Company's historical exercise behavior combined with estimates of the post-vesting holding period. Prior to January 1, 2009, the Company did not have adequate history of exercises of its stock-based awards and used the simplified method to calculate the expected term for its options, as allowed by Staff Accounting Bulletin SEC Topic 14, Share-Based Payments . Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of peer companies in the Company's industry that have similar vesting and contractual terms. The risk free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury issues with terms approximately equal to the expected life of the option. The Company currently has no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock.

          The expected term for performance-based and non-employee awards is based on the period of time for which each award is expected to be outstanding, which is typically the remaining contractual term.

F-40


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards (Continued)

Award Activity

Stock Options

          Stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 is as follows:

 
  Number of
options
outstanding
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(in years)
  Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 
 
  (In thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

    16,045   $ 1.54              

Options granted

    10,364     3.60              

Options exercised

    (578 )   1.02              

Options forfeited or expired

    (2,290 )   1.78              
                         

Balance at December 31, 2009

    23,541   $ 2.44     8.34   $ 30,197  

Options granted (unaudited)

    4,246     3.95              

Options exercised (unaudited)

    (599 )   1.19              

Options forfeited or expired (unaudited)

    (1,068 )   1.94              
                         

Balance at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    26,120   $ 2.74     8.17   $ 78,713  
                         

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

    6,873   $ 1.91     7.62   $ 11,336  

Exercisable at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    9,025   $ 2.20     7.49   $ 32,079  

          Included in options outstanding at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) are 7 warrants to purchase common stock issued to a consultant.

          The pre-tax aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options is based on the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and their exercise prices, respectively.

F-41


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards (Continued)

          Information related to stock option grants during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 is as follows:

Grant date
  Number of
options
granted
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Weighted
average
fair value
of common
stock
  Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 
 
  (In thousands, except share and per share data)
 

February 2009

    694   $ 1.60   $ 2.40   $ 0.80  

March 2009

    1,926     1.60     2.40     0.80  

April 2009

    201     1.65     2.43     0.78  

May 2009

    10     1.65     2.43     0.78  

June 2009

    6,453     4.68     2.43      

July 2009

    289     2.15     2.77     0.62  

September 2009

    371     2.45     2.97     0.52  

November 2009

    420     2.65     3.10     0.45  
                         

Total granted during the year ended December 31, 2009

    10,364                    

January 2010 (unaudited)

    657     3.35     3.57     0.22  

March 2010 (unaudited)

    2,908     3.85     4.42     0.57  

May 2010 (unaudited)

    542     4.87     4.87      

June 2010 (unaudited)

    139     5.37     5.37      
                         

Total granted during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    4,246                    
                         

          During the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company granted certain senior-level employees performance-based stock options to purchase 450, 394 and 35 shares of common stock with weighted average exercise price of $1.51, $2.43 and $1.60, respectively. These performance-based stock options vest upon achieving various operational and financial benchmarks, such as sales targets. As of December 31, 2009, there were 362 performance-based options outstanding.

          For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company recognized compensation cost of $47, $78 and $263, respectively, for performance-based stock option awards for which the Company concluded that the performance condition was achieved or is probable of being achieved. As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately $46 of unrecognized compensation cost related to these unvested performance-based stock option awards.

          During the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company granted certain executive-level employees performance and market-based stock options to purchase an aggregate 2,750 and 500 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 and $2.35 per share, respectively. These performance and market-based stock option awards vest upon a change in control event or following an initial public offering ("IPO") (as defined), subject to meeting certain minimum stock price thresholds. If these vesting events do not occur within six years

F-42


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards (Continued)


from the grant date, no vesting will occur. Because neither a change-in-control event nor an IPO event was deemed to be probable as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), no compensation expense has been recorded for these performance and market-based stock option awards. The grant-date fair value of such awards was determined using a binomial lattice model. As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately $1,200 of unrecognized compensation cost related to these unvested performance and market-based stock option awards that will be recognized when and if the performance conditions become probable of being met. In February 2010, the Company modified the terms of these stock option awards to reduce the stock price upon which the awards would vest following an IPO, among other changes. The Company will recognize an additional $1,600 (unaudited) of compensation if an IPO occurs, as a result of the modification.

          The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2009:

Range of
Exercise
Prices
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.08 - 0.94

    2,263     6.80   $ 0.72     1,695   $ 0.71  

  1.00 - 1.00

    5,094     7.00     1.00     1,584     1.00  

  1.44 - 1.56

    932     7.87     1.50     548     1.50  

  1.60 - 1.60

    2,460     9.13     1.60     213     1.60  

  1.65 - 2.20

    3,041     8.41     2.09     1,088     2.12  

  2.35 - 2.55

    1,484     8.72     2.41     211     2.44  

  2.65 - 2.65

    420     9.52     2.65          

  2.85 - 2.85

    905     8.59     2.85     313     2.85  

  2.95 - 2.95

    642     8.82     2.95     196     2.95  

  4.75 - 4.75

    6,300     9.44     4.75     1,025     4.75  
                             

    23,541     8.34   $ 2.44     6,873   $ 1.91  
                             

          Information related to stock-based compensation activity is as follows:

 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009  

Weighted average fair value of options granted

  $ 0.77   $ 1.48   $ 1.25  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

    335     1,439     991  

Total fair value of restricted stock vested

    1,748     4,960     6,617  

          As of December 31, 2009, there was $15,466 of stock-based compensation expense related to the non-vested portion of time-vested stock options not yet recognized, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.10 years.

F-43


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards (Continued)

RSPRs

          RSPR activity for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 is as follows:

 
  Shares   Weighted
average
grant date
fair value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2008

    9,366   $ 0.46  
 

Granted

           
 

Repurchased

    (475 )   1.20  
 

Vested

    (4,815 )   0.36  
           

Unvested at December 31, 2009

    4,076   $ 0.85  
 

Granted (unaudited)

    400     4.43  
 

Vested (unaudited)

    (1,600 )   0.33  
           

Unvested at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    2,876   $ 1.64  
           

          Information related to RSPR grants during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 is as follows:

Grant date
  Number of
RSPRs
granted
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Weighted
average
fair value
of common
stock
  Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

March 2010 (unaudited)

    400   $   $ 4.43   $ 4.43  

          During the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the Company granted 2,000 RSPR awards with performance and market conditions to a key executive. These awards vest based upon a change-in-control event or following an IPO (as defined), subject to meeting certain minimum stock price thresholds. If these vesting events do not occur within six years from the grant date, no vesting will occur. No such awards were granted during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. Because neither a change-in-control event nor IPO is deemed to be probable as of December 31, 2009, no compensation expense has been recorded for these RSPR awards. As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately $900 of unrecognized compensation cost related to these awards that will be recognized when and if the performance conditions become probable of being met. In February 2010, the Company modified the terms of the RSPR to reduce the stock price upon which the award would vest following an IPO, among other changes. The Company will recognize an additional $1,300 (unaudited) of compensation if an IPO occurs, as a result of the modification.

F-44


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards (Continued)

          During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company granted 333 RSPR awards, respectively, to certain executives which vest over a 4-year period and accelerate on an IPO event (as defined). The Company recorded compensation expense of $241, $193, $98 (unaudited) and $66 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively, related to these stock awards. The remaining unrecognized compensation cost of $133 will be recognized over the earlier of an IPO event (as defined) or ratably over the remaining service period.

          During the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the Company granted 400 RSPR awards to an executive which vest over a 4-year period. The Company recorded compensation expense of $175 (unaudited) for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, related to these stock awards. The remaining unrecognized compensation cost of $1,597 (unaudited) will be recognized ratably over the remaining service period.

          During the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized expense of $508 and $159, respectively, related to a performance-based RSPR award granted to a key senior-level employee during the year ended March 31, 2007. The operational benchmarks were achieved during the year ended December 31, 2008, and as such all remaining compensation cost for this award was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2008.

          As of December 31, 2009 there was approximately $942 of total RSPR compensation expense related to non-vested service-based RSPR awards without performance and/or market conditions not yet recognized (including the RSPR awards with the acceleration clause described above), which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years beyond December 31, 2009.

          For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the compensation expense related to non-employee RSPR grants was $177, $72 and $16, respectively. The unvested portion of RSPRs granted to non-employees is remeasured to fair value each reporting period.

          In connection with the acquisition of Pluck (Note 18—Business Combinations), the Company agreed to pay out the remaining unvested Pluck stock options held by then-Pluck employees at the date of the acquisition. Payments would be made as the then-unvested Pluck options vested and contingent on the employees continued employment with the Company. As a result, the Company paid and expensed as part of stock-based compensation $899 and $564 during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, related to these options, and expects to pay approximately $600 beyond December 31, 2009.

LIVESTRONG.com Warrants

          In January 2008, the Company entered into a license agreement with the Lance Armstrong Foundation, Inc. (the "License Agreement") and an Endorsement and Spokesperson Agreement with Lance Armstrong (the "Endorsement Agreement"). Lance Armstrong Foundation ("LAF)" is a non-profit organization dedicated to uniting people to fight cancer and Lance Armstrong ("Mr. Armstrong") is a seven-time winner of the Tour de France and an advocate for cancer patients.

F-45


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards (Continued)

          The License Agreement grants the Company a perpetual, worldwide, exclusive license to use the LIVESTRONG.com brand, trademark and certain website names associated therewith, including LIVESTRONG.com. The Company used the license to build the LIVESTRONG.com website as the Company's anchor health and wellness media property. In consideration for the license, the

          Company agreed to pay LAF a one-time, upfront royalty in the form of ten-year warrants to purchase 1,250 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share (the "LAF Warrant"). The LAF Warrant is classified as an intangible asset and is being amortized over its estimated life, which is ten years. The aggregate value of the LAF Warrant was $1,738, of which $174 and $167 of amortization expense was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The LAF warrant terminates on the earlier of (i) January 15, 2018, (ii) the closing date of the Company's IPO or (iii) the closing of a change of control (as defined).

          During the term of the Endorsement Agreement ending on December 31, 2011, Lance Armstrong ("Armstrong") will provide certain services and endorsement rights to the Company. In consideration of Mr. Armstrong's services, the Company issued a one-time upfront consideration in the form of a ten-year warrant to purchase 1,250 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share (the "Livestrong Warrant"). No royalties or other consideration are payable to Armstrong under this agreement. The Livestrong Warrant is being recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is four years, on a straight-line basis. The aggregate value of the Livestrong Warrant was $1,738, of which $439 and $420 of stock-based compensation expense was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, $439 and $440 is included in Prepaid expenses and other assets and Other assets, respectively, in the accompanying balance sheet.

          The Livestrong Warrant terminates on the earlier of (i) January 15, 2018, (ii) the closing date of the Company's IPO or (iii) the closing of a change of control (as defined).

          The per share fair value of the LAF Warrant and the Livestrong Warrant was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model considering the contractual life of 10 years; expected volatility of 91.3%; and risk-free interest rate of 3.7%.

BEI Warrant (unaudited)

          In June 2010, the Company entered into a website development, endorsement and license agreement with Bankable Enterprises, Inc. ("BEI") (the "BEI Agreement"). BEI is wholly owned by Tyra Banks ("Ms. Banks"), a business woman and celebrity.

          During the term of the BEI Agreement, which commences on July 1, 2010 and ends on July 1, 2014, Ms. Banks will provide certain services and endorsement rights to the Company, and will license to the Company certain intellectual property. The Company will use this intellectual property to build an owned and operated website on beauty and fashion. As consideration for Ms. Banks' services, the Company issued a fully-vested four-year warrant to purchase 750 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. The warrant terminates on the earlier of (i) June 30, 2014 or (ii) the closing of a change of control (as defined). In addition, BEI will receive certain royalties on advertising revenues in excess of certain minimum royalty thresholds (as defined).

F-46


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards (Continued)

          The warrant is being recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is approximately four years, on a straight-line basis. The aggregate value of the BEI warrant was approximately $1,880 (unaudited), of which $0 (unaudited) expense was recorded during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, $451 (unaudited) and $1,429 (unaudited) is included in prepaid expenses and other assets and other assets, respectively, in the accompanying June 30, 2010 balance sheet. The BEI warrant fair value was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model considering the contractual life of 4 years; expected volatility of 57%; and risk-free interest rate of 1.5%.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

          Stock-based compensation expense related to all employee and non-employee stock-based awards was as follows:

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Stock-based compensation included in

                               
 

Service costs

  $ 52   $ 586   $ 473   $ 202   $ 428  
 

Sales and marketing

    241     1,576     1,561     613     968  
 

Product development

    504     1,030     1,349     463     775  
 

General and administrative

    2,873     3,158     3,973     1,923     2,600  
                       
   

Total stock-based compensation included in net loss

    3,670     6,350     7,356     3,201     4,771  

Income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation included in net loss

    (509 )   (1,142 )            
                       

  $ 3,161   $ 5,208   $ 7,356   $ 3,201   $ 4,771  
                       

          Included in the table above are cash payments of $899, $565, $323 (unaudited) and $193 (unaudited) related to the remaining unvested Pluck stock options for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. In addition, $420, $439, $220 (unaudited) and $220 (unaudited) of expense related to the Livestrong Warrant are included in the table above, for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

          During the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, $52, $714, $700, $375 (unaudited) and $397 (unaudited), respectively, of stock-based compensation expense related to stock options was capitalized as part of internally developed software projects.

F-47


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Common Stock

          Each share of common stock has the right to one vote per share. Each restricted stock purchase right has the right to one vote per share and the right to receive dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to common shares, subject to restrictions for continued employment service.

15. Convertible Preferred Stock

          The Company is authorized to issue 700,000 shares of stock comprised of 500,000 shares of common stock and 200,000 shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in distinct series, of which there were four authorized as of December 31, 2009: Convertible Series A preferred stock ("Convertible Series A Preferred Stock"), 85,000 shares authorized; Convertible Series B preferred stock ("Convertible Series B Preferred Stock"), 15,000 shares authorized; Convertible Series C preferred stock ("Convertible Series C Preferred Stock"), 27,000 shares authorized; and Convertible Series D preferred stock ("Convertible Series D Preferred Stock"), 26,150 shares authorized.

          Convertible preferred stock activity during the periods indicated is as follows:

 
  Convertible Series A
preferred stock
  Convertible Series B
preferred stock
  Convertible Series C
preferred stock
  Convertible Series D
preferred stock
   
 
 
  Total
preferred
stock
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at March 31, 2007

    65,333   $ 122,168     9,464   $ 17,000     25,969   $ 100,287       $   $ 239,455  

Issuance of Convertible Series C preferred stock

                    78     300             300  

Issuance of Convertible Series D preferred stock

                            16,667     100,000     100,000  

Stock issuance costs

                                (304 )   (304 )

Reclassification of warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock to non-current liabilities

                        (489 )           (489 )
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2007

    65,333     122,168     9,464     17,000     26,047     100,098     16,667     99,696     338,962  

Issuance of Convertible Series D preferred stock

                            5,833     35,000     35,000  

Stock issuance costs

                                (208 )   (208 )
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    65,333   $ 122,168     9,464   $ 17,000     26,047   $ 100,098     22,500   $ 134,488   $ 373,754  
                                       

          The following is a summary of the rights and preferences of the classes of preferred stock as of December 31, 2009:

          Dividends—  The Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, Convertible Series C Preferred Stock and Convertible Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends on a pari passu basis, and out of any assets legally available when and if declared by the board of directors. The Convertible Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the board of directors after all accrued and unpaid dividends have been paid on the outstanding Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, Convertible Series C Preferred Stock and Convertible Series D Preferred Stock and prior to and in

F-48


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)


preference to the declaration of dividends on the Company's common stock. The preferred stock dividends accrue cumulatively, whether or not declared at the rate of: 6% per annum in the case of the Convertible Series A and Convertible Series C Preferred Stock; 3% per annum in the case of the Convertible Series B Preferred Stock; and 9% per annum in the case of the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock and are compounded quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December for each year until paid.

          Liquidation preference—  In the event of a liquidation (as defined), which includes a sale of the Company, the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock will receive the Series D Liquidation Preference (as defined), which is equal to the original price per share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock ($6.00 per share), prior to and in preference to the Series A, Series B and Series C Liquidation Preferences (as defined). After the Series D Liquidation Preference has been paid, the Convertible Series C Preferred Stock will receive the Series C Liquidation Preference, which is equal to the original price per share of the Convertible Series C Preferred Stock ($3.8507), prior to and in preference to the Series A and Series B Liquidation Preferences. After the Series C Liquidation Preference has been paid, the Convertible Series A Preferred Stock will receive the Series A Liquidation Preference, which is equal to the original price per share of the Convertible Series A Preferred Stock ($1.875), prior to and in preference to the Series B Liquidation Preference. After the Series A Liquidation Preference has been paid, the Convertible Series B Preferred Stock will receive the Series B Liquidation Preference, which is equal to the original price per share ($1.7963). To the extent that the liquidation preference is insufficient to satisfy payment to the respective Series of Preferred Stock, then the assets will be distributed pro rata to that Series.

          After the payment to the holders of preferred stock in the preferential amounts as described above, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive (whether declared or not declared), out of the assets of the Company, any accrued but unpaid preferred dividends. The dividends for Convertible Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock compounded quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December and accrue cumulatively at the rate of: 6% per annum in the case of the Convertible Series A and Convertible Series C Preferred Stock; 3% per annum in the case of the Convertible Series B Preferred Stock; and 9% per annum in the case of the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock.

          If upon a liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the holders of preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of all accrued and unpaid preferred dividends, then the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of preferred stock with equal priority and on pro rata basis. If, after the payment to holders of preferred stock of all accrued but unpaid preferred dividends, holders of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock have not received preferred dividends in an amount equal to at least $1.50 per share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock, then the holders of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the Series D Additional Amount per share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock held by them. The Series D Additional Amount is an amount per share equal to the lesser of (i) $7.50 per share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock less the amounts previously received per share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock by holders of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock (either as dividends or pursuant to the preferential payment

F-49


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)


provisions described above) and (ii) an amount per share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock which, when added to the amounts previously distributed to holders of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock (either as dividends or pursuant to the preferential payment provisions described above), that would result in the pre-tax internal rate of return received by the holders of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock equaling the pre-tax internal rate of return received by holders of Convertible Series C Preferred Stock with respect to shares of Convertible Series C Preferred Stock originally issued by the Company in September 2006 as a result of all amounts distributed to holders of Convertible Series C Preferred Stock in such liquidation. If upon the liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series D Additional Amounts, then the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock.

          Notwithstanding the provisions above, in the event preferred stock holders would receive more proceeds from a liquidation on an as converted to common stock basis, then such holders (referred to below as holders of converted preferred stock) will be entitled to such greater amount in lieu of the preferential payments described above.

          After payment to the holders of the preferred stock of the full preferential amounts, the remaining assets will be distributed on a pro rata basis to the holders of common stock and, if applicable, the converted preferred stock.

          Conversion rights—  Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder in accordance with the conversion ratio applicable for each class of stock, which is originally on a one-to-one basis, and may be adjusted from time to time based on stock splits, dilutive issuances and similar events. The preferred stock is automatically converted to common stock upon (i) the affirmative vote of holders of more than 55% of preferred stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to common stock basis), provided, however, that the affirmative vote of holders of 64% of the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock and, under certain circumstances, holders of 65% of the Convertible Series C Preferred Stock, is required with respect to such an automatic conversion (in addition to the affirmative vote of the holders of 55% of the preferred stock); and (ii) the Company's initial underwritten public offering resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $100,000 or an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $150,000, in each case with a per share offering price to the public of not less than $5.7765. If shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock are automatically converted into common stock and the offering price is less than the greater of (i) $7.50 per share and (ii) the lesser of (1) $9.00 per share and (2) the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock original purchase price plus accrued but unpaid Convertible Series D Preferred Stock dividends, if any, each share of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock will be converted into shares of common stock having a value equal to the greater of (y) $7.50 per share, and (z) the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock original purchase price plus accrued and unpaid Convertible Series D Preferred Stock dividends, if any; provided further, that if the amount provided in clause (y) is greater than the amount provided in clause (z), the number of the shares of common stock received upon conversion will be reduced to the extent necessary, but in no event to an amount less than the amount provided in clause (z), for the

F-50


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)


Convertible Series D Preferred Stock internal rate of return to be equal to (but not to exceed) the Convertible Series C Preferred Stock internal rate of return. The Convertible Series A Preferred Stock conversion price will initially be equal to $1.875, the Convertible Series B Preferred Stock conversion price will initially be equal to $1.7963, the Convertible Series C Preferred Stock conversion price will initially be equal to $3.851, and the Convertible Series D Preferred Stock conversion price will initially be equal to $6.00, subject to adjustments provided therein.

          Redemption rights—  The Company's preferred stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder or at a fixed or determinable date. Because the terms of the preferred stock contain the deemed liquidation provision on a change-in-control, however remote in likelihood, this deemed liquidation provision is considered a contingent redemption feature that is not solely within the control of the Company. As such, the Company has presented the preferred stock outside of stockholders' equity in the mezzanine section of the December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) consolidated balance sheets.

          Voting rights—  Except in the case of certain protective provisions applicable to holders of preferred stock (or one or more specific series thereof) summarized below, the preferred stock and the common stock will vote together and not as separate classes. Certain actions, including amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, increase in the number of authorized shares, declaration of dividends, the repurchase the Company's stock, an increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under stock plan approved by the Board of Directors, authorization of a liquidation of the Company or change the authorized number of directors, require the approval of holders of fifty five percent of the preferred stock voting as a single class.

          In addition, certain actions, such as adverse changes to the rights, preferences or privileges of a series of preferred stock, may require the consent of holders of a specified percentage of shares of such series.

          Each holder of shares of preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock held by such holder of preferred stock could then be converted.

Convertible Series A Preferred Stock

          In April 2006, the Company issued 63,200 shares of Convertible Series A Preferred Stock for $1.875 per share for net proceeds of $118,200, net of issuance costs. The proceeds from the issuances were received by the Company in two tranches: $86,200, net of issuance costs, in April 2006 and $32,000 in July 2006. In addition, 2,133 shares of Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, valued at $4,000 were issued as part of the purchase price consideration in connection with the acquisition of eNom. For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the liquidation preference increased by approximately $6,000, $8,400, $8,900 and $4,600 (unaudited), respectively, for cumulative Convertible Series A Preferred Stock dividends. As of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 the aggregate liquidation preference was $152,462 and $157,096 (unaudited), respectively.

F-51


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Convertible Series B Preferred Stock

          In conjunction with the acquisition of eNom in April 2006, the Company issued 9,464 shares of Convertible Series B Preferred Stock for $1.7963 per share having a net aggregate fair value of approximately $17,000 as part of the purchase price consideration. For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the liquidation preference increased by approximately $400, $600, $600 and $300 (unaudited), respectively, for cumulative Convertible Series B preferred stock dividends. As of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 the aggregate liquidation preference was $19,007 and $19,295 (unaudited), respectively.

Convertible Series C Preferred Stock

          In September 2006, the Company issued a total of 25,969 shares of Convertible Series C Preferred Stock for $3.8507 per share for net proceeds of $99,800, net of issuance costs. The shares issued (and proceeds received) included 2,596,939 shares issued upon conversion of the Company's then outstanding $10,000 Subordinated Convertible Note in September 2006 (Note 9—Notes Payable and Revolving Line of Credit). In May 2007, the Company issued a total of 78 shares of Convertible Series C Preferred Stock for $3.8507 per share to an investor.

          For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the liquidation preference increased by approximately $4,800, $6,800, $7,200 and $3,700 (unaudited), respectively, for cumulative Convertible Series C Preferred Stock dividends. As of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 the aggregate liquidation preference was $122,147 and $125,860 (unaudited), respectively.

Convertible Series D Preferred Stock

          On September 10, 2007, the Company issued a total of 16,667 shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock, for $6.00 per share resulting in net proceeds of $99,700, net of issuance costs. In March 2008, the Company issued to two existing shareholders an aggregate 5,833 shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock, at $6.00 per share for proceeds totaling $34,800, net of issuance costs. Proceeds from this issuance of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock were used to finance the acquisition of Pluck. For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the liquidation preference was increased by approximately $2,837, $12,500, $14,100 and $7,600 (unaudited) for cumulative Convertible Series D Preferred Stock dividends. As of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 the aggregate liquidation preference was $164,457 and $172,028 (unaudited), respectively.

F-52


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

16. Preferred Stock Warrants

          In August 2006, and in connection with a financing agreement, the Company issued a warrant to acquire 260 shares of Convertible Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $3.85 per share. In December 2008, the Company exchanged this warrant for a warrant to purchase 234 shares of the Company's common stock, with an exercise price of $2.95 per share. The warrant expires on the earlier of (i) August 18, 2011, (ii) the closing date of the Company's initial public offering or (iii) the closing of a change in control (as defined).

          In October 2006 and as part of the purchase price consideration for the assets of Answerbag, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 125 shares of Convertible Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $3.85 per share (the Answerbag Warrant). The warrant expires on the earlier of (i) October 3, 2011, (ii) the closing date of the Company's initial public offering or (iii) the closing of a change in control (as defined).

          The Company determined the fair value of the Convertible Series C preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  June 30, 2010  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)

    3.8     2.8     1.8     1.3  

Volatility

    53 %   60 %   60 %   47 %

Risk-free rate

    3.52 %   1.00 %   1.14 %   0.39 %

Dividend yield

    6 %   6 %   6 %   6 %

          For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, the Company recorded expense of $104, $82, $59, $49 (unaudited) and $62 (unaudited), respectively, for the change in value of the Convertible Series C Preferred Stock warrants. The warrant liability related to the Answerbag Warrant of $166, $225 and $287 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and June 30, 2010, respectively, is recorded in other liabilities, non-current.

17. Concentrations

Concentration of the Cost of Registered Names

          For the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, approximately 86%, 87%, 85%, 86% (unaudited) and 83% (unaudited), respectively, of the payments for the cost of registered names and prepaid registration fees were made to a single domain name registry, which is accredited by ICANN to be the exclusive registry for certain TLD's. The failure of this registry to perform its operations may cause significant short-term disruption to the Company's domain registration business.

F-53


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

17. Concentrations (Continued)

Concentrations of Credit and Business Risk

          Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable.

          At December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company's cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities were maintained primarily with four major U.S. financial institutions and two foreign banks. The Company also has used one Internet payment processor in both periods. Deposits with these institutions at times exceed the federally insured limits, which potentially subjects the Company to concentration of credit risk. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances and believes that there is minimal risk.

          A substantial portion of the Company's advertising revenue is generated through arrangements with two advertising network partners. The Company may not be successful in renewing any of these agreements, or if they are renewed, they may not be on terms as favorable as current agreements. The Company may not be successful in renewing its agreements with advertising network partners on commercially acceptable terms. The percentage of revenue generated through an advertising network partner representing more than 10% of consolidated revenue is as follows:

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)

Advertising Network Partner A

    14 %   14 %   14 %   16 % *

Advertising Network Partner B

    13 %   *     *     *   *

Advertising Network Partner C

    *     12 %   18 %   16 % 26%

*—less than 10% for the period

          At December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, advertising network partners comprising more than 10% of the consolidated accounts receivable balance were as follows:

 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Advertising Network Partner A

    34 %   32 %   12 %

Advertising Network Partner C

    19 %   22 %   32 %

18. Business Combinations

          The Company accounts for acquisitions of businesses using the purchase method of accounting where the cost is allocated to the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired, based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

F-54


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Business Combinations (Continued)

          Determining the fair value of certain acquired assets and liabilities is subjective in nature and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the selection of appropriate valuation methodology, projected revenues, expenses and cash flows, weighted average cost of capital, discount rates, estimates of advertiser and publisher turnover rates and estimates of terminal values.

          During the year ended December 31, 2008 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007, the Company acquired businesses consistent with the Company's strategic plan of acquiring, consolidating and developing Internet media properties and applications. The Company's first acquisition in 2006, eNom, resulted in the Company having a technology platform for domain advertising websites, full media content websites and an extensive network of reseller customer relationships. The Company's subsequent acquisitions primarily represent social media and media content properties designed to cater to online enthusiast communities with specific interest in the areas of knowledge, lifestyle and entertainment. In addition to identifiable assets acquired in these business combinations, the Company acquired goodwill that primarily derives from the ability to generate synergies across the Company's media services and the loyalty of a passionate user community.

          The acquisitions are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements as of the date of the acquisition. The following tables summarize the total purchase consideration and the estimated fair

F-55


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Business Combinations (Continued)


value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed for business acquisitions made by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2008 and nine-month period ended December 31, 2007:

Acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 
  The Daily Plate   Pluck  

Purchase consideration:

             
 

Cash and acquisition costs

  $ 4,037   $ 54,421  
 

Deferred acquisition consideration

    1,000     250  
 

Notes payable

        10,000  
 

Repayment of existing debt

        1,614  
           

Total purchase consideration:

  $ 5,037   $ 66,285  
           

Assets:

             
 

Cash

  $   $ 410  
 

Current assets

        2,175  
 

Property & equipment

        1,181  
 

Intangible assets:

             
   

Trade names

    18     2,029  
   

Media content

    1,231     451  
   

Non-compete agreements

    148     2,010  
   

Customer relationships

    21     2,092  
   

Technology

    208     23,790  
 

Goodwill

    3,411     39,129  
           

Total assets acquired:

    5,037     73,267  

Current liabilities, excluding deferred tax liabilities

   
   
(1,494

)

Deferred tax liabilities, net

        (5,453 )

Other long-term liabilities

        (35 )
           

Net assets acquired

  $ 5,037   $ 66,285  
           

F-56


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Business Combinations (Continued)

Acquisitions during the nine-month period ended December 31, 2007:

 
  Pagewise   Airliners   Other   Total  

Purchase consideration

                         

Cash and acquisition costs

  $ 15,761   $ 8,224   $ 15,223   $ 39,208  

Deferred acquisition consideration

            654     654  

Common stock

            70     70  
                   
   

Total purchase consideration

  $ 15,761   $ 8,224   $ 15,947   $ 39,932  
                   

Assets

                         

Cash

  $ 384   $ 1,014   $ 114   $ 1,512  

Current assets

    403     153     14     570  

Property and equipment

    70         125     195  

Deferred tax assets

    12         43     55  

Intangible assets

                         
 

Trade names

    230     90     227     547  
 

Media content

    3,515     1,717     2,917     8,149  
 

Non-compete agreements

    1,670     360     820     2,850  
 

Subscriber relationships

        156     221     377  
 

Content publisher relationships

    195             195  
 

Advertiser relationships

            378     378  
 

Technology

            398     398  

Goodwill

    10,942     5,012     10,923     26,877  
                   
   

Total assets acquired

    17,421     8,502     16,180     42,103  

Current liabilities, excluding deferred tax liabilities, current

    (259 )   (278 )   (233 )   (770 )

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    (1,401 )           (1,401 )
                   
   

Net assets acquired

  $ 15,761   $ 8,224   $ 15,947   $ 39,932  
                   

Pagewise

          In June 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Pagewise.com, Inc. (Pagewise), consisting of two websites: ExpertVillage.com—a how-to video production center and library—and Essortment.com—a text-driven how-to article site. The Company accounted for the transaction as a business combination. The purchase price consideration consisted of cash and acquisition costs of $15,800.

          In connection with the acquisition, $2,650 of cash consideration was placed in escrow to secure indemnification claims and was released in June 2008.

          The acquired intangible assets in the amount of $5,610 have a weighted average useful life of approximately five years. The identifiable intangible assets are comprised of trade names with a value of $230 (5-year straight-line useful life), filmmaker relationships with a value of $195 (3-year straight-line useful life), non-compete agreements with a value of $1,670 (range of useful lives from two

F-57


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Business Combinations (Continued)


to three years, straight-line), and media content with a value of $3,515 (7-year straight-line useful life). The goodwill of $10,942 and the intangible assets valued at $5,610 are not deductible for federal tax purposes.

Airliners

          In June 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Ludgren Aerospace AB, a Swedish company operating Airliners.net and MyAviation.net. Airliners.net hosts a large database of high-quality airline photos and serves as an online resource for the aviation community. MyAviation.net is a related site that offers additional airline photo hosting as a supplement to Airliners.net. The Company accounted for the transaction as a business combination. The purchase price consideration consisted of cash and acquisition costs of $8,200.

          In connection with the acquisition, $844 of cash consideration was placed in escrow to secure indemnification claims. In December 2007, $800 of cash was released to sellers; the remainder was released in July 2008.

          The acquired intangible assets in the amount of $2,323 have a weighted average useful life of approximately six years. The identifiable intangible assets are comprised of trade names with a value of $90 (5-year straight-line useful life), customer relationships with a value of $156 (7-year straight-line useful life), non-compete agreements with a value of $360 (3-year straight-line useful life), and media content with a value of $1,717 (7-year straight-line useful life). The goodwill of $5,012 and the intangible assets valued at $2,323 are deductible over 15 years for federal tax purposes.

Other 2007 Acquisitions

          During the nine months ended December 31, 2007, the Company acquired thirteen other individually immaterial online businesses for a total purchase price consideration of $16,000, which was primarily in cash, consistent with the Company's strategic plan of acquiring, consolidating, and developing Internet media properties and applications.

          Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets recognized in those transactions amounted to $10,923 and $4,961, respectively. The weighted average amortization period of identifiable intangible assets is approximately 5 years. The goodwill of $9,385 and the intangible assets valued at $4,013 are deductible over 15 years for federal tax purposes. The goodwill of $1,538 and the intangible assets valued at $948 are not deductible for federal tax purposes.

The Daily Plate

          In January 2008, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of The Daily Plate (TheDailyPlate.com), a community-based website for nutrition and fitness enthusiasts for total purchase consideration of $5,037, including acquisition costs. The Daily Plate was owned and operated by four employees of the Company prior to the acquisition by the Company. The Company accounted for the transaction as a business combination.

F-58


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Business Combinations (Continued)

          In connection with TheDailyPlate.com acquisition, $1,000 of consideration was initially withheld by the Company to secure indemnification obligations from the selling shareholders. In July 2008, the first $500 installment payment of the withheld consideration was made. The remaining $500 portion of the holdback was released in January 2009, after confirmation that no indemnification claims were identified.

          The acquired intangible assets in the amount of $1,626 have a weighted average useful life of approximately five years. The identifiable intangible assets are comprised of trade names with a value of $18 (2-year straight-line useful life), direct advertiser relationships with a value of $381 (5-year straight-line useful life), customer relationships with a value of $21 (2-year straight-line useful life), non-compete agreements with a value of $148 (2-year straight-line useful life), content with a value of $850 (5-year straight-line useful life), and technology with a value of $208 (5-year straight-line useful life). The goodwill of $3,400 and the acquired intangibles with a value of $1,600 are deductible over 15 years for federal tax purposes.

Pluck

          In March 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Pluck. Pluck is a provider of social media tools and technologies which enable publishers, brands and retailers to grow their audiences by integrating content, community and social media technologies directly into their existing web properties. The Company accounted for the transaction as a business combination. The purchase consideration of $66,285 consisted of the following: cash and acquisition costs of $54,421; deferred consideration of $250; repayment of Pluck's existing debt of $1,614; and promissory notes for $10,000 that matured on April 3, 2009 and bore interest at 7% annually. On April 3, 2009, the Company paid the promissory notes and $772 accrued interest.

          The Company agreed to payout certain unvested stock options held by Pluck employees at the time of acquisition (Note 13—Share-based Compensation Plans and Awards). As a result, the Company was obligated to pay in cash approximately $2,500 over the original vesting period of the stock option awards. Such amount is recorded as compensation expense contingent on the employee's continued employment with Demand Media. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, $564 and $899, respectively, of cash related to the vested stock options was paid out to Pluck employees.

          In connection with the acquisition, $250 of cash consideration was deferred to secure working capital requirements. The deferred consideration was released in December 2008 after confirmation that the minimum working capital requirements were satisfied.

          In November 2008, $371 related to the final working capital adjustment was paid to the sellers. This working capital adjustment and consequent adjustments to deferred tax liabilities resulted in changes to the preliminary allocations of assets and liabilities, other than intangible assets.

F-59


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Business Combinations (Continued)

          The acquired intangible assets in the amount of $30,372 have a weighted average useful life of approximately five years. The identifiable intangible assets are comprised of trade names with a value of $2,029 (5-year straight-line useful life), customer relationships with a value of $2,092 (5-year straight-line useful life), non-compete agreements with a value of $2,010 (range of useful lives from two years to three years, straight-line), content rights with a value of $451 (5-year straight-line useful life) and technology with a value of $23,790 (5-year straight-line useful life). The goodwill of $39,100 and the acquired intangibles with a value of $30,372 are not deductible for federal tax purposes.

Supplemental Pro forma Information (unaudited)

          Supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma basis, as if the 2007 and 2008 acquisitions had been consummated at April 1, 2007 and January 1, 2008, is as follows:

 
  Nine-month
period ended
December 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2007   2008  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Revenues

  $ 106,663   $ 170,881  

Net loss

    (8,637 )   (15,363 )

          The unaudited pro forma supplemental information is based on estimates and assumptions which the Company believes are reasonable and reflects amortization of intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results that have been realized had the acquisitions been consolidated as of the beginning of the periods presented.

19. Business Segments

          The Company operates in one operating segment. The Company's chief operating decision maker ("CODM") manages the Company's operations on a consolidated basis for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. The CODM reviews separate revenue information for its Content & Media and Registrar offerings. All other financial information is reviewed by the CODM on a consolidated basis. All of the Company's principal operations and decision-making functions are located in the United States. Revenues generated outside of the United States are not material for any of the periods presented.

F-60


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

19. Business Segments (Continued)

          Revenues derived from the Company's Content & Media and Registrar Services are as follows

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Revenues

                               

Content & Media revenues

                               
 

Owned & operated

  $ 35,437   $ 62,833   $ 73,204   $ 32,197   $ 46,636  
 

Network

    13,905     21,988     34,513     14,854     19,655  
                       

Total Content & Media revenues

    49,342     84,821     107,717     47,051     66,291  

Registrar revenues

    52,953     85,429     90,735     44,222     47,711  
                       

Total Revenues

  $ 102,295   $ 170,250   $ 198,452   $ 91,273   $ 114,002  
                       

20. Net Loss Per Share

          The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock:

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                               

Net loss

  $ (5,617 ) $ (14,159 ) $ (21,983 ) $ (13,927 ) $ (6,049 )
 

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (14,059 )   (28,209 )   (30,848 )   (15,015 )   (16,206 )
                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (19,676 ) $ (42,368 ) $ (52,831 ) $ (28,942 ) $ (22,255 )
                       

Denominator:

                               

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    27,262     28,531     29,107     29,038     29,628  

Weighted average unvested RSPRs

    (18,000 )   (12,164 )   (6,789 )   (8,077 )   (3,281 )
                       

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    9,262     16,367     22,318     20,961     26,347  

Dilutive effect of stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock

                     
                       

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    9,262     16,367     22,318     20,961     26,347  
                       

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (2.12 ) $ (2.59 ) $ (2.37 ) $ (1.38 ) $ (0.84 )

F-61


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

20. Net Loss Per Share (Continued)

          As of each period end, the following common equivalent shares were excluded from the calculation of the Company's net loss per share as their inclusion would have been antidilutive:

 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
 
 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Stock options

    11,659     16,045     23,541     23,438     26,120  

Unvested RSPRs

    15,689     9,366     4,076     6,931     2,876  

Convertible Series A Preferred Stock

    65,333     65,333     65,333     65,333     65,333  

Convertible Series B Preferred Stock

    9,464     9,464     9,464     9,464     9,464  

Convertible Series C Preferred Stock

    26,047     26,047     26,047     26,047     26,047  

Convertible Series D Preferred Stock

    16,667     22,500     22,500     22,500     22,500  

Convertible Series C Preferred Stock Warrants

    385     125     125     125     125  

Common Stock Warrants

    90     2,748     2,748     2,748     3,498  

21. Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

          Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share have been computed to give effect to the conversion on a one-for-one basis of the Company's convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of January 1, 2009, as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2009
  Six Months
ended
June 30,
2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

             
 

Net loss

  $ (21,983 ) $ (6,049 )
 

Add: Change in fair value of preferred warrant liability

    59     62  
           
 

Pro-forma net loss

  $ (21,924 ) $ (5,987 )
           

Denominator:

             
 

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

    22,318     26,347  
 

Adjustment for assumed conversion of preferred stock

    123,344     123,344  
           
 

Shares used in computing basic and diluted pro-forma net loss

    145,662     149,691  
           

Pro-forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.15 ) $ (0.04 )
           

          Pro-forma net loss per share excludes the issuance of shares of common stock upon net exercise of the Answerbag Warrant.

F-62


Table of Contents


Demand Media, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

22. Change in Year End

          Effective with the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from March 31 to December 31 and as such, the Company's financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2007 represent a nine-month period from April 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007. The following table presents certain unaudited financial information for the nine-month periods ended December 2006 and 2007.

 
  Nine Months
ended
December 31,
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Revenues

  $ 34,766   $ 102,295  

Loss from operations

    (1,542 )   (7,081 )

Loss before income taxes

    (2,506 )   (7,910 )

Income tax benefit

    804     2,293  

Net loss

  $ (1,702 ) $ (5,617 )

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (2.33 ) $ (2.12 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    3,579     9,262  

23. Subsequent Events

          In connection with the issuance of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 30, 2010, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. In connection with the issuance of the interim consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 and the reissuance of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 6, 2010, the date the interim consolidated financial statements were issued.

          During the period July 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010, the Company granted stock options to purchase 251 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.75 per share (unaudited).

          On August 3, 2010, the Company adopted a 2010 Incentive Award Plan and granted options to purchase 4,750, 2,300, 2,300 and 2,300 shares of common stock at exercise prices per share of $9.00, $12.00, $15.00, $18.00, respectively (unaudited). The stock options only vest subsequent to the completion of an IPO.

F-63


Table of Contents

Shares

Demand Media, Inc.

Common Stock



GRAPHIC



  Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

  UBS Investment Bank   Allen & Company LLC   Jefferies & Company

  Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   RBC Capital Markets   Pacific Crest Securities

 

Raine Securities   JMP Securities



           Through and including                        , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The expenses, other than underwriting commissions, we expect to incur in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered under this Registration Statement are estimated to be as follows:

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee

  $    

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Filing Fee

       
   

Listing Fee

       

Printing and Engraving Expenses

    *  

Legal Fees and Expenses

    *  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

    *  

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees

    *  

Miscellaneous Expenses

    *  
       
 

Total

  $ *  
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

          Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

          Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or

II-1


Table of Contents


proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by Section 145 of the DGCL. Section 145(e) of the DGCL further provides that such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees or agents of the corporation may be so paid upon such terms and conditions as the corporation deems appropriate.

          Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.

          Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was one of our directors or officers or, while serving as one of our directors or officers, is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of another entity, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such person, subject to limited exceptions relating to indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our officers and directors.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may be amended from time to time, our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty can be limited or eliminated except (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption); or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          We also intend to maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws.

          In connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws.

          In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

II-2


Table of Contents


Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          Since January 1, 2007, we have issued unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below.

    1.
    In May 2007, the registrant issued a total of 77,902 shares of Convertible Series C Preferred Stock for $3.8507 per share to an investor for an aggregate purchase price of $299,977.

    2.
    On September 10, 2007, the registrant issued a total of 16,666,667 shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock, for $6.00 per share resulting in net proceeds of $99,700,000, net of issuance costs.

    3.
    In March 2008, the registrant issued to two existing shareholders an aggregate 5,833,334 shares of Convertible Series D Preferred Stock and Series D-1 Preferred Stock, at $6.00 per share for proceeds totaling $34,800,000, net of issuance costs.

    4.
    On January 15, 2008, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of common stock to three persons at an exercise price of $6.00 per share.

    5.
    In December 2008, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 233,724 shares of common stock to an investor at an exercise price of $2.95 per share.

    6.
    In June 2010, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 750,000 shares of common stock to a person at an exercise price of $6.00 per share.

    7.
    From January 1, 2007 through June 30, 2010, the registrant granted to its employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 30,108,515 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.67 per share (for an aggregate exercise price of $80,285,459).

    8.
    From January 1, 2007 through June 30, 2010, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 2,178,759 shares of common stock upon exercise of options issued to certain employees, consultants and other service providers at a weighted average exercise price of $0.81 per share, for aggregate consideration of $1,767,872.

    9.
    From January 1, 2007 through June 30, 2010, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 6,435,083 shares of restricted stock to certain employees, consultants and other service providers at a weighted average exercise price of $0.04 per share, for aggregate consideration of $250,319.

          The issuances of securities described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had access, through their relationships with Demand Media to information about Demand Media.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

          See "Exhibit Index."

II-3


Table of Contents


Item 17.    Undertakings.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          The undersigned hereby undertakes as follows:

          (a)     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

          (b)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commissions such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suite or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, State of California, on this 6 th day of August, 2010.

  DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ RICHARD M. ROSENBLATT


Richard M. Rosenblatt Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

          We, the undersigned directors and officers of Demand Media, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby severally constitute and appoint Richard M. Rosenblatt and Charles S. Hilliard, each of them individually, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys, with full powers to them and each of them to sign for us, in our names and in the capacities indicated below, the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 6 th day of August, 2010.

Name
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ RICHARD M. ROSENBLATT

Richard M. Rosenblatt
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ CHARLES S. HILLIARD

Charles S. Hilliard

 

President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ MICHAEL L. ZEMETRA

Michael L. Zemetra

 

Senior Vice President and Controller (Controller)

/s/ FREDRIC W. HARMAN

Fredric W. Harman

 

Director

II-5


Table of Contents

Name
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ VICTOR E. PARKER

Victor E. Parker
  Director

/s/ GAURAV BHANDARI

Gaurav Bhandari

 

Director

/s/ JOHN A. HAWKINS

John A. Hawkins

 

Director

/s/ JAMES R. QUANDT

James R. Quandt

 

Director

/s/ PETER GUBER

Peter Guber

 

Director

/s/ JOSHUA G. JAMES

Joshua G. James

 

Director

II-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  1.01 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.01   Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Demand Media, Inc., as currently in effect
  3.02 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Demand Media, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the offering
  3.03   Bylaws of Demand Media, Inc., as currently in effect
  3.04 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Demand Media, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the offering
  4.01 * Form of Demand Media, Inc. Common Stock Certificate
  4.02   Third Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, by and among Demand Media, Inc., and the stockholders listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated March 3, 2008
  5.01 * Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
  10.01 * Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between Demand Media, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
  10.02 * Sublease, by and between Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and Demand Media, Inc., dated September 24, 2009
  10.03   Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, adopted April 2006, amended and restated June 26, 2008
  10.03 A First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, dated June 1, 2009
  10.04   Demand Media, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan, adopted August 3, 2010
  10.05   Form of Demand Media, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement
  10.06   Form of Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement
  10.07   Form of Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement
  10.08   Employment Agreement between Demand Media, Inc. and Richard Rosenblatt, dated August 5, 2010
  10.09   Employment Agreement between Demand Media, Inc. and Charles Hilliard, dated August 5, 2010
  10.10   Offer Letter between Demand Media, Inc. and Shawn Colo, dated April 18, 2006
  10.11   Offer Letter between Demand Media, Inc. and Larry Fitzgibbon, dated April 21, 2006
  10.12   Offer Letter between Demand Media, Inc. and Michael Blend, dated August 1, 2006
  10.13   Employment Agreement between Demand Media, Inc. and Joanne Bradford, dated March 15, 2010
  10.14   Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Richard Rosenblatt, dated April 19, 2007, amended April 27, 2007, amended further February 10, 2010
  10.15   Demand Media Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Richard Rosenblatt, dated April 19, 2007, amended April 27, 2007, amended further February 10, 2010

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  10.16   Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Charles Hilliard, dated June 1, 2007, amended February 9, 2010
  10.17   Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Charles Hilliard, dated June 1, 2007
  10.18   Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Michael Blend, dated May 29, 2008, amended February 10, 2010
  10.19   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Richard Rosenblatt, dated June 2009
  10.20   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Charles Hilliard, dated June 2009
  10.21   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Shawn Colo, dated June 2009
  10.22   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Larry Fitzgibbon, dated June 2009
  10.23   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Michael Blend, dated June 2009
  10.24 Google Services Agreement, between Google, Inc. and Demand Media, Inc., dated May 28, 2010
  10.25   Credit Agreement, among Demand Media, Inc., certain subsidiaries of the borrower, Bank of America, N.A., RBC Capital Markets and other lenders party thereto, dated May 25, 2007, amended July 2, 2007, further amended February 28, 2008 and further amended April 24, 2008
  21.01   List of subsidiaries of Demand Media, Inc.
  23.01 * Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01)
  23.02   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

*
To be filed by amendment

Certain provisions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

II-8


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  1.01 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.01   Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Demand Media, Inc., as currently in effect
  3.02 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Demand Media, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the offering
  3.03   Bylaws of Demand Media, Inc., as currently in effect
  3.04 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Demand Media, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the offering
  4.01 * Form of Demand Media, Inc. Common Stock Certificate
  4.02   Third Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, by and among Demand Media, Inc., and the stockholders listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated March 3, 2008
  5.01 * Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
  10.01 * Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between Demand Media, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
  10.02 * Sublease, by and between Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and Demand Media, Inc., dated September 24, 2009
  10.03   Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, adopted April 2006, amended and restated June 26, 2008
  10.03 A First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, dated June 1, 2009
  10.04   Demand Media, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan, adopted August 3, 2010
  10.05   Form of Demand Media, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement
  10.06   Form of Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement
  10.07   Form of Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement
  10.08   Employment Agreement between Demand Media, Inc. and Richard Rosenblatt, dated August 5, 2010
  10.09   Employment Agreement between Demand Media, Inc. and Charles Hilliard, dated August 5, 2010
  10.10   Offer Letter between Demand Media, Inc. and Shawn Colo, dated April 18, 2006
  10.11   Offer Letter between Demand Media, Inc. and Larry Fitzgibbon, dated April 21, 2006
  10.12   Offer Letter between Demand Media, Inc. and Michael Blend, dated August 1, 2006
  10.13   Employment Agreement between Demand Media, Inc. and Joanne Bradford, dated March 15, 2010
  10.14   Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Richard Rosenblatt, dated April 19, 2007, amended April 27, 2007, amended further February 10, 2010
  10.15   Demand Media Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Richard Rosenblatt, dated April 19, 2007, amended April 27, 2007, amended further February 10, 2010
  10.16   Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Charles Hilliard, dated June 1, 2007, amended February 9, 2010

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  10.17   Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Charles Hilliard, dated June 1, 2007
  10.18   Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Michael Blend, dated May 29, 2008, amended February 10, 2010
  10.19   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Richard Rosenblatt, dated June 2009
  10.20   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Charles Hilliard, dated June 2009
  10.21   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Shawn Colo, dated June 2009
  10.22   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Larry Fitzgibbon, dated June 2009
  10.23   Demand Media, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, between Demand Media, Inc. and Michael Blend, dated June 2009
  10.24 Google Services Agreement, between Google, Inc. and Demand Media, Inc., dated May 28, 2010
  10.25   Credit Agreement, among Demand Media, Inc., certain subsidiaries of the borrower, Bank of America, N.A., RBC Capital Markets and other lenders party thereto, dated May 25, 2007, amended July 2, 2007, further amended February 28, 2008 and further amended April 24, 2008
  21.01   List of subsidiaries of Demand Media, Inc.
  23.01 * Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01)
  23.02   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

*
To be filed by amendment

Certain provisions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment



Exhibit 3.01

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

FOURTH RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

Demand Media, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies as follows:

 

The name of this corporation is Demand Media, Inc.  The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 23, 2006, amended on April 17, 2006, restated on April 27, 2006, amended on August 1, 2006, restated on September 27, 2006 and restated on September 10, 2007.

 

The Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached in Exhibit A hereto has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245, and 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ Delaware Corporate Law ”) and prompt written notice will be duly give pursuant to Section 228 of Delaware Corporate Law.

 

The text of the Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed this 29 day of February, 2008.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Richard Rosenblatt, Chairman and CEO

 

Signature Page to Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FOURTH RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

ONE

 

The name of this corporation is Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

TWO

 

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THREE

 

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in the lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOUR

 

A.                                    The aggregate number of shares that the Company shall have authority to issue is Seven Hundred Million (700,000,000) divided into Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares of Common Stock each with the par value of $0.0001 per share, and Two Hundred Million (200,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock each with the par value of $0.0001 per share.  Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series, of which three such series shall be denominated “ Series A Preferred ,” “ Series B Preferred, ” “ Series C Preferred, ” “ Series D Preferred ” and “ Series D-1 Preferred. ”  Series A Preferred shall consist of Eighty Five Million (85,000,000) shares, Series B Preferred shall consist of Fifteen Million (15,000,000) shares, Series C Preferred shall consist of Twenty Seven Million (27,000,000) shares, Series D Preferred shall consist of Twenty Three Million (23,000,000) shares and Series D-1 Preferred shall consist of Three Million One Hundred Fifty Thousand (3,150,000) shares.  The remaining shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issue of any or all of the remaining unissued and undesignated shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares and to determine for each such series the designations, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares.  The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) the number of shares of any series other than Series D-1 Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series A Preferred and Series C Preferred subsequent to the issue of shares of that series.  In case the number of shares of any such series shall be decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to such decrease.

 



 

B.                                      The terms and provisions of Preferred Stock are as follows; provided , however , that (i) the holders of an aggregate of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred may waive any of the following rights, powers, preferences, or privileges applicable to all shares of Series A Preferred in any given instance without prejudice to such rights, powers, preferences, or privileges in any other instance, and any such waiver shall be bind all future holders of the shares of Series A Preferred, (ii) holders of an aggregate of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred may waive any of the following rights, powers, preferences, or privileges applicable to all shares of Series B Preferred in any given instance without prejudice to such rights, powers, preferences, or privileges in any other instance, and any such waiver shall bind all future holders of the shares of Series B Preferred, (iii) subject to Section 6(c)  below, the holders of an aggregate of more than 55% of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred may waive any of the following rights, powers, preferences, or privileges applicable to all shares of Series C Preferred in any given instance without prejudice to such rights, powers, preferences, or privileges in any other instance, and any such waiver shall be bind all future holders of the shares of Series C Preferred, (iv) the holders of an aggregate of more than 64% of the then outstanding shares of Combined Series D Preferred may waive any of the following rights, powers, preferences, or privileges applicable to all shares of Combined Series D Preferred in any given instance without prejudice to such rights, powers, preferences, or privileges in any other instance, and any such waiver shall be bind all future holders of the shares of Combined Series D Preferred and (v) holders of an aggregate of more than 55% of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock may waive any of the following rights, powers, preferences, or privileges applicable to all shares of Preferred Stock in any given instance without prejudice to such rights, powers, preferences, or privileges in any other instance, and any such waiver shall be bind all future holders of the shares of Preferred Stock.  For the avoidance of doubt, a waiver made solely in reliance on clause (v) of the preceding sentence may only be made with respect to rights, powers, preferences or privileges that are applicable in the same manner and with the same economic effect to all shares of Preferred Stock and not with respect to rights, powers, preferences or privileges that are different or have a different economic effect with respect to respective series of Preferred Stock (such as rights to receive dividends (and amount thereof), rights and preferences upon liquidation, conversion rights, anti-dilution rights and protective provisions or voting rights that are specific to one or more (but not all) series of Preferred Stock).  For example, without limiting the foregoing, the following shall not affect Series C Preferred or Combined Series D Preferred in the same manner and with the same economic effect as other series of Preferred Stock:  (i) a waiver affecting the application of Section 4(f)(i)  to any issuance or deemed issuance of Common Stock if the percentage change of the conversion price of Series C Preferred or of Combined Series D Preferred, as applicable, without such waiver would be greater than the percentage change in the conversion prices of the other series of Preferred Stock (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that an issuance of securities that is not considered an issuance of Common Stock under the provisions of Section 4(f)(ii)  as set forth below without amendment or waiver shall not be considered a waiver affecting the application of Section 4(f)(i)  for this purpose); and (ii) a waiver that has the effect of changing the amount or priority of the Series C Liquidation Preference or the Series D Liquidation Preference.

 

1.                                        Definitions .  For purposes of this Article Four, the following definitions shall apply:

 

A-2



 

(a)                                   Board of Directors ” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  Combined Series D Preferred ” shall mean the Series D Preferred and the Series D-1 Preferred collectively.

 

(c)                                   Common Stock ” shall mean Common Stock of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Convertible Securities ” shall mean any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, and any warrants, shares or any other securities convertible into, exercisable for, or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

(e)                                   HSR Triggering Event ” shall mean, with respect to a holder of Series D-1 Preferred (i) the expiration of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “ HSR Act ”) such that such holder could acquire shares of Series D Preferred issuable upon conversion of such holder’s shares of Series D-1 Preferred pursuant to Section 4(j)  in compliance with the HSR Act or (ii) any other event, the occurrence of which results in such holder’s ability to acquire the shares of Series D Preferred issuable upon conversion of the Series D-1 Preferred pursuant to Section 4(j)  in compliance with the HSR Act (including, if applicable, a transfer of shares of Series D-1 Preferred to a person that would not be required to make a filing under the HSR Act to acquire an equal number of shares of Series D Preferred or the waiting period under the HSR Act applicable to such person acquiring such shares of Series D-1 Preferred has expired).

 

(f)                                     Preferred Stock ” shall mean Preferred Stock of the Company.

 

(g)                                  Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(h)                                  Series A Original Purchase Price ” means $1.875 subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Series A Preferred.

 

(i)                                      Series B Original Purchase Price ” means $1.7963 subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Series B Preferred.

 

(j)                                      Series C Original Purchase Price ” means $3.851 subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Series C Preferred.

 

(k)                                   Series D Original Purchase Price ” means $6.00 subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Combined Series D Preferred.

 

(l)                                      Voting Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred and the Series D Preferred.

 

A-3



 

2.                                        Dividends .

 

(a)                                   Treatment of Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred and Combined Series D Preferred .

 

(i)                                      The Combined Series D Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate per share of nine percent (9%) of the Series D Original Purchase Price per annum out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Series D Dividends ”), on a pari passu basis with the Series A Dividends and Series C Dividends described in Section 2(a)(ii)  below and prior to and in preference to the declaration or payment of any dividend on Series B Preferred and Common Stock.  The Series D Dividends will accrue cumulatively (whether or not declared) on a daily basis on each share of Combined Series D Preferred from and after the date of issuance, and shall be compounded quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year until paid and any Series D Dividends paid prior to a Qualified Financing or Liquidation (as such terms are defined below) shall be paid in cash.  Accrued but unpaid Series D Dividends shall accrue at the rate of nine percent (9%) per annum of the amount of such dividend with respect to Combined Series D Preferred;

 

(ii)                                   the Series A Preferred and Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate per share of six percent (6%) of the Series A Original Purchase Price and Series C Original Purchase Price, respectively, per annum out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Series A Dividends ” and the “ Series C Dividends, ” as applicable), on a pari passu basis with each other and with the Series D Dividends described in Section 2 (a)(i)  above and prior to and in preference to the declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series B Preferred and Common Stock.  The Series A Dividends and Series C Dividends will accrue cumulatively (whether or not declared) on a daily basis on each share of Series A Preferred and Series C Preferred, from and after the date of issuance, and shall be compounded quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year until paid, and any Series A Dividends or Series C Dividends paid prior to a Qualified Financing or Liquidation (as such terms are defined below) shall be paid in cash.  Accrued but unpaid Series A Dividends and Series C Dividends shall accrue cumulatively at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum of the amount of such dividend with respect to the Series A Preferred and Series C Preferred;

 

(iii)                                no dividends (other than those payable solely in Common Stock to holders of Common Stock) shall be paid on any share of Series B Preferred or Common Stock unless and until all accrued and unpaid Series D Dividends, Series A Dividends and Series C Dividends are paid on each outstanding share of Combined Series D Preferred, Series A Preferred and Series C Preferred; and

 

(iv)                               any dividends that are declared on the Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred or Combined Series D Preferred which are not sufficient to pay all then accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, shall be allocated among holders of Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred and Combined Series D Preferred on a pro rata basis in accordance with the aggregate then accrued and unpaid Series A Dividends, Series C Dividends and Series D Dividends allocable to each such holder.

 

A-4



 

(b)                                  Treatment of Series B Preferred.   After all accrued and unpaid Series D Dividends, Series A Dividends and Series C Dividends are paid on each outstanding share of Combined Series D Preferred, Series A Preferred and Series C Preferred, the Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate per share of three percent (3%) of the Series B Original Purchase Price per annum out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Series B Dividends ” and, together with the Series A Dividends, the Series C Dividends and the Series D Dividends “ Preferred Dividends ”), prior to and in preference to the declaration or payment of any dividend on the Common Stock.  The Series B Dividends will accrue cumulatively (whether or not declared) on a daily basis on each share of Series B Preferred, from and after the date of issuance, and shall be compounded quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year until paid, and any Series B Dividends paid prior to a Qualified Financing or Liquidation (as such terms are defined below) shall be paid in cash.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall accrue cumulatively at the rate of three percent (3%) per annum of the amount of such dividend with respect to the Series B Preferred.  No dividends (other than those payable solely in Common Stock to Common Holders) shall be paid on any share of Common Stock unless and until all accrued and unpaid Series B Dividends are paid on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred.

 

(c)                                   After all accrued and unpaid Series D Dividends, Series A Dividends, Series C Dividends and Series B Dividends are paid on each outstanding share of Combined Series D Preferred, Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series B Preferred, respectively, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof).  Without the consent of holders of an aggregate of more than 55% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred and Combined Series D Preferred (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis), the Company shall make no Distribution (as hereinafter defined) to the holders of shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred except in accordance with this Section 2 .

 

(d)                                  Distribution .  “ Distribution ” means the transfer of cash or property on outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise, or the purchase of shares of the Company (other than in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, consultants, officers and directors at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase or upon exercise of a right of first refusal by the Company approved by the Board of Directors) for cash or property.

 

(e)                                   Consent to Certain Repurchases .  As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the General Corporation Law of California, Sections 502 and 503 of the General Corporation Law of California, to the extent otherwise applicable, shall not apply with respect to Distributions made by the Company in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, consultants, officers and directors at a price not greater than the amount paid by such person for such shares upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, which agreements

 

A-5



 

were authorized by the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

3.                                        Liquidation Rights .

 

(a)                                   Series D Liquidation Preference .  Subject to Section 3(g) , in the event of any Liquidation (as hereinafter defined), either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Combined Series D Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the Series D Original Purchase Price for each share of Combined Series D Preferred then held by them (the “ Series D Payment ”) prior and in preference to any payment made or any assets distributed to holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred or to holders of Common Stock.  If upon the Liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Combined Series D Preferred pursuant to this Section 3(a)  are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series D Payment for their shares, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Combined Series D Preferred.

 

(b)                                  Series C Liquidation Preference .  Subject to Section 3(g) , after payments to the holders of Combined Series D Preferred of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3(a)  above, the holders of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the Series C Original Purchase Price for each share of Series C Preferred then held by them (the “ Series C Payment ”) prior and in preference to any payment made or any assets distributed to holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or to holders of Common Stock.  If upon the Liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series C Preferred pursuant to this Section 3(b)  are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series C Payment for their shares, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Series C Preferred.

 

(c)                                   Series A Liquidation Preference .  Subject to Section 3(g) , after the payment to the holders of Combined Series D Preferred and Series C Preferred of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3(a)  and 3(b)  above, the holders of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the Series A Original Purchase Price for each share of Series A Preferred then held by them (the “ Series A Payment ”) prior and in preference to any payment made or any assets distributed to holders of Series B Preferred or to holders of Common Stock.  If upon the Liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred pursuant to this Section 3(c)  are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series A Payment for their shares, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Series A Preferred.

 

(d)                                  Series B Liquidation Preference .  Subject to Section 3(g) , after the payment to the holders of Combined Series D Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series A Preferred of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3(a) , 3(b)  and 3(c)  above, the holders of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the Series B Original Purchase Price for each share of Series B Preferred then held by them (the “ Series B Payment ”) prior and in preference to any payment made or any assets distributed to the holders of Common Stock.  If upon the Liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the

 

A-6



 

holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3(d)  are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series B Payment for their shares, then the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Series B Preferred.

 

(e)                                   Payment of Preferred Dividends .  Subject to Section 3(g) , after the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the preferential amounts specified in Sections 3(a)-(d)  above, the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive (whether or not declared), out of the assets of the Company, any accrued but unpaid Preferred Dividends.  If upon the Liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Combined Series D Preferred pursuant to this Section 3(e)  are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of all accrued and unpaid Preferred Dividends, then the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Combined Series D Preferred with equal priority and on a pro rata basis in accordance with the aggregate accrued and unpaid Preferred Dividends allocable to each such holder.

 

(f)                                     Payment of Additional Series D Amount .  If, after the payment to holders of Preferred Stock of all accrued but unpaid Preferred Dividends pursuant to Section 3(e)  above, holders of Combined Series D Preferred issued in September 2007 (“Existing Series D Preferred”) (in their capacities as such) have not received Preferred Dividends in an amount equal to at least $1.50 per share of Existing Series D Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Combined Series D Preferred) pursuant to Section 3(e)  and/or Section 2(a)(i)  above, then the holders of Combined Series D Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the Series D Additional Amount per share of Combined Series D Preferred held by them.  “ Series D Additional Amount ” shall mean an amount per share equal to the lesser of (i) (y) $7.50 per share of Combined Series D Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Combined Series D Preferred) minus (z) the amounts received per share of Existing Series D Preferred by holders of Existing Series D Preferred pursuant to Sections 3(a) , 3(e)  and/or Section 2(a)(i)  above (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Combined Series D Preferred) and (ii) an amount per share of Combined Series D Preferred which, when added to the amounts distributed to holders of Existing Series D Preferred pursuant to Sections 3(a) , 3(e)  and/or Section 2(a)(i)  above, would result in the pre-tax internal rate of return received by the holders of Existing Series D Preferred (in their capacities as such) (the “ Series D IRR ”) equaling the pre-tax internal rate of return received by holders of Series C Preferred with respect to shares of Series C Preferred originally issued by the Company in September 2006 (in their capacities as such) as a result of the amounts distributed to holders of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to (y)  Sections 3(b) , 3(e) , and/or 2(a)(ii)  or (z)  Section 3(g)  and, if applicable, Section 2(a)(ii)  (the “ Series C IRR ”).  If upon the Liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Combined Series D Preferred pursuant to this Section 3(f)  are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series D Additional Amounts, then the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Combined Series D Preferred.  For the avoidance of doubt, no distributions shall be made to holders of Combined Series D Preferred pursuant to this Section  

 

A-7



 

3(f)  if (i) holders of Existing Series D Preferred (in their capacities as such) have received $1.50 per share of Combined Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Combined Series D Preferred) pursuant to Section 3(e)  and/or Section 2(a)(i)  above or (ii) the Series D IRR (after giving effect to any distributions made pursuant to Sections 3(a) , 3(e)  and/or Section 2(a)(i)  above) equals or exceeds the Series C IRR (after giving effect to any distributions made pursuant to (y)  Sections 3(b) , 3(e) , and/or 2(a)(ii)  or (z)  Section 3(g)  and, if applicable, Section 2(a)(ii) ).  As used above, “internal rate of return ” means the discount rate at which the net present value of the Series C Original Purchase Price or the Series D Original Purchase Price, as the case may be, is equal to the net present value of all dividends, distributions or other payments paid with respect to a share of Series C Preferred or the Existing Series D Preferred, as the case may be, from the original date of issuance.  Internal rate of return shall be calculated using the XIRR function in the most recent version of Microsoft Excel (or if such program is no longer available, such other software program for calculating IRR proposed by the Company and reasonably acceptable to holders of a  majority of each of the Series C Preferred and the Combined Series D Preferred then outstanding).  For purposes of determining internal rate of return (i) all dividends, distributions and other payments shall be treated as made as of the beginning of the day that the Series C Preferred or Existing Series D Preferred, as the case may be, were actually paid by the Company, (ii) the Series C Original Purchase Price or the Series D Original Purchase Price shall be treated as paid as of the beginning of the day on which Series C Preferred or Existing Series D Preferred, as applicable, was initially issued by the Company and (iii) each calculation shall be determined from and including the date upon which each dividend, distribution or payment was made or received by the Company, as the case may be.

 

(g)                                  Remaining Assets .

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3(a)-3(f)  above, in the event holders of a series of Preferred Stock would receive a greater amount in a Liquidation than the aggregate amounts to which holders of such series (in their capacities as such) would receive pursuant to Sections 3(a)-3(f)  above if such holders participated with holders of Common Stock in the distribution contemplated by Section 3(g)(ii)  below in lieu of any of the distributions contemplated by Sections 3(a)-3(f)  above (assuming that all holders of Preferred Stock that would receive a greater amount on an as converted to Common Stock basis also participated in the distribution contemplated by Section 3(g)(ii)  below in lieu of any of the distributions contemplated by Sections 3(a)-3(f) ), then holders of such series of Preferred Stock (the shares of any such series, “ Converted Preferred Stock ”) shall (in lieu of any of the amounts described in Sections 3(a)-3(f) ) instead be entitled to receive the distributions contemplated by clause (ii) of this Section 3(g) .

 

(ii)                                   After the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Sections 3(a)-(f)  above, no further payments shall be made to the holders of Preferred Stock (other than Converted Preferred Stock) by reason thereof and any remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Company’s Common Stock and, if applicable, the holders of Converted Preferred Stock.

 

(h)                                  Liquidation .  Unless otherwise determined in writing by the

 

A-8



 

holders of an aggregate of at least (i) 55% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on as converted to Common Stock basis) and (ii) 64% of the Combined Series D Preferred then outstanding (voting as a separate series), a “ Liquidation ” shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) any transaction (other than an equity financing transaction, which, for purposes hereof, shall mean a financing transaction in which all the proceeds (net of placement fees, expenses and the like) are received initially by the Company, are paid in cash (or by conversion or forgiveness of indebtedness) and are not used, directly or indirectly, to repay or redeem any equity securities (other than convertible debt securities, if any) of the Company) pursuant to which a person or group of persons not affiliated with the Company acquires beneficial ownership of equity securities of the Company constituting at least a majority of the Company’s voting securities (whether by reorganization, merger, consolidation or transfer of the Company’s securities), (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with respect to which the persons who were beneficial owners of voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not, following such transaction, own a majority of the aggregate voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, (iii) the direct or indirect sale or exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in one or a series of related transactions (other than to one or more subsidiaries of the Company) and (iv) any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary).  Prior to the distribution provided for in this Section 3 , the Company shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such deemed Liquidation, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

(i)                                      Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution .  Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any distribution, or series of distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first forgoing participation in the distribution, or series of distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

 

(j)                                      Determination of Value if Proceeds Other than Cash.   In any Liquidation, if the proceeds received by the Company or its stockholders are other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company with the approval of at least 55% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis); provided that if (i) such non-cash proceeds consist of different types of assets or securities and (ii) such non-cash proceeds are proposed to be allocated in a disproportionate manner among different series of Preferred Stock in connection with such Liquidation (e.g. one type of such non-cash proceeds is proposed to be allocated to holders of one series of Preferred Stock in the Liquidation and the other type of such non-cash proceeds is proposed to be allocated to another series of Preferred Stock in such Liquidation), then approval of holders of at least 50% of the Series C Preferred and at least 53% of the Combined Series D Preferred shall also be required with respect to such valuation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any securities shall be valued as follows:

 

(i)                                      Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (ii) below:

 

A-9


 

(A)                               If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation;

 

(B)                                 If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation; and

 

(C)                                 If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company with the approval of at least 55% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis).

 

(ii)                                   The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value as determined above in subsections (A), (B) or (C) in order to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

4.                                        Conversion .  Voting Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

(a)                                   Right to Convert .  Each share of Voting Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for Preferred Stock.  Each share of Series A Preferred shall be convertible into that number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock that is equal to the Series A Original Purchase Price divided by the Series A Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined).  Each share of Series B Preferred shall be convertible into that number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock that is equal to the Series B Original Purchase Price divided by the Series B Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined).  Each share of Series C Preferred shall be convertible into that number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock that is equal to the Series C Original Purchase Price divided by the Series C Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined).  Each share of Series D Preferred shall be convertible into that number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock that is equal to the Series D Original Purchase Price divided by the Series D Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined); provided , that if Series D Preferred are automatically converted into Common Stock upon a Qualified Financing (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to Section 4(b)(2)  and the offering price in the Qualified Financing (on a Common Stock equivalent basis) is less than the greater of (i) $7.50 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) and (ii) the lesser of (1) $9.00 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) and (2) the Series D Original Purchase Price plus accrued and unpaid Series D Dividends with respect to the Existing Series D Preferred, if any (as adjusted for any stock

 

A-10



 

dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), each share of Series D Preferred shall be converted into shares of Common Stock having a value (based on the Common Stock equivalent offering price per share in the Qualified Financing) equal to the greater of (y) $7.50 per share of Series D Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred), and (z) the Series D Original Purchase Price plus accrued and unpaid Series D Dividends, if any (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred); provided further , that if the amount provided in clause (y) is greater than the amount provided in clause (z), the number of the shares of Common Stock received upon conversion shall be reduced to the extent necessary, but in no event to an amount less than the amount provided in clause (z), for the Series D IRR to be equal to (but not exceed) the Series C IRR (in each case, calculated based on the offering price per share in the Qualified Financing and the assumption that Series D Preferred and Series C Preferred would be sold for such price on the date of the Qualified Financing on an as converted basis).  The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.875, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein, the “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.7963, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein, the “ Series C Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $3.851, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein, and the “ Series D Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $6.00, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Conversion .  Each share of Voting Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or the Series D Conversion Price (subject to the provisions in Section 4(a)  in the case of Series D Preferred), as applicable, immediately (1) upon the affirmative vote of holders of more than 55% of Voting Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis); provided , however , that the affirmative vote of holders of 65% of the Series C Preferred shall be required with respect to a conversion of the Series C Preferred (in addition to the affirmative vote of the holders of 55% of the Voting Preferred Stock) if such conversion occurs in connection with any of the following events (x) a Liquidation in which holders of the Series C Preferred would receive less consideration per share following such conversion than they would receive as holders of Series C Preferred in such Liquidation, (y) an equity financing in which the purchase price per share (on an as converted to Common Stock basis) is less than the then applicable Series C Conversion Price or (z) a public offering that is not a Qualified Financing (as defined below); provided further that the affirmative vote of holders of 64% of Combined Series D Preferred (voting as a separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis) shall be required with respect to conversion of Series D Preferred pursuant to this clause (1) (in addition to the affirmative vote of the holders of 55% of the Voting Preferred Stock); or (2) prior to the consummation of (x) a firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act on Form S-1 (as defined in the Securities Act) or any successor form resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $100,000,000 or (y) an offering of Common Stock (or Common Stock equivalents) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $150,00,000 and following which the offered securities are traded on the GSTrUE (or on a similar platform, exchange or trading system), in the case of each of clause (x) and clause (y), with a per share offering price to the public of not less than $5.7765 (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock

 

A-11



 

split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) (each of the offerings contemplated by clauses (x) and (y), a “ Qualified Financing ”).  In the event the securities sold in a Qualified Financing (“ Qualified Financing Securities ”)  are of a different class from the Common Stock (or securities into which the Common Stock is hereafter converted), then the reference above to the per share offering price shall be construed on a Common Stock equivalent basis (e.g. based on the conversion ration of Common Stock (or securities into which the Common Stock is hereafter converted) into such Qualified Financing Securities or vice versa).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conversion of Voting Preferred Stock pursuant to a Qualified Financing, the shares of Common Stock issued upon such conversion shall be the same class of Common Stock for all holders of Voting Preferred Stock and shall be convertible into the Qualified Financing Securities on the same terms.

 

(c)                                   Mechanics of Conversion .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Voting Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay the fair market value cash equivalent of such fractional share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  For such purpose, all shares of Voting Preferred Stock held by each holder shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash.  Before any holder of Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall surrender Voting Preferred Stock certificate or certificates, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert such shares; provided , however , that, in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(b)  above, the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided further , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Voting Preferred Stock are delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company (but shall not be required to provide a bond) to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.

 

The Company shall, as soon as practicable after delivery of Voting Preferred Stock certificates, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Voting Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided , however , that, if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or pursuant to an offering under Rule 144A under to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Voting Preferred Stock for

 

A-12



 

conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of Voting Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Voting Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of the sale of such securities.  Any shares of a series of Voting Preferred Stock that are converted to Common Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of the applicable series of Voting Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

(d)                                  Adjustments to Conversion Price for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common .  After the filing of this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation, if the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock dividend, stock split or combination), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price and the Series D Conversion Price (collectively, the “ Conversion Prices ”)  in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  After the filing of this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation, if the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

(e)                                   Adjustments to Conversion Price for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution .  After the filing of this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), the Conversion Prices then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted such that Voting Preferred Stock shall be convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of Voting Preferred Stock immediately before that change.

 

(f)                                     Adjustments to Conversion Prices for Dilutive Issuances .

 

(i)                                      After the filing of this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

 

(A)                               if the Company shall issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (as actually issued or, pursuant to Section 4(f)(iii)  below, deemed to be issued) for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale, then immediately upon such issue or sale the Series A Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such prior Series A Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of “Calculated Securities” (defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the

 

A-13



 

Company for the total number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold would purchase at such prior Series A Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Calculated Securities outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold;

 

(B)                                 if the Company shall issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (as actually issued or, pursuant to Section 4(f)(iii)  below, deemed to be issued) for a consideration per share less than the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale, then immediately upon such issue or sale the Series B Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such prior Series B Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of “Calculated Securities” (defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold would purchase at such prior Series B Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Calculated Securities outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold;

 

(C)                                 if the Company shall issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (as actually issued or, pursuant to Section 4(f)(iii)  below, deemed to be issued) for a consideration per share less than the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale, then immediately upon such issue or sale the Series C Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such prior Series C Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of “Calculated Securities” (defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold would purchase at such prior Series C Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Calculated Securities outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold; and

 

(D)                                if the Company shall issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (as actually issued or, pursuant to Section 4(f)(iii)  below, deemed to be issued) for a consideration per share less than the Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale, then immediately upon such issue or sale the Series D Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such prior Series D Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of “Calculated Securities” (defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold would purchase at such prior Series D Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Calculated Securities outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.

 

Calculated Securities ” means (i) all shares of Common Stock actually outstanding; (ii) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the then outstanding Voting Preferred Stock (without giving effect to any adjustments to the conversion price of any series of Preferred

 

A-14



 

Stock as a result of such issuance and assuming, for this purpose, that all Series D-1 Preferred has been converted into Series D Preferred pursuant to Section 4(j) ); and (iii) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise and/or conversion of outstanding Convertible Securities.

 

(ii)                                   For the purposes of Section 4(f)(i)  above and Section 4(f)  (iii) below, none of the following issuances shall be considered the issuance or sale of Common Stock:

 

(A)                               The issuance of Common Stock upon the conversion or exercise of any then-outstanding Convertible Securities.

 

(B)                                 The issuance of any Common Stock or Convertible Securities as a stock split, stock dividend on the Company’s stock and as to which the Conversion Prices have been adjusted pursuant to Section 4(d) .

 

(C)                                 The issuance after the date of the filing of this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation of shares of Common Stock (or options to purchase shares of Common Stock) to employees, directors or consultants of the Company that are approved by the Board of Directors.

 

(D)                                The issuance of shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities to lenders, financial institutions, equipment lessors, or real estate lessors to the Company in connection with a bona fide borrowing or leasing transaction approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(E)                                  The issuance of Common Stock or Convertible Securities in connection with the acquisition of another business by the Company by merger, purchase of assets or shares, or other reorganization; provided , however , that such transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors.

 

(F)                                  The issuance of Common Stock or Convertible Securities pursuant to a strategic relationship that is not entered into primarily for equity financing purposes (other than to a Sponsor (as defined in the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated on or about March 3, 2008) or to an affiliate of any such Sponsor); provided , however , (i) that such transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors and 55% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis) and that cumulative issuances made solely in reliance on this clause (F) shall not exceed 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of (i) Series D-1 Preferred into Series D Preferred and (ii) Voting Preferred Stock (including the shares of Series D Preferred referenced in the immediately preceding clause (i)) and other convertible securities into Common Stock).

 

(G)                                 The issuance of shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued which are approved by the affirmative vote or written consent of holders of an aggregate of more than (i) 55% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred and Combined Series D Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis), (ii) 53% of the then outstanding

 

A-15



 

shares of Combined Series D Preferred (which approval shall include a specific acknowledgement that such shares shall not constitute the issuance of shares of Common Stock for purposes of this Section 4(f)  or another specific acknowledgment of the waiver of anti-dilution rights hereunder) and (iii) if such Common Stock is issued at a price below $3.851 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred), 55% of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred.

 

(iii)                                For the purposes of Section 4(f)(i)  above, the following subsections (A) to (D), inclusive, shall also be applicable:

 

(A)                               In case at any time the Company shall grant any rights to subscribe for, or any rights or options to purchase, Convertible Securities, whether or not such rights or options or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such rights or options or upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities (determined by dividing (x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the granting of such rights or options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options, plus, in the case of any such rights or options which relate to such Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such rights or options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such rights or options) shall be less than any of the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting of such rights or options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such rights or options or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such rights or options shall (as of the date of granting of such rights or options) be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued for such price per share.

 

(B)                                 In case at any time the Company shall issue or sell any Convertible Securities, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert thereunder are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange (determined by dividing (x) the total amount received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities) shall be less than any of the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall (as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities) be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued for such price per share; provided , however , that, if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any rights to subscribe for or to purchase or any option to purchase any such Convertible Securities for which adjustments of the conversion price have been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Section 4(f)(iii) , no further adjustment of the conversion

 

A-16



 

price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

 

(C)                                 In case at any time any shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities or any rights or options to purchase any such Common Stock, or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Company therefor.  In case any shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities or any rights or options to purchase any such Common Stock or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  In case any shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities or any rights or options to purchase any such Common Stock or Convertible Securities shall be issued in connection with any merger of another corporation into the Company, the amount of consideration therefor shall be deemed to be the fair value of the assets of such merged corporation as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after deducting therefrom all cash and other consideration (if any) paid by the Company in connection with such merger.

 

(D)                                Upon the termination or expiration of any options or other rights to purchase Common Stock or unconverted, unexchanged or unexercised Convertible Securities which resulted in an adjustment to any of the Conversion Prices, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and/or Series D Conversion Price (in each case to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options or Convertible Securities) shall be adjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and/or Series D Conversion Price, as applicable, as would have been obtained had such terminated or expired option or Convertible Security never been issued.

 

(g)                                  Intentionally Deleted

 

(h)                                  Certificate of Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) any and all adjustments made to Preferred Stock since the date of the first issuance of Preferred Stock, (ii) the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price and the Series D Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

 

(i)                                      Notices of Record Date .  In the event that the Company shall propose at any time (i) to declare any Distribution; (ii) to offer for subscription to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock or other rights; (iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization; or (iv) to effect a Liquidation; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall send to the holders of Preferred Stock at least 20 days prior

 

A-17



 

written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in clauses (iii) and (iv) above; provided , however, that, subject to compliance with the General Corporation Law, such periods may be shortened or waived upon the written consent of the holders of an aggregate of more than 55% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis).

 

(j)                                      HSR Triggering Event; Automatic Conversion of Series D-1 Preferred; Stock Splits with Respect to Combined Series D Preferred .  Upon the occurrence of an HSR Triggering Event with respect to a holder of Series D-1 Preferred, each share of Series D-1 Preferred held by such holder shall automatically be converted into one share of Series D Preferred.  The mechanics of an automatic conversion of Voting Preferred Stock into Common Stock set forth Section 4(c) shall be applied in a similar manner with respect to the automatic conversion of Series D-1 Preferred into Series D Preferred contemplated by the preceding sentence.  Any shares of Series D-1 Preferred that are converted to Series D Preferred shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of Series D-1 Preferred, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series D-1 Preferred accordingly.  So long as any shares of Series D-1 Preferred remain outstanding and have not been converted in accordance with the previous sentence, the Company shall not in any manner subdivide (by any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) or combine (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) any outstanding shares of Combined Series D Preferred unless all outstanding shares of Combined Series D Preferred are proportionately subdivided or combined.

 

(k)                                   Reservation of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock (assuming, for this purpose, that all Series D-1 Preferred has been converted into Series D Preferred pursuant to Section 4(j) ); and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock(assuming, for this purpose, that all Series D-1 Preferred has been converted into Series D Preferred pursuant to Section 4(j) ), the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

(l)                                      Reservation of Series D Preferred Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Series D Preferred, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series D-1 Preferred, such number of its shares of Series D Preferred as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series D-1 Preferred; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series D Preferred shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series D-1 Preferred, the Company will

 

A-18



 

take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series D Preferred to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

5.                                        Voting .

 

(a)                                   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Voting Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

 

(b)                                  Voting Preferred Stock .  Each holder of shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder of Voting Preferred Stock could then be converted; provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, no effect shall be given to the proviso in Section 4(a)  above in determining the number of votes to which holders of Combined Series D Preferred are entitled.  The holders of shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Voting Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.  For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall not have voting rights with respect to the election of directors or otherwise, except as expressly provided herein or as required by law.

 

(c)                                   Common Stock .  Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding or reserved for issuance) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

6.                                        Amendments and Changes .

 

(a)                                   Approval by Preferred Stock .  Notwithstanding Section 5 above, the Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of an aggregate of more than 55% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or, in the case of clause (ix) below, 55% of the then outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock (in each case voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis):

 

(i)                                      amend this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company in any way that adversely changes the rights, privileges or preferences expressly afforded the Preferred Stock, or effect a merger, business combination, or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock will be changed in any way or pursuant to which

 

A-19



 

Preferred Stock will be exchanged for new securities with different rights, preferences, privileges or preferences; or

 

(ii)                                   increase or decrease the number of shares of Preferred Stock (or any series thereof) that the Company shall have the authority to issue, or effect a merger, business combination or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the number of shares of Preferred Stock (or any series thereof) that the Company or a successor corporation shall have the authority to issue shall be increased or decreased;

 

(iii)                                create or issue, or authorize the creation or issuance of, any additional classes or series of equity securities or warrants or other securities convertible or exchangeable into such securities, in each case that are pari passu or senior to a series of the Preferred Stock

 

(iv)                               declare or pay a dividend or other Distribution on any of the Company’s stock (other than Series A Dividends, Series C Dividends and Series D Dividends in accordance with Section 2(a)  and dividends payable in Common Stock for which the Conversion Prices are appropriately adjusted);

 

(v)                                  repurchase shares of the Company’s stock except in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, consultants, officers and directors upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, which agreements were authorized by the approval of the Board of Directors or pursuant to an exercise of a right of first refusal of the Company approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(vi)                               increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance to employees, directors or consultants of the Company under a stock plan approved by the Board of Directors or otherwise.

 

(vii)                            permit issuance of equity securities by a subsidiary of the Company to a third party;

 

(viii)                         consummate any Liquidation; or

 

(ix)                                 change the authorized number of directors of the Company to greater than nine directors.

 

(b)                                  Approval by Combined Series D Preferred .  Notwithstanding Section 5 above, the Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of an aggregate of more than 64% of the outstanding Combined Series D Preferred (voting together as a separate series) alter, amend, modify or waive the rights, preferences or privileges of Combined Series D Preferred in a manner that adversely affects the holders of Combined Series D Preferred (it being understood that (x) the authorization and issuance of more shares of Series D Preferred, Series D-1 Preferred or of a separate series of senior or pari passu or junior Preferred Stock or of Common Stock (or warrants or other securities convertible or

 

A-20



 

exchangeable into such securities) and (y) any alteration, amendment, modification or waiver entered into in connection with a Liquidation in which holders of Preferred Stock receive the amounts contemplated by Section 3 above (with no holder of Preferred Stock (in such holder’s capacity as such) receiving an amount in excess of the amount contemplated by Section 3 above) shall each be deemed not to constitute an adverse change to the rights, privileges or preferences afforded to Combined Series D Preferred for this purpose); provided that clause (x) above shall not apply to the issuance of any equity securities that are pari passu or senior to Combined Series D Preferred and in each case issued to existing stockholders in exchange for securities held by them that are pari passu or junior to Combined Series D Preferred.

 

(c)                                   Approval by Series C Preferred .  Notwithstanding Section 5 above, the Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of an aggregate of more than 65% of the outstanding Series C Preferred (voting together as a separate series) alter, amend, modify or waive the rights, preferences or privileges of Series C Preferred Stock (including by way of merger, business combination, other corporate transaction or series of related transactions or otherwise) in a manner that adversely affects the holders of Series C Preferred (it being understood that (x) the authorization and issuance of more shares of Series C Preferred or of a separate series of senior, pari passu , or junior Preferred Stock or of Common Stock (or warrants or other securities convertible or exchangeable into such securities) and (y) any alteration, amendment, modification or waiver entered into in connection with a Liquidation in which holders of Preferred Stock receive the amounts contemplated by Section 3 above shall each be deemed not to constitute an adverse change to the rights, privileges or preferences afforded to Series C Preferred for this purpose).

 

(d)                                  Approval by Series A Preferred .   Notwithstanding Section 5 above, the Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of an aggregate of more than 50% of the outstanding Series A Preferred (voting together as a separate series) alter, amend, modify or waive the rights, preferences or privileges of Series A Preferred Stock in a manner that adversely affects the holders of Series A Preferred (it being understood that (x) the authorization and issuance of more shares of Series A Preferred or of a separate series of senior, pari passu , or junior Preferred Stock or of Common Stock (or warrants or other securities convertible or exchangeable into such securities) and (y) any alteration, amendment, modification or waiver entered into in connection with a Liquidation in which holders of Preferred Stock receive the amounts contemplated by Section 3 above, shall each be deemed not to constitute an adverse change to the rights, privileges or preferences afforded to Series A Preferred for this purpose).

 

(e)                                   Approval by Series B Preferred .  Notwithstanding Section 5 above, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of an aggregate of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred (voting together as a separate series):

 

(i)                                      create or issue any securities of the Company having rights, preferences or privileges which are both (i) senior to the rights of Series B Preferred and (ii) junior to the rights of the Series A Preferred (it being understood that the approval of holders of

 

A-21



 

Series B Preferred shall not be required to approve the issuance of additional shares of Series B Preferred or of Series A Preferred or of securities having rights, preferences and privileges that are pari passu with or senior to those of the Series A Preferred); or

 

(ii)                                   amend this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to adversely change the rights, privileges or preferences expressly afforded the Series B Preferred, or effect a merger, business combination, or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred are adversely changed or pursuant to which the Series B Preferred will be exchanged for new securities with different rights, privileges or preferences that are less favorable to the Series B Preferred, unless, in each case, the rights, privileges and/or preferences (as applicable) of the Series A Preferred  (or any securities issued in exchange therefore) are similarly changed in  or as a result of  such amendment,   transaction or exchange, taking into account the existing seniority of the Series A Preferred to the Series B Preferred (it being understood that without limiting the rights of the Series B Preferred under Section 6(e)(i) , (x) the authorization  and issuance of more shares of Series B Preferred or of  a separate series of  senior, pari passu or junior Preferred  Stock  or of  Common Stock (or warrants or other securities convertible or exchangeable into such securities) and (y) any alteration, amendment, modification or waiver entered into in connection with a Liquidation in which holders of Series B Preferred receive the amounts contemplated by Section 3 above, shall each be deemed not to constitute an adverse change to the rights, privileges or preferences afforded to Series B Preferred for this purpose).

 

7.                                        Redemption .  Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

8.                                        Notices .  Any notice required by the provisions of this Article Four to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, if deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or if personally delivered, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Company.

 

9.                                        Other .  For the purposes of all applicable legislation and regulation, each of the stockholders, officers and directors of the Company authorize 3i Technology Partners LP, 3i Group plc and affiliates of 3i Group plc (both within and outside of the United States) (the “ 3i Group ”) to process (but only amongst the 3i Group and its advisors and only within the meaning of European Directive 95/46/EC) any data or information concerning them which is obtained in the course of its and their due diligence and other investment business, for so long as any member of the 3i Group continues to own shares of the Company’s capital stock. The data and information that may be processed for such purposes shall include any information which may have a bearing on the prudence or commercial merits of investing, or disposing of any stock (or other investment or security) in the Company.  Nothing in this authority shall entitle any 3i Group entity to make any disclosure of such data or information to third parties.

 

10.                                  For the avoidance of doubt, reference to senior, pari passu or junior securities shall refer to the priority of such securities as compared to other securities as to the payment of dividends or upon Liquidation.

 

A-22



 

FIVE

 

The board of directors shall have the power to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of the Company (except insofar as the bylaws of the Company as adopted by action of the stockholders of the Company shall otherwise provide).  Any bylaws made by the directors under the powers conferred hereby may be amended or repealed by the directors or by the stockholders, and the powers conferred in this Article Five shall not abrogate the right of the stockholders to adopt, amend and repeal bylaws.

 

SIX

 

Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Company shall so provide.

 

SEVEN

 

Subject to the provisions of this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Company reserves the right to amend the provisions in this Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in any certificate amendatory hereof in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on stockholders or others hereunder or thereunder are granted subject to such reservation.

 

EIGHT

 

A.                                    To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, no director of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Eight to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

B.                                      The Company shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Company or any predecessor of the Company or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Company or any predecessor to the Company to the same extent as permitted under Section A above.

 

C.                                      Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article Eight , nor the adoption of any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article Eight , shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article Eight in respect of any matter occurring or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article Eight , would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

D.                                     The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or another corporation, partnership, joint

 

A-23



 

venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

A-24




Exhibit 3.03

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

1

 

 

Section 1.

REGISTERED OFFICES

1

Section 2.

OTHER OFFICES

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

 

 

Section 1.

PLACE OF MEETINGS

1

Section 2.

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

Section 3.

QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF

1

Section 4.

VOTING

2

Section 5.

PROXIES

2

Section 6.

SPECIAL MEETINGS

2

Section 7.

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

3

Section 8.

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST

3

Section 9.

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

4

 

 

 

Section 1.

THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

4

Section 2.

VACANCIES

4

Section 3.

POWERS

5

Section 4.

PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

5

Section 5.

REGULAR MEETINGS

5

Section 6.

SPECIAL MEETINGS

5

Section 7.

QUORUM

5

Section 8.

ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

5

Section 9.

TELEPHONIC MEETINGS

6

Section 10.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

6

Section 11.

MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS

6

Section 12.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

6

 

 

 

Section 1.

OFFICERS

6

Section 2.

ELECTION OF OFFICERS

7

Section 3.

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

7

Section 4.

COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS

7

Section 5.

TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES

7

Section 6.

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

7

 

i



 

Section 7.

PRESIDENT

7

Section 8.

VICE PRESIDENTS

8

Section 9.

SECRETARY

8

Section 10.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

8

Section 11.

TREASURER

8

Section 12.

ASSISTANT TREASURER

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

9

 

 

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

11

 

 

ARTICLE VII. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

12

 

 

 

Section 1.

CERTIFICATES

12

Section 2.

SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES

12

Section 3.

STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES

12

Section 4.

LOST CERTIFICATES

12

Section 5.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

12

Section 6.

FIXED RECORD DATE

13

Section 7.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

14

 

 

 

Section 1.

DIVIDENDS

14

Section 2.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES

14

Section 3.

CHECKS

14

Section 4.

FISCAL YEAR

14

Section 5.

CORPORATE SEAL

14

Section 6.

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE

14

Section 7.

WAIVER OF NOTICE

15

Section 8.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

15

 

 

 

Section 1.

AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR STOCKHOLDERS

15

 

ii



 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

 

Section 1.                                 REGISTERED OFFICES.  The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.                                 OTHER OFFICES.  The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                 PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors.   The Board of Directors may also determine that a meeting may be held by means of remote communication whereby stockholders and not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in a meeting of stockholders and may be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication.  In determining that a meeting may be held by means of remote communication, the Board of Directors shall also (i) implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder, (ii) implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) provide that a record of any vote or action taken by any stockholder or at the meeting by means of remote communication.  In the absence of any designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

 

Section 2.                                 ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors.  At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

Section 3.                                 QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF.  A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General

 

1



 

Corporation Law (the “Delaware Law”), by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws.  A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.   Such announcement must set forth the time, the place, if any, of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

 

Section 4.                                 VOTING.  When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.  Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

 

Section 5.                                 PROXIES.  At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act as such stockholder’s proxy by (i) executing an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder, or (ii) by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy, provided that any such telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.   All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6.                                 SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation

 

2



 

issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 7.                                 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise provided in the Delaware Law, the written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.  If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

 

Section 8.                                 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST.  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination by any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 9.                                 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its

 

3



 

registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 9, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission.  The date on which the telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper forms shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the corporation as provided above.

 

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                                 THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be not less than four (4) nor more than ten (10).  The exact number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.  The directors need not be stockholders.  The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Delaware Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

Section 2.                                 VACANCIES.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  Each director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.  If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the

 

4



 

manner provided by the Delaware Law.  If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

Section 3.                                 POWERS.  The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors.  In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the Delaware Law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 4.                                 PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS.  The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5.                                 REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

Section 6.                                 SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman on forty-eight (48) hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail, by facsimile, by electronic transmission or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the Chairman or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the Chairman or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

 

Section 7.                                 QUORUM.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws require a greater number.  The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.  If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

 

Section 8.                                 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in

 

5



 

writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 9.                                 TELEPHONIC MEETINGS.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 10.                           COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

 

Section 11.                           MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 12.                           COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                 OFFICERS.  The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or

 

6



 

both, and a Secretary.  The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof.  In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title.  At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

 

Section 2.                                 ELECTION OF OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

 

Section 3.                                 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

Section 4.                                 COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS.  The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.                                 TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES.  Each officer of the corporation shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.  If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.                                 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws.  The Chairman of the Board may, if designated by the Board, also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and if so designated shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

 

Section 7.                                 PRESIDENT.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, unless such an officer is elected separately by the Board of Directors, and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation.  If the President also serves as the Chief Executive Officer, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President of corporations (subject to such powers and duties vested by the Board in the Chief Executive Officer), and shall have such other powers and duties as may

 

7



 

be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.  If a Chief Executive Officer is elected separately by the Board of Directors, such Chief Executive Officer shall have such powers and perform such duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.                                 VICE PRESIDENTS.  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.                                 SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors.  He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.  He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

Section 10.                           ASSISTANT SECRETARY.  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 11.                           TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.  If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

8


 

Section 12.                           ASSISTANT TREASURER.  The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

(a)                                   The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                                  The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

9



 

(c)                                   To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

(d)                                  Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b).  Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders.

 

(e)                                   Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V.  Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

(f)                                     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(g)                                  The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

 

(h)                                  For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or

 

10



 

officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(i)                                      For purposes of this Article V, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article V.

 

(j)                                      The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(k)                                   The Court of Chancery is vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this Article or under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.  The Court of Chancery may summarily determine the corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).

 

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

 

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by the Delaware Law.

 

11



 

ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

Section 1.                                 CERTIFICATES.  Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

 

Section 2.                                 SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3.                                 STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES.  If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware Law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Section 4.                                 LOST CERTIFICATES.  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.                                 TRANSFERS OF STOCK.  Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and

 

12



 

record the transaction upon its books, unless otherwise restricted by the Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6.                                 FIXED RECORD DATE.  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and (ii) the record date for stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no such record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 7.                                 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.  The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the Delaware Law.

 

13



 

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.                                 DIVIDENDS.  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock either (i) out of its surplus, as defined in and computed in accordance with Sections 154 and 244 of the Delaware Law, or (ii) in case there shall be no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.   If the capital of the corporation, computed in accordance with Sections 154 and 244 of the Delaware Law, shall have been diminished by depreciation in the value of its property, or by losses, or otherwise, to an amount less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets, the directors shall not declare and pay out of such net profits any dividends upon any shares of any classes of its capital stock until the deficiency in the amount of capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets shall have been repaired.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 2.                                 PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES.  Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 3.                                 CHECKS.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 4.                                 FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.                                 CORPORATE SEAL.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.”  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

Section 6.                                 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE.  Whenever, under the provisions of the Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Notice to directors may also be given by facsimile, by electronic transmission, or by telegram.

 

14



 

Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware Law, notice to stockholders may also be given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.  Notice given by a form of electronic transmission shall be deemed given (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice, and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.  “Electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

Section 7.                                 WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.                                 ANNUAL STATEMENT.  The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.                                 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR STOCKHOLDERS.  These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.  If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

15



 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

 

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

 

(a)                                   That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

 

(b)                                  That the foregoing Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of April 18, 2006.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name as of this 18th day of April, 2006.

 

 

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Shawn Colo, Secretary

 

 

16




Exhibit 4.02

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

Dated March 3, 2008

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

1.

Certain Definitions

2

 

 

 

2.

Representations and Warranties

8

 

 

 

3.

Registration Rights

8

3.1

Request for Registration

8

3.2

Registration on Form S-3

10

3.3

Company Registration

11

3.4

Registration Procedures

12

3.5

Information by Holder

14

3.6

Indemnification

15

3.7

Expenses of Registration

17

3.8

Rule 144 Reporting

18

3.9

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

18

3.10

Procedure for Underwriter Cutbacks

18

3.11

Standoff Agreement

19

3.12

Termination of Rights

20

3.13

Transfer of Registration Rights

20

3.14

Qualified Financing

20

 

 

 

4.

Restrictions on Transfer

21

4.1

Joinder; Securities Laws Compliance

21

4.2

Securities Laws and Transfer Legends

21

4.3

Right of First Offer

22

4.4

Co-Sale Right

23

4.5

Competitors

25

 

 

 

5.

Sale of the Company

25

 

 

 

6.

Voting Agreement

25

6.1

Obligations to Vote Voting Shares for Specific Nominee

25

6.2

Obligations to Vote Voting Shares for Removal of Director

28

 

ii



 

6.3

Changes in Size of Board

29

6.4

Voting Agreement Legend

29

 

 

 

7.

Preemptive Rights

29

 

 

 

8.

Affirmative Covenants of the Company

30

8.1

Delivery of Financial Information

30

8.2

D&O Insurance

31

8.3

Stock Options

32

8.4

Restrictions on Transfer

32

8.5

Proprietary Information

32

8.6

Director Indemnification Agreements

32

8.7

Board and Officer Covenant

32

8.8

Environmental Covenant

32

8.9

Employment Covenant

32

 

 

 

9.

Confidentiality

33

 

 

 

10.

Miscellaneous

33

10.1

Transfers in Violation of Agreement

33

10.2

Governing Law

33

10.3

Equitable Relief

34

10.4

Successors in Interest

34

10.5

Entire Agreement

34

10.6

Notices, Etc.

34

10.7

Delays or Omissions

35

10.8

Dispute Resolution Fees

35

10.9

Counterparts

35

10.10

Severability

35

10.11

Titles and Subtitles

35

10.12

Amendment and Waiver

36

10.13

Additional Parties; After Acquired Shares

36

10.14

Termination of Prior Stockholders’ Agreement

37

10.15

Termination

37

10.16

Waiver of Trial By Jury

37

 

iii



 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 3, 2008 among Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the stockholders listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Stockholders ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholders desire to enter into this Agreement to provide for certain transfer and voting obligations related to the Shares, among other matters;

 

WHEREAS, each Stockholder owns, directly or indirectly, the Shares set forth opposite such Stockholder’s name on Exhibit A , as it shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company to the extent necessary to accurately reflect exchanges, redemptions, capital contributions, the issuance of additional Shares or similar events;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Stockholders (collectively, the “ Existing Parties ”) are parties to the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of September 10, 2007 (the “ Prior Stockholders’ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Existing Parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement in accordance with Section 10.12 of the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Section 10.12 of the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement vested the authority to amend the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement in the holders of 55% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock and Common Stock (if any) issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis) and provided that any such amendment would be binding upon all parties to the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the holders of 55% of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis) desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and are entering into this Agreement, making this Agreement binding upon all of the parties to the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholders contemplate that certain future holders of Shares and rights to acquire Shares shall also become parties to this Agreement by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto that are parties to the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement hereby agree that the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety with this Agreement, and the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, further agree as follows:

 



 

1.                                        Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

 

3i Permitted Transferee ” means 3i Group plc or any Affiliate of 3i Group plc or any entity or vehicle including a partnership in which 3i Group plc and/or its affiliate has a majority economic interest and which is managed by 3i Group plc or any of its Affiliates.

 

Affiliate ” means as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.  For purposes of this definition, a Person shall be deemed to be “controlled by” a Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to vote 50% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of members of the board of directors, board of managers or similar governing body of such Person.

 

Approved Sale ” means the sale of the Company, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (a) pursuant to which one or more third parties proposes to acquire all or substantially all of the equity and voting power of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, purchase of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or otherwise) or all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company, (b) which has been approved by (i) the Board and (ii) the Requisite Preferred Holders and (c) pursuant to which all holders of Shares receive with respect thereto (whether in such transaction or, with respect to an asset sale, upon a subsequent liquidation) the amount of consideration that they would be entitled to receive (with respect to the aggregate consideration that is paid or distributed to equityholders in such transaction) under the Company’s Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and/or restated from time to time) in a Liquidation.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means any day during which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

Common Holders ” means holders of Common Stock (in their capacities as such).

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (or any securities into which such Common Stock is converted).

 

Common Stock Equivalents ” means the Company’s Common Stock and securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, or exercisable into, shares of Common Stock.

 

Competitor ” means Person who is primarily engaged in and/or derives a material portion of its revenue from directly or through a majority owned subsidiary (i) the domain name registrar business, (ii) the domain name traffic monetization business (including domain name parking, domain name auctions and buying and selling domain name portfolios) and/or (iii) operation of media websites in any state of the United States or elsewhere.  In addition, each of

 

2



 

the entities listed on Schedule 1 hereto (and their respective Affiliates) shall be deemed Competitors of the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

ENOM Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 27, 2006 by and among the Company, Mediabloxx Merger Sub, Inc., ENOM Ventures, Inc., Paul Stahura, Jim Beaver and the Stahura Family Revocable Trust.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Form S-3 Initiating Holders ” means any Stockholders who in the aggregate hold not less than ten percent (10%) of the shares of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and who propose to register securities, the aggregate offering price of which, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is no less than $500,000.

 

GS ” means Goldman Sachs Investment Partners Master Fund, L.P.

 

GS Permitted Transferee ” means GS or any Affiliate of GS or any entity or vehicle including a partnership in which GS and/or its affiliate has a majority economic interest and which is managed by GS or any of its Affiliates.

 

Initiating Holders ” means Stockholders (i) who in the aggregate hold not less than twenty percent (20%) of the shares of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, (ii) which include at least two Stockholders that are not Affiliates of each other who each beneficially own and each propose to register at least 3,500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) and (iii) who propose to register securities, the aggregate offering price of which, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, exceeds $5,000,000.

 

Initial IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

Liquidation ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Company’s Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Major Holder ” means a Stockholder which together with such Stockholder’s Affiliates owns at least 500,000 shares of Common Stock (on an as converted to Common Stock basis and as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Common Stock).

 

New Securities ” means any shares of capital stock of the Company, including Common Stock and Preferred Stock, whether authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase said shares of capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into capital stock; provided , however , that the term “New Securities” does not include (i) any securities issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; (ii) securities issued to employees, consultants, officers, and directors of the Company, if such issuance is approved by the Board; (iii) securities issued upon conversion of convertible securities (including the Series A

 

3



 

Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series D-1 Preferred) or issued pursuant to any rights or agreements, including, without limitation, options and warrants; provided that the Company shall have complied with Section 7 below with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such convertible securities, rights or agreements, or provided that such convertible securities, rights or agreements existed on or prior to the date hereof; (iv) securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization by the Company; (v) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another business or entity by the Company by merger, purchase of assets or shares, or other reorganization if such issuance is approved by the Board; (vi) securities issued in connection with obtaining lease financing, whether issued to a lessor, guarantor, or other person, if such issuance is approved by the Board; (viii) securities issued to vendors or customers of the Company, or to other persons in similar commercial arrangements with the Company, if such issuance is approved by the Board; (ix) securities issued in connection with corporate partnering transactions, if such issuance is approved by the Board; and (x) any right, option, or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to clauses (i) through (ix) above.

 

Other Stockholder ” means Persons other than Stockholders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their securities in certain registrations hereunder.

 

Permitted Transfer ” means the Transfer of Shares by a Stockholder to: (a) the Company; (b) any subsidiary of the Company; (c) another Stockholder; (d) any Affiliate of such Stockholder; (e) to one or more Persons in an Approved Sale; (f) in the case of 3i Technology Partners III L.P. (“ 3i ”), to any 3i Permitted Transferee; or (g) in the case of GS, to any GS Permitted Transferee.  For purposes of this definition, the term “Affiliate” shall include, with respect to individual Stockholders, if any, (i) a spouse or descendant of such individual, (ii) any trust or family partnership or other entity (in each case, organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof) whose beneficiaries or owners shall solely be such individual and/or such individual’s spouse and/or any Person related by blood or adoption to such individual or such individual’s spouse, and (iii) the estate of such individual.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union, or other entity or governmental body.

 

Preferred Holders ” means the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders and the Series D-1 Holders.

 

Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred, the Series D-1 Preferred and any other series of preferred stock of the Company.

 

Purchase Agreement ” means the Series D-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 3, 2008 among the Company and the parties set forth on Exhibit A thereto and the other investors who are or become parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

 

4



 

Qualified Financing ” means the consummation of (a) a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act on Form S-1 (as defined in the Securities Act) or any successor form of Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $100,000,000 or (b) a Rule 144A Offering of Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $150,000,000, in each case with a per share offering price of not less than $5.7765 (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock).

 

The terms “ register ”, “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 3.2 , 3.3 and 3.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, listing and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company , fees and disbursements of one counsel for all of the Stockholders registering securities in any given registration , blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company), but shall not include Selling Expenses.

 

Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock held by a Stockholder or issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of Common Stock Equivalents (including Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series D-1 Preferred (following conversion thereof to Series D Preferred) or warrants to purchase Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents) held by a Stockholder and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in clause (i) above; provided , however , that Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they (A) have not been sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, (B) have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto are removed upon the consummation of such sale, (C) have not been transferred in a transaction pursuant to which the registration rights are not also assigned in accordance with Section 3.13 hereof, or (D) with respect to all shares held by a Stockholder, during the applicable period, are not eligible for sale under Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any similar or successor rule) during any one ninety (90) day period.

 

Requisite Preferred Holders ” shall mean the holders of an aggregate of more than 55% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock and Common Stock (if any) issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis).

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the SEC.

 

5



 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the SEC.

 

Rule 144A Offering ” means an offering of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (or securities into which Common Stock is convertible) pursuant to Rule 144A following which the offered securities are traded on the GSTrUE (or on a similar platform, exchange or trading system).

 

Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the SEC.

 

Sale ” (and related words “ Sell ” and “ Sold ”) means a Transfer for value.

 

SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the securities registered by the Stockholders and all fees and disbursements of counsel for any Stockholder , other than the fees and disbursements of one counsel for all of the Stockholders registering securities in any given registration as provided in the definition of “Registration Expenses” above .

 

Series A Holders ” means the holders of Series A Preferred (in their capacities as such).

 

Series B Holders ” means the holders of Series B Preferred (in their capacities as such).

 

Series C Holders ” means the holders of Series C Preferred (in their capacities as such).

 

Series D Holders ” means the holders of Series D Preferred (in their capacities as such).

 

Series D-1 Holders ” means the holders of Series D-1 Preferred (in their capacities as such).

 

Series A Preferred ” means the Series A Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Series B Preferred ” means the Series B Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

6



 

Series C Preferred ” means the Series C Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Series D Preferred ” means the Series D Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Series D-1 Preferred ” means the Series D-1 Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Shares ” means all Common Stock Equivalents of the Company held by any Stockholder that is a party to this Agreement, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

Sponsors ” means each of (i) Spectrum so long as it is entitled to designate a director under Section 6.1(a)(i) , (ii) Oak so long as it is entitled to designate a director under Section 6.1(a)(ii) , (iii) Generation so long as it is entitled to designate a director under Section 6.1(a)(iii) , (iv) 3i so long as it is entitled to designate a director under Section 6.1(a)(iv)  and (v) GS so long as it is entitled to designate a director under Section 6(a)(v) .

 

Stockholder ” means each of the stockholders listed on Exhibit A (so long as such Person remains a stockholder) and each other Person that becomes a stockholder hereunder pursuant to Section 10.13 .

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control or have the right to appoint, as the case may be, the managing director, manager, board of directors, a general partner or other governing body of such partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity by means of ownership interest, agreement or otherwise.

 

Transfer ” shall mean any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition of any Shares other than by operation of law (except where the primary purpose of the action that is by operation of law is to circumvent the transfer restrictions of this Agreement).

 

Voting Preferred Stock ” means all shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series D Preferred and any other series of Preferred Stock having the right to vote in the election of directors of the Company.

 

7


 

Voting Shares ” means all shares of Common Stock and any other shares of capital stock of the Company having the right to vote as a single class with the Common Stock.

 

2.                                        Representations and Warranties .  Each Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company and to each other Stockholder that (a) such Stockholder (i) with respect to Stockholders that are not individuals, is duly formed and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized, with all requisite power and authority to carry on its business and (ii) has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, and all necessary action has been taken, to make this Agreement a valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

3.                                        Registration Rights .

 

3.1                                  Request for Registration .

 

(a)                                   If the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request that the Company effect any registration, qualification, or compliance, the Company will:

 

(i)                      promptly deliver written notice of the proposed registration, qualification, or compliance to all other Stockholders; and

 

(ii)                   as soon as practicable, use its best efforts to effect such registration, qualification, or compliance (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Stockholder or Stockholders joining in such request as are specified in a written request delivered to the Company within twenty (20) days after delivery of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification, or compliance pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) :

 

(A)                               Prior to the earlier of: (i) five (5) years following the date of this Agreement, and (ii) six months following the effective date of the consummation of the first underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act;

 

(B)                                 After the Company has effected two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 3.1 , such registrations have been declared or ordered effective, and the securities offered pursuant to such registrations have been sold;

 

8



 

(C)                                 During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s estimated date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a registration initiated by the Company; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and that the Company’s estimate of the date of filing such registration statement is made in good faith;

 

(D)                                In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(E)                                  If in the good faith judgment of the Board, such registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and the Board concludes, as a result, that it is essential to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and the Company thereafter delivers to the Initiating Holders a certificate, signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company, stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to register, qualify, or comply under this Section 3.1 shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the delivery of the written request from the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right and the deferral right provided for in Section 3.2(b)  more than twice in any twelve (12) month period;

 

(F)                                  If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 3.2 hereof.

 

Subject to the foregoing clauses (A) through (F), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders.  The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 3.1(c)  and Section 3.10 hereof, include other securities of the Company with respect to which registration rights have been granted, and may include securities being sold for the account of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Underwriting .  If the registration pursuant to this Section 3.1 is underwritten, the right of any Stockholder to participate in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Stockholder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Stockholder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  A Stockholder may elect to include in such underwriting all or a part of the Registrable Securities held by such Stockholder.

 

(c)                                   Procedures .  If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 3.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other Persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 3.1 , the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Stockholders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting

 

9



 

and may condition such offer on such other Persons’ acceptance of the applicable provisions of this Section 3 (including without limitation Section 3.11 ).  The Company shall (together with all Stockholders or other Persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (which managing underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.1 , if the managing underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares to be included in the underwriting or registration shall be allocated as set forth in Section 3.10 .  If any Person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice delivered by the Company or the managing underwriter.  Any Registrable Securities and/or other securities so excluded or withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration.

 

3.2                                  Registration on Form S-3 .

 

(a)                                   Qualification on Form S-3 .  Following consummation of the first underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form and shall use its best efforts to thereafter maintain its qualification to use such form(s).  To that end the Company shall register (whether or not required by law to do so) its Common Stock under the Exchange Act in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Act following the effective date of the first registration of any securities of the Company on Form S-1 or any comparable or successor form or forms.

 

(b)                                  Request for Registration on Form S-3 .  After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, if the Company shall receive from Form S-3 Initiating Holders a written request that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 the Company will:

 

(i)                      promptly deliver written notice of the proposed registration to all other Stockholders; and

 

(ii)                   as soon as practicable, use its best efforts to effect such registration, qualification, or compliance (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Stockholder or Stockholders joining in such request as are specified in a written request delivered to the Company within twenty (20) days after delivery of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification, or compliance pursuant to this Section 3.2 :

 

10



 

(A)                               If the Company has effected any such registration during the preceding 12-month period;

 

(B)                                 During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s estimated date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a registration initiated by the Company; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and that the Company’s estimate of the date of filing such registration statement is made in good faith;

 

(C)                                 In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(D)                                If in the good faith judgment of the Board, such registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and the Board concludes, as a result, that it is essential to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and the Company thereafter delivers to the From S-3 Initiating Holders a certificate, signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company, stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to register, qualify, or comply under this Section 3.2 shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of delivery of the written request from the Form S-3 Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right and the deferral right provided for in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(F)  more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.

 

(c)                                   Underwriting; Procedure .  If a registration requested under this Section 3.2 is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 3.1(b)  and 3.1(c)  shall apply to such registration.

 

3.3                                  Company Registration .

 

(a)                                   Notice of Registration .  If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders other than (A) a registration pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 hereof, (B) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or (C) a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction, the Company will:

 

(i)                      promptly deliver to each Stockholder written notice thereof; and

 

(ii)                   include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 3.3(b)  below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests made by any Stockholder and delivered to the Company within ten (10) days after the written notice is delivered by the Company.  Such written request may include all or a portion of a Stockholder’s Registrable Securities.

 

11



 

(b)                                  Underwriting; Procedures .  If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Stockholders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i) .  In such event, the right of any Stockholder to registration pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be conditioned upon such Stockholder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Stockholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into and perform their obligations under an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3 if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting.  The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities (if any) that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated as set forth in Section 3.10 .  If any Person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice delivered by the Company or the managing underwriter.  Any Registrable Securities and/or other securities so excluded or withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration.

 

(c)                                   Right to Terminate Registration .  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not any Stockholder has elected to include securities in such registration.

 

3.4                                  Registration Procedures .  In the case of each registration, qualification, or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 3 , the Company will keep each Stockholder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification, and compliance and as to the completion thereof and, at its expense, the Company will use its best efforts to:

 

(a)                                   Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for at least ninety (90) days or until the distribution described in the registration statement has been completed, whichever occurs first; provided , however , that (i) such 90-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Stockholder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of common stock or other securities of the Company, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 90-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, however in no event longer than one year from the effective date of the registration statement provided that if applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment which (A) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (B) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, then the incorporation by reference of

 

12



 

information required to be included in (A) and (B) above shall be contained in reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in the registration statement;

 

(b)                                  Furnish to the Stockholders participating in such registration and to the underwriters of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, and such other documents as such underwriters may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering of such securities;

 

(c)                                   Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statements as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(d)                                  Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller promptly a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchaser of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(e)                                   Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Stockholders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto (i) to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or (ii) to qualify to do business in any such state or jurisdiction;

 

(f)                                     Cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar publicly traded securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                  Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Stockholder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3 , on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 3 , if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with

 

13



 

respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Stockholders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter, dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Stockholders requesting registration of Registrable Securities (to the extent the then-applicable standards of professional conduct permit said letter to be addressed to the Stockholders).

 

(i)                                      The Company agrees that, if any Stockholder could reasonably be deemed to be an “underwriter”, as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, in connection with the registration statement in respect of any registration of the Company’s securities of any Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, and any amendment or supplement thereof (any such registration statement or amendment or supplement a “Stockholder Underwriter Registration Statement”), then the Company will cooperate with such Stockholder in allowing such Stockholder to conduct customary “underwriter’s due diligence” with respect to the Company and satisfy its obligations in respect thereof.  In addition, at any such Stockholder’s request, the Company will furnish to such Stockholder, on the date of the effectiveness of any Stockholder Underwriter Registration Statement and thereafter from time to time on such dates as such Stockholder may reasonably request, (i) a letter, dated such date, from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to such Stockholder, and (ii) an opinion, dated as of such date, of counsel representing the Company for purposes of such Stockholder Underwriter Registration Statement, in form, scope and substance as is customarily given in an underwritten public offering, including a standard “10b-5” negative assurances for such offering, addressed to such Stockholder; provided, however, that with respect to any placement agent, the Company’s obligations with respect to this Section 3.4(i)  shall be limited to one time, with an additional bring-down request within 30 days of the date of such documents.  The Company will also permit legal counsel to such Stockholder to review and comment upon any such Stockholder Underwriter Registration Statement at least five Business Days prior to its filing with the SEC and all amendments and supplements to any such Stockholder Underwriter Registration Statement within a reasonable number of days prior to their filing with the SEC and the Company will consider in good faith any comments that such counsel may reasonably request.

 

3.5                                  Information by Holder .  The Stockholder or Stockholders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Stockholder or Stockholders, the Registrable Securities held by them, and the distribution proposed by such Stockholder or Stockholders as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 3 , and the refusal to furnish such information in all material respects by any Stockholder or Stockholders shall relieve the Company of its obligations in this Section 3 with respect to such Stockholder or Stockholders.  Furthermore, the Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the

 

14



 

registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in the definition of “Initiating Holders” or “Form S-3 Initiating Holders,” whichever is applicable.

 

3.6                                  Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify each Stockholder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, and each Person controlling such Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 3 , and each underwriter, if any, and each Person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like), or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading (including without limitation, as a result of such Stockholder being named an underwriter or deemed underwriter), or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or any state securities law, rule or regulation, in each case applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification, or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Stockholder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, and each Person controlling such Stockholder, each such underwriter and each Person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, defending, or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, as such expenses are incurred; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Stockholder, controlling person, or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.  It is agreed that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.6 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each Stockholder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Stockholder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each Person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other such Stockholder and Other Stockholder, each of their officers, directors, and partners, and each Person controlling such Stockholder or Other Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions in respect

 

15



 

thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, each other such Stockholder and Other Stockholder, each of their directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, Persons controlling the Company and other such Stockholders and Other Stockholders, and each such underwriter, and each Person who controls such underwriters for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, as such expenses are incurred, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Stockholder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Stockholder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Stockholder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 3.6 exceed the net proceeds received by such Stockholder in such offering.

 

(c)                                   Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 3.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 3 unless the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial to an Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend such action.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnified Party (together with all other Indemnified Parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to a conflict of interest between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding.  No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

(d)                                  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 3.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any claim, loss, damage, liability, or expense referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu

 

16



 

of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such claim, loss, damage, liability, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and the Indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such claim, loss, damage, liability, or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company and the Stockholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.6 were based solely upon the number of entities from whom contribution was requested or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  In no event shall any contribution by a Stockholder under this Section 3.6 exceed the net proceeds received by such Stockholder in such offering.

 

(e)                                   The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, and liabilities referred to above in this Section 3.6 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim, subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c) .  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(f)                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(g)                                  The obligations of the Company and Stockholders under this Section 3.6 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement.

 

3.7                                  Expenses of Registration .  All Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that if the Stockholders bear the Registration Expenses for any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 3.1 and subsequently withdrawn by the Stockholders registering shares therein, such registration proceeding shall not be counted as a requested registration pursuant to Section 3.1 .  Furthermore, in the event that a withdrawal by the Stockholders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or reasonably available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Stockholders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 3.1 , such registration proceeding shall not be counted as a requested registration pursuant to Section 3.1 , even though the Stockholders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration.  All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Stockholders shall be borne by the holders of the registered securities included in such registration pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered; provided, that the amount

 

17



 

of any stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Stockholders shall be allocated to the Stockholders based upon such Stockholders’ actual liability for such stock transfer taxes.

 

3.8                                  Rule 144 Reporting .  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company and the Common Stock has been registered under the Exchange Act, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

 

(a)                                   Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act;

 

(b)                                  File with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)                                   So long as a Stockholder owns any Restricted Securities, to furnish to the Stockholder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and of any other reporting requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as a Stockholder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a Stockholder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

3.9                                  Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date hereof, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent (i) of the Requisite Preferred Holders and (ii) if such action would disproportionately adversely affect any Sponsor (in relation to the other Sponsors), of such adversely affected Sponsor, enter into any agreement granting any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company registration rights the terms of which are more favorable than the registration rights granted to Stockholders hereunder; provided that this Section 3.9 shall not prohibit additional Stockholders from becoming parties to this Agreement (and being holders of Registrable Securities).  No stockholder of the Company shall be granted registration rights similar to those described in Section 3.3 which would reduce the number of shares includable by the holders of Registrable Securities in such registration without (i) the consent of the Requisite Preferred Holders and (ii) if such action would disproportionately adversely affect any Sponsor (in relation to the other Sponsors), the consent of such adversely affected Sponsor.

 

3.10                            Procedure for Underwriter Cutbacks .  In any circumstance in which all of the Registrable Securities and other shares of Common Stock of the Company with registration rights (the “ Other Shares ”) requested to be included in a registration on behalf of Stockholders or Other Stockholders cannot be so included as a result of limitations of the aggregate number of shares of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included, the number of shares

 

18



 

of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated among the Stockholders and Other Stockholders requesting inclusion of shares pro rata based upon the total number of Registrable Securities or Other Shares held by such Stockholders and Other Stockholders, respectively; provided , however , if any Stockholder or Other Stockholder does not request inclusion of the maximum number of shares of Registrable Securities or Other Shares allocated to such Stockholder or Other Stockholder pursuant to the above-described procedure, the portion of such Stockholder’s or Other Stockholder’s allocation that would have been included had such Stockholders or Other Stockholders requested inclusion of such Registrable Securities or Other Shares shall be reallocated among those requesting Stockholders and Other Stockholders whose allocations did not satisfy their requests pro rata on the basis of total number of shares of Registrable Securities and Other Shares held by such Stockholders and Other Stockholders, and this procedure shall be repeated until all shares of Registrable Securities and Other Shares which may be included in the registration on behalf of the Stockholders and Other Stockholders have been so allocated.  In the case of registrations under Sections 3.1 or 3.2 hereof, the Company shall not limit the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Agreement in order to include in such registration securities registered for the Company’s own account (it being understood that the Company may limit the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in a registration under Section 3.3 of this Agreement in order to include in such registration securities to be registered for the Company’s account).

 

3.11                            Standoff Agreement .

 

(a)                                   Standoff Period; Agreement .  Each Stockholder agrees in connection with (i) a registration of the Company’s securities pursuant to its Initial IPO and (ii) the Company’s first Rule 144A Offering (if such Rule 144A Offering occurs prior to the Initial IPO) that, upon request of the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities (or of the initial purchasers or placement agents managing any Rule 144A Offering), not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, pledge or otherwise hypothecate or encumber, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares (other than those included in the registration and Permitted Transfers pursuant to which the transferee agrees to be bound by the lock-up agreement contemplated by this Section 3.11 ) without the prior written consent of such underwriters (or initial purchasers or placement agents), as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such registration) as may be requested by such managing underwriters (or initial purchasers or placement agents).  Each Stockholder agrees to execute a customary lockup agreement consistent with the foregoing at the request of the underwriters in any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities (or of the initial purchasers or placement agents in any Rule 144A Offering).

 

(b)                                  Limitations .  The restrictions described in Section 3.11(a)  shall only be applicable to Stockholders if all the officers, directors and 1% stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements and in the event any such Person, or any Stockholder, is released from such obligations, all Stockholders shall be released from their respective obligations on a pro rata basis.

 

19


 

3.12                            Termination of Rights .  The rights of any particular Stockholder to cause the Company to register securities under Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , and 3.3 shall terminate with respect to such Stockholder on the second anniversary of the effective date of a Qualified Financing; provided that, in the case of a Qualified Financing that is a Rule 144A Offering, the rights of any particular Stockholder to cause the Company to register securities under Sections 3.1 , 3.2 and 3.3 shall terminate with respect to such Stockholder on the second anniversary of a public offering of the Common Stock (not by reason of Rule 144A) with gross offering proceeds to the Company in excess of $75,000,000 or as a result of which the aggregate market value of the public float of the Company exceeds $100,000,000.

 

3.13                            Transfer of Registration Rights .  The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to any party hereto under Section 3 may be assigned by a Stockholder only to a transferee or assignee of not less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization), provided that the Company is given written notice at the time of or within a reasonable time after said assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and, provided further, that the assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Stockholder under this Section 3 .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such minimum share assignment requirement shall be necessary for an assignment by a Stockholder (A) which is a partnership to its partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) which is a limited liability company to members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (C) which is a corporation to its shareholders in accordance with their interests in the corporation, or (D) to the Stockholder’s Affiliates; provided , in each case, that the Company is given written notice at the time of or within a reasonable time after said assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and, provided further, that the assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Stockholder under this Agreement.

 

3.14                            Qualified Financing .  Each of the Stockholders agrees that, in the event the Board of Directors of the Company and the Requisite Preferred Holders shall have authorized the Company to commence a process which is reasonably expected to lead to the consummation of a Qualified Financing, such Stockholder shall reasonably cooperate with the Company to do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such reasonable acts and things (including voting such Stockholder’s Shares at a meeting of Stockholders or by written consent), and shall execute and deliver all such reasonable agreements, certificates, consents, instruments and documents, as the Board of Directors shall reasonably request and determine are reasonably necessary for consummating such Qualified Financing; provided that no Stockholder shall be required to (i) sell its Shares owned by it in the Qualified Financing, (ii) cause the member of the Board nominated by such Stockholder to sign the Form S-1 or any other document in connection with such Qualified Financing or (iii) take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company commences a process which is reasonably expected to lead to the consummation of a Rule 144A Offering that is a Qualified Financing, the Stockholders agree to take such actions as may be necessary to adopt such amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation as may be reasonably necessary to complete such Qualified Financing including amendments converting the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock into a class of capital stock that is different

 

20



 

from the class of securities to be offered in the Qualified Financing if such amendments are reasonably necessary to complete such Qualified Financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Rule 144A Offering that is a Qualified Financing, the shares of Common Stock issued upon such conversion shall be the same class of Common Stock for all holders of Preferred Stock and shall be convertible into the securities sold in a Qualified Financing on the same terms for all such shares of Common Stock.

 

4.                                        Restrictions on Transfer .

 

4.1                                  Joinder; Securities Laws Compliance .  Each Stockholder agrees not to Transfer all or any portion of Shares held by it unless (a) the prospective transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company and the Stockholders to become a party to this Agreement and be bound by all the terms and conditions hereof by executing and delivering to the Company a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (a “ Joinder ”), (b) such Stockholder shall have notified the Company of the proposed Transfer, shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed Transfer, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such Transfer will not require registration under the Securities Act and (c) such Stockholder shall have complied with the provisions of this Section 4 .

 

4.2                                  Securities Laws and Transfer Legends .  Each certificate representing Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially in the following forms (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or the Company’s charter documents):

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”).  THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.  NO TRANSFER OF SUCH SHARES WILL BE MADE ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH AGREEMENT AND BY AN AGREEMENT OF THE TRANSFEREE TO BE BOUND BY THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH THEREIN. 

 

21



 

BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN THESE SHARES THE PERSON HOLDING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO THE VOTING OF SAID SHARES.”

 

4.3                                  Right of First Offer .

 

(a)                                   Notice of Sale .  Prior to the earlier of a Qualified Financing or an Approved Sale, should any Stockholder (the “ Selling Stockholder ”) propose to Transfer any Shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”), other than in a Permitted Transfer or in a Transfer with respect to which the provisions of Section 4.3 of the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement have previously been waived by the Company and the Requisite Preferred Holders (as defined in the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement), such Selling Stockholder shall promptly deliver a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) describing the number and type of Transfer Shares to be Transferred and the minimum price per share at which the Transfer Share are proposed to be Transferred (the “ Minimum Price ”) to the Company, the Series A Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders and the Series D-1 Holders.

 

(b)                                  Company Right of First Offer .  The Company shall have the option, exercisable upon written notice to the Selling Stockholders within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Transfer Notice to purchase some or all of the Transfer Shares for the Minimum Price.  As used herein, “ Non-Company Transfer Shares ” means the number of Transfer Shares not subscribed for by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) .

 

(c)                                   Series A Holders, Series C Holders, Series D Holders and Series D-1 Holders Right of First Offer .  In the event that the Company declines to exercise in full its right of first offer set forth in Section 4.3(b)  above, the Series A Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders and the Series D-1 Holders (other than the Selling Stockholder) (collectively, the “ ROFO Holders ”) shall have the option, exercisable upon written notice (an “ Acceptance Notice ”) to the Selling Stockholder within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Transfer Notice to purchase a number of the Non-Company Transfer Shares (“ Right of First Offer ”).  Each ROFO Holder that elects to deliver an Acceptance Notice shall specify in the Acceptance Notice the number of Non-Company Transfer Shares that such ROFO Holder is willing to acquire (which may be in excess of (but not less than) such ROFO Holder’s ROFO Pro Rata Share (as defined below)).  Each such ROFO Holder so electing shall be entitled and obligated to purchase for the Minimum Price set forth in the Transfer Notice, a number of Non-Company Transfer Shares equal to the sum of (a) the amount of such ROFO Holder’s ROFO Pro Rata Share of the Non-Company Transfer Shares, and (b) to the extent a ROFO Holder elected to purchase more than its ROFO Pro Rata Share of the Non-Company Transfer Shares, the lesser of (i) such ROFO Holder’s proportionate share of any remaining Non-Company Transfer Shares other than those Non-Company Transfer Shares to be purchased by accepting ROFO Holders pursuant to clause (a) above (based upon the relative ROFO Pro Rata Share of each ROFO Holder electing to purchase more than its ROFO Pro Rata Share of the Non-Company Transfer Shares), or (ii) that number of Non-Company Transfer Shares equal to the number of shares such ROFO Holder elected to purchase minus such ROFO Holder’s ROFO Pro Rata Share of Non-Company Transfer Shares (it being understood that the allocation procedures contemplated by

 

22



 

this clause (ii) shall be repeated until all Non-Company Transfer Shares that the electing ROFO Holders desire to purchase have been allocated).  If the ROFO Holders and the Company collectively elect not to purchase all of the Transfer Shares, then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to Transfer the portion of the Transfer Shares not subscribed for by the Company and the ROFO Holders pursuant to terms and conditions no more favorable to the transferee than the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice (and for a purchase price per share not less than the Minimum Price) for a ninety (90) day period after the ROFO Holders elect not to purchase all of the Non-Company Transfer Shares.  Any Transfer Shares not Transferred during such ninety (90) day period shall thereupon again be subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3 .  As used herein “ ROFO Pro Rata Share ” means the number of Non-Company Transfer Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which the number of Shares of Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series D-1 Preferred (in each case on an as converted to Common Stock basis (assuming conversion of the Series D-1 Preferred to Series D Preferred)) then held by such ROFO Holder on the date of such Transfer Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of outstanding Shares of Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series D-1 Preferred (in each case on an as converted to Common Stock basis (assuming conversion of the Series D-1 Preferred to Series D Preferred)) held by all ROFO Holders other than the Selling Stockholder on the date of such Transfer Notice.

 

4.4                                  Co-Sale Right .

 

(a)                                   In the event that any Stockholder proposes to Transfer Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as applicable, held by it in one or more related transactions, other than in a Permitted Transfer or in a Transfer with respect to which the provisions of Section 4.4 of the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement have previously been waived by the Company and the Requisite Preferred Holders (as defined in the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement), and the Right of First Offer set forth in Section 4.3 above (if applicable) was not fully exercised (such that all Transfer Shares proposed to be Transferred will not be Transferred to the Company and/or the ROFO Holders), then the Selling Stockholder will, via written notice, inform the ROFO Holders of such fact and permit each ROFO Holder to participate in the Transfer of such Transfer Shares (other than Transfer Shares being Transferred to the Company or the ROFO Holders pursuant to Section 4.3 ) at the same price, and upon the same terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4 .  Such written notice is hereinafter referred to as the “ Co-Sale Notice .”  The Co-Sale Notice: (i) shall specify the number of Transfer Shares to be Transferred by the Selling Stockholder (other than Transfer Shares being Transferred to the Company or the ROFO Holders pursuant to Section 4.3 ), the sale price, the purchasers and all other terms of the Transfer; (ii) shall be titled “Co-Sale Notice”; and (iii) shall be delivered to each ROFO Holder not less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of Transfer.

 

(b)                                  Each ROFO Holder shall then have the option, exercisable upon written notice to the Selling Stockholder within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Co-Sale Notice, to participate in the Transfer of Transfer Shares by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to the specified terms and conditions of the Co-Sale Notice, up to such ROFO Holder’s Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of the Transfer Shares proposed to be Transferred by the Selling Stockholder (other than Transfer Shares being Transferred to the Company or the ROFO Holders pursuant to Section 4.3 ).  To the extent a ROFO Holder exercises such co-sale right, the number

 

23



 

of Transfer Shares which the Selling Stockholder may sell pursuant to the Co-Sale Notice shall be correspondingly reduced.  Each ROFO Holder that elects to exercise its co-sale rights is referred to herein as a “ Participant .”  A Participant’s “ Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion ” means with respect to each Transfer of Transfer Shares by a Selling Stockholder, (i) the total number of Transfer Shares being Transferred or sold by the Selling Stockholder (other than Transfer Shares being Transferred to the Company or the ROFO Holders pursuant to Section 4.3 ) multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock Equivalents (on an as converted basis) then held by such Participant on the date of the Co-Sale Notice and the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock Equivalents (on an as converted basis) then held by all Participants and the Selling Stockholder on the date of the Co-Sale Notice.

 

(c)                                   Each Participant shall effect its participation in the Transfer by promptly delivering to the Selling Stockholder for Transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the type and number of Shares which such Participant elects to Transfer.  The Selling Stockholder shall hold such certificates in escrow pending the closing of the sale to the prospective purchaser.  If the proposed Transfer is cancelled for any reason, the Selling Stockholder shall promptly return all certificates held in escrow to the respective Participants who delivered them to the Selling Stockholder.  Upon written request and surrender of a certificate representing Shares at the offices of the Company by a Participant, the Company shall reissue certificates representing the Shares in the same name as the surrendered certificate and in such denominations as the Participant may reasonably request in order to deliver a certificate to the Selling Stockholder which represents the type and number of Shares which such Participant elects to sell.

 

(d)                                  The stock certificate or certificates that each Participant delivers to the Selling Stockholder pursuant to Section 4.4(c)  shall be Transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Co-Sale Notice, and the Selling Stockholder shall concurrently therewith remit to such Participant that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Participant is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale.  To the extent that any prospective purchaser prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Participant exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, the Selling Stockholder shall not sell to such prospective purchaser or purchasers any Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Selling Stockholder shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Participant on the same terms as described in the Co-Sale Notice.

 

(e)                                   Each ROFO Holder that exercises its co-sale right pursuant to Section 4.4(b)  and becomes a Participant hereby agrees that, he, she or it shall, and will, become a party to, and execute, at the reasonable request of the Selling Stockholder, any customary agreements affecting the sale of such Shares and agreed to by the Selling Stockholder, so long as the terms of such agreements which impose obligations on such Participants are no more onerous than similar terms in such agreement imposing obligations on the Selling Stockholder; provided that in no event shall the Participants be required to make any representations and warranties (i) jointly and severally with any Stockholder or (ii) other than reasonable and customary representations and warranties relating to authority, enforceability, title to its Shares, investment intent and securities laws matters.

 

24



 

4.5                                  Competitors .  In addition to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 4.2 , Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 above and other than pursuant to an Approved Sale, no Stockholder may Transfer Shares to a Competitor without the approval of the Board.

 

5.                                        Sale of the Company .

 

5.1                                  Prior to a Qualified Financing, in the event of an Approved Sale, each Stockholder will (a) consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Approved Sale was arranged, (b) waive any dissenter’s rights and other similar rights, and (c) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of securities, each Stockholder will agree to sell its Shares on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale.  Each Stockholder will take all necessary and desirable lawful actions as directed by the Board and the Stockholders approving the Approved Sale in connection with the consummation of any Approved Sale, including, without limitation, executing the applicable purchase agreement and providing the applicable indemnification included therein on a pro rata basis (based upon the consideration to be received by each such Stockholder); provided that this Section 5.1 shall not require any Stockholder to indemnify the purchaser in an Approved Sale for breaches of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company or any other selling Stockholder, or any representations and warranties (i) made jointly and severally with any Stockholder, (ii) related to the operation or business of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or (iii) other than reasonable and customary representations and warranties relating to authority, enforceability, title to its Shares, investment intent and securities laws matters, except to the extent such an indemnity is provided for in (and limited to) a post-closing escrow or other pro rata holdback arrangement (based on proceeds to be received) of cash or stock paid in connection with the Approved Sale.  In the event that the terms of any such Approved Sale require the establishment of an escrow or other pro rata holdback arrangement for the purpose of satisfying indemnity claims or other contingencies, then any Stockholder who is required to sell its Shares pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be required to participate ratably in any such escrow or other pro rata holdback arrangement so long as the liability of such Stockholder does not exceed the amount of the proceeds received by such Stockholder in connection with such sale of Shares.

 

5.2                                  All Stockholders will bear their pro rata portion (based upon the amount of consideration to be received by each such Stockholder) of the reasonable costs of any sale of Shares pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all selling Stockholders and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party.  Costs incurred by any Stockholder on its own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.

 

6.                                        Voting Agreement .  Each Stockholder agrees to hold all of its Voting Shares, subject to, and to vote the Voting Shares in accordance with, the provisions of this Section 6 .

 

6.1                                  Obligations to Vote Voting Shares for Specific Nominee .

 

(a)                                   Subject to Section 6.1(c), the Stockholders agree that:

 

(i)                      for so long as Spectrum Equity Investors V, L.P. and Spectrum V Investment Managers’ Fund, L.P., and their Affiliates (collectively, “ Spectrum ”)

 

25



 

continue to hold at least either (A) 19,947,858 shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Voting Preferred Stock held by Spectrum and as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Common Stock) or (B) 12% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis and assuming conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock), Spectrum shall be entitled to nominate one (1) member of the Board (the “ Spectrum Nominee ”), who shall initially be Victor Parker;

 

(ii)                   for so long as Oak Investment Partners XI, L.P. and Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P. and their Affiliates (collectively, “ Oak ”) continues to hold at least (A) 30,315,952 shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Voting Preferred Stock held by Oak and as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Common Stock) or (B) 12% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis and assuming conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock), Oak shall be entitled to nominate one (1) member of the Board (the “ Oak Nominee ”), who shall initially be Fred Harman;

 

(iii)                for so long as Generation Partners II LP and Generation Members’ Fund II LP and their Affiliates (collectively, “ Generation ”) continues to hold at least (A) 5,600,000 shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Voting Preferred Stock held by Generation and as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Common Stock) or (B) 12% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis and assuming conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock), Generation shall be entitled to nominate one (1) member of the Board (the “ Generation Nominee ”), who shall initially be John Hawkins;

 

(iv)               for so long as 3i and any 3i Permitted Transferees continue to hold at least (A) 9,604,761 shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Voting Preferred Stock held by 3i and its Affiliates and any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Common Stock) or (B) 12% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis and assuming conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock), 3i shall be entitled to nominate one (1) member of the Board (the “ 3i Nominee ”), who shall initially be Robin Murray;

 

(v)                  for so long as GS and any GS Permitted Transferees continue to hold in the aggregate at least 3% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis and assuming conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock), GS shall be entitled to nominate one (1) member of the Board (the “ GS Nominee ” and collectively with the Spectrum Nominee, the Oak Nominee, the Generation Nominee and the 3i Nominee, the “ Investor Directors ” and each an “ Investor Director ”)), who shall initially be Gaurav Bhandari;

 

(vi)               until the date (the “ Stahura Designation End Date ”) that is the later to occur of (i) the date that Paul Stahura is no longer employed as an executive officer of the Company and (ii) the date that Paul Stahura and his Affiliates (collectively, “ Stahura ”) no longer own at least 3% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis and assuming conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock), Stahura shall be

 

26



 

entitled to nominate one (1) member of the Board (the “ Stahura Nominee ”), who shall initially be Paul Stahura;

 

(vii)            one (1) member of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO Director ”), who shall initially be Richard Rosenblatt;

 

(viii)         following the Stahura Designation End Date (and provided the Stahura Nominee shall have resigned or been removed from the Board unless the individual that is the Stahura Nominee becomes the ENOM Nominee pursuant to this clause (viii)), holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred (voting as a single class) issued in connection with the ENOM Merger Agreement (“ ENOM Majority Holders ”) shall be entitled to nominate one (1) member of the Board (the “ ENOM Nominee ”), who shall be subject to the reasonable approval of the Requisite Preferred Holders, until such date as the ENOM Majority Holders and their Affiliates no longer own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis and assuming conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock);

 

(ix)                 up to four (4) members of the Board (the “ At-Large Nominees ”) who (i) (unless otherwise provided below) are independent directors (within the meaning of Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules) and are not otherwise affiliated with the Company, 3i, Spectrum, Oak, Generation or GS (the “ At-Large Nominee Criteria ”) and (ii) have relevant industry experience shall be designated as follows:  Any individual satisfying the At-Large Nominee Criteria may be nominated as an At-Large Nominee by an Investor Director, and the election of such individual to the Board shall be subject to the affirmative vote of a two thirds of the members of the Board, including a majority of the Investor Directors.  At Spectrum’s election, William Collatos will continue to serve on the Board until the second At-Large Nominee designated pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(ix)  is elected to the Board.

 

(b)                                  At any annual or special meeting called, or in connection with any other action (including the execution of written consents) taken for the purpose of electing directors to the Board, each of the Stockholders agrees to vote or to cause to be voted, in person or by proxy, all of its Voting Shares in a manner that would elect the At-Large Nominees, the Spectrum Nominee, the Oak Nominee, the Generation Nominee, the 3i Nominee, the Stahura Nominee (or the ENOM Nominee, if applicable), the GS Nominee and CEO Director designated pursuant to Section 6.1(a)  above.  The Company shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Board member designated pursuant to this Section 6.1 in connection with attending meetings of the Board and any committee thereof.

 

(c)                                   In the event the Board determines to launch a process to effect a Qualified Financing (other than a Rule 144A Offering) (a “ Public Offering Process ”), then, the three Sponsors holding the most shares of capital stock of the Company (on an as converted to Common Stock basis) as of the date a lead underwriter is appointed with respect to such Public Offering Process shall notify the Company whether they elect to retain their right to designate an Investor Director pursuant to this Agreement (any such Sponsor that retains such right, a “ Designating Sponsor ”).  If all three of such Sponsors elect to become Designating Sponsors, then each remaining Sponsor that is not a Designating Sponsor shall cause the Investor Director designated by it to resign from the Board immediately prior to consummation of such Qualified Financing (other than a Rule 144A Offering).  If one or more of such three Sponsors elects not to

 

27



 

become a Designating Sponsor, then (i) the Sponsor having the next largest equity interest in the Company (based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by it on an as converted basis) shall notify the Company whether such Sponsor elect(s) to retain the right to designate an Investor Director and thereby become a Designating Sponsor (or if such Sponsor declines to be a Designating Sponsor, then the remaining Sponsor may become a Designating Sponsor) and (ii) each Sponsor that is not a Designating Sponsor shall cause the Investor Director designated by it to resign from the Board immediately prior to consummation of such Qualified Financing.

 

(d)                                  In the event (i) the Company consummates a Rule 144A Offering that is a Qualified Financing and thereafter the Board determines to launch a process to effect an Initial IPO (an “ IPO Process ”) and (ii) the Board consists of more than three Investor Directors at such time, then the three Sponsors holding the most shares of capital stock of the Company (on an as converted to Common Stock basis) as of the date a lead underwriter is appointed with respect to such IPO Process (whose designees as Investor Directors are serving on the Board at such time) shall notify the Company whether the Investor Directors originally designated by them intend to remain on the Board following such Initial IPO (any such Sponsor that notifies the Company that the Investor Director designated by it intends to remain on the Board, a “ Continuing Sponsor ”).  If all three of such Sponsors elect to become Continuing Sponsors, then each other Sponsor that is not a Continuing Sponsor shall cause the Investor Director designated by it to resign from the Board promptly upon consummation of such Initial IPO (to the extent an Investor Director originally designated by such Sponsor is serving on the Board at such time).  If one or more of such three Sponsors elects not to become a Continuing Sponsor, then (i) the Sponsor having the next largest equity interest in the Company (based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by it on an as converted basis) whose designee as Investor Director is serving on the Board at such time shall notify the Company whether the Investor Director designated by it intends to remain on the Board following the Initial IPO, in which case such Sponsor shall become a Continuing Sponsor (or if such Sponsor declines to be a Continuing Sponsor, then the remaining Sponsor (if any) whose designee as an Investor Director is serving on the Board at such time may become a Continuing Sponsor) and (ii) each Sponsor that is not a Continuing Sponsor shall cause any Investor Director designated by it that is then serving on the Board to resign from the Board promptly upon consummation of such Initial IPO.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.1(d) shall not apply at any time following consummation of a Qualified Financing that there are three or fewer Investor Directors remaining on the Board, and nothing in this Section 6.1(d) shall confer the right upon any Sponsor to designate a director following consummation of a Qualified Financing.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1 , the Stockholders will not be obligated to vote their Voting Shares to elect (and may vote their shares to remove) any individual that has been indicted for a felonious act (so long as said indictment is pending) or convicted of a felony, or that has engaged in an act of fraudulent conduct against the Company.

 

6.2                                  Obligations to Vote Voting Shares for Removal of Director .  In the event that Spectrum, Oak, Generation, Stahura (or the ENOM Holders, if applicable), 3i or GS determines that the Board nominee designated by such Person(s) should be removed from the Board (or if two thirds of the Board (excluding the At-Large Nominee in question), including a majority of the Investor Directors, determine that an At-Large Nominee should be removed from

 

28



 

the Board), each of the Stockholders agrees to vote or to cause to be voted, in person or by proxy, all of its Voting Shares in a manner that would (i) cause the removal of such Director, whether at any annual or special meeting called, or, in connection with any other action (including the execution of written consents) taken for the purpose of removing such director, and (ii) install, in lieu of such Person, such new Person on the Board as may be designated by the applicable Stockholders (or by the Board in the case of At-Large Nominees), in accordance with Section 6.1 above.

 

6.3                                  Changes in Size of Board .  In the event the size of the Board would need to be increased or decreased from its current size of nine (9) directors in order to reflect the number of directors designated in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 (e.g. upon designation of At-Large Directors or as a result of a decrease in the size of the Board resulting from Section 6.1(c)), then the Board may, by majority vote, reset the number of directors in a manner that is consistent with Section 6.1 (or to the extent the Board of Directors fails to so reset the number of directors, the Stockholders shall vote all of their Voting Shares to reset the number of directors such that the size of the Board reflects the number of directors designated in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1).

 

6.4                                  Voting Agreement Legend .  Each certificate representing any of the Voting Shares shall be marked by the Company with the legend set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

7.                                        Preemptive Rights .  Prior to a Qualified Financing, each time the Company proposes to sell New Securities, the Company shall (unless the provisions of this Section 7 are waived pursuant to Section 10.12 hereof) also make an offering of such New Securities to the Preferred Holders in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)                                   The Company shall deliver a notice to each Preferred Holder describing the type of New Securities, stating the number to be offered and the price and the terms on which it proposes to offer such New Securities.  Such notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth in the records of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the notice, each Preferred Holder may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the notice, up to its Pro Rata Portion of such New Securities by delivering written notice of such election to the Company within such fifteen (15) days and stating therein the number of New Securities to be purchased.

 

(c)                                   If a Preferred Holder fails to agree to purchase its full Pro Rata Portion within such fifteen (15) day period, the Company will give the Preferred Holders who did so agree (the “ Electing Purchasers ”) notice of the number of New Securities which were not subscribed for.  Such notice may be by telephone if followed by notice via overnight courier with next day delivery or notice via facsimile or electronic mail as provided in Section 10.6 .  The Electing Purchasers shall have five (5) Business Days from the date of such telephonic notice to agree to purchase their respective Pro Rata Portion of the unpurchased New Securities.  The Company shall continue the process set forth in this Section 7(c)  until all of the unpurchased

 

29



 

New Securities subject to this Section 7 are purchased or all Electing Purchasers decline to purchase the remaining unpurchased New Securities.

 

(d)                                  Any shares referred to in the notice that are not elected to be purchased as provided in Section 7(b)  and Section 7(c)  above may, during the ninety (90) day period thereafter, be offered by the Company to any other Person(s) at a price not less than, and on terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Company’s notice.  To the extent the Company has not sold the New Securities within such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such New Securities to the Preferred Holders in the manner provided above.

 

(e)                                   As used in this Section 7 , “ Pro Rata Portion ” means the ratio that (x) the sum of the number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock held by a Stockholder bears to (y) the sum of the total number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

8.                                        Affirmative Covenants of the Company .  Prior to a Qualified Financing, the Company hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

 

8.1                                  Delivery of Financial Information .  The Company shall furnish to each Major Holder the following reports:

 

(a)                                   Monthly Financial Statements .  As soon as practicable after the end of each calendar month, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, the Company shall cause to be delivered to each Major Holder unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of the end of each calendar month, and consolidated statements of income and cash flow for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, compared against the Company’s business plan and operating budget.

 

(b)                                  Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall cause to be delivered to each Major Holder unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company, which shall include a statement of cash flows and statement of operations for such quarter and a balance sheet as at the last day thereof, each prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as set forth in the notes thereto), and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding quarterly periods of the previous fiscal year, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments, all in reasonable detail and certified by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, except that such financial statements need not contain the notes required by generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(c)                                   Annual Audit .  As soon as available, but not later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall cause to be delivered to each Major Holder the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company, which shall include a statement of cash flows and statement of operations for such fiscal year and a balance sheet as at the last day thereof, each prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as set forth in the notes thereto), and accompanied by the report of a “big four” accounting firm.  In addition, during such period, the Company shall cause to be delivered to each Major Holder copies of all

 

30



 

material management letters or similar reports prepared for or delivered to the management of the Company by its independent accountants.

 

(d)                                  Budget; Business Plan .  As soon as practicable, but in any event not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall cause to be delivered to each Major Holder (A) an operating budget for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets and sources and applications of funds statements for such months, and with reasonable promptness after preparation, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company and (B) a business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, and with reasonable promptness after preparation, any other business plan or revised business plan prepared by the Company.

 

(e)                                   Subsidiaries .  If for any period the Company shall have any subsidiary or subsidiaries whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing clauses shall be consolidated (and consolidating if normally prepared by the Company) financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

(f)                                     Inspection Rights .  The Company shall afford to each Major Holder and to each of their respective employees, counsel and other authorized representatives, during normal business hours, access, upon reasonable advance notice, to all of the books, records and properties of the Company, and to make copies of such records and permit such Persons to discuss all aspects of the Company with any officers, employees or accountants of the Company, and the Company shall provide to each Major Holder such other information (in writing if so requested) regarding the assets, properties, operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Company as each Major Holder may reasonably request; provided , however , that such investigation and preparation of responses shall not unreasonably interfere with the operations of the Company.  During such period, the Company will instruct its independent public accountants to discuss such aspects of the financial condition of the Company with each Major Holder and their respective representatives as such Major Holder may reasonably request, and to permit each Major Holder and their respective representatives to inspect, copy and make extracts from such financial statements, analyses, work papers, and other documents and information (including electronically stored documents and information) prepared by such accountants with respect to the Company as each Major Holder may reasonably request.

 

8.2                                  D&O Insurance .  The Company has directors and officers insurance policies for each of the directors and officers, in a minimum amount of $2,000,000 which will cover any new director; provided , however , that such insurance will not be obtained if (a) such coverage is not available at commercially reasonable rates and (2) a majority of the Board, including the Investor Directors, agrees not to obtain such insurance.  The Company shall pay all premiums due on such insurance policies as they become due.  The Company shall not make any material alteration to the terms of, or the coverage provided by, such policy (other than to increase the coverage or make the terms of such insurance policy more favorable to the Company’s directors and officers) without the consent of each Sponsor for so long as such Sponsor has the right to designate a director pursuant to Section 6.1(a) .

 

31


 

8.3                                  Stock Options .  Unless otherwise approved by the Requisite Preferred Holders, all stock options issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall have an exercise or purchase price, as applicable, equal to the fair market value on the date of grant of the shares of Common Stock underlying such options, as determined by the Board and consistent with past practices.

 

8.4                                  Restrictions on Transfer .  Unless otherwise approved by the Requisite Preferred Holders, all purchases of shares of Common Stock of the Company after the date of this Agreement by employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be pursuant to a form of agreement which provides (a) that, except for certain estate planning transactions, any shares of unvested Common Stock may not be transferred by such holder and (b) for a right of first refusal in favor of the Company on all transfers of vested Common Stock (except for certain estate planning transactions).  For the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Shares shall not be considered a “purchase of shares of Common Stock” subject to the foregoing restrictions.

 

8.5                                  Proprietary Information .  Each person who has become an officer, employee, consultant or contractor of the Company (unless such person became an officer, employee, consultant or contractor of the Company through an acquired entity) has entered into the Company’s standard form of Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and each person who becomes an officer, employee, consultant or contractor of the Company after the date of the Agreement shall be required to enter Confidential Information and Development Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D or in such other form as shall be approved by the Board.

 

8.6                                  Director Indemnification Agreements .  The Company shall enter into an indemnification agreement with each member of the Board, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit E.

 

8.7                                  Board and Officer Covenant .  The Company shall deliver to each of its officers and directors on the date hereof, and to each officer and director appointed or elected after the date hereof, a notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C regarding Section B.9 of the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect on the date hereof, or in the case of any such officer or director appointed or elected after the date hereof, at the time of such appointment or election.

 

8.8                                  Environmental Covenant .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to continue to comply in all material respects with any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety.

 

8.9                                  Employment Covenant .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to continue to comply in all material respects with any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to equal employment opportunity and other laws related to employment, including but not limited to, the health and safety of such employees and any labor rights of such employees.

 

32



 

9.                                        Confidentiality .  Each Stockholder agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any confidential and proprietary information of the Company obtained by it (including, without limitation, any material nonpublic information) (“ Confidential Information ”); provided , however , that Confidential Information shall not include any information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving party or its representatives, (ii) is already in the receiving party’s possession, provided that such information is not subject to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality for the benefit of the Company, or (iii) becomes available to the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or any of its affiliates or representatives, provided that such source is not bound by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to keep such information confidential for the benefit of the Company.  The foregoing will not prohibit a Stockholder from disclosing Confidential Information (x) to the extent it is required to do so by applicable law so long as such Stockholder provides the Company immediate notice of the Confidential Information that it is legally required to disclose and takes appropriate steps to preserve the confidentiality of such information to the extent reasonably practicable (including by, for example, cooperating with the Company to seek an appropriate protective order) or (y) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, or to any Affiliate (or employee thereof), partner, member, stockholder, employee or wholly owned subsidiary of such Stockholder in the ordinary course of business, provided that any such Person (other than an employee or Affiliate (or employee thereof)) that is not under a pre-existing confidentiality obligation with respect to such Confidential Information that is similar in scope to the provisions in this Section 9 shall first agree in writing to be bound by terms no less restrictive than those provided for in this Section 9 in respect of such Confidential Information; provided further that if a Stockholder provides Confidential Information to its employees or Affiliates (or employees thereof), such Stockholder shall be responsible for using commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such employee or Affiliate maintains the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with this Section 9 ; and provided further that Confidential Information may not be disclosed to a Competitor in reliance on this clause (y).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of GS and 3i may, to the extent required and upon advance written notice to the Company, disclose such information concerning the Company as may be required to be disclosed to any regulator/stock exchange to which GS or 3i or their respective Affiliates are subject, so long as GS or 3i or their Affiliates take appropriate steps to limit the amount of Confidential Information that is disclosed. Such notice shall state the information to be disclosed, the party to whom such information is to be disclosed, the date such disclosure is to be made and the reason such disclosure is required.

 

10.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

10.1                            Transfers in Violation of Agreement .  Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Shares in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be null and void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Shares as the owner of such shares for any purpose.

 

10.2                            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to choice of laws or conflict of laws provisions thereof.

 

33



 

10.3                            Equitable Relief The parties acknowledge that the remedy at law for any breach or violation of the provisions of this Agreement shall be inadequate and that, in the event of any such breach or violation, the Company and/or the Stockholders shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy, at law or in equity, to which it may be entitled.

 

10.4                            Successors in Interest Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the successors in interest to any of the Shares.  The Company shall not permit the Transfer of any of the Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any of the Voting Shares unless and until the Person to whom such security is to be Transferred shall have executed a Joinder pursuant to Section 4.1 .

 

10.5                            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (together, in the case of the Company and GS only, with the letter dated September 10, 2007 between the Company and GS) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

 

10.6                            Notices, Etc .  All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified or registered mail (first class postage pre-paid), guaranteed overnight delivery, electronic mail transmission, or facsimile transmission, to the following addresses, electronic mail addresses and Fax numbers (or to such other addresses, electronic mail addresses or Fax numbers which a Stockholder shall subsequently designate in writing to the Company or which the Company shall subsequently designate in writing to the Stockholders):

 

(a)                                   if to a Stockholder to the address, email address or facsimile number set forth on such Stockholder’s signature page hereto:

 

(b)                                  if to the Company to:

 

Demand Media, Inc.

1333 Second Street, Suite 100

Santa Monica, CA 90401

Attn: Matthew Polestesky

Tel: (310) 394-6406

Fax: (310) 394-6499

Email: mpolestesky @demandmedia.com

 

-and-

 

Demand Media, Inc.

15801 Northeast 24th

Bellevue, WA 98008

Attn: Sarah Akhtar

Tel: (425) 274-4500

Fax: (425) 974-4795

Email: sarah@demandmedia.com

 

34



 

With copies to:

 

W. Alex Voxman, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

633 West Fifth Street, Suite 4000

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Fax: (213) 891-8763

Email: alex.voxman@lw.com

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered by hand, by messenger or by courier, or if sent by registered or certified mail, upon receipt, or if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or if sent by electronic mail, upon receipt by the recipient (whether or not such recipient has actually opened or read such electronic mail).

 

10.7                            Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of a party to this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of a non-breaching party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing or as provided in this Agreement.  All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

10.8                            Dispute Resolution Fees .  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

10.9                            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and signatures may be delivered by facsimile, each of which may be executed by less than all parties, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

10.10                      Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

10.11                      Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

35



 

10.12                      Amendment and Waiver .  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Requisite Preferred Holders; provided , that, (i) if (A) the Company proposes to sell New Securities in a sale with respect to which the provisions of Section 7 of the Agreement are to be amended or waived and (B) one or more Sponsors is/are offered a disproportionate right to participate in such sale relative to the other Sponsors (based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each Sponsor assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock to Common Stock), then any waiver of the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement shall also require the affirmative vote of (a) if applicable, the Sponsors holding a majority of the Series C Preferred that are not offered the right to participate in such sale on such disproportionate basis, (b) if applicable, the Sponsors holding a majority of the Series D Preferred that are not offered the right to participate in such sale on such disproportionate basis and (c) if applicable, the Sponsors holding a majority of the Series D-1 Preferred that are not offered the right to participate in such sale on such disproportionate basis, (ii) if any other provision of this Agreement is amended or waived in a manner that adversely affects the obligations or rights of a Sponsor in a manner disproportionately different in any material respects than the other Sponsors, such amendment or waiver shall also require the consent of such Sponsor, and (iii) any amendment or waiver of Section 6.1(a)  adversely affecting a Sponsor’s right to designate an Investor Director shall also require the consent of the applicable Sponsor so long as such Sponsor continues to hold a number of Shares that would entitle such Sponsor to designate an Investor Director pursuant to Section 6.1(a) .  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Stockholder and the Company.  In addition, the Company may waive performance of any obligation owing to it, as to some or all of the Stockholders, or agree to accept alternatives to such performance, without obtaining the consent of any Stockholder.

 

10.13                      Additional Parties; After Acquired Shares .  Any Person who holds Common Stock Equivalents and is not already a party to this Agreement may sign a Joinder at the request of the Requisite Preferred Holders and become a “Stockholder” subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement without need of any additional approvals from the Stockholders; provided that if any Person not a party to this Agreement becomes a holder of 1,000,000 or more shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (on an as converted basis) after acquiring 100,000 or more shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents after the date hereof (other than shares of Common Stock acquired (i) by exercising options if subject to restrictions on Transfers in accordance with the Company’s standard restrictions on Transfers of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of options or (ii) through a grant of restricted Common Stock subject to restrictions on Transfers in accordance with the Company’s standard restrictions on Transfers relating to grants of restricted Common Stock), the Company shall not permit such Person to become a stockholder unless such Person shall become a party to this Agreement by executing a Joinder as a condition to receiving such securities unless this requirement is waived by the Requisite Preferred Holders.  In addition, any Person that acquires Common Stock Equivalents from another Stockholder in accordance with Section 4.1 shall become a “Stockholder” hereunder without the need of any additional approval from the Stockholders.  Any Common Stock Equivalents acquired by any Stockholder after the date hereof shall become “Shares” for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

36



 

10.14                      Termination of Prior Stockholders’ Agreement .  The Prior Stockholders’ Agreement is hereby terminated and amended and restated as provided herein.  Such termination and restatement is effective upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of at least 55% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock and Common Stock (if any) issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series on an as converted to Common Stock basis), pursuant to section 10.12 of the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement.  Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement are hereby waived, released and terminated in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect.

 

10.15                      Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

 

(a)                                   Upon the consummation of an Approved Sale;

 

(b)                                  The execution of a written instrument by the Company and the Requisite Preferred Holders, which terminates this Agreement; provided , that the rights to designate a director pursuant to Section 6(a)  hereof may not be terminated with respect to any Sponsor, or Paul Stahura or the ENOM Majority Holders, as applicable, without the prior written consent of such Sponsor, or Paul Stahura or such ENOM Majority Holders, as applicable (unless, in any such case, such Sponsor, or Paul Stahura or such ENOM Majority Holders, as applicable, no longer has the right to designate a director); provided , further , that if the termination of this Agreement is in the context of an amendment and restatement of this Agreement before or within 12 months following such termination or the execution of a similar agreement among the Requisite Preferred Holders (and any other holders) before or within 12 months following such termination, the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 10.12 shall apply;

 

(c)                                   The consummation of a Qualified Financing (except that (i) the provisions of Section 3 and any corresponding provisions of Section 1 and Section 10 shall survive the consummation of a Qualified Financing in accordance with their terms and (ii) the provisions of Section 6.1(d) and any corresponding provisions of Section 1 and Section 10 shall survive the consummation of a Qualified Financing that is a Rule 144A) Offering in accordance with their terms until such time as there are three or fewer Investor Directors serving on the Board); and

 

(d)                                  With respect to any Stockholder, at such time as such Stockholder no longer owns any Shares.

 

The termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not affect any right or remedy existing hereunder prior to the effective date of its termination.

 

10.16                      Waiver of Trial By Jury .  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY 

 

37



 

HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

[ THIS SPACE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]

 

38



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Chairman and CEO

 

S-1



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

SPECTRUM V INVESTMENT MANAGERS’ FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By: SEA V Management LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Parker

 

Name: Victor Parker

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

Address: 333 Middlefield Rd., Ste. 200

 

               Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

Facsimile: (415) 464-4601

 

Email:   vic@spectrumequity.com

 

 

 

SPECTRUM EQUITY INVESTORS V, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Spectrum Equity Associates V, L.P., its General Partner

 

By: SEA V Management LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Parker

 

Name: Victor Parker

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

Address: 333 Middlefield Rd., Ste. 200

 

               Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

Facsimile: (415) 464-4601

 

Email:  vic@spectrumequity.com

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XI, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederic W. Harman

 

 

Name: Frederic W. Harman

 

 

Title: Managing Member of Oak Associates XI, LLC

 

 

General Partner of Oak Investment Partners, XI, Limited Partnership

 

 

 

Address: 525 University Ave, Ste. 1300

 

               Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

 

 

Facsimile: (650) 328-6345

 

Email:      fred@oakvc.com

 

 

 

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederic W. Harman

 

 

Name: Frederic W. Harman

 

 

Title: Managing Member of Oak Associates XII, LLC

 

 

General Partner of Oak Investment Partners, XII, Limited Partnership

 

 

 

Address: 525 University Ave, Ste. 1300

 

               Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

 

 

Facsimile: (650) 328-6345

 

Email:      fred@oakvc.com

 


 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED& RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

GENERATION CAPITAL PARTNERS II LP

 

 

 

By: Generation Partners II LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John A. Hawkins

 

 

Name: John A. Hawkins

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

Address: One Greenwich Office Part

 

               Greenwich, CT 06831

 

 

 

Facsimile: (203) 422-8250

 

Email:      Hawkins@generation.com

 

 

 

GENERATION MEMBERS’ FUND II LP

 

 

 

By: Generation Partners II LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John a. Hawkins

 

 

Name: John A. Hawkins

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

Address: One Greenwich Office Part

 

               Greenwich, CT 06831

 

 

 

Facsimile: (203) 422-8250

 

Email:      Hawkins@generation.com

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

3i TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS III L.P.

 

 

 

By: 3i Technology Corporation, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robin Murray

 

 

Name: Robin Murray

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address: 275 Middlefield Road, Suite 200

 

               Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

Facsimile: 650-470-3201

 

 

 

Email:     robin.murray@3i.com

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS INVESTMENT PARTNERS MASTER FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Goldman Sachs Investment Partners GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gaurav Bhandari

 

 

Name: Gaurav Bhandari

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

c/o Goldman Sachs Investment

 

 

Strategies, LLC

 

 

85 Broad Street.

 

 

New York, NY 10004

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email: Gaurav.Bhandari@gs.com

 

Michelle.Barone@gs.com

 

christopher.dawe@gs.com

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

RICHARD ROSENBLATT

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

Address: c/o Demand Media, Inc.

 

               1333 Second Street, Suite 100

 

               Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 

 

Facsimile: (310) 394-6499

 

Email:      Richard@demandmedia.com

 

 

 

 

 

ROSENBLATT 2007 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST, DATED JULY 12, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Trustee

 

 

 

Address: c/o Demand Media, Inc.

 

               1333 Second Street, Suite 100

 

               Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 

 

Facsimile: (310) 394-6499

 

Email:      Richard@demandmedia.com

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

STAHURA FAMILY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Stahura

 

 

Name:

Paul Stahura

 

 

Title:

Trustee

 

 

 

Address: c/o Paul Stahura.

 

               15801 Northeast 24th

 

               Bellevue, WA 98008

 

 

 

Facsimile: (425) 974-4795

 

Email:     paul@demandmedia.com

 

 

 

 

 

PAUL A. STAHURA 2007 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Stahura

 

 

Name:

Paul Stahura

 

 

Title:

Trustee

 

 

 

Address: c/o Paul Stahura.

 

               15801 Northeast 24th

 

               Bellevue, WA 98008

 

 

 

Facsimile: (425) 974-4795

 

Email:     paul@demandmedia.com

 



 

 

FLORENCE STAHURA 2007 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Stahura

 

 

Name:

Paul Stahura

 

 

Title:

Trustee

 

 

 

Address: c/o Paul Stahura.

 

               15801 Northeast 24th

 

               Bellevue, WA 98008

 

 

 

Facsimile: (425) 974-4795

 

Email:     paul@demandmedia.com

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(Print Name of Stockholder)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

SCHEDULE OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF JOINDER TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

THIS JOINDER to the Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2008 by and among Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and certain Stockholders of the Company, as such agreement may have been or may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto by and between the Company and the undersigned holder of the Company’s Shares (the “ Stockholder ”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, Stockholder is acquiring Shares or rights to acquire Shares, and the Agreement and the Company require Stockholder, as a holder of such interests, to become a party to the Agreement, and Stockholder agrees to do so in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Agreement to be Bound .  Stockholder hereby agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, he, she or it shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed a “Stockholder” for all purposes thereof.

 

2.             Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Joinder shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and Stockholder and any subsequent holders of Shares and the respective successors and assigns of each of them, so long as they hold any Shares.

 

3.             Counterparts .  This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4.             Notices .  For purposes of Section 10.6 of the Agreement, all notices, demands or other communications to the Stockholder shall be directed to the address, email, or facsimile of such Stockholder as set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

5.              Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.

 

*   *   *   *   *

 

1



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

JOINDER TO

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Demand Media, Inc. Third Amended & Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Signature Page is attached effective as of the date of the Agreement, which Agreement and Signature Page, together with all counterparts of such Agreement and signature pages of the other Stockholders named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

 

Date of Joinder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name of Stockholder)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Notice Regarding European Directive on Data Protection

 

This Notice of Section B.9 of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Demand Media, Inc. (the “Company”) is being delivered to you pursuant to Section 8.7 of that certain Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated March 3, 2008 (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”) by and among the Company, the Stockholders (as defined therein).

 

3i Group plc, a holding company of one of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock holders (collectively, the ‘3i Entities’), is incorporated in Europe and is subject to a European Directive on data protection (as enshrined by UK Act of Parliament in The Data Protection Act of 1998) (the ‘Directive’).  The primary effect of the Directive is to prohibit the processing of personal data without notification and consent.  Because it is possible that the 3i Entities may be deemed to have processed personal data within the meaning of the Directive in connection with their investments in portfolio companies, the 3i Entities require each of their portfolio companies to insert certain standard language regarding the Directive into such portfolio company’s certificate of incorporation.  The language regarding the Directive contained in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation is set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Confidential Information and Development Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

Indemnification Agreements

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Competitors

 

Scripps

IAC

Disney

Time Warner

Google

Yahoo

About.com /New York Times

Associated Content

CNET

GoDaddy.com, Inc.

Howstuffworks.com

iReit

Marchex

Name Media

Oversee.net

Internet Brands

Videojug.com

WikiHow

 




Exhibit 10.03

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

1

2.

DEFINITIONS

1

3.

STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

5

4.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

6

5.

ELIGIBILITY

7

6.

LIMITATIONS

8

7.

TERM OF PLAN

9

8.

TERM OF OPTION

9

9.

OPTION EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

9

10.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

10

11.

NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS

13

12.

NO RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDERS

14

13.

STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS

14

14.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

15

15.

TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS

17

16.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

17

17.

STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

18

18.

INABILITY TO OBTAIN AUTHORITY

18

19.

RESERVATION OF SHARES

18

20.

INFORMATION TO HOLDERS OF OPTIONS

18

21.

REPURCHASE PROVISIONS

19

22.

PARTICIPANT REPRESENTATIONS

19

23.

CODE SECTION 409A

19

24.

GOVERNING LAW

20

25.

RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES

20

26.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

20

27.

SEVERABILITY

20

 



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Amended and Restated as of June 26, 2008

 

1.                Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  This Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan amends and restates in its entirety the Original Plan.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.  Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

 

2.                Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                   Administrator ” means the Board or the Committee, as applicable, responsible for conducting the general administration of the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof; provided, that in the case of the administration of the Plan with respect to awards granted to Independent Directors, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board.

 

(b)                                  Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Cause ,” with respect to any Holder, means “Cause” as defined in such Holder’s employment agreement with the Company if such an agreement exists and contains a definition of Cause, or, if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not contain a definition of Cause, then Cause means (i) the Holder’s unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any other material breach of a written agreement between the Holder and the Company, including without limitation a material breach of any employment or confidentiality agreement; (ii) the Holder’s indictment for, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Holder to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (iii) the Holder’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the Holder’s willful or repeated failure or refusal to substantially perform assigned duties after receiving notification thereof from the Company; (iv) any act of fraud, embezzlement, material misappropriation or dishonesty committed by the Holder against the Company; or (v) any acts, omissions or statements by a Holder which the Company reasonably determines to be materially detrimental or damaging to the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company.

 



 

(e)                                   Change of Control ” means any of the following transactions:  (a) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to another person or entity (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company); (b) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another corporation or entity in which holders of the capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction hold, directly or indirectly, immediately following the consummation of the transaction, less than 50% of the capital stock in the surviving entity in such transaction; or (c) any other transaction, including the sale by the Company of new shares of its capital stock or a transfer of existing shares of capital stock of the Company, the result of which is that a third party not an affiliate of the Company or its stockholders (or group of third parties not an affiliate of the Company or its stockholders) acquires or holds capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting power.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Public Trading Date, no transaction or series of substantially contemporaneous transactions shall constitute a Change of Control if (i) the capital stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction(s) continue, immediately after such transaction(s), (A) to own, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of the voting power of the surviving entity, and (B) to continue to have the right to designate a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the surviving entity, (ii) the Company’s Chief Executive Officer immediately prior to such transaction(s) continues to serve the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of a parent company, to serve the highest parent company in the chain of wholly owned subsidiaries) in such office after the consummation of the transaction(s), and (iii) the executive officers of the Company (executive vice president or higher) immediately prior to such transaction(s) continue to constitute a majority of the executive officers of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of a parent company, to constitute a majority of the executive officers of the highest parent company in the chain of wholly owned subsidiaries) after the consummation of such transaction(s).

 

(f)                                     Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto, including any regulations and other official guidance promulgated under any such statute.  Reference to any particular section of the Code shall include any successor section.

 

(g)                                  Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(h)                                  Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001.

 

(i)                                      Company ” means Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(j)                                      Consultant ” means any consultant or advisor if: (i) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) the services rendered by the consultant or advisor are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) the consultant or

 

2



 

advisor is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to render such services.

 

(k)                                   Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(l)                                      Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is an employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.  For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave of absence may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient, by itself, to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(m)                                Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto, including any rules and other official guidance promulgated under any such statute.  Reference to any particular section of the Exchange Act shall include any successor section.

 

(n)                                  Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price of a share of Common Stock, as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable) for such date or, if no sale occurred on such date, the first trading date immediately prior to such date during which a sale occurred;

 

(ii)                                   If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a share of the Common Stock on such date or, if no sale occurred on such date, the first date immediately prior to such date on which bid and asked prices, as applicable, are reported by such quotation system; or

 

(iii)                                In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(o)                                  Holder ” means a person who has been granted or awarded an Option or Stock Purchase Right or who holds Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

(p)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator.

 

(q)                                  Independent Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee of the Company.

 

3



 

(r)                                     Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option (or portion thereof) that is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator, or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator but fails to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(s)                                   Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(t)                                     Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(u)                                  Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Holder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  All Option Agreements are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                  Original Plan ” means the Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended prior to the date of this Plan) which was initially adopted by the Board on April 18, 2006 and approved by the Company’s stockholders on April 26, 2006.

 

(w)                                Parent ” means any corporation, whether now or hereafter existing (other than the Company), in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(x)                                    Plan ” means this Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(y)                                  Public Trading Date ” means the first date upon which Common Stock of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

 

(z)                                    Restricted Stock ” means Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an unvested Option in accordance with Section 10(i) hereof or pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right granted under Section 13 hereof.

 

(aa)                             Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Holder evidencing the terms and conditions of the issuance of Restricted Stock.  All Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(bb)                           Rule 16b-3 ” means that certain Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

 

(cc)                             Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto, including any rules and other official guidance

 

4



 

promulgated under any such statute.  Reference to any particular section of the Securities Act shall include any successor section.

 

(dd)                           Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to an individual’s status as a Service Provider for purposes of the Plan, including without limitation, the question of whether and when an individual ceases to be a Service Provider, whether an individual ceases to be a Service Provider where the Service Provider changes classification between Employee, Director and/or Consultant, or where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment, directorship or consultancy of such individual by the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent, and whether any particular leave of absence constitutes a termination of an individual’s status as a Service Provider.

 

(ee)                             Share ” means a share of Common Stock, as may be adjusted in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

 

(ff)                                 Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 13 hereof.

 

(gg)                           Stock Restriction Agreement ” means an agreement other than an Option Agreement (including any related exercise notice) or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement that provides for any of the restrictions described in Section 25 below.

 

(hh)                           Subsidiary ” means any corporation, whether now or hereafter existing (other than the Company), in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

3.                Stock Subject to the Plan .  Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, the shares of stock subject to Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall be shares of Common Stock.  Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of such Options or Stock Purchase Rights is 45,000,000 Shares.  Shares issued upon exercise of Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.  Subject to the limitations of this Section 3, if an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  Subject to the limitations of this Section 3, Shares which are delivered by the Holder or withheld by the Company upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right under the Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof or tax withholding thereon, may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder.  If Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

5



 

4.                Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)                                   Administrator .  Unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee as set forth below, the Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall refer to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated.  If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, from and after the Public Trading Date, a Committee of the Board shall administer the Plan and the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Independent Directors each of whom is both an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, and qualifies as “independent” within the meaning of any applicable stock exchange listing requirements.  Within the scope of its authority, the Board or the Committee may (i) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the authority to grant awards under the Plan to eligible persons who are either (1) not then “covered employees,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and are not expected to be “covered employees” at the time of recognition of income resulting from such award or (2) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or (ii) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not “non-employee directors,” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, the authority to grant awards under the Plan to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.  Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board.  Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Options or Restricted Stock granted to Independent Directors.

 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its sole discretion:

 

(i)                                      to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)                                   to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

 

6



 

(iv)                               to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                                  to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder (such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may vest or be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine);

 

(vi)                               to determine whether to offer to buyout a previously granted Option as provided in subsection 10(j) and to determine the terms and conditions of such offer and buyout (including whether payment is to be made in cash or Shares);

 

(vii)                            to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

(viii)                         to allow Holders to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld based on the statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes that apply to supplemental taxable income.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  All elections by Holders to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

 

(ix)                                 to amend the Plan or any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan as provided in Section 16 hereof; and

 

(x)                                    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan and to exercise such powers and perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable to promote the best interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision .  All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Holders.

 

5.                Eligibility .

 

(a)                                   Non-Qualified Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Section 424(e) and 424(f), respectively, of the Code.  If otherwise eligible, a Service Provider who has been granted an Option or Stock Purchase Right may be granted additional Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

 

7



 

(b)                                  In order to assure the viability of awards granted to Service Providers in foreign countries, the Administrator may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom.  Moreover, the Administrator may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided , that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Sections 3 and 6(c) of the Plan.

 

6.                Limitations .

 

(a)                                   Each Option shall be designated by the Administrator in the applicable Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to a Holder’s Incentive Stock Options and other incentive stock options granted by the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Section 424(e) and 424(f), respectively, of the Code, which become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Section 424(e) and 424(f), respectively, of the Code) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options or other options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Plan, any Option nor any Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon a Service Provider any right with respect to continuing the Service Provider’s employment, directorship or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Service Provider’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment, directorship or consulting relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

 

(c)                                   No Service Provider shall be granted, in any calendar year, Options or Stock Purchase Rights to purchase more than 10,000,000 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14 hereof); provided, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitation shall not apply until the earliest of: (i) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3 hereof); (ii) the issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (iii) the expiration of the Plan; (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which Directors of the Company are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (v) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The foregoing limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 14 hereof.  For purposes of this Section 6(c), if an Option is canceled in the same calendar year it was granted (other

 

8



 

than in connection with a transaction described in Section 14 hereof), the canceled Option will be counted against the limit set forth in this Section 6(c).  For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, the transaction shall be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.

 

7.                Term of Plan .  The Plan, as amended and restated, shall become effective upon (i) its adoption by the Board and (ii) its approval by stockholders in accordance with the requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, and shall continue in effect until it is terminated under Section 16 hereof.  Prior to the effectiveness of this Plan, the Original Plan shall remain in effect.  No Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be issued under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date upon which the Plan, as amended and restated, is adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan, as amended and restated, is approved by the stockholders.

 

8.                Term of Option .  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided , that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Holder who, at the time the Option is granted, owns (or is treated as owning under Section 424 of the Code) stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Section 424(e) and 424(f), respectively, of the Code, the term of the Option shall be no more than five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9.                Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)                                   The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (or, with respect to Incentive Stock Options or to the extent required to comply with Applicable Law, in the case of an Option granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Section 424(e) and 424(f), respectively, of the Code, the per share exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction approved by the Board, provided , that no alternative exercise price shall be substituted to the extent that any such substitution would cause (i) any Options to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, or (ii) any Incentive Stock Options to cease to qualify as Incentive Stock Options.

 

(b)                                  The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator.  Such consideration may consist of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) with the consent of the Administrator, a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws, (4) with the consent of the Administrator, shares of Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, which have been held for such period of

 

9



 

time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof, (5) with the consent of the Administrator, surrendered Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof, (6) with the consent of the Administrator, property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration, (7) with the consent of the Administrator, delivery of a notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Options and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price, provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (8) with the consent of the Administrator, any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, after the Public Trading Date, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option, or continue any extension of credit with respect to the exercise price of an Option, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

 

10.          Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                   Vesting; Fractional Exercises .  Options granted hereunder shall become vested and exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(b)                                  Deliveries upon Exercise .  All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company or his or her office:

 

(i)                                      A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

 

(ii)                                   Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Laws.  The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance, including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop transfer notices to agents and registrars;

 

(iii)                                Upon the exercise of all or a portion of an unvested Option pursuant to Section 10(i) below, a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in a form determined by the Administrator and signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option; and

 

10


 

(iv)                               In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 10(g) below by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

(c)                                   Conditions to Delivery of Share Certificates .  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased upon the exercise of any Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed;

 

(ii)                                   The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law, or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

 

(iii)                                The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any domestic or foreign governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(iv)                               The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience;

 

(v)                                  The receipt by the Company of full payment for such Shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which in the sole discretion of the Administrator may be in the form of consideration used by the Holder to pay for such Shares under Section 9(b) hereof, subject to Section 4(b)(viii) hereof; and

 

(vi)                               The Holder’s consent to such terms and conditions and execution of any agreements as the Administrator may require pursuant to Section 25 below.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider other than by reason of a termination by the Company for Cause or the Holder’s disability or death, such Holder may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the applicable Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination); provided , that to the extent required by Applicable Law, prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than thirty (30) days (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for thirty (30) days following the date of the Holder’s termination.  If, on the date of termination, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under

 

11



 

the Plan.  If, after termination, the Holder does not exercise his or her Option within the time period specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Termination for Cause .  If a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider by reason of a termination by the Company for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the date of the Holder’s termination by the Company for Cause, regardless of whether the Option is then vested and/or exercisable with respect to any Shares.

 

(f)                                     Disability of Holder .  If a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Holder’s disability, the Holder may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the applicable Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination); provided , that to the extent required by Applicable Law, prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than six (6) months (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the date of the Holder’s termination.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option from and after the date which is three (3) months and one (1) day following the date of such termination.  If, on the date of termination, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.  If, after termination, the Holder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(g)                                  Death of Holder .  If a Holder dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the applicable Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination); provided , that to the extent required by Applicable Law, prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than six (6) months (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Holder’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance in accordance with Section 11 below, but only to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination).  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the date of the Holder’s termination.  If, at the time of death, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Subject to Section 11 below, the Option may be exercised by the executor or administrator of the Holder’s estate or, if

 

12



 

none, by the person(s) entitled to exercise the Option under the Holder’s will or the laws of descent or distribution.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(h)                                  Extension of Exercisability .  The Administrator may provide in a Holder’s Option Agreement that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Holder’s status as a Service Provider or the Holder’s tender of already-owned Shares or the sale of Shares pursuant to a “cashless exercise” in connection with such exercise would violate applicable federal or state securities laws, then the Option shall not terminate until the earlier to occur of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months immediately following the first date on which the exercise of the Option (or such tender of already-owned Shares or sale of Shares pursuant to a “cashless exercise”) would not be in violation of such securities laws, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(i)                                      Early Exercisability .  The Administrator may provide in the terms of a Holder’s Option Agreement that the Holder may, at any time before the Holder’s status as a Service Provider terminates, exercise the Option in whole or in part prior to the full vesting of the Option; provided , that subject to Section 21 hereof, Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option which has not fully vested may be subject to any forfeiture, transfer or other restrictions as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion.

 

(j)                                      Buyout Provision .  The Administrator may at any time offer to buyout for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, establish and communicate to the Holder at the time that such offer is made.

 

11.          Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .  Options, Stock Purchase Rights and, prior to exercise, the Shares underlying Options or Stock Purchase Rights, may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of (each, a “ Transfer ”) in any manner, including through any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (each within the meaning of the rules promulgated under the Exchange Act),  provided, that with the consent of the Administrator, a Holder may Transfer any such award (i) to the Company, (ii) to a Permitted Transferee (as defined below) through a gift or domestic relations order, (iii) to a guardian or executor of the Holder upon such Holder’s death or disability or (iv) in connection with a Change of Control or other acquisition transaction involving the Company if, after such transaction, the Option or Stock Purchase Right so Transferred will no longer be outstanding and the Company will no longer be relying on the exemption provided under Rule 12h-1(f) of the Exchange Act, further provided that any transferee under clause (ii) or (iii) above shall not be permitted to make any further Transfers of such Options, Stock Purchase Rights and, prior to exercise, the Shares underlying Options or Stock Purchase Rights (other than in accordance with this Section 11).  Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Holder, only by the Holder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrator, in its sole discretion, so provides in a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, a Holder may Transfer Restricted Stock to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) any Restricted

 

13



 

Stock Transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or Transferable by the Permitted Transferee; (ii) any Restricted Stock which is Transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock as are applicable to the original Holder or as authorized in writing by the Administrator; and (iii) the Holder and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents required by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the Transfer under applicable federal and state securities laws and (C) evidence the Transfer.  For purposes of this Section 11, “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parents, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Holder) control more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Holder) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Holder) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

 

12.          No Rights as Stockholders .  Holders shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, stockholders of the Company in respect of any shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of an Option unless and until certificates representing such shares have been issued by the Company to such Holders.

 

13.          Stock Purchase Rights .

 

(a)                                   Rights to Purchase .  Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with Options granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan.  After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer.  The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Repurchase Right .  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company the right to repurchase Shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right upon the termination of the purchaser’s status as a Service Provider for any reason.  The purchase price for Shares repurchased by the Company pursuant to such repurchase right and the rate at which such repurchase right shall lapse shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and shall be set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Other Provisions .  The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion which may include, without limitation, first refusal rights, co-sale rights, drag-along rights, redemption provisions and/or lock-up provisions.  The issuance of any Shares pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right shall be conditioned upon and subject to the Holder’s consent to such terms and conditions and

 

14



 

execution of such agreements as the Administrator may require pursuant to Section 25 below.

 

(d)                                  Rights as a Shareholder .  Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 14 hereof.

 

14.          Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .

 

(a)                                   In the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or exchange or other disposition of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment becomes appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, then the Administrator shall make proportionate adjustments to any or all of the following in order to prevent such dilution or enlargement:

 

(i)                                      the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock may be granted or awarded (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3 hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued and adjustments of the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Holder in any calendar year pursuant to Section 6(c) hereof);

 

(ii)                                   the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock; and

 

(iii)                                the grant or exercise price with respect to any Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any transaction or event described in subsection (a) above, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the

 

15



 

Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock granted or issued under the Plan or to facilitate such transaction or event:

 

(i)                                      To provide for either (A) the purchase of all or any portion of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right (or portion thereof) or realization of the Holder’s rights had such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock (or portion thereof) been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested or (B) the replacement of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock (or portion thereof) with other awards, rights or property, including without limitation cash awards, selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion, which replacement awards may be subject to vesting or the lapsing of restrictions, as applicable, on terms no less favorable to the affected Holder than the terms of any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock for which such replacement award is substituted;

 

(ii)                                   To provide that such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable as to all or any portion of the shares covered thereby and that some or all shares of such Restricted Stock shall cease to be subject to restrictions, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Option or Stock Purchase Right;

 

(iii)                                To provide that all or any portion of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation or entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation or entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

 

(iv)                               To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options, Restricted Stock or Stock Purchase Rights, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock or Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock which may be granted in the future; and

 

(v)                                  To provide that immediately upon the consummation of such event, such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall not be exercisable and shall terminate; provided, that for a period of time prior to such event specified in the sole discretion of the Administrator, such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable as to all Shares covered thereby, and the restrictions imposed under an Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement upon some or all Shares may be terminated and, in the case of Restricted Stock, some or all shares of such Restricted Stock may cease to be subject to repurchase, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Section 3 hereof, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Option, Stock Purchase Right, or Restricted Stock as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company.

 

16



 

(d)                                  If the Company undergoes a Change of Control, then any surviving corporation or entity or acquiring corporation or entity, or affiliate of such corporation or entity, may assume any or all Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock outstanding under the Plan or may substitute comparable stock, cash or other awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this subsection) for those outstanding under the Plan, which substituted awards may be subject to vesting or the lapsing of restrictions, as applicable, on terms no less favorable to the affected Holder than the terms of any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock for which such new award is substituted.  In the event any surviving corporation or entity or acquiring corporation or entity in a Change of Control, or affiliate of such corporation or entity, does not assume such Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock or does not substitute similar stock, cash or other awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to (i) Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock held by participants in the Plan whose status as a Service Provider has not terminated prior to such event, the vesting of such Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock (and, if applicable, the time during which such awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated and made fully exercisable and all restrictions thereon shall lapse not later than immediately prior to the closing of the Change of Control (and the Options or Stock Purchase Rights terminated if not exercised prior to the closing of such Change of Control), and (ii) any other Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding under the Plan, such Options or Stock Purchase rights shall be terminated if not exercised prior to the closing of the Change of Control.

 

(e)                                   The existence of the Plan, any Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and the Options or Stock Purchase Rights granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

15.          Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights .  The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

16.          Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)                                   Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time wholly or partially amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.  However, without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the action by the

 

17



 

Board, no action of the Board may, except as provided in Section 14 hereof, increase the limits imposed in Section 3 hereof on the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan or extend the term of the Plan under Section 7 hereof.

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approval .  The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Holder, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Holder and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Holder and the Company.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock granted or awarded under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

17.          Stockholder Approval .  The Original Plan, including certain amendments thereto, has previously been approved by the Company’s stockholder’s and shall remain in effect until the Plan, as amended and restated, is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

18.          Inability to Obtain Authority .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

19.          Reservation of Shares .  The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

20.          Information to Holders of Options .  The Company shall provide each Holder who has been granted an Option with the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) under the Securities Act no less frequently than every six (6) months, provided , that (i) the Company shall have no obligation to provide such information prior to the first date on which the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, relies on Rule 12h-1(f) of the Exchange Act for an exemption from registration under the Exchange Act and (ii) the Company shall have no obligation to provide such information after the earliest to occur of (a) the Public Trading Date, (b) the date on which the Company otherwise becomes subject to registration under the Exchange Act, or (c) the date on which the Company is exempt from registration under the Exchange Act without relying on Rule 12h-1(f) of the Exchange Act.  The financial statements included in such information shall not be more than 180 days old, and the provision of the information contemplated by this Section 20 shall be subject to each such Holder agreeing, in a form acceptable to the Company, to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this Section 20 confidential.  The information required by this Section 20 shall be provided to Holders by either physical or electronic delivery or by written notice to the Holders of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information.  For the avoidance of doubt, if a Holder does not agree to keep the

 

18



 

information to be provided pursuant to this Section 20 confidential, then the Company may elect not to provide such Holder any information under this Section 20.

 

21.          Repurchase Provisions .  In addition to any rights the Company may have under applicable Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, the Administrator in its sole discretion may provide that the Company may repurchase Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right upon the occurrence of certain specified events, including, without limitation, a Holder’s termination as a Service Provider, divorce, bankruptcy or insolvency; provided , that any such repurchase right shall be set forth in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or in such other agreement as the Administrator may determine and, provided further , that to the extent required to comply with Applicable Laws, any such repurchase right set forth in an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the Public Trading Date shall be upon the following terms: if the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares upon termination as a Service Provider at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares to be purchased on the date of termination of status as a Service Provider, then (A) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within six months after termination of status as a Service Provider (or in the case of shares issued upon exercise of Options or Stock Purchase Rights after such date of termination, within six months after the date of the exercise), and (B) the right terminates when the shares become publicly traded.

 

22.          Participant Representations .  The Company may require a Plan participant, as a condition to the grant or exercise of, or acquisition of stock under, any Option or Stock Purchase Right, (i) to give written representations satisfactory to the Company as to the participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters, and to give written representations satisfactory to the Company that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of acquiring or exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right; (ii) to give written representations satisfactory to the Company stating that the participant is acquiring the stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right for the participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the stock; and (iii) to give such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.  The foregoing requirements, and any representations given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of stock under the applicable Option or Stock Purchase Right has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.

 

23.          Code Section 409A .  To the extent applicable, the Plan and award agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any

 

19



 

such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the effective date of the Plan.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the effective date of the Plan the Administrator determines that any award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the effective date of the Plan), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable award agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

 

24.          Governing Law .  The validity and enforceability of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

 

25.          Restrictions on Shares .  Shares purchased upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights, bring-along rights, redemption and co-sale rights and voting requirements.  Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the applicable Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, Exercise Notice, Stock Restriction Agreement, Stockholders Voting Agreement or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine, in each case in a form determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  The issuance of such Shares shall be conditioned on the Holder’s consent to such terms and conditions and the Holder’s entering into such agreement or agreements.

 

26.          Lock-Up Agreement .  Each Holder agrees, if so requested by the Company and an underwriter of shares of Common Stock in connection with any public offering of the Company, not to directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares held by it for such period, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the relevant registration statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock or ninety (90) days following the effective date of the relevant registration statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with any other public offering of Common Stock, in each case as such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith.

 

27. Severability .  If any provision of this Plan shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any applicable law, then such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Plan and the remainder of the provisions shall remain in full force and effect and in no way shall be affected, impaired or invalidated.  Such defective provision shall be deemed to be modified to the extent necessary to render it legal, valid and enforceable, and if no

 

20



 

such modification shall render it legal, valid and enforceable, then this Plan shall be construed as if not containing the provision held to be invalid.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

21



 

*                                          *                                          *

 

I hereby certify that the Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Demand Media, Inc. on June 12, 2008.

 

Executed at Santa Monica, California on this 3 day of July, 2008.

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Chairman and CEO

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Demand Media, Inc. on June 26 2008.

 

Executed at Santa Monica, California on this 3 day of July, 2008.

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

Name: Shawn Colo

 

 

Title: Secretary

 




Exhibit 10.03A

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED & RESTATED DEMAND MEDIA, INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Pursuant to the authority reserved to the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under Section 16(a) of the Amended & Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the Board hereby amends the Plan as follows (the “ First Amendment ”) effective as of June 1, 2009:

 

1.                                        In Section 3 of the Plan, the second sentence is deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of such Options or Stock Purchase Rights is 55,000,000 Shares.”

 

Except as expressly provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Plan and any awards outstanding thereunder shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Board has caused this First Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company as of the date first written above.

 

 

Demand Media, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to DM Equity Incentive Plan]

 




Exhibit 10.04

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.
2010 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Demand Media, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) by linking the individual interests of the members of the Board, Employees and Consultants to those of the Company’s stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to the Company’s stockholders.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

 

2.1           “ Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 12 hereof.  With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 12.6 hereof, or which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.

 

2.2           “ Affiliate ” shall mean any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

2.3           “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

 

2.4           “ Award ” shall mean an Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalent Award, a Deferred Stock Award, a Stock Payment Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, an Other Incentive Award or a Performance Share Award, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan.

 

2.5           “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written notice, agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine, consistent with the Plan.

 



 

2.6           “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.7           “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, “Cause” as defined in such Participant’s employment agreement with the Company if such an agreement exists and contains a definition of Cause or, if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not contain a definition of Cause, then Cause shall mean (i) the Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any Subsidiary or any other material breach of a written agreement between the Participant and the Company, including without limitation a material breach of any employment or confidentiality agreement; (ii) the Participant’s indictment for, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Participant to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or other foreign jurisdiction or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (iii) the Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the Participant’s willful or repeated failure or refusal to substantially perform assigned duties; (iv) any act of fraud, embezzlement, material misappropriation or dishonesty committed by the Participant against the Company or any Subsidiary; or (v) any acts, omissions or statements by a Participant which the Company reasonably determines to be materially detrimental or damaging to the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

2.8           “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)           The consummation of a transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Shares to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Parents or Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

 

(b)           During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.8(a) or Section 2.8(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

(c)           The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction:

 

2



 

(i)            Which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)), directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

(ii)           After which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.8(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

(d)           The Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

Consistent with the terms of this Section 2.8, the Administrator shall have full and final authority to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

 

2.9           “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder, whether issued prior or subsequent to the grant of any Award.

 

2.10         “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board described in Article 12 hereof.

 

2.11         “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.12         “ Company ” shall mean Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

2.13         “ Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or adviser engaged to provide services to the Company or any Affiliate that qualifies as a consultant under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration

 

3



 

Statement or any successor Form thereto or, prior to the Public Trading Date, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

2.14         “ Covered Employee ” shall mean any Employee who is, or could become, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.15         “ Deferred Stock ” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under Section 9.4 hereof.

 

2.16         “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

 

2.17         “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 9.2 hereof.

 

2.18         “ DRO ” shall mean a “domestic relations order” as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

 

2.19         “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

2.20         “ Eligible Individual ” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined by the Administrator.

 

2.21         “ Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or of any Affiliate.

 

2.22         “ Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

 

2.23         “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2.24         “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

 

(a)           If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) listed on any national market system or (iii) listed, quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a share of Common Stock as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing sales price for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

4



 

(b)           If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(c)           If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

 

2.25         “ Greater Than 10% Stockholder” shall mean an individual then-owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively).

 

2.26         “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.27         “ Individual Award Limit ” shall mean the cash and share limits applicable to Awards granted under the Plan, as set forth in Section 3.3 hereof.

 

2.28         “ Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.

 

2.29         “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but does not meet the applicable requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.30         Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 6 hereof.  An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided , however , that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

 

2.31         “ Other Incentive Award ” shall mean an Award denominated in, linked to or derived from Shares or value metrics related to Shares, granted pursuant to Section 9.7 hereof.

 

2.32         “ Parent ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities ending with the Company if each of the entities other than the Company beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

2.33         “ Participant ” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award.

 

5



 

2.34         “ Performance Award ” shall mean an Award that is granted under Section 9.1 hereof.

 

2.35         “ Performance-Based Compensation ” shall mean any compensation that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

2.36         “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Committee selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows:

 

(a)           The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit; (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs; (xiv) funds from operations; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings per share; (xix) price per share of Common Stock; (xx) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xxi) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxii) market share; (xxiii) economic value; (xxix) customer retention; and (xxx) sales-related goals, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for the Company or any operating unit of the Company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

 

(b)           The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Goals.  Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following:  (i) items related to a change in accounting principle; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; (vii) items related to the disposal of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments, (xii)  items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws; (xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; or (xix) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in applicable laws, accounting principles or business conditions.  For all Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such

 

6



 

determinations shall be made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.37         “ Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria.  Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of an Affiliate, division, business unit, or an individual.  The achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards.

 

2.38         “ Performance Period ” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Award.

 

2.39         “ Performance Share Award ” shall mean a contractual right awarded under Section 9.6 hereof to receive a number of Shares or the cash value of such number of Shares based on the attainment of specified Performance Goals or other criteria determined by the Administrator.

 

2.40         “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, (a) prior to the Public Trading Date, any “family member” of the Participant, as defined under Rule 701 of the Securities Act and (b) on or after the Public Trading Date, any “family member” of the Participant, as defined under the instructions to use of the Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator after taking into account any state, federal, local or foreign tax and securities laws applicable to transferable Awards.  In addition, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Participant to transfer Incentive Stock Options to a trust that constitutes a Permitted Transferee if, under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law, the Participant is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Incentive Stock Option while it is held in the trust.

 

2.41         “ Plan ” shall mean this Demand Media, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.42         “ Prior Plan ” shall mean the Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

 

2.43         “ Program ” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under the Plan.

 

2.44         “ Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

 

7


 

2.45         “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean Common Stock awarded under Article 8 hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

 

2.46         “ Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean a contractual right awarded under Section 9.5 hereof to receive in the future a Share or the cash value of a Share.

 

2.47         “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.48         “ Share Limit ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

 

2.49         “ Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock.

 

2.50         “ Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article 10 hereof.

 

2.51         “ Stock Payment ” shall mean a payment in the form of Shares awarded under Section 9.3 hereof.

 

2.52         “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

2.53         “ Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, in any case, upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, an outstanding equity award previously granted by a company or other entity; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

 

2.54         “ Termination of Service ” shall mean:

 

(a)  As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Participant as a Consultant to the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason, with or without Cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Participant who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Participant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason, including, without

 

8



 

limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Participant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Terminations of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Service has occurred, whether any Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for Cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of any Program, Award Agreement or otherwise, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code.  For purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relationship shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Affiliate employing or contracting with such Participant ceases to remain an Affiliate following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

3.1           Number of Shares .

 

(a)           Subject to Sections 3.1(b), 13.1 and 13.2 hereof, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be equal to the sum of (i) thirty-one million (31,000,000) Shares, (ii) any Shares underlying awards outstanding under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date which, on or after the Effective Date, terminate, expire or lapse for any reason without the delivery of Shares to the holder thereof, and (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2011 and ending in 2020 equal to the lesser of (A) twelve million (12,000,000) shares, (B) five percent (5%) of the Shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, assuming the conversion of any shares of preferred stock, but excluding shares issuable upon the exercise or payment of stock options, warrants and other equity securities with respect to which shares have not actually been issued and (C) such smaller number of Shares as may be determined by the Board (the “ Share Limit ”), all of which may be issued as Incentive Stock Options, provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares added to the Share Limit pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii) or Section 3.1(a)(iii) shall be available for issuance as Incentive Stock Options only to the extent that making such Shares available for issuance as Incentive Stock Options would not cause any Incentive Stock Option to cease to qualify as such.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable stock exchange rules, Awards that provide for the delivery of Shares subsequent to the applicable grant date may be granted in excess of the Share Limit if such Awards provide for the forfeiture or cash settlement of such Awards to the extent that insufficient Shares remain under the Share Limit at the time that Shares would otherwise be issued in respect of such Award.  As of the Effective Date, no further awards may be granted under the Prior Plan, however, any awards under the Prior Plan that

 

9



 

are outstanding as of the Effective Date shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the Prior Plan.

 

(b)           The following Shares shall be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan and shall be added back to the Share Limit in the same number of Shares as were debited from the Share Limit in respect of the grant of such Award (as may be adjusted in accordance with Section 13.2 hereof): (i) Shares tendered by a Participant or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) Shares tendered by the Participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award; and (iii) Shares subject to an Award that is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the following Shares shall not be added back to the Share Limit and will not be available for future grants of Awards: (A) Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof; and (B) Shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of Options.  Any Shares repurchased by the Company under Section 8.4 hereof at the same price paid by the Participant so that such shares are returned to the Company will again be available for Awards.  The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(c)           Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan.  Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan in the Board’s discretion at the time of such acquisition or combination and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided , however , that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

3.2           Stock Distributed .  Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

 

3.3           Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards .  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Section 13.2 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one person during any calendar year (measured from the date of any grant) shall be ten million (10,000,000) and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid in cash during any calendar year

 

10



 

(measured from the date of any payment) with respect to one or more Awards payable in cash shall be ten million dollars ($10,000,000) (together, the “ Individual Award Limits ”); provided , however , that the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of the following events to occur after the Public Trading Date: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the Share Limit in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof); (b) the issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

GRANTING OF AWARDS

 

4.1           Participation.   The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom one or more Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan.  No Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

 

4.2           Award Agreement .  Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement stating the terms and conditions applicable to such Award, consistent with the requirements of the Plan and any applicable Program.

 

4.3           Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, with respect to any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, any applicable Program and the applicable Award Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule, and such additional limitations shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into such Award to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

4.4           At-Will Service .  Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Affiliate, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate.

 

4.5           Foreign Participants .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the

 

11



 

Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the Share Limit or Individual Award Limits contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 hereof, respectively; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Code, the Exchange Act, the Securities Act, the rules of the securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded or any other applicable law.

 

4.6           Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards .  Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan.  Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

 

ARTICLE 5.

 

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS INTENDED TO QUALIFY AS
PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION.

 

5.1           Purpose .  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine whether any Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. If the Committee, in its sole discretion, decides to grant an Award to an Eligible Individual that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, then the provisions of this Article 5 shall control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan.  The Administrator may in its sole discretion grant Awards to Eligible Individuals that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 and that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.  Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Covered Employee shall be determined on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards.

 

5.2           Applicability .  The grant of an Award to an Eligible Individual for a particular Performance Period shall not require the grant of an Award to such Eligible Individual in any subsequent Performance Period and the grant of an Award to any one Eligible Individual shall not require the grant of an Award to any other Eligible Individual in such period or in any other period.

 

5.3           Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards .  To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to

 

12



 

any Award which is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any Performance Period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Eligible Individuals, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period based on the Performance Criteria, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period.  Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period.  In determining the amount earned under such Awards, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.

 

5.4           Payment of Performance-Based Awards .  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement (and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code), the holder of an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate throughout the applicable Performance Period.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Performance Goals, Program or Award Agreement, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to such Awards for a Performance Period only if and to the extent the Performance Goals for such period are achieved.

 

5.5           Additional Limitations .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award which is granted to an Eligible Individual and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

GRANTING OF OPTIONS

 

6.1           Granting of Options to Eligible Individuals .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

 

6.2           Qualification of Incentive Stock Options .  No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company (as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively).  No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be

 

13



 

modified by the Administrator, with the consent of the Participant, to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and all other plans of the Company and any Affiliate corporation thereof exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.  The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted. In addition, to the extent that any Options otherwise fail to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

6.3           Option Exercise Price .  Except as provided in Section 6.6 hereof, the exercise price per Share subject to each Option shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).  In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).

 

6.4           Option Term .  The term of each Option shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, or five (5) years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder.  The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Participant has the right to exercise the vested Options, which time period may not extend beyond the stated term of the Option. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code, the Administrator may extend the term of any outstanding Option, and may extend the time period during which vested Options may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Participant, and, subject to Section 13.1 hereof, may amend any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Service.

 

6.5           Option Vesting .

 

(a)           The terms and conditions pursuant to which an Option vests in the Participant and becomes exercisable shall be determined by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.  Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any of the Performance Criteria, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator.  At any time after grant of an Option, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the vesting of the Option.

 

(b)           No portion of an Option which is unexercisable at a Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in a Program, the applicable Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option.

 

14


 

6.6           Substitute Awards .  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided , however, that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the Shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

 

6.7           Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Administrator may provide in an applicable Program or the applicable Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided , however , that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, and shall also have the same exercise price and remaining term as the substituted Option.

 

ARTICLE 7.

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1           Partial Exercise .  An exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part.  However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of shares.

 

7.2           Manner of Exercise .  All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

 

(a)           A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Participant or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

 

(b)           Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations, the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded or any other applicable law.  The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

 

(c)           In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 11.3 hereof by any person or persons other than the Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such

 

15



 

person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

 

(d)           Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the Shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Sections 11.1 and 11.2 hereof.

 

7.3           Notification Regarding Disposition .  The Participant shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option which occurs within (a) two years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such Participant, or (b) one year after the transfer of such shares to such Participant.

 

ARTICLE 8.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK

 

8.1           Award of Restricted Stock .

 

(a)           The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)           The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by applicable law.  In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock to the extent required by applicable law.

 

8.2           Rights as Stockholders .  Subject to Section 8.4 hereof, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said shares, subject to the restrictions in an applicable Program or in the applicable Award Agreement, including the right to receive dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the shares; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 8.3 hereof.

 

8.3           Restrictions .  All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Participants thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of an applicable Program or in the applicable Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide.  Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Administrator, including, without limitation, criteria based on the Participant’s

 

16



 

duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company, the Performance Criteria, Company or Affiliate performance, individual performance or other criteria selected by the Administrator.  Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire.

 

8.4           Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock .  If no price was paid by the Participant for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service, the Participant’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration. If a price was paid by the Participant for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Participant the unvested Restricted Stock then-subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Participant for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in an applicable Program or the applicable Award Agreement.  The Administrator in its sole discretion may provide that, upon certain events, including without limitation a Change in Control, the Participant’s death, retirement or disability, any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Participant’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock shall not lapse, such Restricted Stock shall vest and cease to be forfeitable and, if applicable, the Company cease to have a right of repurchase.

 

8.5           Certificates for Restricted Stock .  Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine.  Certificates or book entries evidencing shares of Restricted Stock must include an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company may, in it sole discretion, retain physical possession of any stock certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.

 

8.6           Section 83(b) Election .  If a Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Participant shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

ARTICLE 9.

 

PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, STOCK PAYMENTS,
DEFERRED STOCK, RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS; PERFORMANCE SHARE
AWARDS, OTHER INCENTIVE AWARDS

 

9.1           Performance Awards .

 

(a)           The Administrator is authorized to grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Individual and to determine whether such Performance Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation.  The value of Performance Awards may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific criteria determined by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. 

 

17



 

Performance Awards may be paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)           Without limiting Section 9.1(a) hereof, the Administrator may grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Individual in the form of a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of objective Performance Goals, or such other criteria, whether or not objective, which are established by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  Any such bonuses paid to a Participant which are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 hereof.

 

9.2           Dividend Equivalents .

 

(a)           Subject to Section 9.2(b) hereof, Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator, either alone or in tandem with another Award, based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date the Dividend Equivalents are granted to a Participant and the date such Dividend Equivalents terminate or expire, as determined by the Administrator.  Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Common Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator.  In addition, Dividend Equivalents with respect to Shares covered by an Award shall only be paid out to the Participant at the same time or times and to the same extent that the vesting conditions, if any, are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests with respect to such Shares.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

9.3           Stock Payments .  The Administrator is authorized to make one or more Stock Payments to any Eligible Individual.  The number or value of shares of any Stock Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon one or more Performance Criteria or any other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, determined by the Administrator.  Stock Payments may, but are not required to be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Eligible Individual.

 

9.4           Deferred Stock .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Deferred Stock to any Eligible Individual.  The number of shares of Deferred Stock shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based on one or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, as the Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption therefrom.  Shares underlying a Deferred Stock Award which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will not be issued until those conditions have been satisfied.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a holder of Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the Award has vested and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Participant.

 

18



 

9.5           Restricted Stock Units .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual.  The number and terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Units shall be determined by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including conditions based on one or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall specify, or permit the Participant to elect, the conditions and dates upon which the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units which shall be issued, which dates shall not be earlier than the date as of which the Restricted Stock Units vest and become nonforfeitable and which conditions and dates shall be subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption therefrom.  On the distribution dates, the Company shall issue to the Participant one unrestricted, fully transferable Share (or the Fair Market Value of one such Share in cash) for each vested and nonforfeitable Restricted Stock Unit.

 

9.6           Performance Share Awards .  Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may be granted one or more Performance Share Awards which shall be denominated in a number of Shares and the vesting of which may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria, other specific performance criteria (in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator) and/or time-vesting or other criteria, as determined by the Administrator.

 

9.7           Other Incentive Awards .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Other Incentive Awards to any Eligible Individual, which Awards may cover Shares or the right to purchase Shares or have a value derived from the value of, or an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to, or that are otherwise payable in or based on, Shares, shareholder value or shareholder return, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Other Incentive Awards may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Administrator.

 

9.8           Cash Settlement .  Without limiting the generality of any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator may provide, in an Award Agreement or subsequent to the grant of an Award, in its discretion, that any Award may be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof.

 

9.9           Other Terms and Conditions .  All applicable terms and conditions of each Award described in this Article 9, including without limitation, as applicable, the term, vesting and exercise/purchase price applicable to the Award, shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion, provided , however , that the value of the consideration paid by a Participant for an Award shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by applicable law.

 

9.10         Exercise upon Termination of Service .  Awards described in this Article 9 are exercisable or distributable, as applicable, only while the Participant is an Employee, Director or Consultant, as applicable.  The Administrator, however, in its sole discretion, may provide that such Award may be exercised or distributed subsequent to a Termination of Service as provided under an applicable Program, Award Agreement, payment deferral election and/or in certain

 

19



 

events, including a Change in Control, the Participant’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

 

ARTICLE 10.

 

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

10.1         Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)           The Administrator is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine consistent with the Plan.

 

(b)           A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the Stock Appreciation Right from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.  Except as described in Section 10.1(c) hereof, the exercise price per Share subject to each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 10.1(b) hereof to the contrary, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares subject to such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided , however , that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the Shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of:  (x) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

 

10.2         Stock Appreciation Right Vesting .

 

(a)           The Administrator shall determine the period during which a Participant shall vest in a Stock Appreciation Right and have the right to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right in whole or in part.  Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator.  At any time after grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the period during which a Stock Appreciation Right vests.

 

(b)           No portion of a Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in an applicable Program or Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.

 

20



 

10.3         Manner of Exercise .  All or a portion of an exercisable Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the stock administrator of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

 

(a)           A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Participant or other person then-entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right or such portion of the Stock Appreciation Right;

 

(b)           Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations.  The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance; and

 

(c)           In the event that the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 10.3 by any person or persons other than the Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right.

 

10.4         Stock Appreciation Right Term .  The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.  The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Participant has the right to exercise any vested Stock Appreciation Rights, which time period may not extend beyond the expiration date of the Stock Appreciation Right term.  Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Administrator may extend the term of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised in connection with any Termination of Service of the Participant, and, subject to Section 13.1 hereof, may amend any other term or condition of such Stock Appreciation Right relating to such a Termination of Service.

 

ARTICLE 11.

 

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS

 

11.1         Payment .  The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payments by any Participant with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then-issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required;

 

21



 

provided , however , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator.  The Administrator shall also determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

 

11.2         Tax Withholding .  The Company and its Affiliates shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or an Affiliate, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Participant’s social security, Medicare and any other employment tax obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of the Plan.  The Administrator may in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company or an Affiliate withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares).  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, the number of Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase no greater than the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates or federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.  The Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of shares to pay the Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

 

11.3         Transferability of Awards .

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.3(b) or (c) hereof:

 

(i)            No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed;

 

(ii)           No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed, and any attempted disposition of an Award prior to the satisfaction of these conditions shall be null and

 

22



 

void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by clause (i) of this provision; and

 

(iii)          During the lifetime of the Participant, only the Participant may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to him under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Participant, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a) hereof, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Participant or a Permitted Transferee of such Participant to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option to any one or more Permitted Transferees of such Participant, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee (other to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Participant) other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and (iii) the Participant (or transferring Permitted Transferee) and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including without limitation, documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a) hereof, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death.  A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator.  If the Participant is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under applicable law and resides in a “community property” state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner.  If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to the Participant’s death.

 

23


 

11.4         Conditions to Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Company nor its Affiliates shall be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded, and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.

 

(b)           All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state, or foreign securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted, or traded.  The Administrator may place legends on any Share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.

 

(c)           The Administrator shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

(d)           No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, the Company and/or its Affiliates may, in lieu of delivering to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award, record the issuance of Shares in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

 

11.5         Forfeiture Provisions .  Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to provide, in the terms of Awards made under the Plan, or to require a Participant to agree by separate written or electronic instrument, that: (a)(i) any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Participant upon any receipt or exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award, must be paid to the Company, and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (b)(i) a Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (ii) the Participant at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, as

 

24



 

further defined by the Administrator or (iii) the Participant incurs a Termination of Service for Cause.

 

11.6         Repricing .  Subject to limitations imposed by Section 409A of the Code or other applicable law and the limitations contained in Section 13.1 below, the Administrator shall have the authority, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, to amend any outstanding Award, in whole or in part, to increase or reduce the price per share or to cancel and replace an Award, in whole or in part, with cash and/or another Award, including without limitation, another Option or Stock Appreciation Right having a price per share that is less than, greater than or equal to the price per share of the original Award.

 

ARTICLE 12.
ADMINISTRATION

 

12.1         Administrator .  The Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein) and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code and an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded, in each case, to the extent required under such provision; provided , however , that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 12.l or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee.  Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment.  Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board.  Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and (b) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 12.6 hereof.

 

12.2         Duties and Powers of Administrator .  It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions.  The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and all Programs and Award Agreements, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and any Program as are not inconsistent with the Plan, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Program or Award Agreement provided that the rights or obligations of the holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not affected adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Participant is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 13.10 hereof.  Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Participant.  Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the

 

25



 

provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, Section 162(m) of the Code, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

12.3           Action by the Committee .  Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Committee, a majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee.  Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

12.4         Authority of Administrator .  Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

 

(a)     Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;

 

(b)     Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual;

 

(c)     Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

 

(d)     Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;

 

(e)     Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

 

(f)     Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

 

(g)     Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

 

(h)     Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 

26



 

(i)     Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement; and

 

(j)     Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

 

12.5         Decisions Binding .  The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

 

12.6         Delegation of Authority .  To the extent permitted by applicable law or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article 12; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant awards to, or amend awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees with respect to Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code and applicable securities laws or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.  Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee.  At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 12.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the Committee.

 

ARTICLE 13.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

13.1         Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 13.1, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board.  However, without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the action by the Administrator, no action of the Administrator may, except as provided in Section 13.2 hereof, increase the Share Limit. Except as provided in Section 13.10 hereof, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Participant, impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides.  No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan. The annual increase to the Share Limit (set forth in Section 3.1(a)(iii) hereof) shall terminate on the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date and, from and after such tenth (10 th ) anniversary, no additional share increases shall occur

 

27



 

pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(iii) hereof.  In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no ISO shall be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

13.2         Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events .

 

(a)           In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of the Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the Share Limit and Individual Award Limits); (ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and/or (iv) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.  Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)           In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 13.2(a) hereof or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

 

(i)            To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 13.2, the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested;

 

(ii)           To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent

 

28



 

or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

 

(iii)          To make adjustments in the number and type of securities subject to outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future and/or in the terms, conditions and criteria included in such Awards (including the grant or exercise price, as applicable);

 

(iv)          To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all securities covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or an applicable Program or Award Agreement; and

 

(v)           To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

 

(c)           In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 13.2(a) and 13.2(b) hereof:

 

(i)            The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted.  The adjustment provided under this Section 13.2(c)(i) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company.

 

(ii)           The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments to the Share Limit and the Individual Award Limits ).  The adjustments provided under this Section 13.2(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company.

 

(d)           Change in Control.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation.  For the purposes of this Section 13.2(d)(i), an Award shall be considered assumed or substituted if, following the Change in Control, the assumed or substituted Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the assumed or substituted Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

 

29



 

(ii)           In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control and its parents and subsidiaries refuse to assume or substitute for any Award in accordance with Section 13.2(d)(i) hereof, each such non-assumed/substituted Award shall become fully vested and, as applicable, exercisable and shall be deemed exercised, immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all such Awards shall lapse at such time.  If an Award vests and, as applicable, is exercised in lieu of assumption or substitution in connection with a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Participant of such vesting and any applicable exercise , and the Award shall terminate upon the Change in Control.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the value of an Award that is terminated in connection with this Section 13.2(d)(ii) is zero or negative at the time of such Change in Control, such Award shall be terminated upon the Change in Control without payment of consideration therefor.

 

(e)           The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

 

(f)            With respect to Awards which are granted to Covered Employees and are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no adjustment or action described in this Section 13.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause such Award to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, unless the Administrator determines that the Award should not so qualify.  No adjustment or action described in this Section 13.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code.  Furthermore, no such adjustment or action shall be authorized with respect to any Award to the extent such adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 unless the Administrator determines that the Award is not to comply with such exemptive conditions.

 

(g)           The existence of the Plan, the Program, the Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

(h)           No action shall be taken under this Section 13.2 which shall cause an Award to fail to comply with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption therefrom, in either case, to the extent applicable to such Award, unless the Administrator determines any such adjustments to be appropriate.

 

(i)            In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash

 

30



 

dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

 

13.3         Approval of Plan by Stockholders .  The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.

 

13.4         No Stockholders Rights .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in an Award Agreement, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Common Stock covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record owner of such shares of Common Stock.

 

13.5         Paperless Administration .  In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

13.6         Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans .  The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Affiliate.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any Affiliate, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.

 

13.7         Compliance with Laws .  The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded, and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith.  Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

31



 

13.8         Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act .  The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

 

13.9         Governing Law .  The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof.

 

13.10       Section 409A .  To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Plan, any applicable Program and the Award Agreement covering such Award shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that, following the Effective Date, the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan, any applicable Program and the Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes on the Award under Section 409A of the Code, either through compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or with an available exemption therefrom.

 

13.11       No Rights to Awards .  No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Participants or any other persons uniformly.

 

13.12       Unfunded Status of Awards .  The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

13.13       Indemnification .  To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Board and any officer or other employee to whom authority to administer any component of the Plan is delegated shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided , however , that he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

32



 

13.14       Relationship to other Benefits .  No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

13.15       Expenses .  The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates.

 

[ signature page follows ]

 

33



 

*  *  *  *  *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Demand Media, Inc. on August 3, 2010.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Demand Media, Inc. on August 5, 2010.

 

Executed on this 5 day of August, 2010.

 

 

/s/ Matthew P. Polesetsky

 

Matthew P. Polesetsky

 

34




Exhibit 10.05

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.
2010 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE AND
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the common stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), set forth below (the “ Option ”).  This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”) and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$[   ] /Share

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

$

 

 

Total Number of Shares
Subject to the Option:

 

shares

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

o

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

o

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

[To be set forth in individual agreement]

 

 

 

Termination

 

The Option shall terminate on the Expiration Date set forth above or, if earlier, in accordance with the terms of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

By his or her signature, the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice.  The Optionee has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or relating to the Option.

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

OPTIONEE

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Print Name:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to the Optionee an option under the Company’s 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock indicated in the Grant Notice.

 

ARTICLE I.

 

GENERAL

 

1.1            Incorporation of Terms of Plan .  The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

GRANT OF OPTION

 

2.1            Grant of Option .  In consideration of the Optionee’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.  Unless designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

2.2            Exercise Price .  The exercise price of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided , however , that the price per share of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Optionee is a Greater Than 10% Stockholder as of the Grant Date, the price per share of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date.

 

2.3            Consideration to the Company .  In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, the Optionee agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary.  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the Optionee.

 

A-1



 

ARTICLE III.

 

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

3.1            Commencement of Exercisability .

 

(a)            Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 5.10 and 5.14 hereof, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice[, including any applicable vesting acceleration provisions contained therein].

 

(b)            No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable at the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and the Optionee.

 

3.2            Duration of Exercisability .  The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative.  Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

3.3            Expiration of Option .  The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)            The Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice;

 

(b)            If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Optionee is a Greater Than 10% Stockholder as of the Grant Date, the expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date;

 

(c)            The expiration of [three (3) months from the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service] [such other period approved by the Board, Committee or authorized subcommittee thereof with respect to an individual option grant)], unless such termination occurs by reason of the Optionee’s death or disability (as determined by the Administrator) or by the Company for Cause;

 

(d)            The expiration of one (1) year from the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service by reason of the Optionee’s death or disability (as determined by the Administrator) [such other period approved by the Board, Committee or authorized subcommittee thereof with respect to an individual option grant]; or

 

(e)            [The start of business on the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service by the Company for Cause.]

 

The Optionee acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more that three (3) months after the Optionee’s Termination of Employment, other than by reason of death or disability, will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

3.4            Special Tax Consequences .  The Optionee acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Option and such other options shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent necessary to comply with the limitations imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code.  The Optionee further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence

 

A-2



 

shall be applied by taking the Option and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV.
EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

4.1            Person Eligible to Exercise .  Except as provided in Sections 5.2(b) and 5.2(c) hereof, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee may exercise the Option or any portion thereof.  After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof, be exercised by the Optionee’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

4.2            Partial Exercise .  Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.  However, the Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional shares.

 

4.3            Manner of Exercise .  The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company) of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof:

 

(a)            A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

 

(b)            Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Section 4.4 hereof;

 

(c)            Any other written representations or documents as may be required in the Administrator’s sole discretion to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations, the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed, quoted or traded or any other applicable law; and

 

(d)            In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.

 

4.4            Method of Payment .  Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(a)            Cash;

 

A-3



 

(b)            Check;

 

(c)            With the consent of the Administrator, delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate exercise price; provided , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale;

 

(d)            With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of other shares of Common Stock which have been owned by the Optionee for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised;

 

(e)            With the consent of the Administrator, surrendered shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised; or

 

(f)             With the consent of the Administrator, such other form of legal consideration as may be acceptable to the Administrator.

 

4.5            Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates .  The shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, treasury shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock which have then been reacquired by the Company.  Such shares of Common Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing shares of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 11.4 of the Plan.

 

4.6            Rights as Stockholder .  The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such shares of Common Stock shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the shares of Common Stock are issued, except as provided in Section 14.2 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

5.1            Administration .  The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Administrator or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.

 

A-4



 

5.2            Transferability of Option .  Except as otherwise set forth in the Plan:

 

(a)            The Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until the Option has been exercised and the shares underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed;

 

(b)            The Option shall not be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or the Optionee’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until the Option has been exercised, and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 5.2(a) hereof; and

 

(c)            During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee may exercise the Option (or any portion thereof), unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or this Agreement, be exercised by the Optionee’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Optionee may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Optionee and to receive any distribution with respect to the Option upon the Optionee’s death.  A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, except to the extent the Plan and this Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator.  If the Optionee is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under applicable law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Optionee’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Optionee’s interest in the Option shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Optionee’s spouse or domestic partner.  If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Optionee, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by the Optionee at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to the Optionee’s death.

 

5.3            Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s the grant, vesting and/or exercise of the Option, and/or with the purchase or disposition of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of such shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5.4            Adjustments .  The Optionee acknowledges that the Option is subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Article 14 of the Plan.

 

5.5            Notices .  Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the address given beneath the signature of the Company’s authorized officer on the Grant Notice, and any notice to be given to the

 

A-5



 

Optionee shall be addressed to the Optionee at the address given beneath the Optionee’s signature on the Grant Notice.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.5, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party.  Any notice which is required to be given to the Optionee shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by written notice under this Section 5.5.  Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

5.6            Optionee’s Representations .  If the shares of Common Stock purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws on an effective registration statement at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, make such written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

5.7            Titles .  Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

5.8            Governing Law .  The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

 

5.9            Conformity to Securities Laws .  The Optionee acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

5.10          Amendments, Suspension and Termination .  To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board , provided, however , that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of the Optionee.

 

5.11          Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in this Article 5, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

5.12          Notification of Disposition .  If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Common Stock acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two years from the Grant Date with respect to such shares of Common Stock or (b) within one year after the transfer of such shares of Common Stock to the Optionee.  Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Optionee in such disposition or other transfer.

 

A-6



 

5.13          Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule

 

5.14          Not a Contract of Employment .  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

5.15          Entire Agreement .  The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

5.16          Section 409A .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice, the Plan, this Agreement and the Grant Notice shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “ Section 409A ”).   The Administrator may, in its discretion, adopt such amendments to the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

A-7




Exhibit 10.06

 

DEMAND MEDIA INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This restricted stock purchase agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made between [NAME] (together with any permitted transferee, “ Purchaser ”) and Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as [DATE] (the “ Grant Date ”), pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan, pursuant to which the Company desires to issue to Purchaser certain shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Restricted Stock ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company hereby grants the Restricted Stock designated in Section 1 below to Purchaser subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth herein.  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings provided in the Plan.

 

1.                                        Grant of Stock; Vesting .

 

(a)                                   Subject to the forfeiture and deemed repurchase provisions contained in Section 2 below and all other terms, conditions and restrictions contained in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to Purchaser [NUMBER] shares of Restricted Stock (the “ Shares ”), to be granted in consideration of past and/or future services provided and/or to be provided to the Company by Purchaser.  The Shares shall vest and cease to be subject to forfeiture and deemed repurchase in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(b) below (each such Share, which, from time to time, continues to be subject to forfeiture and deemed repurchase, an “ Unvested Share ”).

 

(b)                                  The Shares shall vest and cease to be subject to forfeiture and deemed repurchase [with respect to [# = 25%] Shares on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and with respect to an additional [# = 1/48 th ] Shares on each monthly anniversary of the Grant Date thereafter until all Shares are vested, subject to Purchaser’s continued employment through each such date, provided , that if a Change of Control shall occur and either (i) Purchaser remains employed by the Company through the six-month anniversary of such Change of Control, or (ii) the Company terminates Purchaser’s employment other than for Cause prior to such six-month anniversary (in either case, an “ Acceleration Event ”), then, in either case, immediately prior to the Acceleration Event, the greater of (A) [# = 25%]

 



 

Shares or (B) fifty percent (50%) of the remaining Unvested Shares shall vest and cease to be subject to forfeiture and deemed repurchase and, provided further , that if the Company terminates Purchaser’s employment other than for Cause after an Acceleration Event described in clause (i) above, an additional [# = 12.5%] Shares (or such lesser number of Unvested Shares remaining)](1) shall vest and cease to be subject to forfeiture and deemed repurchase (each date on which any Shares vest and cease to be subject to forfeiture and deemed repurchase in accordance with this Section 1(b), a “ Vesting Date ”).

 

2.                                        Forfeiture; Deemed Repurchase .  If Purchaser terminates employment for any reason prior to such time as any Shares vest in accordance with Section 1(b) above (after taking into account any accelerated vesting that may be occur in connection with Purchaser’s termination of employment, if any), all Unvested Shares shall automatically be forfeited and deemed to be repurchased by the Company (without payment therefor) upon such termination of employment in accordance with the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit A hereto.(2)

 

3.                                        Transfer Restrictions .  Purchaser hereby agrees that, as a condition to the purchase of the Shares hereunder, (i) Purchaser shall not, for as long as the Shares remain Unvested Shares, sell, transfer, dispose of, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise encumber the Shares, and (ii) the Shares shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, the provisions of Sections 5 and 6 below.  The transfer or sale of any of the Shares shall further be subject to any restrictions imposed under any applicable state or federal securities laws and, without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser may transfer any Shares to any one or more Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in the Plan), subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 11 of the Plan. Any Permitted Transferee shall hold the Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

 

4.                                        Escrow .

 

(a)                                   Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer any Shares forfeited in accordance with Section 2 above from Purchaser to the Company.

 

(b)                                  To insure the availability for delivery of the Shares upon Purchaser’s

 


(1)  This is Demand’s standard vesting formula, which should be adjusted as appropriate.  In certain circumstances, it may be appropriate to link vesting to continued “Service Provider” status (rather than employment) in order to cause vesting to continue while serving as a director or consultant.

 

(2)  Forfeiture provisions may need to be adjusted to accommodate any post-termination vesting that may occur.

 

2



 

forfeiture thereof, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary of the Company, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent, as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Shares, if any, forfeited by Purchaser in accordance with Section 2 above and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, the share certificates representing any and all Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank.  The share certificates representing the Unvested Shares and the stock assignment shall be held by the Secretary in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit A hereto, until the first to occur of (i) Purchaser’s forfeiture of such Shares in accordance with Section 2 above, (ii) the date on which such Shares cease to be Unvested Shares, or (iii) this Agreement ceasing to be in effect.  Promptly following the date on which any Shares cease to be Unvested Shares, the escrow agent shall deliver to Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the escrow agent’s possession belonging to Purchaser, and the escrow agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided , that the escrow agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

5.                                        Take-Along Rights .

 

(a)                                   Approved Sale .  If the Board shall deliver a notice to Purchaser (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) stating that the Board has approved a sale of all or a portion of the Company (an “ Approved Sale ”) and specifying the name and address of the proposed parties to such transaction and the consideration payable in connection therewith, Purchaser shall (i) consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Approved Sale was arranged, (ii) waive any dissenter’s rights and other similar rights, and (iii) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of securities, agree to sell Purchaser’s Shares on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale which terms and conditions shall treat all stockholders of the Company equally (on a pro rata basis), except that shares having a liquidation preference may receive an amount of consideration equal to such liquidation preference in addition to the consideration being paid to the holders of shares not having a liquidation preference.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of the Shares in an Approved Sale, including without limitation any Unvested Shares, shall be further subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 14 of the Plan.  Purchaser will take all necessary and desirable

 

3



 

lawful actions as directed by the Board and the stockholders of the Company approving the Approved Sale in connection with the consummation of any Approved Sale, including without limitation, the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (A) provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, non-compete agreements, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to such Approved Sale and, (B) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale, provided , that this Section 5 shall not require Purchaser to indemnify the purchaser in any Approved  Sale for breaches of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company or any other stockholder, except to the extent (x) Purchaser is not required to incur more than its pro rata share of such indemnity obligation (based on the total consideration to be received by all stockholders that are similarly situated and hold the same class or series of capital stock) and (y) such indemnity obligation is provided for and limited to a post-closing escrow or holdback arrangement of cash or stock paid in connection with the Approved Sale.

 

(b)                                  Costs .  Purchaser will bear Purchaser’s  pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration to be received) of the reasonable costs of any sale of Shares pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all selling stockholders of the Company and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party.  Costs incurred by Purchaser on Purchaser’s own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Share Delivery .  At the consummation of the Approved Sale, Purchaser shall, if applicable, deliver certificates representing the Shares to be transferred, duly endorsed for transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer taxes, if any, and the Shares to be transferred shall be free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances (other than restrictions imposed by this Agreement) and Purchaser shall so represent and warrant.

 

6.                                        Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any permitted transferee (each, a “ Holder ”) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (including transfer by gift or operation of law), in any case in accordance with Section 3 above (collectively, “ Transfer ” or “ Transferred ”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(a)                                   Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee;

 

4



 

and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to Transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees.  The purchase price will be determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price (the “ ROFR Purchase Price ”) for the Shares repurchased under this Section shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(d)                                  Payment .  Payment of the ROFR Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)                                   Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that (i) the provisions of this Section and of Section 5 above shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee and (ii) that such Proposed Transferee will not transfer the Shares any other purchaser or transferee unless such future purchase or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section and of Section 5 above.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal as provided herein before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

 

(f)                                     Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary

 

5



 

contained in this Section notwithstanding, the Transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal.  As used herein, “ Immediate Family ” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so Transferred subject to the provisions of this Section (including the Right of First Refusal) and Section 5 above and there shall be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.

 

(g)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon the first to occur of (i) the Public Trading Date, or (ii) a Change of Control.

 

7.                                        Rights as Stockholder .  Except as otherwise provided herein, upon delivery of the Shares to the escrow holder pursuant to Section 4 above, Purchaser shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the forfeiture provisions and any other restrictions herein, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

 

8.                                        Legends .  The share certificate(s) evidencing the Restricted Stock issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend, or such other legend as the Company may deem necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS, FORFEITURE PROVISIONS, RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND/OR A STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

 

6



 

BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH REPURCHASE RIGHTS, FORFEITURE PROVISIONS, TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

9.                                        Securities Law Representations .  Purchaser shall, as a condition to and concurrently with this grant of Restricted Stock, deliver to the Company its Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

10.                                  Survival of Terms .  This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

 

11.                                  Tax Representations .  Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that no action or representation by the Company shall be construed as the giving of tax advice and Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.  Purchaser understands that Purchaser will recognize ordinary income for federal income tax purposes under Section 83 of the Code as and when the Shares vest in accordance herewith.  Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed for federal income tax purposes at the time the Shares are purchased rather than as and when the Shares vest by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase. A form of election under Section 83(b) of the Code is attached to the Grant Notice as Exhibit C .  PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO TIMELY FILE THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) IF PURCHASER ELECTS TO MAKE SUCH A FILING, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE SUCH A FILING ON PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF. PURCHASER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SATISFY, AND SHALL BE SOLELY LIABLE FOR, ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS ASSOOCIATED WITH THE SHARES AND PURCHASER HEREBY AGREES TO PAY SUCH WITHHOLDING AMOUNTS TO THE COMPANY AT SUCH TIMES AND IN SUCH FORM AS COMPANY SHALL REQUIRE FOR PURPOSES OF TIMELY SATISFYING SUCH WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

 

12.                                  Governing Law; Severability .  This Agreement (including any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement) shall be construed, interpreted and the rights of the parties determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to any choice of law provisions thereof that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.  Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

7



 

13.                                  No Right to Continue as Service Provider . Nothing in the Plan or in this Agreement shall confer upon Purchaser any right to continue as a Service Provider, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Purchaser at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between Purchaser and the Company.

 

14.                  Conformity to Securities Laws Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be administered, and the Shares are to be issued, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

8



 

Purchaser represents that Purchaser has read this Agreement and the Plan and is familiar with their terms and provisions.  Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

 

 

 

 

9


 

EXHIBIT A

 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

 

[DATE]

 

Corporate Secretary

Demand Media, Inc.

1333 Second Street, Suite 100

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Dear [        ]:

 

As Escrow Agent for both Demand Media, Inc. (together with any assignee of the “ Company ”) and the undersigned purchaser of common stock of the Company (“ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between the Company and Purchaser, dated [DATE] in accordance with the following instructions:

 

1 .                                        In the event the Purchaser forfeits any of the shares of restricted stock granted to Purchaser pursuant to the Agreement (the “ Shares ”) as provided in the Agreement, the Company shall give to you notice of such forfeiture.

 

2 .                                        Upon receipt of a notice from the Company of forfeiture of Shares by Purchaser and deemed repurchase by the Company, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being forfeited and transferred to the Company, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company.

 

3 .                                        Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement.  Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities.  Subject to the provisions of this Section 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the shares are held by you.

 

4 .                                        Following each Vesting Date (as defined in the Agreement), you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Shares first vesting on such Vesting Date.

 

5 .                                        If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession

 

10



 

any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 

6 .                                        Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7 .                                        You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.  You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

8 .                                        You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court.  In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

 

9 .                                        You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

 

10 .                                  You shall not be liable for the expiration of any rights under any applicable state, federal or local statute of limitations or similar statute or regulation with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

 

11 .                                  You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

 

12 .                                  Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party.  In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

13 .                                  If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

14 .                                  It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of

 

11



 

said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

15 .                                  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

COMPANY:

Demand Media, Inc.

 

1333 Second Street, Suite 100

 

 

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 

PURCHASER:

[NAME]

 

[ADDRESS]

 

 

ESCROW AGENT:

Corporate Secretary

 

Demand Media, Inc.

 

1333 Second Street, Suite 100

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

16 .                                  By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

 

17 .                                  This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

18 .                                  These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.

 

12



 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Matthew Polesetsky

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME]

 

 

 

 

 

Escrow Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matthew Polesetsky, Secretary of Demand

 

Media, Inc.

 

13



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed securities (the “ Securities ”), the undersigned Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

1.                Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Purchaser is acquiring these Securities for investment for Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

2.                Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Purchaser further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

3.                Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including, in the case of an affiliate, (i) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a

 

14



 

market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), (ii)  the availability of certain public information about the Company, (iii) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (iv) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

4.                In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of purchase of the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months  after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144 and the availability of certain public information about the Company (subject to certain exceptions); and, in the case of a sale of the Securities by an affiliate,  the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

5.                Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Purchaser understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

6.                Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

Signature of Purchaser:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  [NAME]

 

 

Date: [DATE]

 

15



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF 83(b) ELECTION AND INSTRUCTIONS

 

These instructions are provided to assist you if you choose to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, with respect to the shares of common stock, par value $0.0001, of Demand Media, Inc. transferred to you.  You should consult with your personal tax advisor as to whether an election of this nature will be in your best interests in light of your personal tax situation.

 

An executed original of the Section 83(b) election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service not later than 30 days after the date the shares are granted to you.  Please Note: There is no remedy for failure to file on time.  The steps outlined below should be followed to ensure the election is mailed and filed correctly and in a timely manner.  If you make the Section 83(b) election, the election is irrevocable.

 

In order to make a Section 83(b) Election:

 

1.        Complete the Section 83(b) Election Form (attached as Attachment 1 to this Exhibit) and make four (4) copies of the signed election form.  Your spouse, if any, should sign the Section 83(b) Election Form as well.

 

2.        Prepare the cover letter to the Internal Revenue Service (sample letter attached as Attachment 2 to this Exhibit).

 

3.        Send the cover letter with the originally executed Section 83(b) Election Form and one (1) copy via certified mail, return receipt requested to the Internal Revenue Service at the address of the Internal Revenue Service where you file your personal tax returns.  We suggest that you have the package date-stamped at the post office.  The post office will provide you with a white certified receipt that includes a dated postmark.  Enclose a self-addressed, stamped envelope so that the Internal Revenue Service may return a date-stamped copy to you.  However, your postmarked receipt is your proof of having timely filed the Section 83(b) election if, for any reason, you do not receive confirmation from the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.        One (1) copy of the Section 83(b) Election Form and cover letter must be sent to Demand Media, Inc. for its records and one (1) copy must be attached to your federal income tax return for the applicable calendar year.

 

5.        Retain the Internal Revenue Service file stamped copy (when returned) for your records.

 

Please consult your personal tax advisor for the address of the office of the Internal Revenue Service to which you should mail your election form.

 

16



 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT C

 

ELECTION UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 83(b)

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of shares (the “ Shares ”) of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

1.                                        The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned taxpayer are:

 

 

 

 

SSN:

 

The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the Taxpayer’s spouse are (complete if applicable):

 


                                                      

 

SSN:

 

Description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

(          ) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of

 



 

the Company.

 

The date on which the property was transferred was [DATE].  The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year [YEAR].

 

Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject:

 

The Shares are subject to forfeiture if unvested as of the date of termination of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company.

 

The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restrictions, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(a)) of the Shares was $                       per Share.

 

The amount paid by the taxpayer for Shares was                       per share.

 

A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

 

Dated: [      ]

Taxpayer Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned spouse of Taxpayer joins in this election. (Complete if applicable).

 

 

Dated: [      ]

Spouse’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Signature(s) Notarized by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

ATTACHMENT 2 TO EXHIBIT C

 

SAMPLE COVER LETTER TO INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

[DATE]

 

VIA CERTIFIED MAIL
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

 

Internal Revenue Service
[Address where taxpayer files returns]

 

Re:

Election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986

 

Taxpayer:

 

Taxpayer’s Social Security Number:

 

Taxpayer’s Spouse:

 

Taxpayer’s Spouse’s Social Security Number:

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Enclosed please find an original and one copy of an Election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, being made by the taxpayer referenced above. Please acknowledge receipt of the enclosed materials by stamping the enclosed copy of the Election and returning it to me in the self-addressed stamped envelope provided herewith.

 

 

Very Truly Yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Enclosures

 

cc:                                  Demand Media, Inc.

 




Exhibit 10.07

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.                                          NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

Optionee

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

Date of Stock Option Agreement

 

 

Date of Grant:

Date of Grant

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$0.00

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

0

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$0.00

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

Expiration Date

 

Type of Option:                                                              o   Incentive Stock Option      o   Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

Vesting Schedule:                                             The Shares subject to this Option shall vest according to the following schedule:

 

[SCHEDULE]

 

Termination Period:                                  Except in the event of a termination of Optionee’s service by the Company for Cause, this Option may be exercised, to the extent vested, for thirty (30) days after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, or such longer period as may be applicable upon the death or disability of Optionee as provided herein, but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

II.                                      AGREEMENT

 

1.                                        Grant of Option .  The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 



 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided , that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422.  The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted.  For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

2.                                        Exercise of Option .  This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

(a)                                   Right to Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.  For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider.

 

(ii)                                   This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)                                In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 below.

 

(iv)                               In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A ).  The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company.  The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax.  No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.                                        Optionee’s Representations .  If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other

 

2



 

written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.                                        Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided , that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.                                        Method of Payment .  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)                                   cash;

 

(b)                                  check; or

 

(c)                                   with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)                                      a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)                                   surrender of other Shares which (A) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)                                surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)                               property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration;

 

(v)                                  delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

3



 

(vi)                               any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

6.                                        Restrictions on Exercise .  If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised.  The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.                                        Termination of Relationship .  If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (other than by reason of a termination by the Company for Cause or Optionee’s death or the total and permanent disability of Optionee as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)), to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for thirty (30) days following such date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of the Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant).  To the extent that the Option is not vested as of the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, or if Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.                                        Termination for Cause .  If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider by reason of a termination by the Company for Cause, the Option shall terminate as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, regardless of whether the Option is then vested and/or exercisable with respect to any Shares.

 

9.                                        Disability of Optionee .  If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of his or her total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), the Option, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, shall remain exercisable for six (6) months from such date (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of the Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant).  To the extent that the Option is not vested as of the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

10.                                  Death of Optionee .  If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of Optionee’s death, the Option, to the extent vested as of the date of death, shall remain exercisable for six (6) months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of the Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance.  To the extent that the Option is not vested as of the date of Optionee’s death, or if the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

11.                                  Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.  It may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

12.                                  Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

4



 

13.                                  Restrictions on Shares .  Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights.  Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

14.                                  Code Section 409A.   Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

15.                                  No Right to Employment .  Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

5



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Name

 

Title:

Title

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Dated:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Optionee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

Address
City, State, Zip

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Demand Media, Inc.

 

Attention: [Stock Administration]

 

1.             Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                       ,                               , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                    shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated Date of Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Date of Grant:

Date of Grant

 

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is Exercised:

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$0.00

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$

 

 

Certificate to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

o

$

 

 

 

Promissory note delivered herewith:

o

$

 

Type of Option:                                                              o   Incentive Stock Option       o   Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

2.             Representations of Optionee .  Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement.  Optionee agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.             Rights as Stockholder .  Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.  Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Call

 

A-1



 

Right or the Take-Along Right hereunder (each as defined below).  Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Notice, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

4.             Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee (including, for purposes of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, any permitted transferee holding Shares) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (including transfer by gift or operation of law) (collectively, “ Transfer ” or “ Transferred ”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(a)           Notice of Proposed Transfer .  Optionee shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (i)  Optionee’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which Optionee proposes to Transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and Optionee shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)           Exercise of Right of First Refusal.  Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees.  The purchase price will be determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)           Purchase Price .  The purchase price (the “ ROFR Purchase Price ”) for the Shares repurchased under this Section shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(d)           Payment .  Payment of the ROFR Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Optionee to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)           Optionee’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then  Optionee may sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that (i) the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee and (ii) that such Proposed Transferee will not transfer the Shares any other purchaser or transferee unless such

 

A-2



 

future purchase or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal as provided herein before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

 

(f)            Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4 notwithstanding, the Transfer of any or all of the Shares during Optionee’s lifetime or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to Optionee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Optionee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal.  As used herein, “ Immediate Family ” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so Transferred subject to the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, and there shall be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(g)           Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

5.             Company Call Right.

 

(a)         Call Right .  If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase from Optionee any or all of the Shares then owned by Optionee (and any or all Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option after the date on which the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider) at a per Share price equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (the “ Call Right ”).

 

(b)         Exercise of Call Right .  The Company may exercise the Call Right by delivering personally or by registered mail to Optionee (or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be), within ninety (90) days after the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (or, in the case of Shares which are acquired after the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, then within ninety (90) days after the date on which such Shares are acquired), a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Call Right and setting forth a date for closing not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice.

 

(c)         Payment .  Payment in respect of the Call Right shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(d)         Closing .  The closing shall take place at the Company’s office.  At the closing, Optionee shall deliver the stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price therefor.  At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the Shares at a bank selected by the Company.  The Company shall avail itself

 

A-3



 

of this option by a notice in writing to Optionee stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

 

(e)         Termination of Company Call Right.  If the Company does not elect to exercise the Call Right conferred above by giving the requisite notice within the time provided in Subsection (b) above, the Call Right shall terminate.  The Call Right shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

6.             Company Take-Along Right .

 

(a)           Approved Sale .  If the Board shall deliver a notice to Optionee (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) stating that the Board has approved a sale of all or a portion of the Company (an “ Approved Sale ”) and specifying the name and address of the proposed parties to such transaction and the consideration payable in connection therewith, Optionee shall (i) consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Approved Sale was arranged, (ii) waive any dissenter’s rights and other similar rights, and (iii) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of securities, agree to sell Optionee’s Shares on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale which terms and conditions shall treat all stockholders of the Company equally (on a pro rata basis), except that shares having a liquidation preference may receive an amount of consideration equal to such liquidation preference in addition to the consideration being paid to the holders of shares not having a liquidation preference.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of the Shares in an Approved Sale shall be further subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 14 of the Plan.  Optionee will take all necessary and desirable lawful actions as directed by the Board and the stockholders of the Company approving the Approved Sale in connection with the consummation of any Approved Sale, including without limitation, the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (A) provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, non-compete agreements, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to such Approved Sale and, (B) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale, provided , that this Section 6 shall not require Optionee to indemnify the purchaser in any Approved  Sale for breaches of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company or any other stockholder, except to the extent (x) Optionee is not required to incur more than its pro rata share of such indemnity obligation (based on the total consideration to be received by all stockholders that are similarly situated and hold the same class or series of capital stock) and (y) such indemnity obligation is provided for and limited to a post-closing escrow or holdback arrangement of cash or stock paid in connection with the Approved Sale.

 

(b)           Costs .  Optionee will bear Optionee’s  pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration to be received) of the reasonable costs of any sale of Shares pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all selling stockholders of the Company and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party.  Costs incurred by Optionee on Optionee’s own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.

 

A-4



 

(c)           Share Delivery .  At the consummation of the Approved Sale, Optionee shall, if applicable, deliver certificates representing the Shares to be transferred, duly endorsed for transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer taxes, if any, and the Shares to be transferred shall be free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances (other than restrictions imposed by this Agreement) and Optionee shall so represent and warrant.

 

(d)            Termination of Company Take-Along Right.   The Take-Along Right shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

7.             Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

8.             Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

 

9.             Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)           Legends .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

A-5



 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(b)           Stop-Transfer Notices .  Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)           Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

10.           Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

11.           Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

 

12.           Governing Law; Severability .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.  Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

13.           Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

A-6



 

14.           Further Instruments .  The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

15.           Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.

 

16.           Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Accepted by:

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

Name

 

Name:

Optionee

Title:

Title

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

Address
City, State, Zip

 

A-7



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

:

Optionee

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Demand Media, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securities ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)           Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)           Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Optionee understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)           Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety

 

B-1



 

(90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (i) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (ii) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (iii) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (iv) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two (2) years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)           Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

(e)           Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Optionee hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee

 

 

Date:                                               ,     

 

B-2




Exhibit 10.08

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 5, 2010, is entered into by and between Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Richard Rosenblatt (the “ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept such continuation of employment with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                        Employment Period .  Subject to the provisions for earlier termination hereinafter provided, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be for a term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Employment Period ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of shares of its common stock.  The Executive’s employment hereunder is terminable at will by the Company or by the Executive at any time (for any reason or for no reason), subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof.  This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and, in the event the Effective Date does not occur on or prior to March 31, 2011 (or such later date as the Company and Executive agree in writing), then this Agreement shall terminate on such date and shall be of no force or effect.

 

2.                                        Terms of Employment .

 

(a)                                   Position and Duties .

 

(i)                                      During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chairman (subject to his election to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”)) and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting directly to the Board, and shall perform such duties as are usual and customary for such positions.  During the Employment Period, the Company shall cause the Executive to be nominated to stand for election to the Board at any meeting of stockholders of the Company during which any such election is held and the Executive’s term as director will expire (and his role as Chairman cease) if he is not reelected; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to cause such nomination if any of the events constituting Cause (as defined below) have occurred and not been cured.  At the Company’s request, the Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in other capacities in addition to the foregoing consistent with the Executive’s role as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  In the event that the Executive, during the Employment Period, serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Executive’s compensation shall not be increased beyond that specified in Section 2(b) hereof.  In addition, in the event the Executive’s service in one or more of such additional capacities is terminated, the Executive’s compensation, as specified in Section 2(b) hereof, shall not be diminished or reduced in any manner as a result of such termination provided that the Executive otherwise remains employed under the terms of this Agreement.

 



 

(ii)                                   During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive may be entitled, the Executive agrees to devote his full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to engage in any of the following activities: (A) serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, (B) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, (C) continue to serve as Managing Member of Highview Ventures, as a director of The FRS Company, (D) service on up to two additional corporate boards of companies (or comparable bodies of non-corporate entities) that do not compete or conflict with the business of the Company, subject to the approval of the Board, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, (E) holding economic interests in companies in which the Executive does not take an operating role and/or (F) the Executive’s management of current personal investments which do not require the Executive’s active participation in the management or the operation of the investments, in each case, so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere or conflict with the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

(iii)                                During the Employment Period, the Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s principal offices located in Santa Monica, California (the “ Principal Location ”), except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Compensation, Benefits, Etc .

 

(i)                                      Base Salary .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary initially set at the rate in effect as of the Effective Date, and increased on January 1, 2011 to a rate of $450,000 per annum (the “ Base Salary ”).  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”) and may be increased from time to time by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.  The Base Salary shall be paid in installments in accordance with the Company’s applicable payroll practices, as in effect from time to time, but no less often than monthly.  The Base Salary shall not be reduced after any increase in accordance herewith and the term “Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so increased.

 

(ii)                                   Annual Bonus .  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to earn, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, a discretionary cash performance bonus (an “ Annual Bonus ”) under the Company’s bonus plan or program applicable to senior executives.  The Executive’s target Annual Bonus for 2010 shall be set at the level in effect as of the Effective Date and shall, for fiscal years 2011 and later during the Employment Period, be set at one hundred percent (100%) of his Base Salary actually paid for such year, but the actual amount of the Annual Bonus shall be determined on the basis of the attainment of Company performance metrics and/or individual performance objectives, in each case, as established and approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. Payment of any Annual Bonus(es), to the extent any Annual Bonus(es) become payable, will be contingent upon the Executive’s continued employment through

 

2



 

the applicable payment date, which shall occur on the date on which annual bonuses are paid generally to the Company’s senior executives.

 

(iii)                                Stock Option Awards .  Subject to adoption by the Board and approval by the Company’s stockholders of the 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), the Company shall grant to the Executive, as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement (which grant date, for the avoidance of doubt, may precede the Effective Date) (the “ Grant Date ”), the following nonqualified options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock (each, a “2010 Stock Option” and together, the “ 2010 Stock Options ”):

 

(A)                               An option to purchase two million three hundred (2,300,000) shares of Common Stock with an exercise price equal $9.00 (nine dollars) per share;

 

(B)                                 An option to purchase two million three hundred (2,300,000) shares of Common Stock with an exercise price equal to $12.00 (twelve dollars)  per share;

 

(C)                                 An option to purchase two million three hundred (2,300,000) shares of Common Stock with an exercise price equal to $15.00 (fifteen dollars) per share; and

 

(D)                                An option to purchase two million three hundred (2,300,000) shares of Common Stock with an exercise price equal to $18.00 (eighteen dollars) per share.

 

Subject to Section 4(a) hereof, the shares subject to each of the 2010 Stock Options shall vest and become exercisable in thirty-six (36) substantially equal monthly installments (rounded up to the nearest whole share), starting on the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Effective Date and on each monthly anniversary of such date over the three (3)-year period thereafter (for a total vesting period of five (5) years from the Effective Date), subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date.  If the Effective Date does not occur on or prior to March 31, 2011 for any reason, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, each of the 2010 Stock Options shall terminate and be forfeited, and the Company shall have no further obligations with respect thereto.  The terms and conditions of the 2010 Stock Options shall, in a manner consistent with this Section 2(b)(iii), be set forth in separate award agreements in a form prescribed by the Company (the “ Stock Option Agreements ”), to be entered into by the Company and the Executive, which shall evidence the grant of the 2010 Stock Options.  The 2010 Stock Options shall be governed in all respects by the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(iv)                               Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other incentive plans, practices, policies and programs, and all savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs, in each case that are available generally to senior executives of the Company.

 

3



 

(v)                                  Welfare Benefit Plans .  During the Employment Period, the Executive and the Executive’s dependents shall be eligible to participate in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, as applicable, medical, dental, disability, employee life, group life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) maintained by the Company for its senior executives.

 

(vi)                               Expenses .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company provided to senior executives of the Company.

 

(vii)                            Fringe Benefits .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executives from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company, and shall receive such additional fringe benefits and perquisites as the Company may, in its discretion, from time-to-time provide.  Nothing contained in Sections 2(b)(iv)-(v) hereof or this Section 2(b)(vii) shall, or shall be construed to, obligate the Company to adopt or maintain any incentive, savings, retirement, welfare, fringe benefit or other plan(s) or program(s) at any time.

 

(viii)                         Vacation .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall not be entitled to a fixed number of paid vacation, personal or sick days per year.  As a salaried employee, the Company expects the Executive to use his judgment to take time off from work for vacation or other personal time in a manner consistent with getting the Executive’s work done in a timely fashion, providing excellent service to the Company’s customers and partners and avoiding inconveniencing the Executive’s co-workers.  To the extent the Executive has an existing balance of accrued, unused vacation as of the Effective Date, that time will be applied to the Executive’s absences until it is exhausted.

 

3.                                        Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                   Death or Disability .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period.  Either the Company or the Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment in the event of the Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean a disability as determined under the Company’s applicable long-term disability plan that prevents the Executive from performing his duties under this Agreement (even with a reasonable accommodation by the Company) for a period of six (6) months or more or, if no such plan applies, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board.

 

(b)                                  Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                      the Executive’s failure (other than due to Disability) to materially comply with written Company policies generally applicable to Company officers or employees or any directive of the Board that is reasonably achievable, that is not inconsistent with the Executive’s position as Chairman or Chief Executive Officer or the

 

4



 

fulfillment of the Executive’s fiduciary duties and that is not otherwise prohibited by law or established public policy, subject to the receipt of a Notice of Termination (as defined below) and thirty (30) day cure period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, to the extent such circumstances are curable;

 

(ii)                                   the Executive’s engagement in willful misconduct against the Company that is materially injurious to the Company;

 

(iii)                                the Executive’s engagement in any activity that is a conflict of interest or competitive with the Company (other than any action not taken in bad faith and which is promptly remedied by the Executive upon notice by the Board or the participation in any activity described in any of Sections 2(a)(ii)(A) — (F) hereof);

 

(iv)                               the Executive’s engagement in any material act of fraud or dishonesty against the Company or any of its Affiliates or any material breach of federal or state securities or commodities laws or regulations;

 

(v)                                  the Executive’s engagement in an act of assault or other act of violence in the workplace; or

 

(vi)                               the Executive’s conviction, guilty plea or plea of nolo contendre for any felony charge.

 

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.  Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Good Reason .  The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Executive without Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Executive’s prior written consent, unless the Company fully corrects the circumstances constituting Good Reason (provided such circumstances are capable of correction) as provided below:

 

(i)                                      any action by the Company that results in a demotion or material diminution of the Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than any insubstantial action not taken in bad faith and which is promptly remedied by the Company upon notice by the Executive); provided that “Good Reason” does not include a change in title, authority, duties and/or responsibilities that occurs within thirty (30) days following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) if (A) the Executive’s new title is that of an executive officer of the entity surviving such Change in Control (or, if applicable, its parent company if such entity has a parent company) reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the entity surviving such Change in Control (or, if applicable, its parent company, if such entity has a parent company) and the Executive’s

 

5



 

authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title or (B) (1) the entity surviving such Change in Control (or, if applicable, its parent company if such entity has a parent company) continues to operate the Company’s principal businesses as a separate unit, division or subsidiary or combines the Company’s principal businesses with one of its existing units, divisions or subsidiaries and (2) the Executive’s new title is that of the principal executive officer of such unit, division or subsidiary and the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title and are similar in scope (with respect to such unit, division or subsidiary) to the authority, duties and responsibilities of the Executive prior to the Change in Control;

 

(ii)                                   a requirement that the Executive report to work more than twenty (20) miles from the Company’s Principal Location (not including normal business travel required of the Executive’s position) or, to the extent such requirement would not constitute a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform services under this Agreement within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), such higher number of miles from the Company’s Principal Location as would constitute a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform services under this Agreement within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code;

 

(iii)                                a material reduction in the Executive’s base salary; or

 

(iv)                               a material breach by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will not be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason unless (1) the Executive provides the Company with written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed by the Executive to constitute Good Reason within sixty (60) days after the date of the occurrence of any event that the Executive knows or should reasonably have known to constitute Good Reason, (2) the Company fails to cure such acts or omissions within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such notice, and (3) the effective date of the Executive’s termination for Good Reason occurs no later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Company’s cure period.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Termination .  Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other parties hereto given in accordance with Section 10(b) hereof.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

 

6



 

(e)                                   Termination of Offices and Directorships .  Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions if any, then held with the Company, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing.

 

4.                                        Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

 

(a)                                   Without Cause, For Good Reason, Death or Disability .  Subject to Section 4(d) hereof, if the Executive incurs a “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (a “ Separation from Service ”) during the Employment Period (such date, the “ Date of Termination ”) by reason of (1) a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause; (2) a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Executive for Good Reason; or (3) a termination of the Executive’s employment by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability:

 

(i)                                      The Executive (or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, if applicable) shall be paid, in a single lump-sum payment on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, the aggregate amount of the Executive’s earned but unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unpaid vacation pay (if any) through the date of such termination (the “ Accrued Obligations ”), in each case, to the extent not previously paid.

 

(ii)                                   In addition, subject to Section 4(d) hereof and the Executive’s (or the Executive’s estate’s or beneficiaries’, if applicable) timely execution and non-revocation of a Release (as described below), the Executive (or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, if applicable) shall be paid:

 

(A)                               an amount equal to one-and-one-half (1.5) (the “ Multiplier ”) times the sum of (x) the Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination (disregarding any reduction in Base Salary that would give rise to the Executive’s right to terminate for Good Reason), plus (y) the Annual Bonus earned by the Executive for the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures during the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the eighteen (18)-month anniversary of the Date of Termination; provided , however , that no payments under this Section 4(a)(ii)(A) shall be made prior to the first payroll date occurring on or after the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the Date of Termination (such payroll date, the “ First Payroll Date ”) (with amounts otherwise payable prior to the First Payroll Date paid on the First Payroll Date without interest thereon); provided , further , that if a Change in Control that constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code occurs (I) on or within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, the Multiplier shall be increased to two (2) and any then-unpaid amounts owing under this Section 4(a)(ii)(A) shall be paid in a lump-sum upon such Change in Control (or, if later, on the First Payroll

 

7



 

Date), or (II) within one (1) year before the Date of Termination, the Multiplier shall be increased to two (2) and amounts payable under this Section 4(a)(ii)(A) shall be paid in a lump-sum on the First Payroll Date (it being understood that fifty percent (50%) of any payments made pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii)(A)(I) or 4(a)(ii)(A)(II) are intended by the parties as, and shall constitute, consideration paid in exchange for the Executive’s willingness to enter into and comply with a noncompetition agreement in connection with a Change in Control); and

 

(B)                                 any unpaid Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have become entitled for any fiscal year of the Company that ends on or before the Date of Termination had the Executive remained employed through the payment date, payable in a single lump-sum payment on the date on which annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s senior executives generally for such calendar year, but in no event later than March 15 th  of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, with the actual date within such period determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

(iii)                                In addition, subject to and conditioned upon the Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release, all outstanding compensatory equity awards then held by the Executive that have not yet vested, other than (A) the awards issued pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement dated April 19, 2007, as amended, between the Executive and the Company (the “ 2007 Stock Option Agreement ”) and the Restricted Stock Agreement dated April 19, 2007, as amended, between the Executive and the Company (the “ 2007 Restricted Stock Agreement ”) (collectively, the “ Performance Awards ”)), and (B) the 2010 Stock Options (each addressed separately below), shall conditionally vest and, as applicable, become exercisable immediately prior to such termination of employment (and such vesting shall become unconditional upon such execution and non-revocation of a Release), provided , however , that if the Executive fails to timely execute or revokes the Release, all such conditionally vested awards (and any shares received in respect of such awards) shall be forfeited upon such failure or revocation (subject to repayment by the Company to the Executive of any amounts (if any) paid by the Executive with respect to shares underlying such conditionally vested awards). The Performance Awards, as amended by Section 4(f)(i) of this Agreement, shall be governed in accordance with the terms (including the vesting terms) of the applicable award agreements. With respect to the 2010 Stock Options: (x) if the Executive’s termination of employment under this Section 4(a) is due to a termination without Cause or for Good Reason, all 2010 Stock Options shall conditionally vest in full and become exercisable immediately prior to the Date of Termination, and (y) if the Executive’s termination of employment under this Section 4(a) is due to the Executive’s death or Disability, each 2010 Stock Option shall conditionally vest and become exercisable with respect to 460,000 of the then-unvested shares of Common Stock subject thereto (or such lesser number of unvested shares as are then covered by such 2010 Stock Option) immediately prior to the Date of Termination, provided , however , that if a Change in Control has occurred within one (1) year prior to, or occurs on or within ninety (90) days after, such Date of Termination, the 2010 Stock Options shall, immediately

 

8



 

prior to the later to occur of the Change in Control or the Date of Termination, conditionally vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all then-unvested shares of Common Stock subject thereto (it being understood that this proviso shall not reduce or delay any vesting that would otherwise occur immediately prior to the Date of Termination or change the conditional nature of any accelerated vesting that occurs pursuant to this sentence prior to receipt and non-revocation of a Release (including, without limitation, where a Change in Control occurs during the applicable release consideration/revocation period that follows a Date of Termination), and such conditional vesting shall become unconditional upon such execution and non-revocation of a Release), provided , further , that if the Executive fails to timely execute or revokes the Release, all conditionally vested 2010 Stock Options (and any shares received in respect of the 2010 Stock Options) shall be forfeited upon such failure or revocation (subject to repayment by the Company to the Executive of any amounts (if any) paid by the Executive with respect to shares underlying such conditionally vested 2010 Stock Options). In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, all vested Company stock options held by the Executive (after taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in accordance herewith) other than the Performance Awards shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of the first anniversary of the Date of Termination or the stock option’s stated expiration date.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive terminates employment due to death or Disability prior to a Change in Control, all outstanding, unvested 2010 Stock Options that would otherwise terminate on the Date of Termination shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest solely upon a Change in Control occurring within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination (but shall not otherwise vest following the Date of Termination) and shall terminate on the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the Date of Termination if a Change in Control has not occurred on or prior to such ninetieth (90 th ) day (or such earlier expiration date applicable to such 2010 Stock Option (other than due to a termination of employment)).

 

(iv)                               In addition, subject to Section 4(d) hereof and conditioned upon the Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release, during the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the eighteen (18)-month anniversary of the Date of Termination or, if earlier, the date on which the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under the group health plan of a subsequent employer (of which eligibility the Executive hereby agrees to give prompt notice to the Company) (in any case, the “ COBRA Period ”), subject to the Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall continue to provide the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependants with coverage under its group health plans at the same levels and the same cost to the Executive as would have applied if the Executive’s employment had not been terminated based on the Executive’s elections in effect on the Date of Termination), provided , however , that (1) if any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the period of continuation coverage to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), or (2) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover the Executive under its group health plans, then, in either case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to the Executive as currently taxable compensation in

 

9



 

substantially equal monthly installments over the continuation coverage period (or the remaining portion thereof); provided , further , that if a Change in Control has occurred within one (1) year prior to, or occurs on or within ninety (90) days after, the Date of Termination, in either case, the COBRA Period shall instead end on the twenty-four (24)-month anniversary of the Date of Termination (or, if earlier, the date on which the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under the group health plan of a subsequent employer).

 

The payments and benefits described in the preceding Sections 4(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) are referred to herein as the “ Severance .”  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be a condition to the Executive’s (or the Executive’s estate’s or beneficiaries’, if applicable) right to receive the Severance that the Executive (or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, if applicable) execute and deliver to the Company an effective release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) within twenty-one (21) days (or, to the extent required by law, forty-five (45) days) following the Date of Termination and that the Executive (or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, if applicable) not revoke such Release during any applicable revocation period.

 

(b)                                  For Cause, Without Good Reason or Other Terminations .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause, the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, or the Executive’s employment terminates for any other reason not enumerated in this Section 4, in any case, during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations in cash within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or by such earlier date as may be required by applicable law).

 

(c)                                   Continued Employment Following a Change in Control .  If the Company experiences a Change in Control and the Executive remains employed with the Company (or its successor or an affiliate of the foregoing) through the six (6)-month anniversary of the consummation of the Change in Control, all Company stock options and other compensatory equity awards held by the Executive (other than Performance Awards) on such six (6)-month anniversary shall vest and, as applicable, become exercisable on such six (6)-month anniversary.  The Performance Awards, as amended by Section 4(f)(i) below, shall be governed in accordance with the terms (including the vesting terms) of the applicable award agreements.

 

(d)                                  Six-Month Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments or benefits payable under Section 4 hereof, shall be paid to the Executive during the six (6)-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such six (6)-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Executive’s death), the Company shall pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to the Executive during such period.

 

10


 

(e)                                   Exclusive Benefits .  Except as expressly provided in this Section 4 and subject to Section 5 hereof, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional payments or benefits upon or in connection with his termination of employment.

 

(f)                                     Equity Award Agreements .

 

(i)                                      From and after the Effective Date, each of the Performance Awards is hereby amended to change the reference in clause “(i)” of the “Vesting Schedule” paragraph of the 2007 Stock Option Agreement, and the reference in Section 1(b)(i) of the 2007 Restricted Stock Agreement, from “first anniversary of the consummation of such Liquidity Event” to “six-month anniversary of the Liquidity Event” such that the Executive shall only be required to remain employed for six (6) months following a Liquidity Event to vest in the applicable award (and subject to acceleration on qualifying terminations prior to such six (6)-month anniversary, as set forth in the applicable award agreement).  In addition, from and effective as of the Effective Date, the reference to “Employment Agreement” in each of the Performance Awards and the Stock Option Agreement dated June 9, 2009 between the Executive and the Company (the “ 2009 Stock Option Agreement ”) shall be deemed a reference to this Agreement.  Except as set forth in Section 6(a)(i) hereof, all other provisions of the Performance Awards and the 2009 Stock Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the applicable award agreements.

 

(ii)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to result in any vesting terms that are less favorable to the Executive than those contained in any applicable equity award agreement and, to the extent that the vesting terms contained in any such award agreement are more favorable to the Executive than those provided herein, including, without limitation, this Section 4, the terms of such award agreement shall control.

 

5.                                        Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

6.                                        Excess Parachute Payments, Limitations on Payments .

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any prior award agreement (including the Performance Awards and the 2009 Stock Option Agreement), in the event that a Change in Control is consummated on or prior to the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date, this Section 6(a) shall apply and Section 6(b) hereof shall not apply.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that a Change in Control is consummated on or prior to the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date, this Section 6(a) shall apply to, and supersede any language to the contrary contained in, any prior award agreement (including, without limitation, the provisions set forth under the heading “No Section 280G Gross-Up” contained in each of the Performance Awards and the 2009 Stock Option Agreement).

 

11



 

(i)                                      In the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) (the “ Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”) then, subject to Section 6(a)(v) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (the “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.  The Company’s obligation to make Gross-Up Payments under this Section 6(a)(i) shall not be conditioned upon the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to the provisions of Section 6(a)(iii) hereof, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6(a)(ii), including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by such nationally recognized accounting firm as may be agreed by the Executive and the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”); provided , however , that the Accounting Firm’s determination shall be made based upon “substantial authority” within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.  The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to the Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice that there has been a Payment that may be or become subject to the Excise Tax, or such earlier time as is requested by the Executive or the Company.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 6(a)(ii), shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five (5) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination (and in any event, no later than the end of the Executive’s taxable year next following the Executive’s taxable year in which the Executive remits the related taxes).  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments will not have been made by the Company that should have been made (the “ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the event that, after the Accounting Firm reaches its determination, the Executive is subsequently required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to the Executive or for the Executive’s benefit (subject to Section 6(a)(vi) hereof).

 

(iii)                                The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable, but no later than ten (10) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim.  The Executive shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period following the date on which the Executive

 

12



 

gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that the Company desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

 

(A)                               give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

 

(B)                                 take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

 

(C)                                 cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

 

(D)                                permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(a)(iii), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest, and, at its sole discretion, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the applicable taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole discretion, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided , further , that, if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall make such payment on behalf of the Executive and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties) imposed with respect to such payment; and provided , further , that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which the Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder, and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

(iv)                               If, after the Executive’s receipt of (or a payment on behalf of the Executive of) a Gross-Up Payment, the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the Excise Tax to which such Gross-Up Payment relates or with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of this Section 6(a)(iv), if applicable) promptly pay to the Company the

 

13



 

amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto).

 

(v)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6(a), the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the Executive’s benefit, all or any portion of any Gross-Up Payment, and the Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

(vi)                               Any other liability for unpaid or unwithheld Excise Taxes shall be borne exclusively by the Company.  The foregoing sentence shall not in any manner relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) if any Gross-Up Payment(s) become payable, such Gross-Up Payment(s) shall be paid to the Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the underlying taxes are remitted to the appropriate taxing authority, and (B) if any expenses associated with any tax contest (including any audit or litigation) become reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 6(a), such expenses shall be reimbursed no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which either the taxes that are subject to such audit or litigation are remitted to the appropriate taxing authority or, if no taxes are remitted, the year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and nonappealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a Change in Control is consummated after the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date, this Section 6(b) shall apply and Section 6(a) hereof shall not apply.

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Executive (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, including the payments and benefits under Section 4 hereof, being hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Payments ”) would be subject (in whole or part), to an Excise Tax (as defined above), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the cash severance payments under this Agreement shall first be reduced, and the noncash severance payments hereunder shall thereafter be reduced, to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if (A) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to (B) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which the Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).  The Total Payments shall be reduced in the following

 

14



 

order: (A) reduction of any cash severance payments otherwise payable to the Executive that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; (B) reduction of any other cash payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Executive that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, but excluding any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting or payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; (C) reduction of any other payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Executive on a pro-rata basis or such other manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, but excluding any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting and payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; and (D) reduction of any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting or payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, in each case beginning with payments that would otherwise be made last in time.

 

(ii)                                   For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, (A) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which the Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code shall be taken into account; (B) no portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the written opinion of an independent Accounting Firm (as defined above), does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of the Accounting Firm, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the Base Amount (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall be determined by the Accounting Firm in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

 

7.                                        Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation .  The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Executive has previously entered into an agreement with the Company containing confidentiality and other protective covenants (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) and that the Executive remains bound by the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

8.                                        Representations .  The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between the Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by his entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

9.                                        Successors .

 

(a)                                   This Agreement is personal to the Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the

 

15



 

laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(c)                                   The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

 

10.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

 

(b)                                  Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive :  at the Executive’s most recent address on the records of the Company.

 

If to the Company :

 

Demand Media, Inc.

1333 Second Street, Ste. 100
Santa Monica, CA 90401

Attn: General Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP
355 South Grand Ave.
Los Angeles, CA  90071-1560
Attn: Alex Voxman

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith.  Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

 

(c)                                   Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that any transfer or deemed

 

16



 

transfer of funds hereunder is likely to be construed as a personal loan prohibited by Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, then such transfer or deemed transfer shall not be made to the extent necessary or appropriate so as not to violate the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)                                  Section 409A of the Code .

 

(i)  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance, the Company shall work in good faith with the Executive to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation, actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance; provided , however , that this Section 10(d) shall not create an obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Company have any liability for failing to do so.

 

(ii)  Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  To the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and Section 4(d) hereof to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(iii)  To the extent that any payments or reimbursements provided to the Executive under this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2(b)(vii) hereof, are deemed to constitute compensation to the Executive to which Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) would apply, such amounts shall be paid or reimbursed reasonably promptly, but not later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of any such payments eligible for reimbursement in one year shall not affect the payments or expenses that are eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the Executive’s right to such payments or reimbursement of any such expenses shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(e)                                   Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

17


 

(f)            Withholding .  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(g)           No Waiver .  The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

(h)           Entire Agreement .  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, any prior equity award agreements, and the Stock Option Agreements, constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, by any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, or representative thereof.  The Executive agrees that the Employment Agreement dated as of April 17, 2006, as amended from time to time, terminated prior to the date hereof and is of no further force or effect.  In the event that the Effective Date does not occur prior to March 31, 2011 (or such later date as Executive and the Company agree in writing), this Agreement shall have no force or effect.

 

(i)            Amendment .  No amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(j)            Counterparts .  This Agreement and any agreement referenced herein may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

 

18



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

 

Name: Charles Hilliard

 

 

Title: President and CFO

 

 

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

19



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “ Releasees ” hereunder, consisting of Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and each of its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “ Claims ”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof.  The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “ Release ”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under Section 4(a) of that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of               , 2010, between Demand Media, Inc. and the undersigned (the “ Employment Agreement ”), whichever is applicable to the payments and benefits provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to payments or benefits under any equity award agreement between the undersigned and the Company, (iii) with respect to Section 2(b)(vi) or 6 of the Employment Agreement, (iv) to accrued or vested benefits the undersigned may have, if any, as of the date hereof under any applicable plan, policy, practice, program, contract or agreement with the Company, or (v) to any Claims, including claims for indemnification and/or advancement of expenses, arising under any indemnification agreement between the undersigned and the Company or under the bylaws, certificate of incorporation of other similar governing document of the Company.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

A-1



 

THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

 

(A)          HE HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

 

(B)           HE HAS TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT; AND

 

(C)           HE HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which he may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer.  It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.

 

The undersigned agrees that if he hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

 

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this          day of                       ,         .

 

A-2




Exhibit 10.09

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 5, 2010, is entered into by and between Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Charles Hilliard (the “ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept such continuation of employment with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                        Employment Period .  Subject to the provisions for earlier termination hereinafter provided, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be for a term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Employment Period ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of shares of its common stock.  The Executive’s employment hereunder is terminable at will by the Company or by the Executive at any time (for any reason or for no reason), subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof.  This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and, in the event the Effective Date does not occur on or prior to March 31, 2011 (or such later date as the Company and Executive agree in writing), then this Agreement shall terminate on such date and shall be of no force or effect.

 

2.                                        Terms of Employment .

 

(a)                                   Position and Duties .

 

(i)                                      During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer, and shall perform such duties as are usual and customary for such positions.  At the Company’s request, the Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in other capacities in addition to the foregoing consistent with the Executive’s role as President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.  In the event that the Executive, during the Employment Period, serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Executive’s compensation shall not be increased beyond that specified in Section 2(b) hereof.  In addition, in the event the Executive’s service in one or more of such additional capacities is terminated, the Executive’s compensation, as specified in Section 2(b) hereof, shall not be diminished or reduced in any manner as a result of such termination provided that the Executive otherwise remains employed under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive may be entitled, the Executive agrees to devote his full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to engage in any of the following activities: (A) 

 



 

serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, (B) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, (C) holding economic interests in companies in which the Executive does not take an operating role and/or (D) the Executive’s management of current personal investments which do not require the Executive’s active participation in the management or the operation of the investments, in each case, so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere or conflict with the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

(iii)                                During the Employment Period, the Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s principal offices located in Santa Monica, California (the “ Principal Location ”), except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Compensation, Benefits, Etc .

 

(i)                                      Base Salary .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary, initially set at the rate in effect as of the Effective Date, and increased on January 1, 2011 to a rate of $325,000 per annum (the “ Base Salary ”).  Thereafter, the Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”) of the Board (the “ Board ”) and may be increased from time to time by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.  The Base Salary shall be paid in installments in accordance with the Company’s applicable payroll practices, as in effect from time to time, but no less often than monthly.  The Base Salary shall not be reduced after any increase in accordance herewith and the term “Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so increased.

 

(ii)                                   Annual Bonus .  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to earn, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, a discretionary cash performance bonus (an “ Annual Bonus ”) under the Company’s bonus plan or program applicable to senior executives.  The Executive’s target Annual Bonus for 2010 shall be set at the level in effect as of the Effective Date, and shall, for fiscal years 2011 and later during the Employment Period, be set at sixty percent (60%) of his Base Salary actually paid for such fiscal year, but the actual amount of any Annual Bonus shall be determined on the basis of the attainment of Company performance metrics and/or individual performance objectives, in each case, as established and approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. Payment of any Annual Bonus(es), to the extent any Annual Bonus(es) become payable, will be contingent upon the Executive’s continued employment through the applicable payment date, which shall occur on the date on which annual bonuses are paid generally to the Company’s senior executives.

 

(iii)                                Stock Option Award .  Subject to adoption by the Board and approval by the Company’s stockholders of the 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), the Company shall grant to the Executive, as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement (which grant date, for the avoidance of doubt, may precede the Effective Date) (the “ Grant Date ”), a nonqualified option to purchase five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Stock Option ”) with an exercise

 

2



 

price equal to $9.00 per share.  Subject to Section 4(a) hereof, the Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in substantially equal installments (rounded up to the nearest whole share) on each monthly anniversary of the Effective Date occurring over the four (4)-year period immediately following the Effective Date, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through such date.  If the Effective Date does not occur on or prior to March 31, 2011 for any reason, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Stock Option shall terminate and be forfeited, and the Company shall have no further obligations with respect thereto.  The terms and conditions of the Stock Option shall, in a manner consistent with this Section 2(b)(iii), be set forth in a separate award agreement in a form prescribed by the Company (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”), to be entered into by the Company and the Executive, which shall evidence the grant of the Stock Option.  The Stock Option shall be governed in all respects by the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(iv)                               Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other incentive plans, practices, policies and programs, and all savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs, in each case that are available generally to senior executives of the Company.

 

(v)                                  Welfare Benefit Plans .  During the Employment Period, the Executive and the Executive’s dependents shall be eligible to participate in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, as applicable, medical, dental, disability, employee life, group life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) maintained by the Company for its senior executives.

 

(vi)                               Expenses .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company provided to senior executives of the Company.

 

(vii)                            Fringe Benefits .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executives from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company, and shall receive such additional fringe benefits and perquisites as the Company may, in its discretion, from time-to-time provide.  Nothing contained in Sections 2(b)(iv)-(v) hereof or this Section 2(b)(vii) shall, or shall be construed to, obligate the Company to adopt or maintain any incentive, savings, retirement, welfare, fringe benefit or other plan(s) or program(s) at any time.

 

(viii)                         Vacation .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall not be entitled to a fixed number of paid vacation, personal or sick days per year.  As a salaried employee, the Company expects the Executive to use his judgment to take time off from work for vacation or other personal time in a manner consistent with getting the Executive’s work done in a timely fashion, providing excellent service to the Company’s customers and partners and avoiding inconveniencing the Executive’s co-workers.  To the extent the Executive has an existing balance of accrued, unused vacation as of the Effective Date, that time will be applied to the Executive’s absences until it is exhausted.

 

3



 

3.                                        Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                   Death or Disability .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period.  Either the Company or the Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment in the event of the Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean a disability as determined under the Company’s applicable long-term disability plan that prevents the Executive from performing his duties under this Agreement (even with a reasonable accommodation by the Company) for a period of six (6) months or more or, if no such plan applies, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board.

 

(b)                                  Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                      the Executive’s failure (other than due to Disability) to materially comply with written Company policies generally applicable to Company officers or employees or any directive of the Board that is reasonably achievable, that is not inconsistent with the Executive’s position as President and Chief Financial Officer or the fulfillment of the Executive’s fiduciary duties and that is not otherwise prohibited by law or established public policy, subject to the receipt of a Notice of Termination (as defined below) and thirty (30) day cure period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination to the extent such circumstances are curable;

 

(ii)                                   the Executive’s engagement in willful misconduct against the Company that is materially injurious to the Company;

 

(iii)                                the Executive’s engagement in any activity that is a conflict of interest or competitive with the Company (other than any action not taken in bad faith and which is promptly remedied by the Executive upon notice by the Board or the participation in any activity described in any of Sections 2(a)(ii)(A)-(D) hereof);

 

(iv)                               the Executive’s engagement in any act of fraud or dishonesty against the Company or any of its Affiliates or any material breach of federal or state securities or commodities laws or regulations;

 

(v)                                  the Executive’s engagement in an act of assault or other act of violence in the workplace; or

 

(vi)                               the Executive’s conviction, guilty plea or plea of nolo contendre for any felony charge.

 

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.  Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be presumed to

 

4



 

be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Good Reason .  The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Executive without Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Executive’s prior written consent, unless the Company fully corrects the circumstances constituting Good Reason (provided such circumstances are capable of correction) as provided below:

 

(i)                                      any action by the Company that results in a demotion or material diminution of the Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than any insubstantial action not taken in bad faith and which is promptly remedied by the Company upon notice by the Executive); provided that “Good Reason” does not include a change in title, authority, duties and/or responsibilities that occurs within 30 days following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) if (A) the Executive’s new title is that of an executive officer of the entity surviving such Change in Control (or, if applicable, its parent company if such entity has a parent company) reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the entity surviving such Change in Control (or, if applicable, its parent company, if such entity has a parent company) and the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title or (B) (1) the entity surviving such Change in Control (or, if applicable, its parent company if such entity has a parent company) continues to operate the Company’s principal businesses as a separate unit, division or subsidiary or combines the Company’s principal businesses with one of its existing units, divisions or subsidiaries and (2) the  Executive’s new title is that of a senior executive officer of such unit, division or subsidiary reporting directly to the principal executive officer of such unit, division or subsidiary (or to an executive officer of the entity surviving the Change in Control or parent company thereof) and (in either case) the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title and are similar in scope (with respect to such unit, division or subsidiary) to the authority, duties and responsibilities of the Executive prior to the Change in Control;

 

(ii)                                   a requirement that the Executive report to work more than twenty (20) miles from the Company’s Principal Location (not including normal business travel required of the Executive’s position) or, to the extent such requirement would not constitute a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform services under this Agreement within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), such higher number of miles from the Company’s Principal Location as would constitute a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform services under this Agreement within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code;

 

(iii)                                a material reduction in the Executive’s base salary; or

 

(iv)                               a material breach by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

5



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will not be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason unless (1) the Executive provides the Company with written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed by the Executive to constitute Good Reason within sixty (60) days after the date of the occurrence of any event that the Executive knows or should reasonably have known to constitute Good Reason, (2) the Company fails to cure such acts or omissions within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such notice, and (3) the effective date of the Executive’s termination for Good Reason occurs no later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Company’s cure period.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Termination .  Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other parties hereto given in accordance with Section 10(b) hereof.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Offices and Directorships .  Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions if any, then held with the Company, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing.

 

4.                                        Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

 

(a)                                   Without Cause, For Good Reason, Death or Disability .  Subject to Section 4(d) hereof, if the Executive incurs a “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (a “ Separation from Service ”) during the Employment Period (such date, the “ Date of Termination ”) by reason of (1) a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause; (2) a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Executive for Good Reason; or (3) a termination of the Executive’s employment by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability (each of (1), (2) and (3), a “ Qualifying Termination ”):

 

(i)                                      The Executive (or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, if applicable) shall be paid, in a single lump-sum payment on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, the aggregate amount of the Executive’s earned but unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unpaid vacation pay (if any) through the date of such termination (the “ Accrued Obligations ”), in each case, to the extent not previously paid.

 

6



 

(ii)                                   In addition, subject to Section 4(d) hereof and the Executive’s (or the Executive’s estate’s or beneficiaries’, if applicable) timely execution and non-revocation of a Release (as described below), the Executive (or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, if applicable) shall be paid:

 

(A)                               an amount equal to one (1) (the “ Multiplier ”) times the sum of (x) the Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination (disregarding any reduction in Base Salary that would give rise to the Executive’s right to terminate for Good Reason), plus (y) the Annual Bonus earned by the Executive for the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, payable in substantially equal installments (the “ Installments ”) in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures during the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the Date of Termination; provided , however , that no payments under this Section 4(a)(ii)(A) shall be made prior to the first payroll date occurring on or after the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the Date of Termination (such payroll date, the “ First Payroll Date ”) (with amounts otherwise payable prior to the First Payroll Date paid on the First Payroll Date without interest thereon); provided , further , that in no event shall any of the first four Installments be paid later than March 15 th  of the year following that in which the Date of Termination occurs, and any of the first four Installments that would otherwise be paid after such March 15 th  shall instead be paid on such March 15 th ; provided , further , that if a Change in Control that constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code occurs (I) on or within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, the Multiplier shall be increased to two (2) and any then-unpaid amounts owing under this Section 4(a)(ii)(A) shall be paid in a lump-sum upon such Change in Control (or, if later, on the First Payroll Date), or (II) within one (1) year before the Date of Termination, the Multiplier shall be increased to two (2) and amounts payable under this Section 4(a)(ii)(A) shall be paid in a lump-sum on the First Payroll Date (it being understood that fifty percent (50%) of any payments made pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii)(A)(I) or 4(a)(ii)(A)(II) are intended by the parties as, and shall constitute, consideration paid in exchange for the Executive’s willingness to enter into and comply with a noncompetition agreement in connection with a Change in Control); and

 

(B)                                 any unpaid Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have become entitled for any fiscal year of the Company that ends on or before the Date of Termination had the Executive remained employed through the payment date, payable in a single lump-sum payment on the date on which annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s senior executives generally for such calendar year, but in no event later than March 15 th  of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, with the actual date within such period determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

7



 

(iii)                                In addition, subject to and conditioned upon the Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release, in the event that a Change in Control (A) occurs on or within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or (B) has occurred within one (1) year before the Date of Termination, all outstanding compensatory equity awards that have not yet vested (other than the Stock Option Agreement dated June 1, 2007, as amended, between the Executive and the Company (the “ Performance Award ”)) shall conditionally vest and, as applicable, become exercisable on the later of the Date of Termination and the date of such Change in Control (and such vesting shall become unconditional upon such execution and non-revocation of a Release); provided , however , that if the Executive fails to timely execute or revokes the Release, all such conditionally vested awards (and any shares received in respect of such awards) shall be forfeited upon such failure or revocation (subject to repayment by the Company to the Executive of any amounts (if any) paid by the Executive with respect to shares underlying such conditionally vested awards).  In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, all vested Company stock options held by the Executive (after taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in accordance herewith) other than the Performance Award shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of the first anniversary of the Date of Termination or the stock option’s stated expiration date.  The Performance Award shall be governed in accordance with the terms (including the vesting terms) of the applicable award agreements.  For the avoidance of doubt, if a Qualifying Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control, all outstanding, unvested compensatory equity awards that would otherwise terminate on the Date of Termination shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest solely upon a Change in Control occurring within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination (but shall not otherwise vest following the Date of Termination) and shall terminate on the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the Date of Termination if a Change in Control has not occurred on or prior to such ninetieth (90 th ) day (or such earlier expiration date applicable to the award (other than due to a termination of employment)).

 

(iv)                               In addition, subject to Section 4(d) hereof and conditioned upon the Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release, during the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the Date of Termination or, if earlier, the date on which the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under the group health plan of a subsequent employer (of which eligibility the Executive hereby agrees to give prompt notice to the Company) (in any case, the “ COBRA Period ”), subject to the Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall continue to provide the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependants with coverage under its group health plans at the same levels and the same cost to the Executive as would have applied if the Executive’s employment had not been terminated based on the Executive’s elections in effect on the Date of Termination), provided , however , that (1) if any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the period of continuation coverage to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), or (2) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover the Executive under its group health plans, then, in either case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to the Executive as currently taxable compensation in

 

8



 

substantially equal monthly installments over the continuation coverage period (or the remaining portion thereof); provided , further , that if a Change in Control has occurred within one (1) year prior to, or occurs on or within ninety (90) days after, the Date of Termination, in either case, the COBRA Period shall instead end on the twenty-four (24)-month anniversary of the Date of Termination (or, if earlier, the date on which the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under the group health plan of a subsequent employer).

 

The payments and benefits described in the preceding Sections 4(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) are referred to herein as the “ Severance .”  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be a condition to the Executive’s (or the Executive’s estate’s or beneficiaries’, if applicable) right to receive the Severance that the Executive (or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, if applicable) execute and deliver to the Company an effective release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) within twenty-one (21) days (or, to the extent required by law, forty-five (45) days) following the Date of Termination and that the Executive (or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, if applicable) not revoke such Release during any applicable revocation period.

 

(b)                                  For Cause, Without Good Reason or Other Terminations .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause, the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, or the Executive’s employment terminates for any other reason not enumerated in this Section 4, in any case, during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations in cash within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or by such earlier date as may be required by applicable law).

 

(c)                                   Continued Employment Following a Change in Control .  If the Company experiences a Change in Control and the Executive remains employed with the Company (or its successor or an affiliate of the foregoing) through the one (1) year anniversary of the consummation of the Change in Control, all Company stock options and other compensatory equity awards held by the Executive (other than the Performance Award) on such one (1) year anniversary shall vest and, as applicable, become exercisable on such one (1) year anniversary.  The Performance Award shall be governed in accordance with the terms (including the vesting terms) of the applicable award agreement.

 

(d)                                  Six-Month Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments or benefits payable under Section 4 hereof, shall be paid to the Executive during the six (6)-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such six (6)-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Executive’s death), the Company shall pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to the Executive during such period.

 

9



 

(e)                                   Exclusive Benefits .  Except as expressly provided in this Section 4 and subject to Section 5 hereof, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional payments or benefits upon or in connection with his termination of employment.

 

(f)                                     Equity Award Agreements .

 

(i)                                      Effective as of the Effective Date, the reference to “Employment Agreement” in each of the Performance Award and the Stock Option Agreement dated June 9, 2009 between the Executive and the Company (the “ 2009 Stock Option Agreement ”) shall be deemed a reference to this Agreement.  Except as set forth in Section 6(a)(i) hereof, all other provisions of the Performance Award and the 2009 Stock Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the applicable award agreements.

 

(ii)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to result in any vesting terms that are less favorable to the Executive than those contained in any applicable equity award agreement and, to the extent that the vesting terms contained in any such award agreement are more favorable to the Executive than those provided herein, including, without limitation, this Section 4, the terms of such award agreement shall control.

 

5.                                        Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

6.                                        Excess Parachute Payments, Limitations on Payments .

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any prior award agreement (including the Performance Award and the 2009 Stock Option Agreement), in the event that a Change in Control is consummated on or prior to the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, this Section 6(a) shall apply and Section 6(b) hereof shall not apply.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that a Change in Control is consummated on or prior to the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, this Section 6(a) shall apply to, and supersede any language to the contrary contained in, any prior award agreement (including, without limitation, the provisions set forth under the heading “No Section 280G Gross-Up” contained in each of the Performance Award and the 2009 Stock Option Agreement).

 

(i)                                      In the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) (the “ Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”) then, subject to Section 6(a)(v) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (the “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to

 

10


 

the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.  The Company’s obligation to make Gross-Up Payments under this Section 6(a)(i) shall not be conditioned upon the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to the provisions of Section 6(a)(iii) hereof, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6(a)(ii), including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by such nationally recognized accounting firm as may be agreed by the Executive and the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”); provided , however , that the Accounting Firm’s determination shall be made based upon “substantial authority” within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.  The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to the Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice that there has been a Payment that may be or become subject to the Excise Tax, or such earlier time as is requested by the Executive or the Company.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 6(a)(ii), shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five (5) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination (and in any event, no later than the end of the Executive’s taxable year next following the Executive’s taxable year in which the Executive remits the related taxes).  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments will not have been made by the Company that should have been made (the “ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the event that, after the Accounting Firm reaches its determination, the Executive is subsequently required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to the Executive or for the Executive’s benefit (subject to Section 6(a)(vi) hereof).

 

(iii)                                The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable, but no later than ten (10) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim.  The Executive shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that the Company desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

 

(A)                                give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

 

(B)                                take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including,

 

11



 

without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

 

(C)                                cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

 

(D)                                permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(a)(iii), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest, and, at its sole discretion, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the applicable taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole discretion, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided , further , that, if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall make such payment on behalf of the Executive and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties) imposed with respect to such payment; and provided , further , that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which the Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder, and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

(iv)                               If, after the Executive’s receipt of (or a payment on behalf of the Executive of) a Gross-Up Payment, the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the Excise Tax to which such Gross-Up Payment relates or with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of this Section 6(a)(iv), if applicable) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto).

 

(v)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6(a), the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the Executive’s benefit, all or any portion of any Gross-Up Payment, and the Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

12



 

(vi)                               Any other liability for unpaid or unwithheld Excise Taxes shall be borne exclusively by the Company.  The foregoing sentence shall not in any manner relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) if any Gross-Up Payment(s) become payable, such Gross-Up Payment(s) shall be paid to the Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the underlying taxes are remitted to the appropriate taxing authority, and (B) if any expenses associated with any tax contest (including any audit or litigation) become reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 6(a), such expenses shall be reimbursed no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which either the taxes that are subject to such audit or litigation are remitted to the appropriate taxing authority or, if no taxes are remitted, the year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and nonappealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a Change in Control is consummated after the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, this Section 6(b) shall apply and Section 6(a) hereof shall not apply.

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Executive (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, including the payments and benefits under Section 4 hereof, being hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Payments ”) would be subject (in whole or part), to an Excise Tax (as defined above), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the cash severance payments under this Agreement shall first be reduced, and the noncash severance payments hereunder shall thereafter be reduced, to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if (A) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to (B) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which the Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).  The Total Payments shall be reduced in the following order: (A) reduction of any cash severance payments otherwise payable to the Executive that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; (B) reduction of any other cash payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Executive that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, but excluding any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting or payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; (C) reduction of any other payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Executive on a pro-rata basis or such other manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, but excluding any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting and payments with

 

13



 

respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; and (D) reduction of any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting or payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, in each case beginning with payments that would otherwise be made last in time.

 

(ii)                                   For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, (A) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which the Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code shall be taken into account; (B) no portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the written opinion of an independent Accounting Firm (as defined above), does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of the Accounting Firm, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the Base Amount (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall be determined by the Accounting Firm in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

 

7.                                       Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation .  The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Executive has previously entered into an agreement with the Company containing confidentiality and other protective covenants (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) and that the Executive remains bound by the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

8.                                       Representations .  The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between the Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by his entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

9.                                       Successors .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement is personal to the Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(c)                                   The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or

 

14



 

assets of the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

 

(b)                                  Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive :  at the Executive’s most recent address on the records of the Company.

 

If to the Company :

 

Demand Media, Inc.

1333 Second Street, Ste. 100
Santa Monica, CA 90401

Attn: General Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP
355 South Grand Ave.
Los Angeles, CA  90071-1560
Attn: Alex Voxman

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith.  Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

 

(c)                                   Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that any transfer or deemed transfer of funds hereunder is likely to be construed as a personal loan prohibited by Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, then such transfer or deemed transfer shall not be made to the extent necessary or appropriate so as not to violate the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

15



 

(d)                                  Section 409A of the Code .

 

(i)  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance, the Company shall work in good faith with the Executive to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation, actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance; provided , however , that this Section 10(d) shall not create an obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Company have any liability for failing to do so.

 

(ii)  Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  To the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and Section 4(d) hereof to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(iii)  To the extent that any payments or reimbursements provided to the Executive under this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2(b)(vii) hereof, are deemed to constitute compensation to the Executive to which Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) would apply, such amounts shall be paid or reimbursed reasonably promptly, but not later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of any such payments eligible for reimbursement in one year shall not affect the payments or expenses that are eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the Executive’s right to such payments or reimbursement of any such expenses shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(e)                                   Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Withholding .  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(g)                                   No Waiver .  The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

16



 

(h)                                  Entire Agreement .  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, any prior equity award agreements, and the Stock Option Agreement, constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, by any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, or representative thereof.  The Executive agrees that the Employment Agreement dated as of May 9, 2007, as amended from time to time, shall remain in effect until the Effective Date and be terminated and will be of no further force or effect from and after the Effective Date.  In the event that the Effective Date does not occur prior to March 31, 2011 (or such later date as Executive and the Company agree in writing), this Agreement (including, without limitation, the immediately preceding sentence) shall have no force or effect.

 

(i)                                      Amendment .  No amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts .  This Agreement and any agreement referenced herein may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

 

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

 

Charles Hilliard

 

18



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “ Releasees ” hereunder, consisting of Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and each of its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “ Claims ”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof.  The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “ Release ”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under Section 4(a) of that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of               , 2010, between Demand Media, Inc. and the undersigned (the “ Employment Agreement ”), whichever is applicable to the payments and benefits provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to payments or benefits under any equity award agreement between the undersigned and the Company, (iii) with respect to Section 2(b)(vi) or 6 of the Employment Agreement, (iv) to accrued or vested benefits the undersigned may have, if any, as of the date hereof under any applicable plan, policy, practice, program, contract or agreement with the Company, or (v) to any Claims, including claims for indemnification and/or advancement of expenses, arising under any indemnification agreement between the undersigned and the Company or under the bylaws, certificate of incorporation of other similar governing document of the Company.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

A-1



 

THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

 

(A)                                HE HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

 

(B)                                HE HAS TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT; AND

 

(C)                                HE HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which he may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer.  It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.

 

The undersigned agrees that if he hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

 

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this          day of                       ,         .

 

A-2




Exhibit 10.10

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

Re:           AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT TERMS

 

Dear Shawn:

 

In consideration of the compensation, benefits and promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which you and Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledge, you and the Company hereby enter into this letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) as of April 18, 2006 (the “ Execution Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, and further subject to and conditioned upon the consummation of the initial capitalization of and the acquisitions currently contemplated by the Company (the “ Transactions ”).  This Agreement shall become effective only upon the closing of the Transaction last to occur (the “ Closing ,” and the date on which such Closing occurs, the “ Effective Date ”), it being understood that this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect if any of the Transactions is not consummated for any reason.

 

1.               POSITION, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES .  The Company will employ you, and you agree to be employed by the Company, as an Executive Vice President of the Company and you shall perform such employment duties as are usual and customary for such position, as the Company may assign to you from time to time.  While employed by the Company, you agree to devote your full business time and attention to serving the Company in such position.  Your duties may be changed from time to time by the Company.  You will report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (currently Richard Rosenblatt), and will work full-time at our principal offices, currently located in Santa Monica, California, except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill your responsibilities.  If the Company so requests, you will serve the Company, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates in other capacities in addition to the foregoing.  In the event that you serve in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Company may, in its sole discretion, increase your compensation on account of such additional service beyond that specified in this Agreement.

 

2.               BASE COMPENSATION .  During your employment with the Company, the Company will pay you a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) per year, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and pro-rated for any partial period of service.  Your Base Salary may be subject to upward adjustment, in the sole discretion of the Company, pursuant to the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

 

3.               ANNUAL BONUS .  In addition to the Base Salary set forth above, you will be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Bonus ”) under the Company’s incentive bonus plan applicable to similarly situated employees of the Company, as in effect from time to time, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such bonus plan.  The amount of your Bonus will be targeted at 40% of your Base Salary, based on the attainment of

 



 

4.               performance criteria established and evaluated by the Company in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms of such bonus plan, provided , that your actual Bonus for any year may equal more or less than 40% of your Base Salary (and may equal zero), depending upon whether and to what extent such criteria are attained.  Payment of your Bonus(es), to the extent any Bonus(es) become payable to you, will be contingent upon your continued employment through the date on which bonuses are paid generally under the applicable bonus plan.

 

5.               RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD .  Subject to adoption by the Board of Directors of the Company and approval by the Company’s stockholders of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Equity Plan ”), the Company agrees to grant to you three million, hundred fifty thousand (3,150,000) restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Restricted Stock ”) under the Equity Plan.  The Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions as the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan, which may include, without limitation, any reacquisition and transferability restrictions (the “ Restrictions ”).  The terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock, including any Restrictions, shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock agreement to be entered into by the Company and you which shall evidence the grant of the Restricted Stock (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  The Restricted Stock shall vest and all Restrictions thereon shall expire (i) as to seven hundred eighty-seven thousand, five hundred (787,500) shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant of the Restricted Stock (the “ Grant Date ”), and (ii) as to an additional sixty-five thousand, six hundred twenty-five (65,625) shares on each monthly anniversary of the Grant Date thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company through each such vesting date, such that all shares of Restricted Stock shall be vested and no longer subject to the Restrictions (subject to your continued employment) on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date, provided , that if a Change of Control (as defined in the Equity Plan) shall occur and either (x) you remain employed by the Company through the six-month anniversary of such Change of Control, or (y) the Company terminates your employment other than for Cause (as defined in the Equity Plan) prior to such six-month anniversary (in either case, an “ Acceleration Event ”), then, in either case, the greater of (A) seven hundred eighty-seven thousand, five hundred (787,500) shares of Restricted Stock or (B) fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Restricted Stock that remain unvested and subject to Restrictions upon the Acceleration Event shall vest immediately prior to such Acceleration Event and all Restrictions thereon expire upon the Acceleration Event and, provided further , that if the Company terminates your employment other than for Cause after an Acceleration Event described in clause (x) above, an additional three hundred ninety-three thousand, seven hundred fifty (393,750) shares (or such lesser number of shares as remains unvested and subject to Restrictions) shall vest immediately prior to such termination and all Restrictions thereon expire.  The Restricted Stock shall, subject to the provisions of this Section 4, be governed in all respects by the terms of the Equity Plan and the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

6.               BENEFITS AND VACATION .  While employed by the Company, you will be eligible to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement plans and programs maintained or sponsored by the Company from time to time which are applicable to other similarly

 



 

situated employees of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.  While employed by the Company, you will also be eligible for standard benefits, such as medical insurance, sick leave, vacations and holidays to the extent applicable generally to other similarly situated employees of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Company plans or programs.  Nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be construed so as to, obligate the Company to adopt or maintain any benefit plan or program at any time.

 

7.               AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT .  You will be employed by the Company hereunder as an employee at will.  Your employment with the Company will not continue for any fixed or guaranteed period of time.  Accordingly, you may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice.

 

8.               TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .  In the event that your employment with the Company terminates for any reason, you shall be entitled to receive any compensation and benefits that you have accrued, but not received payment for, through the date of such termination.  In addition, if your employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, subject to your execution and non-revocation of a binding release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, you shall be entitled to continuation payments of your Base Salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to such termination for four months (the “ Severance ”), payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedure, beginning after the expiration of any applicable revocation period specified in the release and subject to Section 13 below.  The Company shall have no further obligations to you upon your termination of employment.

 

9.               CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.  In connection with the Company’s entering into this Agreement and in further consideration hereof, you hereby agree to execute, simultaneously with this Agreement or as soon as practicable thereafter, a Confidential Information and Employee Development Agreement in the form provided by the Company.

 

10.        COMPANY RULES AND REGULATIONS .  As an employee of the Company, you agree to abide by all Company policies, procedures, rules and regulations as may be set forth in a Company employee handbook or as otherwise promulgated by the Company.

 

11.        WITHHOLDING .  The Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local and/or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

12.        ARBITRATION .  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or otherwise arising out of your employment relationship with the Company or the termination thereof, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by you and the Company or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration

 



 

13.        Association (“ AAA ”) in Los Angeles, California in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators.  Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  This Section 11 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 11.

 

14.        Representations

 

a.                No Violation of Other Agreements .  You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (i) you are fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of your obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between you and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (ii) you are not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by your entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

b.               No Disclosure of Confidential Information .  You hereby represent that your performance of your duties under this Agreement will not require you to, and you shall not, rely on in the performance of your duties or disclose to the Company or any other person or entity or induce the Company in any way to use or rely on any trade secret or other confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any of your previous employers.

 

15.        Code Section 409A

 

a.                Code Section 409A Exempt .  The compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement, including without limitation the Severance, are not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  However, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Code Section 409A, this agreement shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations as determined by the Company.  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.  If the Company reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Code Section 409A and related Department of Treasury guidance, the Company shall adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take such other actions as the Company deems necessary or

 



 

appropriate to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Code Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Department of Treasury guidance.

 

b.               Specified Employees .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any Severance payments, shall be paid to you during the 6-month period following your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i)) if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would cause you to incur additional tax under Code Section 409A.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first day following the end of such 6-month period, the Company will pay you a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to you during such 6-month period.

 

16.        ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, together with the Restricted Stock Agreement and the Confidential Information and Employee Development Agreement , constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, made to you by the Company or any representative or agent thereof.

 

17.        SEVERABILITY .   Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision will be reformed, construed and enforced so as to render it valid, legal, and enforceable consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible.

 

18.        ACKNOWLEDGEMENT .  You hereby acknowledge (a) that you have consulted with or have had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of your own choice concerning this Agreement, and have been advised to do so by the Company, and (b) that you have read and understand this Agreement, are fully aware of its legal effect, and have entered into it freely based on your own judgment.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

Please confirm your agreement to the foregoing by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this Agreement in the space provided below for your signature and returning it to Richard Rosenblatt at 15957 Asilomar Blvd.,  Pacific Palisades, California 90272.  Please retain one fully-executed original for your files.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Demand Media, Inc. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed,

 

this 18th day of April, 2006

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

 

Shawn Colo

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

Re:           AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT TERMS

 

Dear Larry:

 

In consideration of the compensation, benefits and promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which you and Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledge, you and the Company hereby enter into this letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) as of April 21, 2006 (the “ Execution Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, and further subject to and conditioned upon the consummation of the initial capitalization of and the acquisitions currently contemplated by the Company (the “ Transactions ”).  This Agreement shall become effective only upon the closing of the Transaction last to occur (the “ Closing ,” and the date on which such Closing occurs, the “ Effective Date ”), it being understood that this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect if any of the Transactions are not consummated for any reason.

 

1.               POSITION, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES .  The Company will employ you, and you agree to be employed by the Company, as the Senior Vice President, Monetization of the Company and you shall perform such employment duties as are usual and customary for such position, as the Company may assign to you from time to time.  While employed by the Company, you agree to devote your full business time and attention to serving the Company in such position.  Your duties may be changed from time to time by the Company.  You will report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”) (currently Richard Rosenblatt) or, at the CEO’s discretion, the Company’s Executive Vice President, and will work full-time at our principal offices, currently located in Santa Monica, California, except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill your responsibilities.  If the Company so requests, you will serve the Company, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates in other capacities in addition to the foregoing.  In the event that you serve in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Company may, in its sole discretion, increase your compensation on account of such additional service beyond that specified in this Agreement.

 

2.               BASE COMPENSATION .  During your employment with the Company, the Company will pay you a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of one hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($175,000) per year, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and pro-rated for any partial period of service.  Your Base Salary may be subject to upward adjustment, in the sole discretion of the Company, pursuant to the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

 

3.               ANNUAL BONUS .  In addition to the Base Salary set forth above, you will be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Bonus ”) under the Company’s incentive bonus plan applicable to similarly situated employees of the Company, as in effect from time to time,

 



 

in accordance with the terms and conditions of such bonus plan.  The amount of your Bonus will be targeted at 25% of your Base Salary, based on the attainment of performance criteria established and evaluated by the Company in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms of such bonus plan, provided , that your actual Bonus for any year may equal more or less than 25% of your Base Salary (and may equal zero), depending upon whether and to what extent such criteria are attained.  Payment of your Bonus(es), to the extent any Bonus(es) become payable to you, will be contingent upon your continued employment through the date on which bonuses are paid generally under the applicable bonus plan.

 

4.               RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD .  Subject to adoption by the Board of Directors of the Company and approval by the Company’s stockholders of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Equity Plan ”), the Company agrees to grant to you four hundred thousand (400,000) restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Restricted Stock ”) under the Equity Plan.  The Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions as the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan, which may include, without limitation, any reacquisition and transferability restrictions (the “ Restrictions ”).  The terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock, including any Restrictions, shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock agreement to be entered into by the Company and you which shall evidence the grant of the Restricted Stock (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  The Restricted Stock shall vest and all Restrictions thereon shall expire (i) as to one hundred thousand (100,000) shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant of the Restricted Stock (the “ Grant Date ”), and (ii) as to an additional eight thousand, three hundred thirty-three and one-third (8,333 1 / 3 ) shares on each monthly anniversary of the Grant Date thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company through each such vesting date, such that all shares of Restricted Stock shall be vested and no longer subject to the Restrictions (subject to your continued employment) on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date, provided , that if a Change of Control (as defined in the Equity Plan) shall occur and either (x) you remain employed by the Company through the six-month anniversary of such Change of Control, or (y) the Company terminates your employment other than for Cause (as defined in the Equity Plan) prior to such six-month anniversary (in either case, an “ Acceleration Event ”), then, in either case, the greater of (A) one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Restricted Stock or (B) fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Restricted Stock that remain unvested and subject to Restrictions upon the Acceleration Event shall vest immediately prior to such Acceleration Event and all Restrictions thereon expire upon the Acceleration Event and, provided further , that if the Company terminates your employment other than for Cause after an Acceleration Event described in clause (x) above, an additional fifty thousand (50,000) shares (or such lesser number of shares as remains unvested and subject to Restrictions) shall vest immediately prior to such termination and all Restrictions thereon expire.  The Restricted Stock shall, subject to the provisions of this Section 4, be governed in all respects by the terms of the Equity Plan and the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

5.               BENEFITS AND VACATION .  While employed by the Company, you will be eligible to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement plans and programs maintained or

 



 

sponsored by the Company from time to time which are applicable to other similarly situated employees of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.  While employed by the Company, you will also be eligible for standard benefits, such as medical insurance, sick leave, vacations and holidays to the extent applicable generally to other similarly situated employees of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Company plans or programs.  Nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be construed so as to, obligate the Company to adopt or maintain any benefit plan or program at any time.

 

6.               AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT .  You will be employed by the Company hereunder as an employee at will.  Your employment with the Company will not continue for any fixed or guaranteed period of time.  Accordingly, you may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice.

 

7.               TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .  In the event that your employment with the Company terminates for any reason, you shall be entitled to receive any compensation and benefits that you have accrued, but not received payment for, through the date of such termination.  In addition, if your employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, subject to your execution and non-revocation of a binding release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, you shall be entitled to continuation payments of your Base Salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to such termination for four months (the “ Severance ”), payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedure, beginning after the expiration of any applicable revocation period specified in the release and subject to Section 13 below.  The Company shall have no further obligations to you upon your termination of employment.

 

8.               CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.  In connection with the Company’s entering into this Agreement and in further consideration hereof, you hereby agree to execute, simultaneously with this Agreement or as soon as practicable thereafter, a Confidential Information and Employee Development Agreement in the form provided by the Company.

 

9.               COMPANY RULES AND REGULATIONS .  As an employee of the Company, you agree to abide by all Company policies, procedures, rules and regulations as may be set forth in a Company employee handbook or as otherwise promulgated by the Company.

 

10.        WITHHOLDING .  The Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local and/or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

11.        ARBITRATION .  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or otherwise arising out of your employment relationship with the Company or the termination thereof, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by you and the Company or, in

 



 

the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) in Los Angeles, California in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators.  Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  This Section 11 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 11.

 

12.        Representations

 

a.                No Violation of Other Agreements .  You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (i) you are fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of your obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between you and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (ii) you are not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by your entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

b.               No Disclosure of Confidential Information .  You hereby represent that your performance of your duties under this Agreement will not require you to, and you shall not, rely on in the performance of your duties or disclose to the Company or any other person or entity or induce the Company in any way to use or rely on any trade secret or other confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any of your previous employers.

 

13.        Code Section 409A

 

a.                Code Section 409A Exempt .  The compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement, including without limitation the Severance, are not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  However, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Code Section 409A, this agreement shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations as determined by the Company.  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.  If the Company reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Code Section 409A and related Department of Treasury guidance, the Company shall adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take such other actions as the Company deems necessary or

 



 

appropriate to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Code Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Department of Treasury guidance.

 

b.               Specified Employees .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any Severance payments, shall be paid to you during the 6-month period following your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i)) if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would cause you to incur additional tax under Code Section 409A.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first day following the end of such 6-month period, the Company will pay you a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to you during such 6-month period.

 

14.        ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, together with the Restricted Stock Agreement and the Confidential Information and Employee Development Agreement, constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, made to you by the Company or any representative or agent thereof.

 

15.        SEVERABILITY.   Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision will be reformed, construed and enforced so as to render it valid, legal, and enforceable consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible.

 

16.        ACKNOWLEDGEMENT You hereby acknowledge (a) that you have consulted with or have had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of your own choice concerning this Agreement, and have been advised to do so by the Company, and (b) that you have read and understand this Agreement, are fully aware of its legal effect, and have entered into it freely based on your own judgment.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

Please confirm your agreement to the foregoing by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this Agreement in the space provided below for your signature and returning it to Richard Rosenblatt at 15957 Asilomar Blvd., Pacific Palisades, California 90272.  Please retain one fully-executed original for your files.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Demand Media, Inc. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

Title:

Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed,

 

this 21 st  day of April, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Larry Fitzgibbon

 

 

 

Larry Fitzgibbon

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

Re:           AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT TERMS

 

Dear Mr. Blend:

 

In consideration of the compensation, benefits and promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which you and Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledge, you and the Company hereby enter into this letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) as of August 1, 2006, provided , that the effectiveness of this Agreement is contingent upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among Demand Domains, Inc., Hotkeys Internet Group LLC, Boxer Internet Group LLC, BTCom Internet Marketing LLC, you and Thomas Zundel (the “ Closing ”) and this Agreement will become effective only if the Closing occurs and shall be null and void and of no force or effect if the Closing does not occur for any reason (the date on which the Closing occurs, if any, the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1.               POSITION, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES .  The Company will employ you, and you agree to be employed by the Company, as Senior Vice President, Hotkeys, of the Company and you shall perform such employment duties as are usual and customary for such position, as the Company may assign to you from time to time.  While employed by the Company, you agree to devote your full business time and attention to serving the Company in such position.  Your duties may be changed from time to time by the Company.  You will report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (currently Richard Rosenblatt), and will work full-time at our offices located in San Francisco, California, except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill your responsibilities.  If the Company so requests, in its reasonable discretion, you will serve the Company, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates in other capacities in addition to the foregoing.  In the event that you serve in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Company may, in its sole discretion, increase your compensation on account of such additional service beyond that specified in this Agreement.

 

2.               BASE COMPENSATION .  During your employment with the Company, the Company will pay you a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of $100,000 per year, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and pro-rated for any partial period of service.  Your Base Salary may be subject to upward adjustment, in the sole discretion of the Company, pursuant to the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

 

3.               ANNUAL BONUS .  In addition to the Base Salary set forth above, you will be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Bonus ”) under the Company’s incentive bonus plan applicable to similarly situated employees of the Company, as in effect from time to time, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such bonus plan.  The amount of your

 



 

Bonus will be targeted at 20% of your Base Salary, based on the attainment of performance criteria established and evaluated by the Company in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms of such bonus plan and communicated to you, provided , that your actual Bonus for any year may equal more or less than 20% of your Base Salary (and may equal zero), depending upon whether and to what extent such criteria are attained.  Payment of your Bonus(es), to the extent any Bonus(es) become payable to you, will be contingent upon your continued employment through the date on which bonuses are paid generally under the applicable bonus plan.

 

4.               RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD .  Substantially concurrent with the Closing, the Company shall grant to you 1,976,275 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Restricted Stock ”) under the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Equity Plan ”) as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.  The Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions as the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine in accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan, which may include, without limitation, any reacquisition and transferability restrictions (the “ Restrictions ”).  The terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock, including any Restrictions, shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock agreement to be entered into by the Company and you which shall evidence the grant of the Restricted Stock (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  The Restricted Stock shall vest and all Restrictions thereon shall expire with respect to 40% shares of Restricted Stock on each of the first and second anniversaries of the Grant Date and with respect to an additional 10% shares of Restricted Stock on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date, such that all shares of Restricted Stock shall vest and the Restrictions thereon lapse on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to your continued employment with the Company through each such date, provided , that all shares of Restricted Stock shall vest and the Restrictions thereon lapse immediately prior to any of (i) a Change of Control (as defined in the Equity Plan), (ii) your death, (iii)  your termination of employment by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or (iv) a termination by the Company of your employment due to your refusal to comply with the Company’s request that you relocate your principal work location outside of the San Francisco, California greater metropolitan area, subject to your continued employment with the Company through any such event, and, provided, further , that, immediately prior to the Public Trading Date (as defined in the Equity Plan), subject to your continued employment with the Company through the Public Trading Date, the 20% Shares that would otherwise have vested and the Restrictions thereon lapsed on the third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date (or such lesser number of Shares as remain unvested and subject to the Restrictions at that time) shall vest and the Restrictions thereon lapse.  The Restricted Stock shall, subject to the provisions of this Section 4, be governed in all respects by the terms of the Equity Plan and the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean (i) your unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any other material breach of a written agreement between you and the Company, including without limitation a material breach of any employment or confidentiality agreement; (ii) the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by you to, a felony under the laws of the

 



 

United States or any state thereof or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (iii) your gross negligence or willful misconduct or your willful or repeated failure or refusal to substantially perform assigned duties after receiving notification thereof from the Company; provided that you shall have been afforded a 15 day period to cure such conduct in the case of conduct that does not constitute willful misconduct or willful failure or refusal to substantially perform assigned duties; (iv) any act of fraud, embezzlement, material misappropriation or dishonesty committed by you against the Company; or (v) any acts, omissions or statements by you which the Company reasonably determines to be materially detrimental or damaging to the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company, provided that you shall be given a 15 day period to cure such conduct (if capable of being cured) so long as you shall not have intended to damage the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company with such conduct.

 

5.               BENEFITS AND VACATION .  While employed by the Company, you will be eligible to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement plans and programs maintained or sponsored by the Company from time to time which are applicable to other similarly situated employees of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.  While employed by the Company, you will also be eligible for standard benefits, such as medical insurance, sick leave, vacations and holidays to the extent applicable generally to other similarly situated employees of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Company plans or programs.  Nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be construed so as to, obligate the Company to adopt or maintain any benefit plan or program at any time.

 

6.               AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT .  You will be employed by the Company hereunder as an employee at will, subject to the terms of this Agreement.  Your employment with the Company will not continue for any fixed or guaranteed period of time.  Accordingly, you may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice.

 

7.               TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .  In the event that your employment with the Company terminates for any reason, you shall be entitled to receive any compensation and benefits that you have accrued, but not received payment for, through the date of such termination.  In addition, if your employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, or if your employment is terminated by the Company because, without your consent,  the Company requires that you relocate your principal work location outside of the San Francisco, California greater metropolitan area, subject to your execution and non-revocation of a binding release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, which release and waiver shall not cause you to relinquish the rights available to you under the Purchase Agreement, the escrow agreement referenced therein and the Restricted Stock Agreement, you shall be entitled to continuation payments of your Base Salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to such termination for four months (the “ Severance ”), payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedure, beginning after the expiration of any applicable revocation period specified in

 



 

the release and subject to Section 13 below.  The Company shall have no further obligations to you upon your termination of employment.

 

8.               DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.  In connection with the Company’s entering into this Agreement and in further consideration hereof, you hereby agree to execute, simultaneously with this Agreement or as soon as practicable thereafter, a Development Agreement in the form provided by the Company.

 

9.               COMPANY RULES AND REGULATIONS .  As an employee of the Company, you agree to abide by all lawful Company policies, procedures, rules and regulations as may be set forth in a Company employee handbook or as otherwise promulgated by the Company.

 

10.        WITHHOLDING .  The Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local and/or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

11.        ARBITRATION .  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or otherwise arising out of your employment relationship with the Company or the termination thereof, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by you and the Company or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) in Los Angeles, California, in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators.  Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  This Section 11 shall be specifically enforceable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 11.

 

12.        Representations

 

a.                No Violation of Other Agreements .  You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (i) you are fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of your obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between you and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (ii) you are not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by your entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

b.               No Disclosure of Confidential Information .  You hereby represent that your performance of your duties under this Agreement will not require you to, and you shall not, rely on in the performance of your duties or disclose to the Company or any other person or entity or induce the Company in any way to use or rely on any trade secret

 



 

or other confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any of your previous employers.

 

13.        Code Section 409A

 

a.                Code Section 409A Exempt .  The compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement, including without limitation the Severance, are not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  However, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Code Section 409A, this agreement shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations as determined by the Company.  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.  If the Company reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Code Section 409A and related Department of Treasury guidance, the Company shall adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take such other actions as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Code Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Department of Treasury guidance.

 

b.               Specified Employees .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any Severance payments, shall be paid to you during the 6-month period following your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i)) if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would cause you to incur additional tax under Code Section 409A.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first day following the end of such 6-month period, the Company will pay you a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to you during such 6-month period.

 

14.        ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  This Agreement, together with the Restricted Stock Agreement, the Development Agreement and applicable provisions contained in the Purchase Agreement, constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, made to you by the Company or any representative or agent thereof.

 

15.        SEVERABILITY.   Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of

 



 

this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision will be reformed, construed and enforced so as to render it valid, legal, and enforceable consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible.

 

16.        ACKNOWLEDGEMENT You hereby acknowledge (a) that you have consulted with or have had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of your own choice concerning this Agreement, and have been advised to do so by the Company, and (b) that you have read and understand this Agreement, are fully aware of its legal effect, and have entered into it freely based on your own judgment.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

Please confirm your agreement to the foregoing by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this Agreement in the space provided below for your signature and returning it to the Company at 1454 Third Street, Santa Monica, CA 90401.  Please retain one fully-executed original for your files.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Demand Media, Inc. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed,

 

this 1st day of August, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Blend

 

 

 

Michael Blend

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

 

March 15, 2010

 

Ms. Joanne Bradford
140 Derby Lane
Moraga, CA 94556

 

Re:                                Employment Agreement with Demand Media, Inc.

 

Dear Joanne:

 

On behalf of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you employment as the Chief Revenue Officer of the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this letter agreement (this “ Agreement ”).  You may accept this Agreement by signing and returning a copy of this Agreement to the Company as provided below.

 

1.              Term of Employment.  Your employment under this Agreement shall commence on March 26, 2010 (the “ Start Date ”) and will continue until March 31, 2014 (the “Initial Term”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the provisions of Section 3 herein, either party may terminate this Agreement on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice before the expiration of the Initial Term.  After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for successive one-year periods, subject to either party’s right to terminate the Agreement upon no less than sixty (60) day’s prior written notice, and to the provisions of Section 3 herein.

 

2.              Position and Duties.  During the Initial Term, the Company shall employ you as its Chief Revenue Officer, and you shall report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (currently Richard Rosenblatt).  Your duties shall include such lawful duties as the Board may delegate to you from time to time that are not inconsistent with duties assigned to a C-level officer of a company of comparable size and with a similar business to that of the Company.  You agree to commit substantially all of your working time, attention and efforts to the position on a full-time basis.  Subject to the foregoing, the Company acknowledges that, outside of your obligations to the Company, you may also be spending a reasonable amount of time on Permitted Activities (as defined below).  This Agreement is personal to you and you may not assign or delegate any of your rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Company by action of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

 

3.              Compensation and Benefits .  In consideration for your services to the Company during the Initial Term, you shall receive the following compensation and benefits from the Company.

 

(a)            Base Salary.  The Company shall pay you an annual base salary at the rate of two hundred twenty-five thousand dollars ($225,000 U.S.) per year to be paid in installments according to the Company’s regular payroll policy, as in effect from time to time.  The Company shall withhold and deduct all applicable federal and state income and employment and disability taxes from your base salary as required by applicable laws.  Your salary shall be

 



 

reviewed annually and you shall be eligible for discretionary annual increases in your base salary in connection with the Company’s annual executive compensation and performance review conducted by the Board.

 

(b)            Annual Incentive Opportunity; Sales Commission.

 

(1)              Annual Incentive Opportunity.  You shall be eligible to participate in any bonus plan that the Company may maintain or establish for the executives of the Company on the terms that apply to the executives of the Company.  Such annual target bonus shall be set at forty percent (40%) of your annual base salary in effect during the year for which the bonus is applicable, based on the attainment of your personal performance criteria and the Company’s attainment of its business and financial performance criteria, in each case established and evaluated by the Company in its sole discretion, provided , that your actual bonus for any year may equal less than 40% of your base salary (and may equal zero), depending upon whether and to what extent such criteria are attained. Incentive bonuses shall be pro-rated for any partial year of service.  Payment of any incentive bonus(es), to the extent any such incentive bonus(es) become payable, will be contingent upon your continued employment through the date on which such payments are paid generally under the applicable bonus plan.  But if your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason (both as defined below) before the Company pays incentive bonuses generally to its employees in respect of service during calendar year 2010, you will nonetheless be entitled to receive a prorated incentive bonus payment paid at the same time as the Company pays incentive bonuses generally, subject to adjustment (either upwards or downwards, as applicable) to the same extent as the bonus pool for the Company’s executive employees is adjusted generally.  The incentive payment(s) shall be paid in cash or such other form agreed upon by you and the Compensation Committee of the Board or the Board.

 

(2)              Sales Commission .  For calendar year 2010, you shall be eligible for commission payments as follows: (a) one quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the sum of worldwide sales of premium, branded advertising and year 1 bookings of the Pluck enterprise solution (“ Commissionable Sales ”); and (b) if Commissionable Sales exceed fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000) in 2010, one half of one percent (0.50%) on sales above that threshold.   Commissionable Sales made prior to the Start Date will be included in determining whether the $15,000,000 sales target has been achieved.  But you will be paid commission only on Commissionable Sales made after the Start Date.  Payments of commissions are made after the end of each calendar quarter conditioned upon your continued employment with the Company. The calculation of Commissionable Sales and other factors affecting your commission shall be made by the Company in the exercise of its reasonable discretion in accordance with the Company’s sales commission policies.  Calculation and payment of all sales commissions subsequent to calendar year 2010 shall be agreed upon between you and the Company in advance of each successive calendar year.

 

(c)            Restricted Stock and Stock Option Grant.

 

(1)            Restricted Stock.  Subject to the Board’s approval and the commencement of your employment, the Company agrees to grant to you four hundred thousand (400 ,000) restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Restricted Stock ”) under the

 

2



 

Company’s Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be further amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”) as soon as practicable after the Start Date.  The terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock, including any restrictions thereon, shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock agreement to be entered into by the Company and you which shall evidence the grant of the Restricted Stock (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  Subject to the provisions of this Section 3(c)(1) and Section 3(f) below, all such shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

(2)  Stock Option. Subject to the Board’s approval and the commencement of your employment, the Company agrees to grant to you a non-qualified stock option to purchase four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Stock Option ”) as soon as practicable following the Start Date.  The Stock Option shall vest upon grant with respect to 100,000 shares subject thereto (the “ Signing Bonus Shares ”).  The Stock Option shall be granted to you under the Plan at an exercise price per share equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board in accordance with the terms of the Plan. The terms and conditions of the Stock Option, including any restrictions thereon, shall be set forth in a Stock Option agreement to be entered into by the Company and you which shall evidence the grant of the Stock Option (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”).  The Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.

 

(3)            Scheduled Vesting . The Restricted Stock and the Stock Option shall be subject to such restrictions as the Company shall determine, which may include, without limitation, any reacquisition and transferability restrictions.  Subject to your continued employment with the Company, the Restricted Stock shall vest as follows: one-fourth (1/4) of the Restricted Stock on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant.  Further subject to your continued employment with the Company, the Stock Option (other than the Signing Bonus Shares) shall vest as follows: 75,000 shares subject to the Stock Option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and an additional 6,250 shares subject to the Stock Option on the first day of each month thereafter.

 

(d)            Section 401(k) Plan and Other Benefits.  As an employee of the Company, you shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) Plan, subject to the terms of that plan.  Subject to the terms of such other plans, you shall be eligible to receive such other benefits or rights as may be provided under any employee benefit plans provided by the Company to its executives that are now or hereafter will be in effect, including participation in life, medical, disability and dental insurance plans.  Nothing in this provision shall, or shall be construed to, obligate the Company to maintain any particular benefit plan(s), including without limitation, any 401(k) plan.

 

(e)            Vacation and Sick Leave.  The Company’s policy is to not provide a fixed number of paid vacation, personal or sick days per year for executive level employees.  As an executive officer, we expect you to use your judgment to take time off from work for vacation or other personal time in a manner consistent with performing your work in a timely fashion, providing excellent service to our customers and partners and avoiding inconveniencing your co-workers.

 

3



 

(f)             Termination and Change of Control Payments and Benefits.

 

(1)            Termination for Cause or Termination Other than for Good Reason.  In the event that your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause or is terminated by you for any reason other than Good Reason, then you shall become entitled to (i) payment of your accrued but unpaid salary through the date of the termination of your employment, and (ii) reimbursement of any business expenses that are reimbursable in accordance with Section 5 below and are incurred by you prior to the date of termination, (together, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).  The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to you promptly following your termination of employment, but in any event within fifteen (15) days after termination (or such shorter period as may be required under applicable law).

 

(2)            Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason or Termination Due to Death or Disability.  In the event that your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause, is terminated by you due to a Good Reason or is terminated due to your death or Disability and, in any event, such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (a “ Separation from Service ”)), then you or your estate (if applicable) shall be entitled to (i) the Accrued Obligations; (ii) any incentive bonus due pursuant to Section 3(b)(1); and (iii) sales commission payments due and owing to you pursuant to Section 3(b)(2) as of the date of such Separation from Service plus the following severance benefits (the “ Severance ”), subject to your (or your estate’s) execution and non-revocation of an effective release and waiver of claims in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

 

(i)             Cash Severance Payment.  The Company shall pay you or your estate (if applicable) an amount equal to four (4) months of your then-current base salary payable, subject to Section 10 below, in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates over the four (4)-month period immediately following the date of such Separation from Service (the “ Termination Date ”), provided , that such payments shall not commence until the Company’s first payroll date occurring on or after the 30th day following the Termination Date (the “ First Payroll Date ”) and any amounts that would otherwise have been paid to you pursuant to this Section 3(f)(2)(i) prior to such payroll date shall be paid in a lump-sum on the First Payroll Date, and, provided, further , that in no event shall any amounts be paid later than the fifteenth day of the third month following the year in which the Termination Date occurs (the “ Short-Term Deferral Date ”) and, to the extent that any payments pursuant to this Section 3(f)(2)(i) would be paid to you after the Short-Term Deferral Date absent this proviso, such amounts shall instead be paid to you on the last regularly scheduled Company payroll date occurring on or prior to the Short-Term Deferral Date.  Each payment made pursuant to this Section 3(f)(2)(i) shall be treated as a separate payment as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

(ii)            Continuation Coverage.  The Company shall provide continuation healthcare coverage for you and your dependents, at the same cost to you as immediately prior to the date of termination (subject to premium increases affecting participants in such plan(s) generally), for a period of four (4) months from your date of termination, to the extent that each such individual received healthcare coverage immediately prior to such termination, subject to

 

4



 

your (and/or your dependents’) proper election of continuation healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder, provided, that if, prior to the expiration of the continuation coverage period, any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided ceases to be exempt from the application of Section 409A (as defined below) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), then an amount equal to each such remaining premium shall thereafter be paid to you as currently taxable compensation in substantially equal monthly installments over the remainder of the continuation coverage period.

 

(iii)          Accelerated Vesting.  If a Separation of Service described in Section 3(f)(2) occurs prior to a Change of Control, one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Restricted Stock and one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of common stock subject to the Stock Option shall be deemed to vest immediately prior to your date of termination .

 

(3)            Change of Control.  If a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan) shall occur and either (x) you remain employed by the Company through the three-month anniversary of such Change of Control or (y) the Company terminates your employment other than for Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason prior to such three-month anniversary (in either case, an “ Acceleration Event ”), then, in either case, the unvested portion of the Restricted Stock and Stock Option shall vest immediately upon the occurrence of such Acceleration Event with respect to the greater of (A) 100,000 shares of the Restricted Stock and 100,000 of the shares subject to the Stock Option or (B) fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the then unvested shares subject to the Stock Option and fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested Restricted Stock, provided further , that if the Company terminates your employment other than for Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason after a Change of Control, an additional 100,000 shares of the Restricted Stock and 100,000 of the shares subject to the Stock Option (or such lesser amount of the Stock Option and Restricted Stock as remains unvested) shall vest immediately prior to such termination.

 

(g)            Definitions.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(1)            “Cause” shall mean:

 

(i)             your failure (other than due to Disability) to materially comply with written Company policies generally applicable to Company officers or employees or any directive of the Board that is reasonably achievable, that is not inconsistent with your position as Chief Revenue Officer or the fulfillment of your fiduciary duties and that is not otherwise prohibited by law or established public policy;

 

(ii)            your engagement in willful misconduct against the Company that is materially injurious to the Company;

 

(iii)           your engagement in any activity that is a conflict of interest or competitive with the Company (other than (1) your management of current personal investments which do not require your active participation in the management or the operation of

 

5



 

the investments (2) your current position as a Board Member of Modelinia, Inc., and (3) other passive investment in which you do not take an operating role, to the extent any such service does not prevent you from discharging all of your duties under this Agreement (the activities described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) are hereafter referred to as “ Permitted Activities ”);

 

(iv)           your engaging in any act of fraud or dishonesty against the Company or any of its Affiliates or any reckless or intentional, material breach of federal or state securities or commodities laws or regulations;

 

(v)            your engaging in an act of assault or other act of violence in the workplace;

 

(vi)           your harassment of any individual in the workplace based on age, gender or other protected status or class or material violation of any policy of the Company regarding harassment (subject to investigation and verification by an independent third party of such harassment claim); or

 

(vii)          your conviction, guilty plea or plea of nolo contendre for any felony charge.

 

provided, that with the exception of clauses (ii) and (iv)-(vii), the Company shall not have Cause to terminate your employment unless: (i) it provides you with written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Cause, and (ii) it provides you at least thirty (30) days to cure the conditions giving rise to such Cause, to the extent curable.

 

(2)            “Change of Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Plan.

 

(3)            “Disability” shall mean a disability as determined under the Company’s applicable long-term disability plan that prevents you from performing your duties under this Agreement (even with a reasonable accommodation by the Company) for a period of six months or more or, if no such plan applies, shall have the meaning determined in the discretion of the Board.

 

(4)            Good Reason shall mean any one of the following without your consent:

 

(i)             any action by the Company which results in a material diminution of your authority, duties or responsibilities (other than (A) any insubstantial action not taken in bad faith and which is promptly cured by the Company, to the extent curable, upon notice by you, and (B) a change in your title, authority, duties and/or responsibilities following a Change of Control if your new title is that of an executive officer of the entity surviving such Change of Control (or, if applicable, its parent company) reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, or President of the entity surviving such Change of Control (or, if applicable, its parent company) and your authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title);

 

6



 

(ii)            a reduction in your base salary;

 

(iii)           a material breach by the Company of its obligations hereunder;

 

(iv)           the requirement by the Company that you relocate your residence more than fifty (50) miles from your current home address.

 

provided, that you shall not have Good Reason to terminate your employment with the Company unless (i) you provide the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason (“ Notice ”) within ninety (90) days after you first become aware (or should, with reasonable diligence, have become aware) of the existence of the grounds for Good Reason (but in no event later than two years after the initial existence of such occurrence), and (ii) you provide the Company at least thirty (30) days to cure the conditions giving rise to such Good Reason, and (iii) you terminate employment no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after providing Notice to the Company.

 

4.              Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement .  In connection with the Company’s entering into this Agreement and in further consideration hereof, you hereby agree to execute, no later than substantially contemporaneously with your Start Date, the Confidential Information and Development Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

5.              Business Expenses.  You shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for such customary, ordinary and necessary business expenses as are incurred by you in the performance of your duties and activities associated with promoting or maintaining the business of the Company.  All expenses as described in this paragraph shall be reimbursed only upon presentation by you of such documentation as may be reasonably necessary to substantiate that all such expenses were incurred in the performance of your duties in accordance with the Company’s policies.

 

6.              Return Of Company Property.  Upon your termination of employment from the Company or as earlier requested by the Company, you agree to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof in any form contained) and other Company property in your possession or control, including, but not limited to, Company files, correspondence, memos, notebooks, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, financial information, specifications, computer-recorded information, tangible property and equipment, credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof in whole or in part) (collectively, the “ Company Property ”).  You agree to conduct a good faith and diligent search of your belongings to ensure your compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.

 

7.              Binding on Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and any entity which is a successor by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise to the business formerly carried on by the Company, or an affiliate of any such entity, and becomes your employer by reason of (or as the direct result of) any direct or indirect sale or other disposition of the Company or substantially all of the assets of the business currently carried on by the Company, without regard to whether or not such person actively adopts this letter agreement. 

 

7



 

Any failure by a successor to the Company to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder (subject to clause (B) of subsection (i) of the definition of Good Reason above) shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

8.              Arbitration.  You agree that any future disputes between you and the Company (the “ parties ”) including but not limited to disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, shall be resolved by binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at that time, except where the law specifically forbids the use of arbitration as a final and binding remedy, or where section 8(f) below specifically allows a different remedy.

 

(a)            The parties agree initially to attempt to resolve any such disputes in good faith, which may include voluntary non-binding mediation paid for by the Company.

 

(b)            If the matter is not resolved, the parties agree that the dispute shall be resolved by binding arbitration according to the California Code of Civil Procedure, including the provisions of Section 1283.05, pertaining to discovery.

 

(c)            The arbitrator shall have the authority to determine whether the conduct complained of violates the complainant’s rights and, if so, to grant any relief authorized by law; subject to the exclusions of section (f) below.  The arbitrator shall not have the authority to change or refuse to enforce any lawful term of this Agreement.

 

(d)            The Company shall bear the costs of the arbitration.  If the Company prevails, you shall pay any litigation costs (but not attorneys’ fees) of the Company to the same extent as if the matter had been heard in a court of general jurisdiction.  Each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees, unless the arbitrator orders otherwise, pursuant to applicable law.

 

(e)            Arbitration shall be the exclusive final remedy for any dispute between the parties, such as disputes involving claims for discrimination or harassment (such as claims under the Fair Employment and Housing Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, or the Age Discrimination in Employment Act), wrongful termination, breach of contract, breach of public policy, physical or mental harm or distress or any other disputes.

 

(f)             The parties agree that the arbitration award shall be enforceable in any court having competent jurisdiction to enforce this Agreement, so long as the arbitrator’s findings of fact are supported by substantial evidence on the whole and the arbitrator has not made errors of law; however, either party may bring an action in a court of competent jurisdiction, regarding or related to matters involving the Company’s confidential, proprietary or trade secret information, or regarding or related to inventions that you may claim to have developed prior to or after joining the Company, seeking preliminary injunctive relief in court to preserve the status quo or prevent irreparable injury before the matter can be heard in arbitration.

 

8



 

(g)            Any arbitration pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in the city of Los Angeles, California, unless the parties mutually agree to a different location for the arbitration.

 

9.        Indemnification.   During your employment with the Company, the Company shall maintain a Directors and Officers insurance policy covering its directors and officers consistent with prevailing commercial practice, and you shall be entitled to indemnification as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.

 

10.      Section 409A.

 

(a)               General .  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A (together with Department of Treasury regulations and other official guidance issued thereunder, “ Section 409A ”).  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Company determines in good faith that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may not be either exempt from or compliant with Section 409A, the Company shall consult with you and adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (i) preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits payable hereunder, to preserve the economic benefits of such compensation and benefits, and/or (ii) to exempt the compensation and benefits payable hereunder from Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes thereunder; provided , that this Section 10 does not, and shall not be construed so as to, create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendments, policies or procedures or to take any other such actions or to indemnify you for any failure to do so.

 

(b)            Potential Six-Month Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, compensation and benefits that become payable in connection with your Separation from Service (if any), including without limitation any Severance payments, shall be paid to you during the 6-month period following your Separation from Service only to the extent that the Company reasonably determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement will not cause you to incur additional taxes under Section 409A.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then, on the first business day following the end of such 6-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A without being subject to such additional taxes, including as a result of your death), the Company shall pay to you a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to you during such 6-month period.

 

11.           Representations .

 

(a)            No Violation of Other Agreements .   You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (1) you are entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that, to the best of your knowledge after consultation with counsel, the performance of your obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between you and any other person, firm, organization or other entity; and (2) to the best of your knowledge after consultation with counsel, you are not bound

 

9



 

by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by your entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)            No Disclosure of Confidential Information .  You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that, to the best of your knowledge after consultation with counsel, the performance of your duties under this Agreement will not require you to, and you shall not, rely on in the performance of your duties or disclose to the Company or any other person or entity or induce the Company in any way to use or rely on any trade secret or other confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any of your previous employers.

 

12 .           Notice .  Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be effective only if it is in writing and delivered personally or sent by fax, email or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows (or if it is sent through any other method agreed upon by the Parties):

 

If to the Company:

 

Demand Media, Inc.

1333 2 nd  Street, Suite 100

Santa Monica, CA 90401

Tel: (310) 394 6400

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

If to you:

 

Joanne Bradford

140 Derby Lane

Moraga, CA 94556

Tel: (415) 279-8388

 

and to:

 

Joseph A. Piesco, Jr., Esq.

Kasowitz, Benson, Torres & Friedman LLP

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Tel: (212) 506-1955

 

or to such other address as any Party hereto may designate by notice to the other in accordance with this Section 12, and shall be deemed to have been given upon receipt.

 

10



 

13.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            This Agreement (together with the Restricted Stock Agreement, the Stock Option Agreement, and the Confidential Information and Development Agreement) constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between you and the Company with regard to the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company.  It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations and any other written or oral statements concerning your rights to any compensation, equity or benefits from the Company, its predecessors or successors in interest.

 

(b)            Subject to the mandatory arbitration provided in Section 8 above, jurisdiction and venue in any action to enforce any arbitration award or to enjoin any action that violates the terms of this Agreement shall be in the Superior Court of the County of Los Angeles or the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California.

 

(c)            This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  This Agreement shall bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question shall be modified by the court so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible.  Headings and subheadings in this Agreement are solely for convenience and do not constitute terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)            This Agreement may be signed in counterparts and the counterparts taken together shall constitute one agreement.  Facsimile signatures shall be deemed as effective as original signatures.

 

(e)            This Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts made and to be performed entirely within California.

 

If this Agreement is acceptable to you, please sign below and return the original, fully executed Agreement to the Company.  A copy of the Agreement is also being provided to you for your records.

 

11



 

I and the other members of the Board of Directors of the Company look forward to your future contributions to the Company.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: CEO and Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joanne Bradford

March 15, 2010

JOANNE BRADFORD

 

 

 

12




Exhibit 10.14

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”); hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

 

April 19, 2007

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

April 19, 2007

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$1.00

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

2,000,000 Shares

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

$2,000,000

 

Type of Option:                    Incentive Stock Option

 

Term/Expiration Date: The Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall be April 19, 2013, provided, that (i) if a Liquidity Event (as defined below) shall occur prior to April 19, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later of the thirteen-month anniversary of the consummation of the Liquidity Event or April 19, 2013, and (ii) if an IPO (as defined below) shall occur prior to April 19, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later to occur of (A) the thirtieth day following the VWAP Determination Date (as defined below) applicable to the first Fiscal Quarter (as defined below) immediately after the expiration of any applicable Market Standoff Period (as defined in Section 4, below), or (B) April 19, 2013.

 

Vesting Schedule:               This Option shall vest and become exercisable as follows:

 

(i)            If a Liquidity Event occurs prior to April 19, 2013, subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through the first anniversary of the consummation of such Liquidity Event, this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto on the first anniversary of such Liquidity Event, provided, that if, within ninety days prior to or within twelve months after the consummation of a Liquidity Event, Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in the employment agreement between the Company and Optionee, dated April 18, 2006 (the “ Employment Agreement ”)), by Optionee for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or terminates due to Optionee’s

 



 

death or Disability (as defined below), this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto immediately prior to any such termination;

 

(ii)           If (a) prior to April 19, 2013, the Company engages in an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”), and (b) either (1) during any Company fiscal quarter beginning after the expiration of any applicable Market Stand-Off Period and ending prior to April 19, 2013 or (2) if no such Company fiscal quarter meets the requirements of the preceding Section (ii)(b)(1), during only the Company fiscal quarter beginning immediately after the expiration of any applicable Market Standoff Period (any such period, in either case, a “ Fiscal Quarter ”), the average of the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such Fiscal Quarter (such average, the “ VWAP ”) equals or exceeds the VWAP levels set forth in the table below, then this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite the applicable VWAP levels specified in the table below on the date that the Administrator determines the VWAP for such Fiscal Quarter, but in any event, no later than five business days after the end of any such Fiscal Quarter (each such date, a “ VWAP Determination Date ”), subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through such VWAP Determination Date, provided, that if, following an IPO occurring on or prior to April 19, 2013, Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason or terminates due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent Disability, this Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such termination of employment, if any, with respect to that number of Shares, if any, with respect to which this Option would have vested on such VWAP Determination Date had Optionee remained employed with the Company through such date:

 

If, during a Fiscal Quarter, the
Common Stock attains VWAP of:

 

Then this Option shall vest and become
exercisable, on the applicable VWAP
Determination Date, with respect to:

$13 or more*

 

750,000 Shares*

$14 or more*

 

1,250,000 Shares*

 


*Without limiting the generality of Section 14 of the Plan, the amounts set forth in this table shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect common stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits and similar transactions.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company’s Common Stock attains a VWAP during any Fiscal Quarter that satisfies multiple VWAP targets (to the extent that this Option remains unvested and Optionee remains employed by the Company through the applicable VWAP Determination Date (except as otherwise provided above)), this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to the cumulative Shares subject to the multiple VWAP targets, but shall not, in any event vest and become exercisable with respect to the Shares subject to any particular VWAP target more than once. By way of example and not limitation, if the Common Stock attains VWAP of $14 during the first

 

2



 

Fiscal Quarter, then this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all 2,000,000 Shares subject hereto on the first VWAP Determination Date, but if the Common Stock attains VWAP of $13 during each of the first two Fiscal Quarters and a VWAP of at least $14 during the third Fiscal Quarter (assuming more than one Fiscal Quarter occurs), this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to (i) 750,000 Shares on the first VWAP Determination Date, (ii) no additional Shares on the second VWAP Determination Date, and (iii) an additional 1,250,000 Shares on the third VWAP Determination Date.

 

For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean a Change of Control in which both (A) the total consideration received by the Company’s stockholders (including by way of distribution in the case of an asset sale transaction) is no less than $10 per Share of Common Stock (or, if applicable, per Share of Common Stock underlying any Common Stock equivalents such as convertible preferred stock) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits or similar transactions), and (B) the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders in such transaction is in the form of cash, cash equivalents or freely tradable securities that the Company’s stockholders are able to transfer or sell without restrictions (other than restrictions that may be applicable to employees or executive officers of the Company in their capacities as such and other than restrictions arising under Rule 145 of the Securities Act).

 

Termination Period: If Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason prior to Optionee’s exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, the exercisability of the Option in connection with and following Optionee’s termination of employment shall be governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the Agreement below.

 

II.            AGREEMENT

 

1.             Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

This Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422 (d)), including this Option, become exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, and shall instead be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

3



 

2.             Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

(a)           Right to Exercise .

 

(i)            This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, except as expressly provided in Section (ii) of the Vesting Schedule, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued employment with the Company.

 

(ii)           This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)          In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 below.

 

(iv)          In no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such other form as the Administrator may prescribe). The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and must contain such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.             Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company, but which period shall not, in any event, exceed 270 days) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date

 

4



 

of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)           cash;

 

(b)           check; or

 

(c)           with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)            a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)           surrender of other Shares owned by Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)          surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)          delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

(v)           any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise . If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.             Voluntary Resignation; Good Reason; Termination Without Cause . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, resignation for Good Reason or due to a termination by the Company without Cause (excluding any termination due to Optionee’s death or Disability), (a) if such termination occurs prior to an IPO

 

5



 

and/or due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, the Option shall, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after Optionee’s employment so terminates, (b) if such termination occurs on or after an IPO due to Optionee’s termination by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason (and not due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation), the Option shall remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after the VWAP Determination Date immediately following such termination of employment (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable on such VWAP Determination Date), provided, that in no event shall any portion of the Option remain exercisable beyond the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant. To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 7, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 7, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.             Termination for Cause . If Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Option shall terminate as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, regardless of whether the Option is then vested and/or exercisable with respect to any Shares, and shall not in any event vest or be exercisable thereafter.

 

9.             Disability of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3) (“ Disability ”), to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) and to the extent that the Option may vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such a termination of employment (only if an IPO has occurred prior to such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 9, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 9, the Option shall terminate.

 

10.           Death of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s death, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) and to the extent that the Option may vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such a termination of employment (only if an IPO has occurred prior to such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for six months following the date of death (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. To the extent that the Option has not vested or if the Option is not exercised by a permitted transferee following a termination of employment described in this Section 10, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 10, the Option shall terminate.

 

11.           No Section 280G Gross-Up . Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Employment Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any value attributable under Code Section 280G to this Option or the vesting thereof (a) obligate the Company to make a Gross-Up

 

6



 

Payment (as defined in the Employment Agreement) with respect to any value so attributable, or (b) be included in the denominator for purposes of calculating the “base amount” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 34) that is allocable (in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 38) to any other payments to Optionee that are subject to the Gross-Up Payment, provided, that Optionee’s base amount shall be allocated in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 for all purposes other than the calculation of any Gross-Up Payment, including without limitation, for purposes of determining any excise taxes actually payable in respect of payments to Optionee. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Option or the vesting thereof cause any other payments or benefits provided to Purchaser to become subject to Code Section 280G (due to an increase in the total value of payments made to Purchaser in connection with a transaction), Optionee shall become eligible to receive a Gross-Up Payment with respect to such other payments in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, but the value of the Gross-Up Payment shall not take into consideration (other than for purposes of determining whether Code Section 280G applies) any value attributable under Code Section 280G to the Option or the vesting thereof.

 

12.             Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

13.             Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

14.             Restrictions on Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

15.             Code Section 409A . Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

16.             No Right to Continue as Service Provider . Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

7



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED, EXCEPT TO THE LIMITED EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN SECTION (II) OF THE VESTING SCHEDULE, ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Stock Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Dated:

April 19, 2007

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

Name:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

c/o Demand Media, Inc.

 

 

 

1454 Third St.

 

 

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

8


 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDMENT TO OPTION AGREEMENT

 

RECITALS

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Richard Rosenblatt (the “ Optionee ”) have entered into an Option Agreement dated as of April 19, 2007 (the “ Option Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS, the transferability provisions set forth in the Option Agreement were intended to reflect the provisions set forth in Section 11 of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Section 11 of the Plan has been amended; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Optionee desire to amend the Option Agreement pursuant to this First Amendment to the Option Agreement in light of such amendment to the Plan (the “ Amendment ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by both the Company and the Optionee, the Company and the Optionee hereby amend the Option Agreement as follows:

 

AMENDMENT

 

1.                Section 12 of the Option Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.  The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Optionee may transfer this Option to any one or more Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in the Plan), subject to compliance with and the restrictions set forth in Section 11 of the Plan.   Any Permitted Transferee shall hold the Option subject to all the provisions hereof and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

 

Except as expressly provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Optionee and the Company have executed this Amendment which shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

Name: Shawn Colo

 

 

Its: Secretary

 

2


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO DEMAND MEDIA, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of February 10, 2010 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Richard Rosenblatt (the “ Executive ”). All capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings provided in the Stock Option Agreement, dated April 19, 2007, by and between the Company and the Executive, as amended by the first amendment thereto (the “ Option Agreement ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously entered into the Option Agreement, which sets forth the terms and conditions of a grant to the Executive of certain stock options; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive mutually desire to amend the Option Agreement to change certain vesting terms applicable to the Option.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Executive hereby agree that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, in consideration of the covenants contained herein and other for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Option Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.               The “Term/Expiration Date” set forth in the “Notice of Stock Option Grant” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“Term/Expiration Date: The Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall be April 19, 2013, provided, that (i) if a Liquidity Event (as defined below) shall occur prior to April 19, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later of the thirteen-month anniversary of the consummation of the Liquidity Event or April 19, 2013, and (ii) if an IPO (as defined below) shall occur prior to April 19, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later to occur of (A) the thirteen-month anniversary of the IPO, or (B) April 19, 2013.”

 

2.               Section (ii) of the “Vesting Schedule” and all paragraphs that follow Section (ii) but precede the “Termination Period” provisions set forth in the “Notice of Stock Option Grant” are hereby deleted and replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

“(ii)  If (A) prior to April 19, 2013, the Company engages in an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”), and (B) the average closing price of a share of Common Stock on the primary exchange on which such Common Stock is traded (or, if the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a share of the Common Stock) during any thirty-

 



 

calendar-day period following the IPO (which period may include the date of the IPO) equals or exceeds ten dollars ($10) (appropriately adjusted to reflect Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits and similar transactions), then the Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto on the first calendar day following any such thirty-day period, subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through such vesting date, provided, that if Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason or terminates due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent Disability, the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first date during the twelve-month period immediately following such termination of employment on which the Option would have vested pursuant to this clause (ii) had Optionee remained employed through such date (if any).

 

For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean a Change of Control in which both (A) the total consideration received by the Company’s stockholders (including by way of distribution in the case of an asset sale transaction) is no less than $10 per Share of Common Stock (or, if applicable, per Share of Common Stock underlying any Common Stock equivalents such as convertible preferred stock) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits or similar transactions), and (B) the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders in such transaction is in the form of cash, cash equivalents or freely tradable securities that the Company’s stockholders are able to transfer or sell without restrictions (other than (i) restrictions that may be applicable to employees or executive officers of the Company in their capacities as such, (ii) restrictions arising under Rule 145 of the Securities Act and (iii) restrictions resulting from a contractual lock-up not to exceed 180 days if the total market capitalization of the issuer of the securities to which such lock-up applies (on a post-transaction basis) exceeds $3.0 billion).”

 

3.               Section 7 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“7.           Voluntary Resignation; Good Reason; Termination Without Cause . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, resignation for Good Reason or due to a termination by the Company without Cause (excluding any termination due to Optionee’s death or Disability), (a) if such termination occurs due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, the Option shall, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after Optionee’s employment so terminates (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant), or (b) if such termination occurs due to Optionee’s termination by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason (and not due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation), the Option shall remain exercisable, to the extent vested (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred), through and including the thirteen-month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the

 



 

Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 7, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 7, the Option shall terminate.”

 

4.            Section 9 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“9.           Disability of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22 (e)(3) (“ Disability ”), to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant), provided, that to the extent that the Option has not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates but may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred, the Option shall remain exercisable (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment) through and including the date that is the earlier to occur of (y) the six month anniversary of the date that the Option vests and (z) the thirteen-month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 9, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 9, the Option shall terminate.

 

5.               Section 10 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“10. Death of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s death, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance; provided, that to the extent that the Option has not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates but may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred, the Option shall remain exercisable (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment) by Optionee’s estate (or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance) through and including the date that is the earlier to occur of (y) the six month anniversary of the date that the Option vests and (z) the

 



 

thirteen-month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if the Option is not exercised by a permitted transferee following a termination of employment described in this Section 10, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 10, the Option shall terminate.

 

Except as expressly modified by the terms of this Second Amendment to the Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive agree to the terms of this Second Amendment to the Option Agreement, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

Name: Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

Title: Pres & CFO

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

February 10, 2010

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 


 



Exhibit 10.15

DEMAND MEDIA INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This restricted stock purchase agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made between Richard Rosenblatt (together with any permitted transferee, “ Purchaser ”) and Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as of April 19, 2007 (the “ Grant Date ”), pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan, pursuant to which the Company desires to issue to Purchaser certain shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Restricted Stock ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company hereby grants the Restricted Stock designated in Section 1 below to Purchaser subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth herein. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings provided in the Plan.

 

1.             Grant of Stock; Lapse of Restrictions .

 

(a)           Subject to the Repurchase Option (as defined in Section 2 below) and all other terms, conditions and restrictions contained in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to Purchaser 2,000,000 shares of Restricted Stock (the “ Shares ”). The purchase price to be paid by Purchaser to the Company for the Shares shall be $.0001 per Share. The Shares shall vest and cease to be subject to the Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(b) below (each such Share, which, from time to time, continues to be subject to the Repurchase Option, an “ Unvested Share ”):

 

(b)           The “ Vesting Condition ” shall be waived and deemed satisfied as follows:

 

(i)            If the Company consummates a Liquidity Event (as defined below) on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date, then, upon the first anniversary of the consummation of such a Liquidity Event, subject to Purchaser’s continued employment with the Company through such first anniversary, the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to all Shares subject hereto, provided, that if, within ninety days prior to or within twelve months after the consummation of such a Liquidity Event. Purchaser’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in the employment agreement between Purchaser and the Company, dated April 18, 2006 (the “ Employment Agreement ”)), by Purchaser for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or terminates due to Purchaser’s death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)), the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to all Shares subject hereto immediately prior to any such termination;

 



 

(ii)           If (A) on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date, the Company engages in an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”), and (B) either (1) during any Company fiscal quarter beginning after the expiration of any applicable Market Standoff Period (as defined below) and ending prior to the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date, or (2) if no such Company fiscal quarter meets the requirements of the preceding Section 1(b)(ii)(B)(1), during only the Company fiscal quarter beginning immediately after the expiration of any applicable Market Stand-Off Period (as defined below) (any such period, in either case, a “ Fiscal Quarter ”), the average of the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such Fiscal Quarter (such average, the “ VWAP ”) equals or exceeds the VWAP levels set forth in the table below, then the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite the applicable VWAP levels specified in the table below on the date that the Administrator determines the VWAP for such Fiscal Quarter, but in any event, no later than five business days after the end of any such Fiscal Quarter (each such date, a “ VWAP Determination Date ”), subject to Purchaser’s continued employment with the Company through such VWAP Determination Date, provided, that if, following an IPO occurring on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date, Purchaser’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Purchaser for Good Reason or terminates due to Purchaser’s death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)), the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such termination of employment with respect to that number of Shares, if any, with respect to which the Vesting Condition would have been waived and deemed satisfied on such VWAP Determination Date had Purchaser remained employed with the Company through such date:

 

If, during a Fiscal Quarter, the
Common Stock attains VWAP
of:

 

Then the Vesting Condition shall be
waived and deemed satisfied, on the
applicable VWAP Determination Date
with respect to:

$12 or more*

 

1,500,000 Shares*

$13 or more*

 

500,000 Shares*

 


*Without limiting the generality of Section 14 of the Plan, the amounts set forth in this table shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect common stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits and similar transactions.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company’s Common Stock attains a VWAP during any Fiscal Quarter that satisfies multiple VWAP targets (to the extent that any Shares remain as Unvested Shares and Purchaser remains employed by the Company through the applicable VWAP Determination Date (except as otherwise provided above)), the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to the cumulative Shares subject to the multiple VWAP targets, but shall not, in any event be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to the Shares subject to any particular VWAP target more than once. By way of example and not limitation, if the Common Stock attains VWAP of $14 during the first Fiscal Quarter, then the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to all 2,000,000

 



 

Shares subject hereto on the first VWAP Determination Date, but if the Common Stock attains VWAP of $12 during each of the first two Fiscal Quarters and a VWAP of at least $13 during the third Fiscal Quarter (assuming more than one Fiscal Quarter occurs), the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect (i) 1,500,000 Shares on the first VWAP Determination Date, (ii) no additional Shares on the second VWAP Determination Date, and (iii) an additional 500,000 Shares on the third VWAP Determination Date.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean a Change of Control in which both (A) the total consideration received by the Company’s stockholders (including by way of distribution in the case of an asset sale transaction) is no less than $10 per Share of Common Stock (or, if applicable, per Share of Common Stock underlying any Common Stock equivalents such as convertible preferred stock) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits or similar transactions), and (B) the consideration received by the Company and/or its stockholders in such transaction is in the form of cash, cash equivalents or freely tradable securities that the Company’s stockholders are able to transfer or sell without restrictions (other than restrictions that may be applicable to employees or executive officers of the Company in their capacities as such and other than restrictions arising under Rule 145 of the Securities Act).

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Market Standoff Period ” shall mean any period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act during which Purchaser may not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company under Section 3.11 of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement among the Company and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 27, 2006 (as such agreement may be further amended and restated, the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”) (or under any similar market standoff provisions relating to an IPO contained in any amendment or restatement of the Stockholders’ Agreement).

 

2.             Repurchase Option .

 

(a)           If (i) Purchaser’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason prior to such time as the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to all Shares (after taking into account any acceleration of the Vesting Condition with respect to such Shares), or (ii) the Vesting Condition ceases to be capable of satisfaction with respect to some or all of the Shares due to the passage of time, in either case, the Company shall, for a period of ninety (90) days following the date on which Purchaser’s employment so terminates or the Vesting Condition so ceases to be capable of satisfaction, as applicable, have the right and option to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, any or all Shares that have not satisfied the Vesting Condition as of such applicable date at a per Share purchase price equal to the original per Share purchase price paid by Purchaser (collectively, the “ Repurchase Option ”), provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if, pursuant to Section 1(b)(i) of this Agreement, it becomes possible in connection with a termination of Purchaser’s employment for the Vesting Condition to be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to additional Shares following Purchaser’s termination of employment in connection with the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, then the period during which the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option shall instead begin on the first day after such Liquidity Event and shall continue for a period of ninety (90) days following the first day after such

 



 

Liquidity Event, and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if, pursuant to Section 1(b)(ii) of this Agreement, it becomes possible in connection with a termination of Purchaser’s employment for a VWAP Determination Date to occur after such termination of employment and for the Vesting Condition to be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to additional Shares on such VWAP Determination Date, then the period during which the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option shall instead begin on the first day after such post-termination VWAP Determination Date and shall continue for a period of ninety (90) days following the first day after such post-termination VWAP Determination Date.

 

(b)           The Company may exercise the Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or Purchaser’s legal representative, as the case may be), a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option and setting forth a date for closing not later than sixty (60) days from the mailing of such notice. The closing of any purchase pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall take place at the Company’s office. At such closing, the holder of the certificates of Shares being transferred pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option shall deliver the share certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price specified in Section 2(a), therefor.

 

(c)           At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for any Shares it acquires upon exercise of the Repurchase Option at a bank selected by the Company. The Company shall avail itself of this option by a notice in writing to Purchaser stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

 

3.             Stockholders’ Agreement; Transfer Restrictions; Voting Restrictions . Purchaser hereby agrees that, (a) the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement (in addition to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan) shall apply to the Shares, (b) he shall not, for as long as the Shares remain Unvested Shares, sell, transfer, dispose of, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise encumber the Shares, and (c) he shall, for as long as the Shares remain Unvested Shares, in all matters in which such Shares are eligible to vote, vote such Shares in accordance with the majority vote of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Sponsors (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement) at the time of any such vote. The transfer or sale of any of the Shares shall be subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement and any restrictions imposed under any applicable state or federal securities laws. Any permissible transferee shall hold the Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

 

4.           Escrow .

 

(a)           Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Shares as to which a Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

 

(b)           To insure the availability for delivery of the Shares upon the Company’s exercise of the Repurchase Option, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary of the Company, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent, as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such shares of Restricted Stock, if any, repurchased by the

 



 

Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, the share certificates representing any and all Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank. The share certificates representing the Unvested Shares and the stock assignment shall be held by the Secretary in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit A hereto, until the first to occur of (i) the Company’s exercise of its Repurchase Option with respect to any such Shares, (ii) the date on which such Shares cease to be Unvested Shares, or (iii) this Agreement ceasing to be in effect. Promptly following the date on which any Shares cease to be Unvested Shares, the escrow agent shall deliver to Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the escrow agent’s possession belonging to Purchaser, and the escrow agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, that the escrow agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)           The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

5.           Rights as Stockholder . Except as otherwise provided herein, upon delivery of the Shares to the escrow holder pursuant to Section 4, Purchaser shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the Repurchase Option and any other restrictions herein, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

 

6.           No Section 280G Gross-Up . Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Employment Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any value attributable under Code Section 280G to the Shares or the satisfaction of the Vesting Condition (a) obligate the Company to make a Gross-Up Payment (as defined in the Employment Agreement) with respect to any value so attributable, or (b) be included in the denominator for purposes of calculating the “base amount” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 34) that is allocable (in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 38) to any other payments to Purchaser that are subject to the Gross-Up Payment, provided, that Purchaser’s base amount shall be allocated in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 for all purposes other than the calculation of any Gross-Up Payment, including without limitation, for purposes of determining any excise taxes actually payable in respect of payments to Purchaser. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Shares or the satisfaction of the Vesting Condition cause any other payments or benefits provided to Purchaser to become subject to Code Section 280G (due to an increase in the total value of payments made to Purchaser in connection with a transaction). Purchaser shall become eligible to receive a Gross-Up Payment with respect to such other payments in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, but the value of the Gross-Up Payment shall not take into consideration (other than for purposes of determining whether Code Section 280G applies) any value attributable under Code Section 280G to the Shares or the satisfaction of the Vesting Condition.

 

7.             Legends . The share certificate(s) evidencing the Restricted Stock issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend, or such other legend as the Company

 



 

may deem necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws and/or the Stockholders’ Agreement):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS, RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND/OR A STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH REPURCHASE RIGHTS, TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

8.           Securities Law Representations . Purchaser shall, as a condition to and concurrently with this grant of Restricted Stock, deliver to the Company its Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

9.           Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

 

10.         Tax Representations . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that no action or representation by the Company shall be construed as the giving of tax advice and Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. Purchaser understands that Purchaser will recognize ordinary income for federal income tax purposes under Section 83 of the Code as and when the restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 2(a) above. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed for

 



 

federal income tax purposes at the time the Shares are purchased rather than as and when the Repurchase Option lapses by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase. A form of election under Section 83(b) of the Code is attached to the Grant Notice as Exhibit C . PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO TIMELY FILE THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

 

11.           Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement (including any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement) shall be construed, interpreted and the rights of the parties determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to any choice of law provisions thereof that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California, Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

12.           No Right to Continue as Service Provider . Nothing in the Plan or in this Agreement shall confer upon Purchaser any right to continue as a Service Provider, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Purchaser at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between Purchaser and the Company.

 

13.           Conformity to Securities Laws . Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be administered, and the Shares are to be issued, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 



 

Purchaser represents that he has read this Agreement and the Plan and is familiar with their terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

 

April 19, 2007

 

Corporate Secretary

Demand Media, Inc.

1454 Third Street Promenade

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Dear Shawn:

 

As Escrow Agent for both Demand Media, Inc. (together with any assignee of the “ Company ”) and the undersigned purchaser of common stock of the Company (“ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between the Company and Purchaser, dated April 19, 2007 in accordance with the following instructions (all capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings provided in the Agreement):

 

1.             In the event the Company exercises a Repurchase Option as provided in the Agreement, the Company shall give to you and Purchaser a written notice specifying the number of Shares to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company, Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

 

2.             At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of Shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the Shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s Repurchase Option.

 

3.             Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing Shares to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said Shares. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the Shares are held by you.

 



 

4.             Following each date on which any Shares cease to be Unvested Shares, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement that cease to be subject to a Company Repurchase Option.

 

5.             If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 

6.             Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7.             You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

8.             You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

 

9.             You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

 

10.           You shall not be liable for the expiration of any rights under any applicable state, federal or local statute of limitations or similar statute or regulation with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

 

11.           You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

 

12.           Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

13.           If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these

 



 

Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

14.           It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

15.           Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

COMPANY:

Demand Media, Inc.

 

1454 Third Street Promenade

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 

PURCHASER:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

1454 Third Street Promenade

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 

ESCROW AGENT:

Corporate Secretary

 

Demand Media, Inc.

 

1454 Third Street Promenade

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

16.           By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

 

17.           This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 



 

18.           These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

Name: Shawn Colo

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Escrow Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

Name: Shawn Colo

 

 

Title: Secretary

 



 

EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER

:

RICHARD ROSENBLATT

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

2,000,000 SHARES

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed securities (the “ Securities ”), the undersigned Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

1.                Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Purchaser is acquiring these Securities for investment for Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

2.                Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein. Purchaser further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

3.                Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is

 



 

defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144 (e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

4.                In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of purchase of the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two (2) years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

5.                Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Purchaser understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

6.                Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

Signature of Purchaser:

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

 

Date: April 19, 2007

 

 


 

EXHIBIT C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

These instructions provide guidelines for individuals who wish to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (an “ Election ”), with respect to restricted shares of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) common stock, par value $0.0001 (the “ Shares ”), granted under the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). To make an effective Election, Participants (as defined in the Plan) must file an executed original of the Election Form and cover letter (each attached) with the Internal Revenue Service not later than 30 days after the grant date of any Shares. The steps outlined below should be followed to ensure that the Election is mailed and filed correctly and in a timely manner.

 

Please Note :

 

·                  Filing an Election is not required of any Participant and will result in immediate taxation with respect to any Shares covered by such Election.

 

·                  There is no remedy for failure to file an Election on time.

 

·                  Elections are irrevocable.

 

·                  Any Participant contemplating an Election should consult with a personal tax advisor as to whether such Election will be in the Participant’s best interests in light of such Participant’s personal tax situation.

 

In order to make an Election, Participants must :

 

1.               Complete the Election Form and make four (4) copies of the signed Election Form. Married Participants should include the signature of their spouses on the Election Form as well.

 

2.               Prepare a cover letter to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

3.               Send the cover letter with the originally executed Election Form and one (1) copy via certified mail, return receipt requested to the Internal Revenue Service at the address where the Participant files personal tax returns. Participants should have the package date-stamped at the post office. The post office should provide a certified receipt that includes a dated postmark. Participants should enclose a self-addressed, stamped envelope with the filing so that the Internal Revenue Service may return a date-stamped copy of the filing. However, the postmarked receipt should be sufficient proof of a timely Election if, for any reason, the Participant does not receive confirmation from the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.               Send one copy of the Election Form and cover letter to the Company for its records and attach one copy to the Participant’s federal income tax return for the applicable calendar year.

 

5.               Retain the Internal Revenue Service file stamped copy (when returned) for the Participant’s records.

 



 

ATTACHMENT I

 

ELECTION FORM

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of shares (the “ Shares ”) of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”). A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

 

1.             The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned taxpayer are :

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

[Address]

 

SSN:  [     ]

 

[The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the Taxpayer’s spouse are:

 

[Name]

 

[Address]

 

SSN:                             ]

 

2.                                        Description of the property with respect to which the election is being made :

 

[NUMBER] shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company. The date on which the property was transferred was April [   ], 2007. The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 2007.

 

3.                                        Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject :

 

The Shares are subject to repurchase at their original purchase price if unvested as of the date that taxpayer ceases to be an employee of the Company or performance targets cease to be attainable by their terms.

 

4.             Fair market value of shares :

 

The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restrictions, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(a)) of the Shares was $.0001 per Share. The taxpayer did not pay any amount for the Shares, rather they were granted in respect of future services.

 

E-1-16



 

 

Dated: April [   ], 2007

 

Taxpayer Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

[The undersigned spouse of Taxpayer joins in this election. (Complete if applicable).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: April [   ], 2007

 

Spouse’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

]

 

Signature(s) Notarized by:

[                    ]

 



 

ATTACHMENT 2

 

COVER LETTER TO INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
April [   ], 2007

 

VIA CERTIFIED MAIL
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

 

Internal Revenue Service

[Address where taxpayer files returns]

 

Re:

 

Election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986

 

 

Taxpayer: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Taxpayer’s Social Security Number:

 

 

 

[Taxpayer’s Spouse:

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Spouse’s Social Security Number:

]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Enclosed please find an original and one copy of an Election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, being made by the taxpayer referenced above. Please acknowledge receipt of the enclosed materials by stamping the enclosed copy of the Election and returning it to me in the self-addressed stamped envelope provided herewith.

 

 

Very Truly Yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Enclosures

 

 

 

cc:      Demand Media, Inc.

 

 



 

 

 

Demand Media, Inc.

Confirmation of Exercise

 

ID: 20-4731239

 

 

1333 Second St, Ste 100

 

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

15957 Asilomar Blvd

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pacific Palisades, CA 90272

 

 

 

SSN: 558-35-1874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Number

 

00000026

 

Date of Exercise

 

4/19/2007

 

Option Date

 

4/19/2007

 

Shares Exercised

 

2,000,000

 

Option Type

 

RSP

 

Market Value per Share

 

$

1.0000

 

Plan

 

06-R

 

Option Price per Share

 

$

0.0000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation of Gain

 

 

 

Calculation of Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market Value

$

2,000,000.00

 

 

Taxable Gain $

 

Rate %

 

Amount $

 

Option Price

$

0.00

 

Medicare

2,000,000.00

 

1.450

 

29,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gain

$

2,000,000.00

 

Total Tax

 

 

 

 

29,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds Required

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Option Price

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

Total Tax

 

$

29,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Due Company

 

$

29,000.00

 

 

TRANSFER AGENT INSTRUCT IONS
Registration:
Richard Rosenblatt

 

APPROVED BY:

 

 

 

 

 

ACCOUNTING USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

Option Check Attached

 

15957 Asilomar Blvd

 

 

 

Tax Check Attached

 

Pacific Palisades CA 90272

 

 

 

Check Issued/Received

 

 

 

 

 

Forwarded To Cashier

/           /

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acct. #

 

 

 

Shares Issued

 

SSN:

 

558-35-1874

 

Shares Cancelled

 

Cert:

 

1 x 2000000

 

Adjustment to

 

Deliver:

 

 

 

Capital Stock

 

Control No:

 

 

 

 

 

Confirm Date:

 

10/8/2007

 

PAYROLL USE ONLY

 

Rule 144 Status:

 

 

 

Voucher Processed

/           /

 

Date: 12/20/2007

Time: 6:47:23PM

 

1



 

ELECTION UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 83(b)

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of shares (the “ Shares ”) of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”). A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

 

1.           The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned taxpayer are :

 

RICHARD M. ROSENBLATT

15957 ASILOMAR BLVD.

PACIFIC PALISADES, CA 90272

 

SSN: 558-35-1874

 

The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the Taxpayer’s spouse are (complete if applicable):

 

LISA ROSENBLATT

15957 ASILOMAR BLVD.

PACIFIC PALISADES, CA 90272

 

SSN: 564-51-3253

 

2.           Description of the property with respect to which the election is being made :

 

Two Million (2,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company. The date on which the property was transferred was April 19, 2007. The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 2007.

 

3.            Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject :

 

The Shares are subject to repurchase at their original purchase price if unvested as of the date that taxpayer ceases to be an employee of the Company or performance targets cease to be attainable by their terms.

 

4.            Fair market value of shares :

 

The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restrictions, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(a)) of the Shares was $1.00 per Share. The taxpayer did not pay any amount for the Shares, rather they were granted in respect of future services.

 

RECEIVED

 

 

 

1249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MAY 20 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

 

 

 

FRESNO, CA

 

 

 

 



 

Dated: April 19, 2007

Taxpayer Signature

/s/ Richard M. Rosenblatt

 

 

RICHARD M. ROSENBLATT

 

The undersigned spouse of Taxpayer joins in this election. (Complete if applicable).

 

Dated: April 19, 2007

Spouse’s Signature

/s/Lisa Rosenblatt

 

 

LISA ROSENBLATT

 

Signature(s) Notarized by:    

/s/ Sukari Blount

 

 

 


 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

ROSENBLATT RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

APRIL 27, 2007

 

RECITALS

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Richard Rosenblatt (the “ Executive ”) have entered into a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 19, 2007 (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS, the transferability provisions set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement were intended to reflect the provisions set forth in Section 11 of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Section 11 of the Plan has been amended; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend the Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to this First Amendment to the Restricted Stock Agreement in light of such amendment to the Plan (the “ Amendment ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by both the Company and the Executive, the Company and the Executive hereby amend the Restricted Stock Agreement as follows:

 

AMENDMENT

 

1.                Section 3 of the Restricted Stock Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

Stockholders’ Agreement; Transfer Restrictions .  Purchaser hereby agrees that, (a) the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement (in addition to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan) shall apply to the Shares, (b) he shall not, for as long as the Shares remain Unvested Shares, sell, transfer, dispose of, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise encumber the Shares, and (c) he shall, for as long as the Shares remain Unvested Shares, in all matters in which such Shares are eligible to vote, vote such Shares in accordance with the majority vote of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Sponsors (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement) at the time of any such vote.  The transfer or sale of any of the Shares shall be subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement and any restrictions imposed under any applicable state or federal securities laws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser may transfer any Shares to any one or more Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in the Plan), subject to compliance with and the restrictions set forth in Section 11 of

 



 

the Plan.   Any Permitted Transferee shall hold the Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

 

Except as expressly provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Executive and the Company have executed this Amendment which shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

Name: Shawn Colo

 

 

Its: Secretary

 

3


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO DEMAND MEDIA, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of February 10, 2010 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), is entered into by and between Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Richard Rosenblatt (the “Executive”). All capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings provided in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April [  ], 2007, by and between the Company and the Executive, as amended by the first amendment thereto (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously entered into the Restricted Stock Agreement, which sets forth the terms and conditions of a grant to the Executive of certain shares of Restricted Stock; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive mutually desire to amend the Restricted Stock Agreement to change certain vesting terms applicable to the Restricted Stock.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Executive hereby agree that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, in consideration of the covenants contained herein and other for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.              Section 1(b)(ii) of the Restricted Stock Agreement and all paragraphs that follow Section 1(b)(ii) but precede Section 2 of the Restricted Stock Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

“(ii) If, on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date, the Company engages in an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”) and, during any period of thirty consecutive calendar days following the IPO and preceding the later to occur of the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date or the first anniversary of the IPO (which period may include the date of the IPO and/or either such anniversary), the average closing price of a share of Common Stock on the primary exchange on which such Common Stock is traded (or, if the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a share of the Common Stock on each day during any such thirty-day period) equals or exceeds ten dollars ($10) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits and similar transactions), then the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to all Shares subject hereto as of the first calendar day following such thirty-day period, subject to Purchaser’s continued employment with the Company through such vesting date, provided, that if Purchaser’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Purchaser for Good Reason or terminates due to Purchaser’s death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)), the Vesting Condition shall be waived and

 



 

deemed satisfied on the first date during the twelve-month period immediately following such termination of employment on which the Vesting Condition would have been waived and deemed satisfied pursuant to this clause (ii) had Purchaser remained employed through such date (if any).

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean a Change of Control in which both (A) the total consideration received by the Company’s stockholders (including by way of distribution in the case of an asset sale transaction) is no less than $10 per Share of Common Stock (or, if applicable, per Share of Common Stock underlying any Common Stock equivalents such as convertible preferred stock) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits or similar transactions), and (B) the consideration received by the Company and/or its stockholders in such transaction is in the form of cash, cash equivalents or freely tradable securities that the Company’s stockholders are able to transfer or sell without restrictions (other than (i) restrictions that may be applicable to employees or executive officers of the Company in their capacities as such, (ii) restrictions arising under Rule 145 of the Securities Act and (iii) restrictions resulting from a contractual lock-up not to exceed 180 days if the total market capitalization of the issuer of the securities to which such lock-up applies exceeds $3.0 billion).”

 

2.              Section 2(a) of the Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“If (i) Purchaser’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason prior to such time as the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to all Shares (after taking into account any waiver and satisfaction of the Vesting Condition with respect to such Shares resulting from such termination), or (ii) the Vesting Condition ceases to be capable of satisfaction with respect to some or all of the Shares due to the passage of time, in either case, the Company shall, during the applicable Repurchase Period (as defined below), have the right and option to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, any or all Shares that have not satisfied the Vesting Condition as of the commencement of the applicable Repurchase Period at a per Share purchase price equal to the original per Share purchase price paid by Purchaser (collectively, the “ Repurchase Option ”). For the avoidance of doubt, if the Vesting Condition is waived or deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the applicable Repurchase Period (including any waiver or satisfaction of the Vesting Condition that may occur following a termination of employment under the circumstances set forth in this Agreement), then the Repurchase Option shall not apply to Shares with respect to which the Vesting Condition has been waived and deemed satisfied. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Repurchase Period ” shall have the following meanings:

 

(A) if Purchaser remains employed through the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date and no IPO or Liquidity Event occurs (on or prior to such sixth anniversary), Repurchase Period means the ninety-day period commencing on such sixth anniversary;

 

(B) if Purchaser terminates his employment voluntarily without Good Reason or is terminated by the Company for Cause, Repurchase Period means the ninety-day period commencing on the date of such termination;

 



 

(C) if Purchaser’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, by Purchaser with Good Reason or due to Purchaser’s death or Disability, in any case, prior to each of the occurrence of an IPO, a Liquidity Event and the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date, Repurchase Period means the ninety-day period commencing on the first anniversary of the date of such termination (for the avoidance of doubt, the Vesting Condition shall not be waived and deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 1(b)(i) above with respect to a Liquidity Event occurring more than ninety days after such termination);

 

(D) if Purchaser’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, by Purchaser with Good Reason or due to Purchaser’s death or Disability, in any case, (i) prior to the occurrence of a Liquidity Event and (ii) after the occurrence of an IPO, Repurchase Period means the ninety-day period commencing on the first anniversary of the date of such termination (for the avoidance of doubt, the Vesting Condition shall not be waived and deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 1(b)(i) above with respect to a Liquidity Event occurring more than ninety days after such termination), provided, that if a termination otherwise described in this clause (D) occurs after the sixth anniversary of the Grant Date, then Repurchase Period means the ninety-day period commencing on the first anniversary of the IPO.

 

Except as expressly modified by the terms of this Second Amendment to the Restricted Stock Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive agree to the terms of this Second Amendment to the Restricted Stock Agreement, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

 

Name:

Charles Hilliard

 

 

Title:

PRES & CFO

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

February 10, 2010

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

Charles Hilliard

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

June 1, 2007

 

 

Date of Grant:

June 1, 2007

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$1.00

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

750,000 Shares

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$ 750,000

 

 

Type of Option:

Incentive Stock Option

 

Term/Expiration Date: The Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall be June 1, 2013, provided, that (i) if a Liquidity Event (as defined below) shall occur prior to June 1, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later of the thirteen-month anniversary of the consummation of the Liquidity Event or June 1, 2013, and (ii) if an IPO (as defined below) shall occur prior to June 1, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later to occur of (A) the thirtieth day following the VWAP Determination Date (as defined below) applicable to the first Fiscal Quarter (as defined below) immediately after the expiration of any applicable Market Standoff Period (as defined in Section 4, below), or (B) June 1, 2013.

 

Vesting Schedule: This Option shall vest and become exercisable as follows:

 

(i)                If a Liquidity Event occurs prior to June 1, 2013, subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through the first anniversary of the consummation of such Liquidity Event, this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto on the first anniversary of such Liquidity Event, provided, that if, within ninety days prior to or within twelve months after the consummation of a Liquidity Event, Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in the employment agreement between the Company and Optionee, dated May 9, 2007 (the “ Employment Agreement ”)), by Optionee for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or terminates due to Optionee’s death or Disability (as

 



 

defined below), this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto immediately prior to any such termination;

 

(ii)               If (a) prior to June 1, 2013, the Company engages in an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”), and (b) either (1) during any Company fiscal quarter beginning after the expiration of any applicable Market Stand-Off Period and ending prior to June 1, 2013 or (2) if no such Company fiscal quarter meets the requirements of the preceding Section (ii)(b)(1), during only the Company fiscal quarter beginning immediately after the expiration of any applicable Market Standoff Period (any such period, in either case, a “ Fiscal Quarter ”), the average of the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such Fiscal Quarter (such average, the “ VWAP ”) equals or exceeds the VWAP levels set forth in the table below, then this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite the applicable VWAP levels specified in the table below on the date that the Administrator determines the VWAP for such Fiscal Quarter, but in any event, no later than five business days after the end of any such Fiscal Quarter (each such date, a “ VWAP Determination Date ”), subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through such VWAP Determination Date, provided, that if, following an IPO occurring on or prior to June 1, 2013, Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason or terminates due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent Disability, this Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such termination of employment, if any, with respect to that number of Shares, if any, with respect to which this Option would have vested on such VWAP Determination Date had Optionee remained employed with the Company through such date:

 

If, during a Fiscal Quarter, the
Common Stock attains VWAP of:

 

Then this Option shall vest and become
exercisable, on the applicable VWAP
Determination Date, with respect to:

$ 12 or more*

 

250,000 Shares*

$ 13 or more*

 

250,000 Shares*

$ 14 or more*

 

250,000 Shares*

 


* Without limiting the generality of Section 14 of the Plan, the amounts set forth in this table shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect common stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits and similar transactions.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company’s Common Stock attains a VWAP during any Fiscal Quarter that satisfies multiple VWAP targets (to the extent that this Option remains unvested and Optionee remains employed by the Company through the applicable VWAP Determination Date (except as otherwise provided above)), this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to the cumulative Shares subject to the multiple VWAP targets, but shall not, in any event vest and become exercisable with

 

2



 

respect to the Shares subject to any particular VWAP target more than once. By way of example and not limitation, if the Common Stock attains VWAP of $14 during the first Fiscal Quarter, then this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all 750,000 Shares subject hereto on the first VWAP Determination Date, but if the Common Stock attains VWAP of $13 during each of the first two Fiscal Quarters and a VWAP of at least $14 during the third Fiscal Quarter (assuming more than one Fiscal Quarter occurs), this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to (i) 500,000 Shares on the first VWAP Determination Date, (ii) no additional Shares on the second VWAP Determination Date, and (iii) an additional 250,000 Shares on the third VWAP Determination Date.

 

For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean a Change of Control in which both (A) the total consideration received by the Company’s stockholders (including by way of distribution in the case of an asset sale transaction) is no less than $10 per Share of Common Stock (or, if applicable, per Share of Common Stock underlying any Common Stock equivalents such as convertible preferred stock) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits or similar transactions), and (B) the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders in such transaction is in the form of cash, cash equivalents or freely tradable securities that the Company’s stockholders are able to transfer or sell without restrictions (other than restrictions that may be applicable to employees or executive officers of the Company in their capacities as such and other than restrictions arising under Rule 145 of the Securities Act).

 

Termination Period: If Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason prior to Optionee’s exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, the exercisability of the Option in connection with and following Optionee’s termination of employment shall be governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the Agreement below.

 

II.            AGREEMENT

 

1.             Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

This Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including this Option, become exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, and shall instead be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

3



 

2.             Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

(a)           Right to Exercise .

 

(i)            This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, except as expressly provided in Section (ii) of the Vesting Schedule, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued employment with the Company.

 

(ii)           This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)          In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 below.

 

(iv)          In no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such other form as the Administrator may prescribe). The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and must contain such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.             Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company, but which period shall not, in any event, exceed 270 days) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date

 

4



 

of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)           cash;

 

(b)           check; or

 

(c)           with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)            a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)           surrender of other Shares owned by Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)          surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)          delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

(v)           any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise . If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.             Voluntary Resignation; Good Reason; Termination Without Cause . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, resignation for Good Reason or due to a termination by the Company without Cause (excluding any termination due to Optionee’s death or Disability), (a) if such termination occurs prior to an IPO

 

5



 

and/or due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, the Option shall, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after Optionee’s employment so terminates, (b) if such termination occurs on or after an IPO due to Optionee’s termination by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason (and not due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation), the Option shall remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after the VWAP Determination Date immediately following such termination of employment (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable on such VWAP Determination Date), provided, that in no event shall any portion of the Option remain exercisable beyond the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant. To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 7, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 7, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.             Termination for Cause . If Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Option shall terminate as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, regardless of whether the Option is then vested and/or exercisable with respect to any Shares, and shall not in any event vest or be exercisable thereafter.

 

9.             Disability of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3) (“ Disability ”), to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) and to the extent that the Option may vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such a termination of employment (only if an IPO has occurred prior to such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 9, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 9, the Option shall terminate.

 

10.           Death of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s death, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) and to the extent that the Option may vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such a termination of employment (only if an IPO has occurred prior to such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for six months following the date of death (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. To the extent that the Option has not vested or if the Option is not exercised by a permitted transferee following a termination of employment described in this Section 10, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 10, the Option shall terminate.

 

11.           No Section 280G Gross-Up . Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Employment Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any value attributable under Code Section 280G to this Option or the vesting thereof (a) obligate the Company to make a Gross-Up

 

6



 

Payment (as defined in the Employment Agreement) with respect to any value so attributable, or (b) be included in the denominator for purposes of calculating the “base amount” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 34) that is allocable (in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 38) to any other payments to Optionee that are subject to the Gross-Up Payment, provided, that Optionee’s base amount shall be allocated in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G- I for all purposes other than the calculation of any Gross-Up Payment, including without limitation, for purposes of determining any excise taxes actually payable in respect of payments to Optionee. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Option or the vesting thereof cause any other payments or benefits provided to Purchaser to become subject to Code Section 280G (due to an increase in the total value of payments made to Purchaser in connection with a transaction), Optionee shall become eligible to receive a Gross-Up Payment with respect to such other payments in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, but the value of the Gross-Up Payment shall not take into consideration (other than for purposes of determining whether Code Section 280G applies) any value attributable under Code Section 280G to the Option or the vesting thereof.

 

12.           Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

13.           Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

14.           Restrictions on Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

15.           Code Section 409A . Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

16.           No Right to Continue as Service Provider . Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

7



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

Title:

Chairman and CEO

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED, EXCEPT TO THE LIMITED EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN SECTION (II) OF THE VESTING SCHEDULE, ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Stock Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

 

Dated: June 1, 2006

By:

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

Name:

Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

c/o Demand Media, Inc.

 

1454 Third St.

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

8


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO DEMAND MEDIA, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT , dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Charles Hilliard (the “ Executive ”). All capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings provided in the Stock Option Agreement, dated June 1, 2007, by and between the Company and the Executive (the “ Option Agreement ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive previously entered into the Option Agreement, which sets forth the terms and conditions of a grant to the Executive of certain stock options; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive mutually desire to amend the Option Agreement to change certain vesting terms applicable to the Option.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the Company and the Executive hereby agree that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, in consideration of the covenants contained herein and other for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Option Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.    The “ Term/Expiration Date ” set forth in the “Notice of Stock Option Grant” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

Term/Expiration Date: The Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall be June 1, 2013, provided, that (i) if a Liquidity Event (as defined below) shall occur prior to June 1, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later of the thirteen-month anniversary of the consummation of the Liquidity Event or June 1, 2013, and (ii) if an IPO (as defined below) shall occur prior to June 1, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later to occur of (A) the thirteen-month anniversary of the IPO, or (B) June 1, 2013.”

 

2.     Section (ii) of the “ Vesting Schedule ” and all paragraphs that follow Section (ii) but precede the “ Termination Period ” provisions set forth in the “Notice of Stock Option Grant” are hereby deleted and replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

“(ii)                 If (A) prior to June 1, 2013, the Company engages in an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”), and (B) the average closing price of a share of Common Stock on the primary exchange on which such Common Stock is traded (or, if the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a share of the Common Stock) during any thirty-calendar-day period following the IPO (which period may include the date of the IPO) equals

 



 

or exceeds ten dollars ($10) (appropriately adjusted to reflect Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits and similar transactions), then the Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto on the first calendar day following any such thirty-day period, subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through such vesting date, provided, that if Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason or terminates due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent Disability, the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first date during the twelve-month period immediately following such termination of employment on which the Option would have vested pursuant to this clause (ii) had Optionee remained employed through such date (if any).

 

For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean a Change of Control in which both (A) the total consideration received by the Company’s stockholders (including by way of distribution in the case of an asset sale transaction) is no less than $10 per Share of Common Stock (or, if applicable, per Share of Common Stock underlying any Common Stock equivalents such as convertible preferred stock) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits or similar transactions), and (B) the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders in such transaction is in the form of cash, cash equivalents or freely tradable securities that the Company’s stockholders are able to transfer or sell without restrictions (other than (i) restrictions that may be applicable to employees or executive officers of the Company in their capacities as such, (ii) restrictions arising under Rule 145 of the Securities Act and (iii) restrictions resulting from a contractual lock-up not to exceed 180 days if the total market capitalization of the issuer of the securities to which such lock-up applies (on a post-transaction basis) exceeds $3.0 billion.”

 

3.     Section 7 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“7.           Voluntary Resignation; Good Reason; Termination Without Cause . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, resignation for Good Reason or due to a termination by the Company without Cause (excluding any termination due to Optionee’s death or Disability), (a) if such termination occurs due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, the Option shall, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after Optionee’s employment so terminates (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant) or (b) if such termination occurs due to Optionee’s termination by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason (and not due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation), the Option shall remain exercisable, to the extent vested (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred), through and including the thirteen- month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has

 



 

not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 7, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 7, the Option shall terminate.”

 

4.    Section 9 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“9.           Disability of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3) (“ Disability ”), to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant), provided, that to the extent that the Option has not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates but may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred, the Option shall remain exercisable (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment) through and including the date that is the earlier to occur of (y) the six month anniversary of the date that the Option vests and (z) the thirteen-month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 9, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 9, the Option shall terminate.

 

5.    Section 10 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“10. Death of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s death, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance; provided, that to the extent that the Option has not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates but may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred, the Option shall remain exercisable (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment) by Optionee’s estate (or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance) through and including the date that is the earlier to occur of (y) the six month anniversary of the date that the Option vests and (z) the thirteen-month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the

 



 

Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if the Option is not exercised by a permitted transferee following a termination of employment described in this Section 10, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 10, the Option shall terminate.

 

Except as expressly modified by the terms of this First Amendment to the Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive agree to the terms of this First Amendment to the Option Agreement, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

February 9, 2010

Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

DEMAND MEDIA INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This restricted stock purchase agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made between Charles Hilliard (together with any permitted transferee, “ Purchaser ”) and Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as of June 1, 2007, pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan, pursuant to which the Company desires to issue to Purchaser certain shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Restricted Stock ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company hereby grants the Restricted Stock designated in Section 1 below to Purchaser subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth herein. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings provided in the Plan.

 

1.             Grant of Stock; Lapse of Restrictions .

 

(a)                      Subject to the Repurchase Option (as defined in Section 2 below) and all other terms, conditions and restrictions contained in this Agreement and the Plan and Purchaser’s execution of a joinder to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement among the Company and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 27, 2006 (as may be amended from time to time, the “Stockholders’ Agreement ”), the Company hereby grants to Purchaser 1,750,000 shares of Restricted Stock (the “ Shares ”). The purchase price to be paid by Purchaser to the Company for the Shares shall be $.0001 per Share. The Shares shall vest and cease to be subject to the Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of Section l(b) below (each such Share, which, from time to time, continues to be subject to the Repurchase Option, an “ Unvested Share ”):

 

(b)                     The “ Vesting Condition ” shall be waived and deemed satisfied (i) upon grant with respect to 127,604 Shares, (ii) with respect to 36,458 Shares, on each monthly anniversary of the Start Date (as defined in the employment agreement, dated May 9, 2007, between Purchaser and the Company (the “ Employment Agreement ”)) until February 1, 2011 and (iii) with respect to the remaining 18,244 Shares, on February 15, 2011, provided that Purchaser continues to be a Service Provider on each such date, provided further , that (i) if Purchaser’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement), by Purchaser for Good Reason (as defined in the

 



 

Employment Agreement) or due to Purchaser’s death or Disability (as defined in the Employment Agreement), then the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to four hundred thirty-seven thousand, five hundred (437,500) Shares immediately prior to any such termination, and (ii) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Vesting Date (as defined in the Employment Agreement), the Vesting Condition shall be waived and deemed satisfied with respect to all of the Shares immediately prior to such Change of Control Vesting Date, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Subject Transaction (as defined in the Employment Agreement) that is consummated within 6 months of the Start Date constitutes a Change of Control and results in the accelerated vesting and lapsing of restrictions applicable to less than all of the shares granted under the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and Richard Rosenblatt, dated April 18, 2006 (the “ Founder’s Grant ”), then the Vesting Condition shall instead be waived and deemed satisfied on the Change of Control Vesting Date with respect to a number of Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Change of Control Vesting Date, times (B) a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of shares that vest and cease to be subject to restrictions under the Founder’s Grant as a result of such Change of Control, and the denominator of which equals the number of shares that remained unvested under the Founder’s Grant immediately prior to such accelerated vesting (each date on which the Vesting Condition is waived and deemed satisfied in accordance with this Section 1(b), a “ Vesting Date ”).

 

2.             Repurchase Option .

 

(a)                      If Purchaser’s employment terminates for any reason prior to such time as the Vesting Condition shall be satisfied with respect to all Shares (after taking into account any acceleration of the Vesting Condition with respect to such Shares), the Company shall, for a period of ninety (90) days following the earlier to occur of (i) the six-month anniversary of the date on which Purchaser’s employment terminates, or (ii) the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement), have the right and option to purchase from Purchaser or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, any or all Shares that have not satisfied the Vesting Condition as of such applicable date at a per Share purchase price equal to the original per Share purchase price paid by Purchaser (collectively, the “ Repurchase Option ”).

 

2



 

(b)                     The Company may exercise the Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or Purchaser’s legal representative, as the case may be), a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option and setting forth a date for closing not later than sixty (60) days from the mailing of such notice. The closing of any purchase pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall take place at the Company’s office. At such closing, the holder of the certificates of Shares being transferred pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option shall deliver the share certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price specified in Section 2(a) therefor.

 

(c)                      At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for any Shares it acquires upon exercise of the Repurchase Option at a bank selected by the Company. The Company shall avail itself of this option by a notice in writing to Purchaser stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

 

3.             Stockholders’ Agreement; Transfer Restrictions . Purchaser hereby agrees that, as a condition to the purchase of the Shares, (i) he shall execute and be bound by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement (in addition to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan), and (ii) he shall not, for as long as the Shares remain Unvested Shares, sell, transfer, dispose of, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise encumber the Shares. The transfer or sale of any of the Shares shall further be subject to any restrictions imposed under any applicable state or federal securities laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser may transfer any Shares to any one or more Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in the Plan), subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 11 of the Plan. Any Permitted Transferee shall hold the Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

 

4.             Escrow .

 

(a)                      Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Shares as to which a Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

 

(b)                     To insure the availability for delivery of the Shares upon the Company’s exercise of the Repurchase Option, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary of the Company, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent, as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such shares of Restricted Stock, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, the share certificates representing any and all Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank. The share certificates

 

3



 

representing the Unvested Shares and the stock assignment shall be held by the Secretary in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit A hereto, until the first to occur of (i) the Company’s exercise of its Repurchase Option with respect to any such Shares, (ii) the date on which such Shares cease to be Unvested Shares, or (iii) this Agreement ceasing to be in effect. Promptly following the date on which any Shares cease to be Unvested Shares, the escrow agent shall deliver to Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the escrow agent’s possession belonging to Purchaser, and the escrow agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided , that the escrow agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                      The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

5.             Rights as Stockholder . Except as otherwise provided herein, upon delivery of the Shares to the escrow holder pursuant to Section 4, Purchaser shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the Repurchase Option and any other restrictions herein, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

 

6.             Legends . The share certificate(s) evidencing the Restricted Stock issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend, or such other legend as the Company may deem necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE ACT ) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS, RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK

 

4



 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND/OR A STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH REPURCHASE RIGHTS, TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

7.             Securities Law Representations . Purchaser shall, as a condition to and concurrently with this grant of Restricted Stock, deliver to the Company its Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

8.             Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

 

9.             Tax Representations . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that no action or representation by the Company shall be construed as the giving of tax advice and Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. Purchaser understands that Purchaser will recognize ordinary income for federal income tax purposes under Section 83 of the Code as and when the restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 2(a) above. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed for federal income tax purposes at the time the Shares are purchased rather than as and when the Repurchase Option lapses by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase. A form of election under Section 83(b) of the Code is attached to the Grant Notice as Exhibit C . PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO TIMELY FILE THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

 

10.           Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement (including any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement) shall be construed, interpreted and the rights of the parties determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to any choice of law provisions thereof that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

11.           No Right to Continue as Service Provider . Nothing in the Plan or in this Agreement shall confer upon Purchaser any right to continue as a Service Provider, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Purchaser at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause,

 

5



 

except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between Purchaser and the Company.

 

12.           Conformity to Securities Laws . Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be administered, and the Shares are to be issued, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

6



 

Purchaser represents that he has read this Agreement and the Plan and is familiar with their terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

Title: Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

Charles Hilliard

 

7


 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

 

June 1, 2007

 

Corporate Secretary
Demand Media, Inc.
1454 Third Street Promenade
Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Dear Shawn:

 

As Escrow Agent for both Demand Media, Inc. (together with any assignee of the “ Company ”) and the undersigned purchaser of common stock of the Company (“ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between the Company and Purchaser, dated June 1, 2007 in accordance with the following instructions:

 

1.             In the event the Company exercises a Repurchase Option as provided in the Agreement, the Company shall give to you and Purchaser a written notice specifying the number of shares to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

 

2.             At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s Repurchase Option.

 

3.             Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the shares are held by you.

 

4.             Following each Vesting Date, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or

 

8



 

certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement that cease to be subject to a Company Repurchase Option.

 

5.             If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 

6.             Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7.             You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

8.             You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

 

9.             You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

 

10.           You shall not be liable for the expiration of any rights under any applicable state, federal or local statute of limitations or similar statute or regulation with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

 

11.           You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

 

12.           Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

13.           If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

9



 

14.           It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

15.           Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

COMPANY:

Demand Media, Inc.
1454 Third Street Promenade
Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 

PURCHASER:

Charles Hilliard
2112 Marshbrook Road
Thousand Oaks, CA 91361

 

 

ESCROW AGENT:

Corporate Secretary
Demand Media, Inc.
1454 Third Street Promenade
Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

16.           By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

 

17.           This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

18.           These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.

 

10



 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

Name: Shawn Colo

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

Escrow Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Shawn Colo

 

11



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER

:

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed securities (the “ Securities ”), the undersigned Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

1.                           Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Purchaser is acquiring these Securities for investment for Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

2.                           Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein. Purchaser further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

3.                           Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is

 

12



 

defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

4.                           In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of purchase of the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two (2) years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

5.                           Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Purchaser understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

6.                           Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

 

Signature of Purchaser:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

Name: Charles Hilliard

 

 

Date: June 1, 2007

 

13


 



Exhibit 10.18

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

 

Michael Blend

 

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

 

May 29, 2008

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

May  14, 2008

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$2.35

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

500,000 Shares

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

$1,175,000.00

 

Type of Option:    Incentive Stock Option

 

Term/Expiration Date: The Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall be June   1, 2013, provided, that (i) if a Liquidity Event (as defined below) shall occur prior to June 1, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later of the thirteen-month anniversary of the consummation of the Liquidity Event or June 1, 2013, and (ii) if an IPO (as defined below) shall occur prior to June 1, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later to occur of (A) the thirtieth day following the VWAP Determination Date (as defined below) applicable to the first Fiscal Quarter (as defined below) immediately after the expiration of any applicable Market Standoff Period (as defined in Section 4, below), or (B) June 1, 2013.

 

Vesting Schedule:               This Option shall vest and become exercisable as follows:

 

(i)            If a Liquidity Event occurs prior to June 1, 2013, subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through the first anniversary of the consummation of such Liquidity Event, this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto on the first anniversary of such Liquidity Event, provided, that if, within ninety days prior to or within twelve months after the consummation of a Liquidity Event, Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in the employment agreement dated August 1, 2006 between Optionee and the Company, as amended (the “ Employment Agreement ”)), or terminates due to Optionee’s death or Disability (as defined below), this Option shall vest and become

 



 

exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto immediately prior to any such termination;

 

(ii) If (a) prior to June 1, 2013, the Company engages in an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”), and (b) either (1) during any Company fiscal quarter beginning after the expiration of any applicable Market Stand-Off Period mid ending prior to June 1, 2013 or (2) if no such Company fiscal quarter meets the requirements of the preceding Section (ii)(b)(1), during only the Company fiscal quarter beginning immediately after the expiration of any applicable Market Standoff Period (any such period, in either case, a “ Fiscal Quarter ”), the average of the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such Fiscal Quarter (such average, the “ VWAP ”) equals or exceeds the VWAP levels set forth in the table below, then this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite the applicable VWAP levels specified in the table below on the date that the Administrator determines the VWAP for such Fiscal Quarter, but in any event, no later than five business days after the end of any such Fiscal Quarter (each such date, a “ VWAP Determination Date ”), subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through such VWAP Determination Date, provided, that if, following an IPO occurring on or prior to June 1, 2013, Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or terminates due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent Disability, this Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such termination of employment, if any, with respect to that number of Shares, if any, with respect to which this Option would have vested on such VWAP Determination Date had Optionee remained employed with the Company through such date:

 

If, during a Fiscal Quarter, the
Common Stock attains VWAP of:

 

Then this Option shall vest and become
exercisable, on the applicable VWAP
Determination Date, with respect to:

 

$12 or more*

 

166,667 Shares*

 

$13 or more*

 

166,667 Shares*

 

$14 or more*

 

166,666 Shares*

 

 


*Without limiting the generality of Section 14 of the Plan, the amounts set forth in this table shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect common stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits and similar transactions.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company’s Common Stock attains a VWAP during any Fiscal Quarter that satisfies multiple VWAP targets (to the extent that this Option remains unvested and Optionee remains employed by the Company through the applicable VWAP Determination Date (except as otherwise provided above)), this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to the cumulative Shares subject to the multiple VWAP targets, but shall not, in any event vest and become exercisable with respect to the Shares subject to any particular VWAP target more than once. By way of

 

2



 

example and not limitation, if the Common Stock attains VWAP of $14 during the first Fiscal Quarter, then this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all 500,000 Shares subject hereto on the first VWAP Determination Date, but if the Common Stock attains VWAP of $13 during each of the first two Fiscal Quarters and a VWAP of at least $14 during the third Fiscal Quarter (assuming more than one Fiscal Quarter occurs), this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to (i) 333,333 Shares on the first VWAP Determination Date, (ii) no additional Shares on the second VWAP Determination Date, and (iii) an additional 166,666 Shares on the third VWAP Determination Date.

 

For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean a Change of Control in which both (A) the total consideration received by the Company’s stockholders (including by way of distribution in the case of an asset sale transaction) is no less than $10 per Share of Common Stock (or, if applicable, per Share of Common Stock underlying any Common Stock equivalents such as convertible preferred stock) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits or similar transactions), and (B) the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders in such transaction is in the form of cash, cash equivalents or freely tradable securities that the Company’s stockholders are able to transfer or sell without restrictions (other than restrictions that may be applicable to employees or executive officers of the Company in their capacities as such and other than restrictions arising under Rule 145 of the Securities Act).

 

Termination Period: If Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason prior to Optionee’s exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, the exercisability of the Option in connection with and following Optionee’s termination of employment shall be governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the Agreement below.

 

II.            AGREEMENT

 

1.             Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference

 

This Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including this Option, become exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, and shall instead be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

3



 

2.              Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

(a)               Right to Exercise .

 

(i)           This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, except as expressly provided in Section (ii) of the Vesting Schedule, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued employment with the Company.

 

(ii)          This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)         In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 below.

 

(iv)        In no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such other form as the Administrator may prescribe). The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and must contain such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares. Upon exercise of this Option, Optionee shall execute a joinder to the Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement among the Company and certain or its stockholders, dated as of March 3, 2008 (as such agreement may be further amended and/or restated from time to time) with respect to the Shares underlying this Option.

 

3.            Optionee’s Representations .  If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.            Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities

 

4



 

of the Company during the l80-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company, but which period shall not, in any event, exceed 270 days) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)           cash:

 

(b)           check; or

 

(c)           with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)           a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)          surrender of other Shares owned by Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)         surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)        delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

(v)         any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

5



 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise . If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.             Resignation: Termination Without Cause . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates due to Optionee’s resignation or due to a termination by the Company without Cause (excluding any termination due to Optionee’s death or Disability), (a) if such termination occurs prior to an IPO and/or due to Optionee’s voluntary resignation, the Option shall, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after Optionee’s employment so terminates, (b) if such termination occurs on or after an IPO due to Optionee’s termination by the Company without Cause, the Option shall remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after the VWAP Determination Date immediately following such termination of employment (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable on such VWAP Determination Date), provided, that in no event shall any portion of the Option remain exercisable beyond the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant. To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 7, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 7, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.             Termination for Cause . If Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Option shall terminate as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, regardless of whether the Option is then vested and/or exercisable with respect to any Shares, and shall not in any event vest or be exercisable thereafter.

 

9.             Disability of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3) (“ Disability ”), to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) and to the extent that the Option may vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such a termination of employment (only if an IPO has occurred prior to such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 9, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 9, the Option shall terminate.

 

10.           Death of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s death, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) and to the extent that the Option may vest and become exercisable on the first VWAP Determination Date immediately following such a termination of employment (only if an IPO has occurred prior to such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for six months following the date of death (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the

 

6



 

Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. To the extent that the Option has not vested or if the Option is not exercised by a permitted transferee following a termination of employment described in this Section 10, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 10, the Option shall terminate.

 

11.           Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

12.           Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

13.           Restrictions on Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

14.           Code Section 409A . Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

15.           No Right to Continue as Service Provider . Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

7



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name: Richard Rosenblatt

 

Title: Chairman and CEO

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED, EXCEPT TO THE LIMITED EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN SECTION (II) OF THE VESTING SCHEDULE, ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Stock Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

 

Dated: June 16, 2008

By:

/s/ Michael Blend

 

Name: Michael Blend

 

 

 

Address :

 

8


 

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO DEMAND MEDIA, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, dated as of February 10, 2010 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), is entered into by and between Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Michael Blend (the “Executive”). All capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings provided in the Stock Option Agreement, dated May [ ], 2007, by and between the Company and the Executive (the “Option Agreement”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously entered into the Option Agreement, which sets forth the terms and conditions of a grant to the Executive of certain stock options; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive mutually desire to amend the Option Agreement to change certain vesting terms applicable to the Option.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Executive hereby agree that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, in consideration of the covenants contained herein and other for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Option Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.               The “Term/Expiration Date” set forth in the “Notice of Stock Option Grant” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“Term/Expiration Date: The Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall be June 1, 2013, provided, that (i) if a Liquidity Event (as defined below) shall occur prior to June 1, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later of the thirteen-month anniversary of the consummation of the Liquidity Event or June 1, 2013, and (ii) if an IPO (as defined below) shall occur prior to June 1, 2013, then the Term/Expiration Date of this Option shall instead be the later to occur of (A) the thirteen-month anniversary of the IPO , or (B) June 1, 2013.”

 

2.               Section (ii) of the “Vesting Schedule” and all paragraphs that follow Section (ii) but precede the “Termination Period” provisions set forth in the “Notice of Stock Option Grant” are hereby deleted and replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

“(ii) If (A) prior to June 1, 2013, the Company engages in an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an “IPO”), and (B) the average closing price of a share of Common Stock on the primary exchange on which such Common Stock is traded (or, if the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a share of the Common Stock) during any thirty-calendar-day period following the IPO (which period may include the date of the IPO) equals

 



 

or exceeds ten dollars ($10) (appropriately adjusted to reflect Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits and similar transactions), then the Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto on the first calendar day following any such thirty-day period, subject to Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through such vesting date, provided, that if Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or terminates due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent Disability, the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first date during the twelve-month period immediately following such termination of employment on which the Option would have vested pursuant to this clause (ii) had Optionee remained employed through such date (if any).

 

For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean a Change of Control in which both (A) the total consideration received by the Company’s stockholders (including by way of distribution in the case of an asset sale transaction) is no less than $10 per Share of Common Stock (or, if applicable, per Share of Common Stock underlying any Common Stock equivalents such as convertible preferred stock) (as adjusted for any Common Stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse splits or similar transactions), and (B) the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders in such transaction is in the form of cash, cash equivalents or freely tradable securities that the Company’s stockholders are able to transfer or sell without restrictions (other than (i) restrictions that may be applicable to employees or executive officers of the Company in their capacities as such, (ii) restrictions arising under Rule 145 of the Securities Act and (iii) restrictions resulting from a contractual lock-up not to exceed 180 days if the total market capitalization of the issuer of the securities to which such lock-up applies (on a post-transaction basis) exceeds $3.0 billion).”

 

3.               Section 7 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“7.           Resignation; Termination Without Cause . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates due to Optionee’s resignation or due to a termination by the Company without Cause (excluding any termination due to Optionee’s death or Disability), (a) if such termination occurs due to Optionee’s resignation, the Option shall, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), remain exercisable through and including the thirtieth day after Optionee’s employment so terminates (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant) or (b) if such termination occurs due to Optionee’s termination by the Company without Cause, the Option shall remain exercisable, to the extent vested (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred), through and including the thirteen-month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination

 



 

of employment described in this Section 7, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 7, the Option shall terminate.”

 

4.               Section 9 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“9.           Disability of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3) (“ Disability ”), to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination), the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant), provided, that to the extent that the Option has not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates but may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred, the Option shall remain exercisable (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment) through and including the date that is the earlier to occur of (y) the six month anniversary of the date that the Option vests and (z) the thirteen-month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has not vested or if Optionee does not exercise the Option following a termination of employment described in this Section 9, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 9, the Option shall terminate.

 

5.               Section 10 of the Option Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

“10.         Death of Optionee . If Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of Optionee’s death, to the extent vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates (taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such termination) the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of six months from such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance; provided, that to the extent that the Option has not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s employment so terminates but may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment pursuant to clause (i) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if a Liquidity Event occurs or pursuant to clause (ii) of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant if an IPO occurs or has occurred, the Option shall remain exercisable (including with respect to any portion of the Option that may vest and become exercisable following such termination of employment) by Optionee’s estate (or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance) through and including the date that is the earlier to occur of (y) the six month anniversary of the date that the Option vests and (z) the thirteen-month anniversary of such date of termination (but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option has

 



 

not vested or if the Option is not exercised by a permitted transferee following a termination of employment described in this Section 10, in either case, within the timeframe specified in this Section 10, the Option shall terminate.

 

Except as expressly modified by the terms of this First Amendment to the Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive agree to the terms of this First Amendment to the Option Agreement, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

Title:

Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

/s/ Michael Blend

 

February 10, 2010

Michael Blend

 

 

 


 

 



Exhibit 10.19

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Shares ”) set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.                             NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

 

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

 

June       , 2009

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

June 9, 2009

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

April 1, 2009

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$4.75

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

4,200,000 Shares

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

$19,950,000

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

June 8, 2019

 

Type of Option:         o Incentive Stock Option     x Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

Vesting Schedule: This Option shall vest and become exercisable as to one-forty-eighth ( 1 / 48 th ) of the Shares subject hereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider through each such vesting date, such that all Shares subject to this Option shall be vested and exercisable (subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider) as of the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided, however, that if a Change of Control shall occur prior to termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider and either (x) Optionee remains a Service Provider through the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the Change of Control or (y) Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason (as defined below) prior to the three hundred and eightieth (380 ) day following the Change of Control, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto (to the extent not already vested and exercisable) on the first to occur of the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the Change of Control or termination of Optionee’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason following consummation of a Change of Control and, provided, further, that if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason upon consummation of or within 90 days prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control and such termination was at the request of a third party that has taken steps reasonably

 



 

calculated to effect a Change of Control or such termination otherwise arose in connection with a Change of Control, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Administrator, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto upon the consummation of such Change of Control.

 

Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason shall mean any one of the following without Optionee’s consent, provided that Optionee notifies the Company in writing of such occurrence within thirty (30) days after the first date on which Optionee becomes aware (or should, with reasonable diligence, have become aware) of such occurrence (but in no event later than two years after the initial existence of such occurrence):

 

(i)            a demotion or material diminution of Optionee’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than any insubstantial action not taken in bad faith and which is promptly remedied by the Company upon notice by Optionee), but does not include a change in title, authority, duties and/or responsibilities following a Change of Control if (A) Optionee’s new title is that of an executive officer of the entity surviving such Change of Control (or, if applicable, its parent company if such entity has a parent company) reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the entity surviving such Change of Control (or, if applicable, its parent company, if such entity has a parent company) and Optionee’s authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title, or (B) (1) the entity surviving such Change of Control (or, if applicable, its parent company if such entity has a parent company) continues to operate the Company’s principal businesses as a separate unit, division or subsidiary or combines the Company’s principal businesses with one of its existing units, divisions or subsidiaries and (2) Optionee’s new title is that of the principal executive officer of such unit, division or subsidiary and Optionee’s authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title;

 

(ii)           requirement that Optionee report to work more than 20 miles from the Company’s existing headquarters (not including normal business travel required of Optionee’s position) or, to the extent such requirement would not constitute a material change in the geographic location at which Optionee must perform Optionee’s services under the Employment Agreement between the Company and Optionee, dated April 16, 2006 (as amended, the “ Employment Agreement ”) within the meaning of Code Section 409A, such higher number of miles from the Company’s existing headquarters as would constitute a material change in the geographic location at which Optionee must perform services under the Employment Agreement within the meaning of Code Section 409A;

 

(iii)          a material reduction in Optionee’s base salary ; or

 

(iv)          a material breach by the Company of its obligations under the Employment Agreement,

 

provided, that Optionee shall not have Good Reason to terminate Optionee’s employment with the Company unless (i) Optionee provides the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason (“ Notice ”) within sixty (60) days after Optionee first becomes aware (or should, with reasonable diligence, have become aware) of the existence of the grounds for Good Reason, (ii) Optionee provides the Company a reasonable opportunity to cure the conditions giving rise to such Good Reason, which shall not be less than

 

2



 

thirty (30) days following the date Optionee provides Notice to the Company, and (iii) Optionee terminates Optionee’s employment no later than sixty (60) days after provision of Notice to the Company.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, “ Cause shall have the meaning provided in the Employment Agreement.

 

Termination Period: Following a termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of thirty (30) days following such termination, provided, that (i) if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, the Option shall remain outstanding, eligible to vest in accordance with the last proviso in the Vesting Schedule above (if applicable), and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of twelve months following such termination, (ii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause at any time, the Option shall terminate and be forfeited in full as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, without regard to the Option’s vested status, or (iii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(3)(3) of the Code) at any time, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of six months following such termination (and, in the case of Optionee’s death, shall be exercisable by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) except as expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule above with respect to a Change of Control following a termination of Optionee’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason, in no event shall any portion of the Option vest following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, and (y) in no event shall any portion of the Option be exercisable after the Term/Expiration Date stated above.

 

II.                         AGREEMENT

 

1.             Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

3



 

2.             Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

(a)           Right to Exercise .

 

(i)            This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(ii)           This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)          In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 7 below and the Termination Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(iv)          In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A) . The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.             Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company, but which period shall not, in any event, exceed 270 days) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date

 

4



 

of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)           cash;

 

(b)           check; or

 

(c)           with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)            a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)           surrender of other Shares owned by Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)          surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)          property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration;

 

(v)           delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, however, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

(vi)          any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

5



 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise . If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.             Termination of Relationship . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider shall be governed by the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. To the extent that the Option is not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s status as a Service Provider terminates (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant), or if Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in the Termination Period Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.             No Section 280G Gross-Up; Cutback .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Employment Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any value attributable under Code Section 280G to this Option or the vesting thereof (a) obligate the Company to make a Gross-Up Payment (as defined in the Employment Agreement) with respect to any value so attributable, or (b) be included in the denominator for purposes of calculating the “base amount” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 34) that is allocable (in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 38) to any other payments to Optionee that are subject to the Gross-Up Payment, provided, that Optionee’s base amount shall be allocated in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 for all purposes other than the calculation of any Gross-Up Payment, including without limitation, for purposes of determining any excise taxes actually payable in respect of payments to Optionee. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Option or the vesting thereof cause any other payments or benefits provided to Purchaser to become subject to Code Section 280G (due to an increase in the total value of payments made to Purchaser in connection with a transaction), Optionee shall become eligible to receive a Gross-Up Payment with respect to such other payments in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, but the value of the Gross-Up Payment shall not take into consideration any value attributable under Code Section 280G to the Option or the vesting thereof (other than for purposes of determining whether Code Section 280G applies, for which purposes, any value attributable to the Option shall be taken into account after giving effect to any reduction elected by Optionee in accordance with Section 8(b) below, if any).

 

(b)           Any payment or benefit received or to be received by Optionee in respect of this Option in connection with a Change of Control that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code shall, if Optionee so elects in Optionee’s sole discretion, be reduced and forfeited to the minimum extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code if by reason of such reduction, the Net After-Tax Benefit received by Optionee with respect to this Option will exceed the Net After-Tax Benefit received by Optionee with respect to the Option if no such reduction was made. For purposes of this Section 8(b), “ Net After-Tax Benefit means (i) the value of the Option that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of

 

6



 

Section 280G of the Code, less (ii) the amount of all federal, state and local income taxes payable with respect to this Option, calculated at the maximum marginal income tax rate for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Optionee (based on the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code as in effect at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to this Option by Section 4999 of the Code. The foregoing determination will be made by the Accounting Firm (as defined in the Employment Agreement). The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to Optionee at such time or times as the Accounting Firm is required to provide calculations under Section 3(f)((3)(ii) of the Employment Agreement with regard to any Gross-Up Payment calculation. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. The Company and Optionee will each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records, and documents in their possession if reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 8(b).

 

9.             Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. It may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

10.           Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

11.           Restrictions on Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

12.           Code Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

13.           No Right to Employment . Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to serve or continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

7



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

Name:

Name

Charles Hilliard

 

Title:

Title

Chief Financial Officer

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Dated:

6/15/09

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

Name:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

8


 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Demand Media, Inc.
Attention: Legal Department

 

1.             Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                           ,                             , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                            shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                                        (the “ Option Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is Exercised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Certificate to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

 

o

$

 

 

 

 

Promissory note delivered herewith:

 

o

$

 

Type of Option:           o Incentive Stock Option    o Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

2.             Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement. Optionee agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.             Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan. Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares. All shares issued pursuant to any exercise of the Option shall be subject to the terms

 

A-1



 

and conditions of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement among the Company and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 27, 2006 (as such agreement may be further amended and restated, the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”). Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Notice, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

4.             Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company, but which period shall not, in any event, exceed 270 days) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

 

6.             Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)           Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required under the Stockholders’ Agreement and/or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

A-2



 

(b)           Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)           Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

7.             Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

8.             Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

 

9.             Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

10.           Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

11.           Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

12.           Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.

 

A-3



 

13.           Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Accepted by:

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

A-4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Demand Media, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securities ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)           Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)           Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. Optionee understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)           Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety

 

B-1



 

(90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including, in the case of an affiliate, (i) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), (ii) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (iii) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (iv) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold beginning ninety (90) days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144 and the availability of certain public information about the Company (subject to certain exceptions); and, in the case of a sale of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)           Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

(e)           Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Optionee hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

 

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

,

 

 

 

 

B-2




Exhibit 10.20

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Shares ”) set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

Charles Hilliard

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

June       , 2009

 

 

Date of Grant:

June 9, 2009

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

April 1, 2009

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$4.75

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

800,000 Shares

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$3,800,000

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

June 8, 2019

 

Type of Option:       o Incentive Stock Option

x Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

Vesting Schedule:               This Option shall vest and become exercisable as to an one-forty-eighth ( 1 / 48 th ) of the Shares subject hereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider through each such vesting date, such that all Shares subject to this Option shall be vested and exercisable (subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider) as of the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided, however, that if a Change of Control shall occur prior to termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider and either (x) Optionee remains a Service Provider through the three hundred and eightieth (380th) day following the Change of Control or (y) Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason (as defined below) prior to the three hundred and eightieth (380th) day following the Change of Control, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto (to the extent not already vested and exercisable) on the first to occur of the three hundred and eightieth (380th) day following the Change of Control or termination of Optionee’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason following consummation of a Change of Control and, provided, further, that if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Optionee for Good Reason upon consummation of or within 90 days prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control and such termination was at the request of a third party that has taken steps reasonably

 



 

calculated to effect a Change of Control or such termination otherwise arose in connection with a Change of Control, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Administrator, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto upon the consummation of such Change of Control.

 

Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason shall mean any one of the following without Optionee’s consent, provided that Optionee notifies the Company in writing of such occurrence within thirty (30) days after the first date on which Optionee becomes aware (or should, with reasonable diligence, have become aware) of such occurrence (but in no event later than two years after the initial existence of such occurrence):

 

(i)            a demotion or material diminution of Optionee’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than any insubstantial action not taken in bad faith and which is promptly remedied by the Company upon notice by Optionee), but does not include a change in title, authority, duties and/or responsibilities following a Change of Control if (A) Optionee’s new title is that of an executive officer of the entity surviving such Change of Control (or, if applicable, its parent company if such entity has a parent company) reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the entity surviving such Change of Control (or, if applicable, its parent company, if such entity has a parent company) and Optionee’s authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title or (B) (1) the entity surviving such Change of Control (or, if applicable, its parent company if such entity has a parent company) continues to operate the Company’s principal businesses as a separate unit, division or subsidiary or combines the Company’s principal businesses with one of its existing units, divisions or subsidiaries and (2) Optionee’s new title is that of the principal executive officer of such unit, division or subsidiary or that of an executive officer of such unit, division or subsidiary reporting directly to the principal executive officer of such unit, division or subsidiary and (in either case) Optionee’s authority, duties and responsibilities are commensurate with such title;

 

(ii)           requirement that Optionee report to work more than 20 miles from the Company’s existing headquarters (not including normal business travel required of Optionee’s position) or, to the extent such requirement would not constitute a material change in the geographic location at which Optionee must perform Optionee’s services under the Employment Agreement between the Company and Optionee, dated May 9, 2007 (as amended, the “ Employment Agreement ”) within the meaning of Code Section 409A, such higher number of miles from the Company’s existing headquarters as would constitute a material change in the geographic location at which Optionee must perform services under the Employment Agreement within the meaning of Code Section 409A;

 

(iii)          a material reduction in Optionee’s base salary; or

 

(iv)          a material breach by the Company of its obligations under the Employment Agreement,

 

provided, that Optionee shall not have Good Reason to terminate Optionee’s employment with the Company unless (i) Optionee provides the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason (“ Notice ”) within sixty (60) days after Optionee first becomes aware (or should, with reasonable diligence, have become aware) of the

 

2



 

existence of the grounds for Good Reason, (ii) Optionee provides the Company a reasonable opportunity to cure the conditions giving rise to such Good Reason, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days following the date Optionee provides Notice to the Company, and (iii) Optionee terminates Optionee’s employment no later than sixty (60) days after provision of Notice to the Company.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, “ Cause shall have the meaning provided in the Employment Agreement.

 

Termination Period: Following a termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of thirty (30) days following such termination, provided that (i) if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, the Option shall remain outstanding, eligible to vest in accordance with the last proviso in the Vesting Schedule above (if applicable), and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of twelve months following such termination, (ii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause at any time, the Option shall terminate and be forfeited in full as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, without regard to the Option’s vested status, or (iii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(3)(3) of the Code) at any time, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of six months following such termination (and, in the case of Optionee’s death, shall be exercisable by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) except as expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule above with respect to a Change of Control following a termination of Optionee’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason, in no event shall any portion of the Option vest following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, and (y) in no event shall any portion of the Option be exercisable after the Term/Expiration Date stated above.

 

II.            AGREEMENT

 

1.             Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $ 100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair

 

3



 

Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

2.             Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

(a)           Right to Exercise .

 

(i)            This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(ii)           This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)          In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 7 below and the Termination Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(iv)          In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A ). The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.             Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities

 

4



 

of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company, but which period shall not, in any event, exceed 270 days) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)           cash;

 

(b)           check; or

 

(c)           with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)            a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)           surrender of other Shares owned by Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)          surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)          property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration;

 

(v)           delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, however, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

(vi)          any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

5



 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise . If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.             Termination of Relationship . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider shall be governed by the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. To the extent that the Option is not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s status as a Service Provider terminates (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant), or if Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in the Termination Period Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.             No Section 280G Gross-Up; Cutback .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Employment Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any value attributable under Code Section 280G to this Option or the vesting thereof (a) obligate the Company to make a Gross-Up Payment (as defined in the Employment Agreement) with respect to any value so attributable, or (b) be included in the denominator for purposes of calculating the “base amount” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 34) that is allocable (in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 Q&A 38) to any other payments to Optionee that are subject to the Gross-Up Payment, provided, that Optionee’s base amount shall be allocated in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 for all purposes other than the calculation of any Gross-Up Payment, including without limitation, for purposes of determining any excise taxes actually payable in respect of payments to Optionee. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Option or the vesting thereof cause any other payments or benefits provided to Purchaser to become subject to Code Section 280G (due to an increase in the total value of payments made to Purchaser in connection with a transaction), Optionee shall become eligible to receive a Gross-Up Payment with respect to such other payments in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, but the value of the Gross-Up Payment shall not take into consideration any value attributable under Code Section 280G to the Option or the vesting thereof (other than for purposes of determining whether Code Section 280G applies, for which purposes, any value attributable to the Option shall be taken into account after giving effect to any reduction elected by Optionee in accordance with Section 8(b) below, if any).

 

(b)           Any payment or benefit received or to be received by Optionee in respect of this Option in connection with a Change of Control that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code shall, if Optionee so elects in Optionee’s sole discretion, be reduced and forfeited to the minimum extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code if by reason of such reduction, the Net After-Tax Benefit received by Optionee with respect to this Option will exceed the Net After-Tax Benefit received by Optionee with respect to the Option if no such reduction was made. For purposes of this Section 8(b), “ Net After-Tax Benefit means (i) the value of the Option that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of

 

6



 

Section 280G of the Code, less (ii) the amount of all federal, state and local income taxes payable with respect to this Option, calculated at the maximum marginal income tax rate for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Optionee (based on the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code as in effect at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to this Option by Section 4999 of the Code. The foregoing determination will be made by the Accounting Firm (as defined in the Employment Agreement). The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to Optionee at such time or times as the Accounting Firm is required to provide calculations under Section 3(f)((3)(ii) of the Employment Agreement with regard to any Gross-Up Payment calculation. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. The Company and Optionee will each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records, and documents in their possession if reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 8(b).

 

9.             Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. It may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

10.           Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

11.           Restrictions on Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

12.           Code Section 409A . Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

13.           No Right to Employment . Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to serve or continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

7



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name:

Name Richard Rosenblatt

 

Title:

Title Chief Executive Officer

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Dated:

6/19/09

 

By:

/s/ Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

Name:

Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

8


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Demand Media, Inc.
Attention: Legal Department

 

1.             Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                           ,                             , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                            shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                                        (the “ Option Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is Exercised:

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

$

 

 

 

Certificate to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

o

$

 

 

 

Promissory note delivered herewith:

o

$

 

Type of Option:        o Incentive Stock Option

o Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

2.             Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement. Optionee agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.             Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan. Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares. All shares issued pursuant to any exercise of the Option shall be subject to the terms

 

A-1



 

and conditions of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement among the Company and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 27, 2006 (as such agreement may be further amended and restated, the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”). Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Notice, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

4.             Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company, but which period shall not, in any event, exceed 270 days) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

 

6.             Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)           Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required under the Stockholders’ Agreement and/or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

A-2



 

(b)           Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)           Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

7.             Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

8.             Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

 

9.             Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

10.           Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

11.           Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

12.           Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.

 

A-3



 

13.           Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Accepted by:

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

A-4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Demand Media, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securities ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)           Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)           Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption there from, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. Optionee understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)           Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety

 

B-1



 

(90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including, in the case of an affiliate, (i) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), (ii) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (iii) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (iv) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold beginning ninety (90) days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144 and the availability of certain public information about the Company (subject to certain exceptions); and, in the case of a sale of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)           Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

(e)           Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Optionee hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

B-2




Exhibit 10.21

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Shares ”) set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

Shawn Colo

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

June       , 2009

 

 

Date of Grant:

June 9, 2009

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

April 1, 2009

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$4.75

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

250,000 Shares

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$1,187,500

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

June 8, 2019

 

Type of Option:         o Incentive Stock Option

x Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

Vesting Schedule:               This Option shall vest and become exercisable one-forty-eighth ( 1 / 48 th ) of the Shares subject hereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider through each such vesting date, such that all Shares subject to this Option shall be vested and exercisable (subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider) as of the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided, however, that if a Change of Control shall occur prior to termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider and either (x) Optionee remains a Service Provider through the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the Change of Control or (y) Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause prior to the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the of the Change of Control, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto (to the extent not already vested and exercisable) on the first to occur of the three hundred and eightieth (380th) day following the of the Change of Control or termination of Optionee’s employment by the Company without Cause following consummation of a Change of Control and, provided, further, that if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause upon consummation of or within 90 days prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control and such termination was at the request of a third party that has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or such termination otherwise arose in connection with a Change of

 



 

Control, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Administrator, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto upon the consummation of such Change of Control.

 

Termination Period: Following a termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of thirty (30) days following such termination, provided that (i) if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated without Cause prior to both a Change of Control and the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, the Option shall remain outstanding, eligible to vest in accordance with the last proviso in the Vesting Schedule above, and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days following such termination, (ii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause at any time, the Option shall terminate and be forfeited in full as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, without regard to the Option’s vested status, or (iii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(3)(3) of the Code) at any time, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of six months following such termination (and, in the case of Optionee’s death, shall be exercisable by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) except as expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule above with respect to a Change of Control following a termination of Optionee’s employment without Cause, in no event shall any portion of the Option vest following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, and (y) in no event shall any portion of the Option be exercisable after the Term/Expiration Date stated above.

 

II.            AGREEMENT

 

1.             Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

2.             Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

2



 

(a)           Right to Exercise .

 

(i)            This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(ii)           This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)          In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 7 below and the Termination Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(iv)          In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A ). The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.             Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration

 

3



 

statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)           cash;

 

(b)           check; or

 

(c)           with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)            a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)           surrender of other Shares owned by Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)          surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)          property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration;

 

(v)           delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, however, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

(vi)          any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise . If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.             Termination of Relationship . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider shall be governed by the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. To the

 

4



 

extent that the Option is not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s status as a Service Provider terminates (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant), or if Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in the Termination Period Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.             Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. It may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

9.             Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

10.           Restrictions on Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

11.           Code Section 409A . Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

12.           No Right to Employment . Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to serve or continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

5



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Dated:

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

 

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Demand Media, Inc.
Attention: Legal Department

 

1.             Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                           ,                             , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                            shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                                         (the “ Option Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is Exercised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Certificate to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

 

o

$

 

 

 

 

Promissory note delivered herewith:

 

o

$

 

Type of Option:           o Incentive Stock Option    o Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

2.             Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement. Optionee agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.             Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan. Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Call

 

A-1



 

Right or the Take-Along Right hereunder (each as defined below). Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Notice, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

4.             Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee (including, for purposes of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, any permitted transferee holding Shares) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (including transfer by gift or operation of law) (collectively, “ Transfer ” or “ Transferred ”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(a)           Notice of Proposed Transfer. Optionee shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) Optionee’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which Optionee proposes to Transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and Optionee shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)           Exercise of Right of First Refusal. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees. The purchase price will be determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)           Purchase Price. The purchase price (the “ ROFR Purchase Price ”) for the Shares repurchased under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(d)           Payment. Payment of the ROFR Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Optionee to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)           Optionee’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then Optionee may sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that (i) the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee and (ii) that such Proposed Transferee will not transfer the Shares any other purchaser or transferee unless such

 

A-2



 

future purchase or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof. If the Shares described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal as provided herein before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

 

(f)            Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4 notwithstanding, the Transfer of any or all of the Shares during Optionee’s lifetime or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to Optionee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Optionee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal. As used herein, “ Immediate Family ” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so Transferred subject to the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, and there shall be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(g)           Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

5.             Company Call Right.

 

(a)           Call Right. If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase from Optionee any or all of the Shares then owned by Optionee (and any or all Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option after the date on which the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider) at a per Share price equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (the “ Call Right ”).

 

(b)           Exercise of Call Right. The Company may exercise the Call Right by delivering personally or by registered mail to Optionee (or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be), within ninety (90) days after the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (or, in the case of Shares which are acquired after the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, then within ninety (90) days after the date on which such Shares are acquired), a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Call Right and setting forth a date for closing not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice.

 

(c)           Payment. Payment in respect of the Call Right shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(d)           Closing. The closing shall take place at the Company’s office. At the closing, Optionee shall deliver the stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price therefor. At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the Shares at a bank selected by the Company. The Company shall avail itself

 

A-3



 

of this option by a notice in writing to Optionee stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

 

(e)           Termination of Company Call Right. If the Company does not elect to exercise the Call Right conferred above by giving the requisite notice within the time provided in Subsection (b) above, the Call Right shall terminate. The Call Right shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

6.             Company Take-Along Right .

 

(a)           Approved Sale. If the Board shall deliver a notice to Optionee (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) stating that the Board has approved a sale of all or a portion of the Company (an “ Approved Sale ”) and specifying the name and address of the proposed parties to such transaction and the consideration payable in connection therewith, Optionee shall (i) consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Approved Sale was arranged, (ii) waive any dissenter’s rights and other similar rights, and (iii) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of securities, agree to sell Optionee’s Shares on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale which terms and conditions shall treat all stockholders of the Company equally (on a pro rata basis), except that shares having a liquidation preference may receive an amount of consideration equal to such liquidation preference in addition to the consideration being paid to the holders of shares not having a liquidation preference. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of the Shares in an Approved Sale shall be further subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 14 of the Plan. Optionee will take all necessary and desirable lawful actions as directed by the Board and the stockholders of the Company approving the Approved Sale in connection with the consummation of any Approved Sale, including without limitation, the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (A) provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, non-compete agreements, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to such Approved Sale and, (B) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale, provided, that this Section 6 shall not require Optionee to indemnify the purchaser in any Approved Sale for breaches of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company or any other stockholder, except to the extent (x) Optionee is not required to incur more than its pro rata share of such indemnity obligation (based on the total consideration to be received by all stockholders that are similarly situated and hold the same class or series of capital stock) and (y) such indemnity obligation is provided for and limited to a post-closing escrow or holdback arrangement of cash or stock paid in connection with the Approved Sale.

 

(b)           Costs. Optionee will bear Optionee’s pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration to be received) of the reasonable costs of any sale of Shares pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all selling stockholders of the Company and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party. Costs incurred by Optionee on Optionee’s own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.

 

(c)           Share Delivery. At the consummation of the Approved Sale, Optionee shall, if applicable, deliver certificates representing the Shares to be transferred, duly endorsed

 

A-4



 

for transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer taxes, if any, and the Shares to be transferred shall be free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances (other than restrictions imposed by this Agreement) and Optionee shall so represent and warrant.

 

(d)           Termination of Company Take-Along Right. The Take-Along Right shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

7.             Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

8.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

 

9.             Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)           Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE

 

A-5



 

ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(b)           Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)           Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

10.           Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

11.           Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

 

12.           Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

13.           Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

14.           Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

15.           Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.

 

A-6



 

16.           Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Accepted by:

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

Street

 

 

A-7



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

:

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

 

Demand Media, Inc.

 

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securities ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)           Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) .

 

(b)           Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. Optionee understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)           Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety

 

B-1



 

(90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including, in the case of an affiliate, (i) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), (ii) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (iii) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (iv) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold beginning ninety (90) days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144 and the availability of certain public information about the Company (subject to certain exceptions); and, in the case of a sale of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)           Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

(e)           Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Optionee hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

 

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

,

 

 

 

 

B-2


 



Exhibit 10.22

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Shares ”) set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

Larry Fitzgibbon

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

June       , 2009

 

 

Date of Grant:

June 9, 2009

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

April 1, 2009

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$4.75

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

250,000 Shares

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$1,187,500

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

June 8, 2019

 

Type of Option:       o Incentive Stock Option

x Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

Vesting Schedule:               This Option shall vest and become exercisable one-forty-eighth ( 1 / 48 th ) of the Shares subject hereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider through each such vesting date, such that all Shares subject to this Option shall be vested and exercisable (subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider) as of the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided, however, that if a Change of Control shall occur prior to termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider and either (x) Optionee remains a Service Provider through the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the Change of Control or (y) Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause prior to the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the of the Change of Control, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto (to the extent not already vested and exercisable) on the first to occur of the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the of the Change of Control or termination of Optionee’s employment by the Company without Cause following consummation of a Change of Control and, provided, further, that if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause upon consummation of or within 90 days prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control and such termination was at the request of a third party that has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or such termination otherwise arose in connection with a Change of

 



 

Control, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Administrator, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto upon the consummation of such Change of Control.

 

Termination Period: Following a termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of thirty (30) days following such termination, provided that (i) if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated without Cause prior to both a Change of Control and the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, the Option shall remain outstanding, eligible to vest in accordance with the last proviso in the Vesting Schedule above, and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days following such termination, (ii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause at any time, the Option shall terminate and be forfeited in full as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, without regard to the Option’s vested status, or (iii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(3)(3) of the Code) at any time, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of six months following such termination (and, in the case of Optionee’s death, shall be exercisable by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) except as expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule above with respect to a Change of Control following a termination of Optionee’s employment without Cause, in no event shall any portion of the Option vest following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, and (y) in no event shall any portion of the Option be exercisable after the Term/Expiration Date stated above.

 

II.            AGREEMENT

 

1.             Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $ 100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

2.             Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

2



 

(a)           Right to Exercise .

 

(i)            This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(ii)           This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)          In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 7 below and the Termination Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(iv)          In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A) . The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.             Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration

 

3



 

statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)           cash;

 

(b)           check; or

 

(c)           with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)            a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)           surrender of other Shares owned by Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)          surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)          property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration;

 

(v)           delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, however, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

(vi)          any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise . If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.             Termination of Relationship . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider shall be governed by the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. To the

 

4



 

extent that the Option is not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s status as a Service Provider terminates (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant), or if Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in the Termination Period Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.             Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. It may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

9.             Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

10.           Restrictions on Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

11.           Code Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

12.           No Right to Employment . Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to serve or continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

5



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Dated:

6/26/09

 

By:

/s/ Larry Fitzgibbon

 

 

 

Name:

Larry Fitzgibbon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Demand Media, Inc.

Attention: Legal Department

 

1.             Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                           ,                             , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                            shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                                        (the “ Option Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is Exercised:

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

$

 

 

 

Certificate to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

o

$

 

 

 

Promissory note delivered herewith:

o

$

 

Type of Option:         o Incentive Stock Option

o Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

2.             Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement. Optionee agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.             Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan. Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Call

 

A-1



 

Right or the Take-Along Right hereunder (each as defined below). Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Notice, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

4.             Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee (including, for purposes of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, any permitted transferee holding Shares) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (including transfer by gift or operation of law) (collectively, “ Transfer ” or “ Transferred ”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(a)           Notice of Proposed Transfer. Optionee shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) Optionee’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which Optionee proposes to Transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and Optionee shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)           Exercise of Right of First Refusal. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees. The purchase price will be determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)           Purchase Price. The purchase price (the “ ROFR Purchase Price ”) for the Shares repurchased under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(d)           Payment. Payment of the ROFR Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Optionee to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)           Optionee’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then Optionee may sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that (i) the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee and (ii) that such Proposed Transferee will not transfer the Shares any other purchaser or transferee unless such

 

A-2



 

future purchase or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof. If the Shares described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal as provided herein before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

 

(f)            Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4 notwithstanding, the Transfer of any or all of the Shares during Optionee’s lifetime or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to Optionee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Optionee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal. As used herein, “ Immediate Family ” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so Transferred subject to the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, and there shall be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(g)           Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

5.             Company Call Right.

 

(a)           Call Right. If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase from Optionee any or all of the Shares then owned by Optionee (and any or all Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option after the date on which the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider) at a per Share price equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (the “ Call Right ”).

 

(b)           Exercise of Call Right. The Company may exercise the Call Right by delivering personally or by registered mail to Optionee (or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be), within ninety (90) days after the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (or, in the case of Shares which are acquired after the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, then within ninety (90) days after the date on which such Shares are acquired), a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Call Right and setting forth a date for closing not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice.

 

(c)           Payment. Payment in respect of the Call Right shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(d)           Closing. The closing shall take place at the Company’s office. At the closing, Optionee shall deliver the stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price therefor. At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the Shares at a bank selected by the Company. The Company shall avail itself

 

A-3



 

of this option by a notice in writing to Optionee stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

 

(e)           Termination of Company Call Right. If the Company does not elect to exercise the Call Right conferred above by giving the requisite notice within the time provided in Subsection (b) above, the Call Right shall terminate. The Call Right shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

6.             Company Take-Along Right .

 

(a)           Approved Sale. If the Board shall deliver a notice to Optionee (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) stating that the Board has approved a sale of all or a portion of the Company (an “ Approved Sale ”) and specifying the name and address of the proposed parties to such transaction and the consideration payable in connection therewith, Optionee shall (i) consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Approved Sale was arranged, (ii) waive any dissenter’s rights and other similar rights, and (iii) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of securities, agree to sell Optionee’s Shares on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale which terms and conditions shall treat all stockholders of the Company equally (on a pro rata basis), except that shares having a liquidation preference may receive an amount of consideration equal to such liquidation preference in addition to the consideration being paid to the holders of shares not having a liquidation preference. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of the Shares in an Approved Sale shall be further subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 14 of the Plan. Optionee will take all necessary and desirable lawful actions as directed by the Board and the stockholders of the Company approving the Approved Sale in connection with the consummation of any Approved Sale, including without limitation, the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (A) provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, non-compete agreements, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to such Approved Sale and, (B) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale, provided, that this Section 6 shall not require Optionee to indemnify the purchaser in any Approved Sale for breaches of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company or any other stockholder, except to the extent (x) Optionee is not required to incur more than its pro rata share of such indemnity obligation (based on the total consideration to be received by all stockholders that are similarly situated and hold the same class or series of capital stock) and (y) such indemnity obligation is provided for and limited to a post-closing escrow or holdback arrangement of cash or stock paid in connection with the Approved Sale.

 

(b)           Costs. Optionee will bear Optionee’s pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration to be received) of the reasonable costs of any sale of Shares pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all selling stockholders of the Company and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party. Costs incurred by Optionee on Optionee’s own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.

 

(c)           Share Delivery. At the consummation of the Approved Sale, Optionee shall, if applicable, deliver certificates representing the Shares to be transferred, duly endorsed

 

A-4



 

for transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer taxes, if any, and the Shares to be transferred shall be free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances (other than restrictions imposed by this Agreement) and Optionee shall so represent and warrant.

 

(d)           Termination of Company Take-Along Right. The Take-Along Right shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

7.             Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

8.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

 

9.             Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)           Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE

 

A-5



 

ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(b)           Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)           Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

10.           Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

11.           Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

 

12.           Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

13.           Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

14.           Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

15.           Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.

 

A-6



 

16.           Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Accepted by:

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

Street

 

A-7



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Demand Media, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securities ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)           Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)           Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. Optionee understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)           Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety

 

B-1



 

(90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including, in the case of an affiliate, (i) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), (ii) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (iii) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (iv) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold beginning ninety (90) days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144 and the availability of certain public information about the Company (subject to certain exceptions); and, in the case of a sale of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)           Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

(e)           Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Optionee hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

B-2




Exhibit 10.23

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Demand Media, Inc. (the “Company”) , pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “Plan”) , hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“Optionee”) , an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”) set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

 

Michael Blend

 

 

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

 

June     , 2009

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

June 9, 2009

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

April 1, 2009

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$4.75

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

150,000 Shares

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

$712,500

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

June 8, 2019

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

o Incentive Stock Option

 

x Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

Vesting Schedule:               This Option shall vest and become exercisable one-forty-eighth ( 1 /48 th ) of the Shares subject hereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider through each such vesting date, such that all Shares subject to this Option shall be vested and exercisable (subject to Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider) as of the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided, however, that if a Change of Control shall occur prior to termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider and either (x) Optionee remains a Service Provider through the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the Change of Control or (y) Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause prior to the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the of the Change of Control, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto (to the extent not already vested and exercisable) on the first to occur of the three hundred and eightieth (380 th ) day following the of the Change of Control or termination of Optionee’s employment by the Company without Cause following consummation of a Change of Control and, provided, further, that if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause upon consummation of or within 90 days prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control and such termination was at the request of a third party that has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or such termination otherwise arose in connection with a Change of

 



 

Control, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Administrator, then the Option shall vest in full and become exercisable with respect to all Shares subject hereto upon the consummation of such Change of Control.

 

Termination Period: Following a termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of thirty (30) days following such termination, provided that (i) if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated without Cause prior to both a Change of Control and the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, the Option shall remain outstanding, eligible to vest in accordance with the last proviso in the Vesting Schedule above, and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days following such termination, (ii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause at any time, the Option shall terminate and be forfeited in full as of the start of business on the date of Optionee’s termination, without regard to the Option’s vested status, or (iii) if Optionee’s status as a Service Provider is terminated due to Optionee’s death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(3)(3) of the Code) at any time, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of six months following such termination (and, in the case of Optionee’s death, shall be exercisable by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) except as expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule above with respect to a Change of Control following a termination of Optionee’s employment without Cause, in no event shall any portion of the Option vest following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, and (y) in no event shall any portion of the Option be exercisable after the Term/Expiration Date stated above.

 

II.            AGREEMENT

 

1.            Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price” ). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, the Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year, exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

2



 

2.             Exercise of Option. This Option is exercisable as follows:

 

(a)           Right to Exercise.

 

(i)                This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(ii)               This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)              In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 7 below and the Termination Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(iv)             In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A ). The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.             Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall make such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

4.             Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration

 

3



 

statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)           cash;

 

(b)           check; or

 

(c)           with the consent of the Administrator,

 

(i)               a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator and structured to comply with Applicable Laws;

 

(ii)              surrender of other Shares owned by Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

(iii)             surrendered Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(iv)             property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration;

 

(v)             delivery of a notice that Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, however, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

(vi)            any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise . If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

7.             Termination of Relationship . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option following termination of Optionee’s status as a Service Provider shall be governed by the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. To the

 

4



 

extent that the Option is not vested as of the date on which Optionee’s status as a Service Provider terminates (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Termination Period provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant), or if Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in the Termination Period Provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.               Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. It may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

9.               Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

10.             Restrictions on Shares. Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, the right of the Company to require that Shares be transferred in the event of certain transactions, a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares, tag-along rights and take-along rights. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

11.             Code Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Section 23 of the Plan pertaining to Code Section 409A is hereby explicitly incorporated into this Agreement.

 

12.             No Right to Employment. Nothing in the Plan or in this Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to serve or continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

5



 

This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Rosenblatt

 

Name:

Richard Rosenblatt

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION AS A SERVICE PROVIDER OF THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE PROVIDER RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Dated:

26 June 2009

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Blend

 

 

 

 

Name:

Michael Blend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

26 Arcadia Terrace

 

 

 

 

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

6


 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Demand Media, Inc.

Attention: Legal Department

 

1.                                        Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                       ,                               , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                    shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated Demand Media, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                                          (the “ Option Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is Exercised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificate to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

o

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promissory note delivered herewith:

o

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

o   Incentive Stock Option

o   Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

 

 

2.                                        Representations of Optionee .  Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement.  Optionee agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.                                        Rights as Stockholder .  Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.  Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Call

 

A-1



 

Right or the Take-Along Right hereunder (each as defined below).  Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Notice, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

4.                                        Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee (including, for purposes of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, any permitted transferee holding Shares) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (including transfer by gift or operation of law) (collectively, “ Transfer ” or “ Transferred ”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(a)                                   Notice of Proposed Transfer .  Optionee shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (i)  Optionee’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which Optionee proposes to Transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and Optionee shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal.  Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees.  The purchase price will be determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price (the “ ROFR Purchase Price ”) for the Shares repurchased under this Section shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(d)                                  Payment .  Payment of the ROFR Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Optionee to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)                                   Optionee’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then  Optionee may sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that (i) the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee and (ii) that such Proposed Transferee will not transfer the Shares any other purchaser or transferee unless such

 

A-2



 

future purchase or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal as provided herein before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

 

(f)                                     Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4 notwithstanding, the Transfer of any or all of the Shares during Optionee’s lifetime or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to Optionee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Optionee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal.  As used herein, “ Immediate Family ” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so Transferred subject to the provisions hereof, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, and there shall be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(g)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

5.                                        Company Call Right.

 

(a)                             Call Right .  If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase from Optionee any or all of the Shares then owned by Optionee (and any or all Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option after the date on which the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider) at a per Share price equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (the “ Call Right ”).

 

(b)                            Exercise of Call Right .  The Company may exercise the Call Right by delivering personally or by registered mail to Optionee (or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be), within ninety (90) days after the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (or, in the case of Shares which are acquired after the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, then within ninety (90) days after the date on which such Shares are acquired), a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Call Right and setting forth a date for closing not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice.

 

(c)                             Payment .  Payment in respect of the Call Right shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(d)                            Closing .  The closing shall take place at the Company’s office.  At the closing, Optionee shall deliver the stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price therefor.  At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the Shares at a bank selected by the Company.  The Company shall avail itself

 

A-3



 

of this option by a notice in writing to Optionee stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

 

(e)                             Termination of Company Call Right.  If the Company does not elect to exercise the Call Right conferred above by giving the requisite notice within the time provided in Subsection (b) above, the Call Right shall terminate.  The Call Right shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

6.                                        Company Take-Along Right .

 

(a)                                   Approved Sale .  If the Board shall deliver a notice to Optionee (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) stating that the Board has approved a sale of all or a portion of the Company (an “ Approved Sale ”) and specifying the name and address of the proposed parties to such transaction and the consideration payable in connection therewith, Optionee shall (i) consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Approved Sale was arranged, (ii) waive any dissenter’s rights and other similar rights, and (iii) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of securities, agree to sell Optionee’s Shares on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale which terms and conditions shall treat all stockholders of the Company equally (on a pro rata basis), except that shares having a liquidation preference may receive an amount of consideration equal to such liquidation preference in addition to the consideration being paid to the holders of shares not having a liquidation preference.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of the Shares in an Approved Sale shall be further subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 14 of the Plan.  Optionee will take all necessary and desirable lawful actions as directed by the Board and the stockholders of the Company approving the Approved Sale in connection with the consummation of any Approved Sale, including without limitation, the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (A) provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, non-compete agreements, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to such Approved Sale and, (B) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale, provided , that this Section 6 shall not require Optionee to indemnify the purchaser in any Approved  Sale for breaches of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company or any other stockholder, except to the extent (x) Optionee is not required to incur more than its pro rata share of such indemnity obligation (based on the total consideration to be received by all stockholders that are similarly situated and hold the same class or series of capital stock) and (y) such indemnity obligation is provided for and limited to a post-closing escrow or holdback arrangement of cash or stock paid in connection with the Approved Sale.

 

(b)                                  Costs .  Optionee will bear Optionee’s  pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration to be received) of the reasonable costs of any sale of Shares pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all selling stockholders of the Company and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party.  Costs incurred by Optionee on Optionee’s own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Share Delivery .  At the consummation of the Approved Sale, Optionee shall, if applicable, deliver certificates representing the Shares to be transferred, duly endorsed

 

A-4



 

for transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer taxes, if any, and the Shares to be transferred shall be free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances (other than restrictions imposed by this Agreement) and Optionee shall so represent and warrant.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Company Take-Along Right.   The Take-Along Right shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Public Trading Date.

 

7.                                        Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

8.                                        Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

 

9.                                        Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                   Legends .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE

 

A-5



 

ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .  Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

10.                                  Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

11.                                  Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

 

12.                                  Governing Law; Severability .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.  Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

13.                                  Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

14.                                  Further Instruments .  The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

15.                                  Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.

 

A-6



 

16.                                  Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Accepted by:

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

Street

 

A-7



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Demand Media, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securities ”) of Demand Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                   Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)                                  Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Optionee understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)                                   Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety

 

B-1



 

(90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including, in the case of an affiliate, (i) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), (ii)  the availability of certain public information about the Company, (iii) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (iv) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold beginning ninety (90) days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months  after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144 and the availability of certain public information about the Company (subject to certain exceptions); and, in the case of a sale of the Securities by an affiliate,  the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)                                  Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

(e)                                   Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and Optionee hereby consents to such reliance.

 

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:                                               ,

 

 

B-2




Exhibit 10.24

 

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [*****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

GOOGLE SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

COMPANY INFORMATION

 

COMPANY:  DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

Business Contact:

 

Legal Contact:

 

Technical Contact:

Name:

 

Mike Wann

 

Rick Danis

 

Mike Wann

Title:

 

SVP Business Development

 

VP, Business & Legal Affairs

 

SVP Business Development

Address, City, State,
Postal Code:

 

1333 Second Street, Suite 100
Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

15801 NE 24 th  Street
Bellevue, WA 98008

 

1333 Second Street, Suite 100
Santa Monica, CA 90401

Phone:

 

310-917-6450

 

425-974-4663

 

310-917-6450

Fax:

 

 

 

425-974-4763

 

 

Email:

 

mike@demandmedia.com

 

rick.danis@demandmedia.com

 

mike@demandmedia.com

 

TERM

 

TERM: Starting on June 1, 2010 (“ Effective Date ”) and continuing through May 31, 2012  (inclusive) (“Initial Term”).  Upon expiration of the Initial Term, the agreement may renew for an additional one (1) year term with the parties mutual written consent obtained at least 30 days prior to the end of the Initial Term (“Optional Renewal Term”).  (The “Initial Term” and “Optional Renewal Term” are collectively the “Term”).

 

SEARCH SERVICES

 

x WEBSEARCH SERVICE (“WS”)

 

Search Fees

 

 

 

Sites approved for WS:
[*****].com
[*****].uk
[*****].com
[*****].com

 


$[*****]/ [*****] Requests for [*****]

 

 

 

x CUSTOM SEARCH ENGINE (“CSE”)

 

Search Fees

 

 

 

Sites approved for CSE:
[*****].com
[*****].uk
[*****].com
[*****].com

 


$[*****]/[*****] Requests for [*****]

$[*****]/[*****] Requests for [*****]

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

ADVERTISING SERVICES

 

x ADSENSE FOR SEARCH (“AFS”)

 

[*****]

 

[*****]

 

 

 

 

 

Sites approved for AFS:
[*****].com, [*****].com, [*****].com, [*****].com, [*****].com, [*****].uk

 


See Exhibit A

 


[*****] %

 

 

 

 

 

x  ADSENSE FOR CONTENT (“AFC”)

 

[*****]

 

[*****]

 

 

 

 

 

Sites approved for AFC:
[*****].com, [*****].com, [*****].com, [*****].com, [*****].com, [*****].uk

 


See Exhibit B

 


[*****]%

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

CURRENCY

 

o AUD

 

o JPY

o CAD

 

o KRW

o EUR

 

x USD

o GBP

 

o Other

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

This Google Services Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by Google Inc. (“ Google ”) and Demand Media, Inc. (“Company”) and is effective as of the Effective Date.

 

For avoidance of doubt, the AFC, AFS, WS and CSE (which was included via amendment on January 1, 2009) services covered under the Order Form between the parties dated May 1, 2008 are now covered under this Agreement and are no longer covered under the Google Services Agreement dated November 1, 2006.

 

1.      Definitions .  In this Agreement:

 

1.1.   Ad ” means an individual advertisement provided through the applicable Advertising Service.

 

1.2.   Ad Deduction ” means, for each of the Advertising Services, for any period during the Term, the Deduction Percentage (listed on the front pages of this Agreement) of Ad Revenues.

 

1.3.   Ad Revenues ” means, for each of the Advertising Services, for any period during the Term, revenues that are recognized by Google and attributed to Ads in that period.

 

1.4.   Ad Set ” means a set of one or more Ads.

 

1.5.   Advertising Services ” means the advertising services selected on the front pages of this Agreement.

 

1.6.   AFC RPM ” means AFC Ad Revenues [*****].

 

1.7.   Affiliate ” of a party means any corporate entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that party.

 

1.8.   Brand Features ” means each party’s trade names, trademarks, logos and other distinctive brand features.

 

1.9.   Company Content ” means any content served to End Users that is not provided by Google.

 

1.10.             Confidential Information ” means information disclosed by (or on behalf of) one party to the other party under this Agreement that is marked as confidential or would normally be considered confidential under the circumstances in which it is presented.  It does not include information that the recipient already knew, that becomes public through no fault of the recipient, that was independently developed by the recipient, or that was lawfully given to the recipient by a third party.

 

1.11.             CSE Branding Guidelines ” means the brand treatment guidelines applicable to CSE and located at the following URL: http://google.com/coop/docs/cse/branding.html (or a different URL Google may provide to Company from time to time).

 

1.12.             End Users ” means individual human end users of a Site.

 

1.13.             Google Branding Guidelines ” means the brand treatment guidelines applicable to the Services and located at the following URL: http://www.google.com/wssynd/02brand.html (or a different URL Google may provide to Company from time to time).

 

1.14.             Google Program Guidelines ” means the policy and implementation guidelines applicable to the Services and as provided by Google to Company from time to time.

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4



 

1.15.             Intellectual Property Rights ” means all copyrights, moral rights, patent rights, trade marks, rights in or relating to Confidential Information and any other intellectual property or similar rights (registered or unregistered) throughout the world.

 

1.16.             [*****].

 

1.17.             Net Ad Revenues ” means, for each of the Advertising Services, for any period during the Term, Ad Revenues for that period minus the Ad Deduction for that period.

 

1.18.             [*****].

 

1.19.             Results ” means [*****],[*****],[*****] or [*****].

 

1.20.             Results Page ” means any Site page which contains any Results.

 

1.21.             Request ” means a request [*****].

 

1.22.             Search Box ” means a search box [*****].

 

1.23.             Search Query ” means a text query [*****].

 

1.24.             [*****].

 

1.25.             [*****].

 

1.26.             Search Services ” means the search services selected on the front pages of this Agreement.

 

1.27.             Services ” means the Advertising Services and/or Search Services (as applicable).

 

1.28.             Site(s) ” means:

 

(a)        the Web site(s) located at the URL(s) listed on the front pages of this Agreement, together with the additional URL(s) approved by Google from time to time under subsection 6.3(a) below.

 

2.      Launch, Implementation and Maintenance of Services.

 

2.1.   Launch. The parties acknowledge launch of the AFS, AFC, and WS and CSE Services as of the Effective Date. In the event that any additional Services are implemented under this Agreement, Company will not launch its implementation of such Services [*****], until Google has approved the implementation in writing, [*****].

 

2.2.   Implementation and Maintenance

 

(a)        For the remainder of the Term, subject to Sections 6.3, Google will make available and Company will implement and maintain each of the Services on each of the Sites.

 

(b)        Company will ensure that Company:

 

(i)         [*****] in relation to each page, [*****], on which the Services are implemented; and

 

(ii)        [*****] on each of those pages.

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5



 

(c)        Company will ensure that the Services are implemented and maintained in accordance with:

 

(i)         the applicable Google Branding Guidelines;

 

(ii)        the applicable Google Program Guidelines;

 

(iii)       the CSE Branding Guidelines;

 

(iv)       the mock ups and specifications for the Services included in the exhibits to this Agreement [*****];

 

(v)        Google technical protocols (if any) and any other technical requirements and specifications applicable to the Services that are provided to Company by Google from time to time.

 

(d)        Company will ensure that every [*****] generates a [*****] containing that [*****].

 

(e)        Google will, upon receiving a [*****] sent in compliance with this Agreement, provide [*****] when available.  Company will then [*****] the applicable Site.

 

(f)         Authorizations.  Company is responsible for any inquiries from third parties listed in or having rights to [*****].

 

(g)        Company will ensure that at all times during the applicable Term, Company  has a clearly labeled and easily accessible privacy policy in place relating to the Site(s) and that this privacy policy:

 

(i)             clearly discloses to End Users that [*****];  and

 

(ii)            includes information about End Users’ options for cookie management.

 

2.3   [*****] .

 

(a)    [*****].

 

(b)    [*****].

 

(c)    [*****].

 

3.      Policy and Compliance Obligations.

 

3.1        Policy Obligations.   Company will not, and will not [*****] allow any third party to:

 

(a)        modify, obscure or prevent the display of all, or any part of, any Results;

 

(b)        edit, filter, truncate, append terms to or otherwise modify any Search Query;

 

(c)        [*****];

 

(d)        display any Results in pop-ups, pop-unders, exit windows, expanding buttons, animation or other similar methods;

 

(e)        interfere with the display of or frame any Results Page or any page accessed by clicking on any Results;

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6



 

(f)         display any content between any Results and any page accessed by clicking on those Results or place any interstitial content immediately before any Results Page containing any Results;

 

(g)        [*****];

 

(h)        directly or indirectly, (i) offer incentives to End Users to generate Requests or clicks on Results, (ii) fraudulently generate Requests or clicks on Results or (iii) [*****];

 

(i)         “crawl”, “spider”, index or in any non-transitory manner store or cache information obtained from the Services (including Results); and

 

(j)         display on any Site, any content that violates [*****].

 

(k)        Compliance Obligations.  Company will not knowingly or negligently allow any use of or access to the Services through any Site which is not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.  Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to monitor for any such access or use and will, if any such access or use is detected, take all reasonable steps requested by Google to disable this access or use.  If Company is not in compliance with this Agreement at any time, Google may, with notice to Company, suspend provision of all (or any part of) the applicable Services until Company implements adequate corrective modifications as reasonably required and determined by Google.

 

4.      [*****].

 

(a)            [*****].

 

5.      Third Party Advertisements.   If Google is providing AFS to Company for any Site(s), Company will request at least [*****] and will display the AFS Ads on the applicable Results Pages [*****].

 

6.      Changes and Modifications .

 

6.1.   By Google .  If Google modifies the Google Branding Guidelines, Google Program Guidelines, the Google technical protocols or the CSE Branding Guidelines and the modification requires action by Company, Company will take the necessary action [*****].

 

6.2.   By Company

 

(a)        Company will provide Google [*****] notice of any change [*****] that could reasonably be expected to affect the delivery or display of any [*****].

 

6.3.   Site List Changes

 

(a)        Company may notify Google from time to time that it wishes to add or remove URL(s) to those comprising the Site(s) by sending notice to Google [*****].

 

(b)        If there is a change in control of any Site [*****]:

 

(i)             Company will provide notice to Google at least 30 days before the change; and

 

(ii)            unless the entire Agreement is assigned to the third party controlling the Site in compliance with Section 15.3 below, from the date of that change in control of the Site, that Site will be treated as removed from this Agreement.  Company will ensure that from that date, the Services are no longer implemented on that Site.

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

7



 

7.              Intellectual Property.

 

Except to the extent expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, neither party will acquire any right, title or interest in any Intellectual Property Rights belonging to the other party, or to the other party’s licensors.

 

8.              Brand Features; [*****]

 

8.1.   Google grants t o Company a non-exclusive and non-sublicensable license during the Term to use the Google Brand Features solely to fulfill Company’s obligations in connection with the Services in accordance with this Agreement and the Google Branding Guidelines.  Google may revoke this license at any time upon notice to Company.  Any goodwill resulting from the use by Company of the Google Brand Features will belong to Google.

 

8.2.   Google may include Company’s Brand Features in customer lists.  Google will provide Company with a sample of this usage if requested by Company.  [*****].

 

8.3.   Company grants to Google a limited, nonexclusive license to use, copy, modify, distribute and display [*****].  This license may be sublicensed by Google to [*****] as a part of services delivered by Google to such Google Affiliates and syndication partners.  This Agreement does not grant Company any rights to any content used in connection with the [*****].  Company must own or have the right to use and provide the [*****].  Nothing in this Agreement will restrict Google from using data Google obtains from a source other than Company.  Except for the license granted under this Section 8.3, Company retains any right, title and interest [*****].  In addition, Company retains all rights to [*****], to the extent not otherwise licensed or transferred to Google pursuant to other agreements, [*****].

 

9.      Payment.

 

9.1.   Search Services

 

(a)        Google will, unless it has notified Company otherwise, [*****] payable by Company under this Agreement [*****].

 

(b)        Even if the [*****] under subsection 9.1(a), Google will [*****] Company for [*****] after the [*****] are rendered.  [*****], Company will pay the invoice amount, if any, to Google within [*****] of the date of invoice; [*****].

 

(c)        [*****].

 

9.2.   Advertising Services

 

(a)        For each applicable [*****], Google will pay Company an amount equal to [*****].  This payment will be made in the month following the calendar month in which [*****].

 

(b)        Google’s payments [*****] will be based on Google’s accounting [*****].

 

9.3.   All Services

 

(a)        As between Google and Company, Google is responsible for all taxes (if any) associated with the transactions between Google and advertisers in connection with Ads displayed on the Sites.  Company is responsible for all taxes (if any) associated with the Services, other than taxes based on Google’s net income.  All payments to Company from Google in relation to the Services will be treated as inclusive of tax (if applicable) and will not be adjusted.  If Google is obligated to

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

8



 

withhold any taxes from its payments to Company, Google will notify Company of this and will make the payments net of the withheld amounts.  Google will provide Company with original or certified copies of tax payments (or other sufficient evidence of tax payments) if any of these payments are made by Google.

 

(b)        All payments due to Google or to Company will be in the currency specified in this Agreement and made by electronic transfer to the account notified to the paying party by the other party for that purpose.  The party receiving payment will be responsible for any bank charges assessed by the recipient’s bank.

 

(c)            In addition to other rights and remedies Google may have, Google may [*****] between Company and Google. Google may.

 

9.4.  Accounting.

 

[*****] during the Services Term, Google will make available to Company a [*****] from a [*****] covering the [*****] mechanisms [*****] under this Agreement.  Company may request [*****] no more than [*****].

 

10.       Warranties; Disclaimers.

 

10.1.             Warranties.   Each party warrants that (a) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement; and (b) entering into or performing under this Agreement will not violate any agreement it has with a third party.

 

10.2.             Disclaimers.  Except as expressly provided for herein and to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE AND DISCLAIMS, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

 

11.       Indemnification.

 

11.1.             By Company.   Company will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Google from and against all liabilities, damages, and costs (including settlement costs) arising out of [*****].

 

11.2.             By Google.  Google will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Company from and against all liabilities, damages, and costs (including settlement costs) arising out of [*****]. For purposes of clarity, Google will not have any obligations or liability under this Section 11 arising from [*****].

 

11.3.             General .  The party seeking indemnification will promptly notify the other party of the claim and cooperate with the other party in defending the claim.  The indemnifying party has full control and authority over the defense, except that (a) any settlement requiring the party seeking indemnification to admit liability or to pay any money will require that party’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and (b) the other party may join in the defense with its own counsel at its own expense.  [*****].

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9



 

12.       Limitation of Liability.

 

12.1.             Limitation

 

(a)        NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR LOST REVENUES OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, EVEN IF THE PARTY KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN THAT SUCH DAMAGES WERE POSSIBLE AND EVEN IF DIRECT DAMAGES DO NOT SATISFY A REMEDY.

 

(b)        NEITHER PARTY MAY BE HELD LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR [*****].

 

(c)        THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 12.1 SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY UNDISPUTED AMOUNTS DUE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FROM ONE PARTY TO THE OTHER PARTY.

 

12.2.             Exceptions to Limitations .  These limitations of liability do not apply to Company’s breach of Section 4, breaches of confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement, [*****], or indemnification obligations contained in this Agreement.

 

13.       Confidentiality; PR.

 

13.1.             Confidentiality.   The recipient of any Confidential Information will not disclose that Confidential Information, except to Affiliates, employees, and/or agents who need to know it and who have agreed in writing to keep it confidential.  The recipient will ensure that those people and entities use Confidential Information only to exercise rights and fulfill obligations under this Agreement and keep the Confidential Information confidential.  The recipient may also disclose Confidential Information when required by law after giving the discloser reasonable notice and the opportunity to seek confidential treatment, a protective order or similar remedies or relief prior to disclosure.

 

13.2.             [*****] .

 

[*****].

 

13.3.             PR.   Neither party will issue any public statement regarding this Agreement without the other party’s prior written approval, except that (i) Google may reference Company as an Adsense customer in a press release and reference and incorporate Partner’s Brand Features and screen shots into other Google marketing materials (e.g., website, presentation materials, brochures) with Company’s prior written approval (except that use within customer lists do not require prior approval as described in Section 8.2); and (ii) either party may make public disclosures as required by any securities exchange rules.

 

14.       Term and Termination.

 

14.1.             Term & Optional Renewal Term.   The term of this Agreement, which may include an Optional Renewal term pursuant to the parties mutual written consent, is the Term stated on the front pages of this Agreement, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Agreement.

 

14.2.             Termination.

 

(a)        Either party may terminate this Agreement with notice if the other party is in material breach of this Agreement:

 

(i)             where the breach is incapable of remedy;

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10


 

(ii)            where the breach is capable of remedy and the party in breach fails to remedy that breach within 30 days after receiving notice from the other party; or

 

(iii)           more than twice even if the previous breaches were remedied.

 

(b)        Google may, with 30 days prior notice to Company, remove or require Company to remove [*****] from any Site or set of pages on a Site on which the [*****]. Google may, at its sole discretion, after [*****] from the Effective Date, remove [*****] if the [*****] from such site for the prior [*****]. For purposes of clarity, once [*****] is removed from a Site, it is no longer considered [*****] under this Agreement and is no longer subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)        Google reserves the right to suspend or terminate Company’s use of any Services that are alleged or reasonably believed by Google to infringe or violate a third party right; [*****].  If any suspension of a Service under this subsection 14.2(c) continues for more than [*****], Company may immediately terminate this Agreement upon notice to Google.

 

(d)        Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason:

 

(i)             all rights and licenses granted by each party will cease immediately; and

 

(ii)            if requested, each party will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly return to the other party, or destroy and certify the destruction of, all Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other party.

 

15.       Miscellaneous.

 

15.1.            Compliance with Laws.   Each party will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

 

15.2.            Notices.   All notices will be in writing and addressed to the attention of the other party’s Legal Department and primary point of contact.  Notice will be deemed given (a) when verified by written receipt if sent by personal courier, overnight courier, or mail; or (b) when verified by automated receipt or electronic logs if sent by facsimile or email.

 

15.3.            Assignment.   Neither party may assign or transfer any part of this Agreement without the written consent of the other party, except to an Affiliate but only if (a) the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and (b) the assigning party remains liable for obligations under this Agreement.  Any other attempt to transfer or assign is void.

 

15.4.            Change of Control .  Upon the occurrence of a change of control (each, a “Change of Control Event”), the party experiencing the Change of Control Event will provide notice to the other party promptly, but no later than 3 days, after the occurrence of the Change of Control Event.  The other party may terminate this Agreement by sending notice to the party experiencing the Change of Control Event and the termination will be effective upon the earlier of delivery of the termination notice or 3 days after the occurrence of the Change of Control Event.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control Event” means (a) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a party to another person or entity (other than to a subsidiary of such party); (b) any merger or consolidation of a party into or with another corporation or entity in which holders of the capital stock of such party immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction hold, directly or indirectly, immediately following the consummation of the transaction, less than 50% of the capital stock in the surviving entity in such transaction; or (c) any other acquisition [*****] by a third party not an Affiliate of the acquired party or its stockholders (or group of third parties (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) not an Affiliate of such party or its stockholders) of a majority of such party’s outstanding voting power.

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

11



 

15.5.            Governing Law.   This Agreement is governed by California law, excluding California’s choice of law rules.  FOR ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES CONSENT TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION IN, AND THE EXCLUSIVE VENUE OF, THE COURTS IN SANTA CLARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA.

 

15.6.            Equitable Relief .  Nothing in this Agreement will limit either party’s ability to seek equitable relief.

 

15.7.            Entire Agreement; Amendments.   This Agreement is the parties’ entire agreement relating to its subject and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements on that subject.  Any amendment must be in writing signed by both parties and expressly state that it is amending this Agreement.

 

15.8.            No Waiver.   Failure to enforce any provision will not constitute a waiver.

 

15.9.            Severability.   If any provision of this Agreement is found unenforceable, the balance of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

 

15.10.          Survival.   The following sections of this Agreement will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement:   7 (Intellectual Property), [*****], 11 (Indemnification), 12 (Limitation of Liability), 13 (Confidentiality; PR) and 15 (Miscellaneous).

 

15.11.          Independent Contractors.   The parties are independent contractors and this Agreement does not create an agency, partnership, or joint venture.

 

15.12.          No Third Party Beneficiaries.   There are no third-party beneficiaries to this Agreement.

 

15.13.          Force Majeure.   Neither party will be liable for inadequate performance to the extent caused by a condition (for example, natural disaster, act of war or terrorism, riot, labor condition, governmental action, and Internet disturbance) that was beyond the party’s reasonable control.

 

15.14.          Counterparts.   The parties may execute this Agreement in counterparts, including facsimile, PDF or other electronic copies, which taken together will constitute one instrument.

 

Signed:

 

Google

 

Company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nikesh Arora

 

By:

s/ Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Nikesh Arora

 

Print Name:

Charles Hilliard

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President, Global Sales and Business

 

 

 

 

Development Google, Inc.

 

Title:

President & CFO

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

05/28/2010

 

Date:

05/28/2010

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12



 

EXHIBIT A

 

[*****]

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, [*****] shall be as follows:

 

[*****] .

 

[*****] .

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

13



 

EXHIBIT B

 

[*****]

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

[*****].

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, [*****] shall be as follows:

 

[*****] .

 

[*****].

 

[*****]

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

14



 

EXHIBIT C

 

[*****]

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

15



 

EXHIBIT D

 

[*****]

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

16



 

EXHIBIT E

 

[*****]

 

Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

17




Exhibit 10.25

 

Published CUSIP Number: 24802VAA9

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of May 25, 2007

 

among

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

as the Borrower,

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER,

as the Guarantors,

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer,

 

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,

as Syndication Agent

 

and

 

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 

 

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC and

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1

1.01

Defined Terms

1

1.02

Other Interpretive Provisions

24

1.03

Accounting Terms

24

1.04

Rounding

25

1.05

Times of Day

25

1.06

Letter of Credit Amounts

25

ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

25

2.01

Loans

25

2.02

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans

26

2.03

Letters of Credit

28

2.04

Swing Line Loans

35

2.05

Prepayments

37

2.06

Termination or Reduction of Aggregate Revolving Commitments

38

2.07

Repayment of Loans

39

2.08

Interest

39

2.09

Fees

40

2.10

Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate

40

2.11

Evidence of Debt

41

2.12

Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback

41

2.13

Sharing of Payments by Lenders

43

ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

44

3.01

Taxes

44

3.02

Illegality

45

3.03

Inability to Determine Rates

46

3.04

Increased Costs

46

3.05

Compensation for Losses

47

3.06

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

48

3.07

Survival

48

ARTICLE IV GUARANTY

48

4.01

The Guaranty

48

4.02

Obligations Unconditional

49

4.03

Reinstatement

50

4.04

Certain Additional Waivers

50

4.05

Remedies

50

4.06

Rights of Contribution

50

4.07

Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee

51

ARTICLE V CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

51

5.01

Conditions of Initial Credit Extension

51

5.02

Conditions to all Credit Extensions

53

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

54

6.01

Existence, Qualification and Power

54

6.02

Authorization; No Contravention

54

6.03

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

54

6.04

Binding Effect

54

6.05

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

54

6.06

Litigation

55

 

i



 

6.07

No Default

55

6.08

Ownership of Property; Liens

55

6.09

Environmental Compliance

56

6.10

Insurance

56

6.11

Taxes

57

6.12

ERISA Compliance

57

6.13

Subsidiaries

57

6.14

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

58

6.15

Disclosure

58

6.16

Compliance with Laws

58

6.17

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc .

58

6.18

Solvency

59

6.19

Perfection of Security Interests in the Collateral

59

6.20

Business Locations

59

6.21

Labor Matters

59

ARTICLE VII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

59

7.01

Financial Statements

59

7.02

Certificates; Other Information

60

7.03

Notices

62

7.04

Payment of Obligations

63

7.05

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

63

7.06

Maintenance of Properties

64

7.07

Maintenance of Insurance

64

7.08

Compliance with Laws

64

7.09

Books and Records

64

7.10

Inspection Rights

65

7.11

Use of Proceeds

65

7.12

Additional Subsidiaries

65

7.13

ERISA Compliance

65

7.14

Pledged Assets

66

ARTICLE VIII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

66

8.01

Liens

66

8.02

Investments

68

8.03

Indebtedness

69

8.04

Fundamental Changes

70

8.05

Dispositions

70

8.06

Restricted Payments

70

8.07

Change in Nature of Business

71

8.08

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

71

8.09

Burdensome Agreements

71

8.10

Use of Proceeds

72

8.11

Financial Covenants

72

8.12

Prepayment of Other Indebtedness, Etc.

72

8.13

Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation and Form of Entity

72

8.14

Ownership of Subsidiaries

73

8.15

Sale Leasebacks

73

ARTICLE IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

73

9.01

Events of Default

73

9.02

Remedies Upon Event of Default

75

9.03

Application of Funds

75

 

ii



 

ARTICLE X ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

76

10.01

Appointment and Authority

76

10.02

Rights as a Lender

76

10.03

Exculpatory Provisions

77

10.04

Reliance by Administrative Agent

77

10.05

Delegation of Duties

78

10.06

Resignation of Administrative Agent

78

10.07

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

79

10.08

No Other Duties; Etc .

79

10.09

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

79

10.10

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

80

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

80

11.01

Amendments, Etc .

80

11.02

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies

82

11.03

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

84

11.04

Expenses; Indemnity; and Damage Waiver

84

11.05

Payments Set Aside

85

11.06

Successors and Assigns

86

11.07

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

89

11.08

Set-off

90

11.09

Interest Rate Limitation

90

11.10

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

90

11.11

Survival of Representations and Warranties

91

11.12

Severability

91

11.13

Replacement of Lenders

91

11.14

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc .

92

11.15

Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury

93

11.16

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

93

 

iii



 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

1.01(a)

Control Group

 

1.01(b)

Existing Letters of Credit

 

2.01

Commitments and Applicable Percentages

 

6.05

Acquisitions

 

6.10

Insurance

 

6.13

Subsidiaries

 

6.17

IP Rights

 

6.20(a)

Locations of Real Property

 

6.20(b)

Taxpayer and Organizational Identification Numbers

 

6.20(c)

Changes in Legal Name, State of Formation and Structure

 

8.01

Liens Existing on the Closing Date

 

8.02

Investments Existing on the Closing Date

 

8.03

Indebtedness Existing on the Closing Date

 

11.02

Certain Addresses for Notices

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

2.02

Form of Loan Notice

 

2.04

Form of Swing Line Loan Notice

 

2.11(a)(i)

Form of Revolving Note

 

2.11(a)(ii)

Form of Swing Line Note

 

7.02

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

7.12

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

11.06

Form of Assignment and Assumption

 

 

iv



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of May 25, 2007 among DEMAND MEDIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors (defined herein), the Lenders (defined herein) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

 

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a credit facility for the purposes set forth herein, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

1 .01          Defined Terms .

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Acquisition ”, by any Person, means the acquisition by such Person, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of all or any substantial portion of the property of another Person or at least a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person, in each case whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with such other Person and whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness, securities or otherwise.

 

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02 or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Aggregate Revolving Commitments ” means the Revolving Commitments of all the Lenders.  The aggregate principal amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect on the Closing Date is ONE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($100,000,000).

 

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

 

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment at such time; provided that if the commitment of each Lender to make Revolving Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.02 or if the Aggregate Revolving Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be

 



 

determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.  The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

 

Applicable Rate ” means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.02(a) :

 

Pricing

 

Consolidated Net
Senior Leverage

 

Commitment

 

Applicable Margin

 

Letter of

 

Tier

 

Ratio

 

Fee

 

LIBOR

 

Base Rate

 

Credit Fee

 

I

 

< 0.5:1.0

 

0.20

%

1.00

%

0.00

%

1.00

%

II

 

> 0.5:1.0 but
< 1.0:1.0

 

0.25

%

1.25

%

0.25

%

1.25

%

III

 

> 1.0:1.0 but
< 1.5:1.0

 

0.30

%

1.50

%

0.50

%

1.50

%

IV

 

> 1.5:1.0 but
< 2.0:1.0

 

0.375

%

1.75

%

0.75

%

1.75

%

V

 

> 2.0:1.0 but
< 2.5:1.0

 

0.50

%

2.00

%

1.00

%

2.00

%

VI

 

> 2.5:1.0

 

0.50

%

2.50

%

1.50

%

2.50

%

 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(a) ; provided , however , that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Tier VI shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered and shall continue to apply until the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered in accordance with Section 7.02(a) , whereupon the Applicable Rate shall be adjusted based upon the calculation of the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio contained in such Compliance Certificate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the first Business Day immediately following the date the Audited Financial Statements are delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(i)  and the Compliance Certificate was delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(a)  for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007 shall be determined based upon Pricing Tier III.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b) .

 

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit 11.06 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

2



 

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease and (c) in respect of any Securitization Transaction of any Person, the outstanding principal amount of such financing, after taking into account reserve accounts and making appropriate adjustments, determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable judgment.

 

Audited Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01(a)(i) .

 

Available Revolving Committed Amount ” means (a) prior to the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , the lesser of (i) $50,000,000 and (ii) the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and (b) following the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements, the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06 , and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 9.02 .

 

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

 

BAS ” means Banc of America Securities LLC, in its capacity as joint lead arranger and joint book manager.

 

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.”  The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.  Any change in the “prime rate” announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02 .

 

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 .

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

3



 

Businesses ” means, at any time, a collective reference to the businesses operated by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time.

 

Capital Lease ” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property by that Person as lessee which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

 

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g) .

 

Cash Equivalents ” means, as at any date, (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, (b) Dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit of (i) any Lender, (ii) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 or (iii) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Bank”), in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any domestic corporation rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and maturing within six months of the date of acquisition, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations and (e) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $500,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character described in the foregoing subdivisions (a) through (d).

 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)            the failure of the Control Group to maintain beneficial ownership of at least a majority of the Equity Interests of the Borrower entitled to vote for the members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully diluted basis; or

 

(b)            during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election, appointment or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election, appointment or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election, appointment or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election, appointment or nomination at least a majority of that board or

 

4



 

equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial appointment or nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors).

 

Closing Date ” means the date hereof.

 

Collateral ” means a collective reference to all real and personal property with respect to which Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, are purported to be granted pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents.

 

Collateral Documents ” means a collective reference to the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Mortgages and other security documents as may be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties pursuant to the terms of Section 7.14 .

 

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, the Revolving Commitment of such Lender.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 7.02 .

 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, all capital expenditures, as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include (a) expenditures made with proceeds of any Involuntary Disposition to the extent such expenditures are used to purchase property that is the same as or similar to the property subject to such Involuntary Disposition, (b) Permitted Acquisitions or (c) Permitted Media Content/Domain Name Acquisitions.

 

Consolidated Cash Taxes ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the aggregate of all taxes, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent the same are paid in cash during such period.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (i) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (a) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (b) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, (c) depreciation and amortization expense for such period plus (d) all non-cash, non-recurring charges or expenses for such period that do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period, (e) one time, non-recurring restructuring charges incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, a Permitted Media Content/Domain Name Acquisition and/or a Pre-Closing Acquisition during such period, (f) one time, non-recurring cost savings, including those related to head count reduction and transition expenses in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, a Permitted Media Content/Domain Name Acquisition and/or a Pre-Closing Acquisition during such period and (g) any losses during such period related to foreign currency exchanges, conversions and/or contracts, provided that the total aggregate amount added back to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (e), (f) and (g) for any period shall not exceed $2,500,000 minus (ii) any gains during such period related to foreign currency contracts, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b) less (ii) 

 

5



 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b) .

 

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Consolidated Cash Taxes for such period plus (ii) the cash portion of Consolidated Interest Charges for such period plus (iii) the amount of cash dividends and other distributions made by the Borrower during such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means Funded Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to the sum of (i) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP plus (iii) the implied interest component of Synthetic Leases with respect to such period.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses) for that period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness outstanding under the Seller Notes and any Subordinated Indebtedness) as of such date less (ii) the aggregate value of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of $15,000,000 of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b) .

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to be Controlled by another Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, managing general partners or the equivalent.

 

Control Group ” means those Persons identified on Schedule 1.01(a) .

 

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

6


 

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided , however , that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of any property by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (including the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, but excluding (a) the sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition of inventory or domain names or any property incidental to the ownership of domain names in the ordinary course of business; (b)  the sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition in the ordinary course of business of surplus, obsolete or worn out property no longer used or useful in the conduct of business of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries; (c) any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition of property to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary; provided , that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 8.02 , (d) any Involuntary Disposition and (e) the non-exclusive licenses of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business.

 

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

 

Earn Out Obligations ” means, with respect to an Acquisition, all obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to make earn out or other contingency payments (including purchase price adjustments, non-competition and consulting agreements, or other indemnity obligations) pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition.  The amount of any Earn Out Obligations at the time of determination shall be the aggregate amount, if any, of such Earn Out Obligations that are required at such time under GAAP to be recognized as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06(b)(iv)  and (v)  (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(ii) ).

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all federal, state, local, foreign and other applicable statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants,

 

7



 

franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Interests ”  means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

 

Equity Issuance ” means any issuance by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary to any Person of its Equity Interests.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code).

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability for a lien imposed under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Eurodollar Base Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum

 

8



 

determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the Eurodollar Base Rate for such Eurodollar Rate Loan for such Interest Period by (b) one minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage for such Eurodollar Rate Loan for such Interest Period.

 

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

 

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”).  The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01 .

 

Excluded Property ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, including any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Closing Date as contemplated by Section 7.12 , (a) any owned or leased real or personal property which is located outside of the United States, (b) any personal property (including, without limitation, motor vehicles) in respect of which perfection of a Lien is not either (i) governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or (ii) effected by appropriate evidence of the Lien being filed in either the United States Copyright Office or the United States Patent and Trademark Office, (c) the Equity Interests of any direct Foreign Subsidiary of a Loan Party to the extent not required to be pledged to secure the Obligations pursuant to Section 7.14(a) , (d) any property which, subject to the terms of Section 8.09 , is subject to a Lien of the type described in Section 8.01(b) , Section 8.01(i)  or Section 8.01(p)  pursuant to documents which prohibit such Loan Party from granting any other Liens in such property, (e) any leasehold interest of any Loan Party in any office space and/or any data center, (f) rights or interests in any license, contract, lease or agreement to which a Loan Party is a party to the extent, but only to the extent, that a grant of a security interest in such license, contract, lease or agreement would, under the terms of such license, contract, lease or agreement, result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a default under such license, contract lease or agreement (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code).

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 11.13 ), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or is attributable to such Foreign

 

9



 

Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 3.01(e) , except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a) .

 

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 1, 2006 among the Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Borrower, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., as the arranger and the administrative agent, as amended or modified from time to time.

 

Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit described by date of issuance, letter of credit number, undrawn amount, name of beneficiary and date of expiry on Schedule 1.01(b) .

 

Facilities ” means, at any time, a collective reference to the facilities and real properties owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary.

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated April 18, 2007 among the Borrower, Bank of America and BAS.

 

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.  For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

 

Funded Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)            all obligations for borrowed money, whether current or long-term (including the Obligations) and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

(b)            all purchase money Indebtedness;

 

(c)            the principal portion of all obligations under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other

 

10



 

than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business);

 

(d)            all obligations arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial) (but not including any letters of credit that are fully cash collateralized), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties (but not including any bank guaranties that are fully cash collateralized), surety bonds and similar instruments;

 

(e)            all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account payable was invoiced), including, without limitation, any Earn Out Obligations recognized as a liability on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP;

 

(f)             the Attributable Indebtedness of Capital Leases, Securitization Transactions and Synthetic Leases;

 

(g)            all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interests in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends;

 

(h)            all Funded Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Funded Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed;

 

(i)             all Guarantees with respect to Funded Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (h) above of another Person; and

 

(j)             all Funded Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or joint venturer, except to the extent that Funded Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.

 

For purposes hereof, the amount of any direct obligation arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments shall be the maximum amount then available to be drawn thereunder.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, consistently applied and as in effect from time to time.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

11



 

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien).  The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith.  The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantors ” means each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower identified as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages hereto and each other Person that joins as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12 , together with their successors and permitted assigns.

 

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Article IV .

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Honor Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c) .

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)            all Funded Indebtedness;

 

(b)            the Swap Termination Value of any Swap Contract;

 

(c)            all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) and (b) above of any other Person; and

 

(d)            all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

12



 

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b) .

 

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07 .

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

 

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice provided that:

 

(i)             any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

(ii)            any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

 

(iii)           no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

Interim Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(c) .

 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person or of the media content, domain names or domain name portfolios of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) an Acquisition.  For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested less any returns of capital repayments on principal thereunder, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment or any interest accrued thereon.

 

Involuntary Disposition ” means any loss of, damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking for public use of, any property of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.17 .

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

13



 

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

 

Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 7.12 executed and delivered by a Domestic Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 .

 

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

 

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing of Revolving Loans.

 

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

 

L/C Issuer ” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.  For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 .  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

Lenders ” means each of the Persons identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages hereto and their successors and assigns and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.

 

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Letter of Credit ” means (a) any standby letter of credit issued hereunder and (b) any Existing Letter of Credit.

 

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a letter of credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

 

14



 

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is thirty days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

 

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i) .

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Available Revolving Committed Amount and (b) $25,000,000.  The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Liquidity ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.11(c) .

 

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, each Joinder Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the Fee Letter.

 

Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing of Loans, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.02 .

 

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party or the Guarantors, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower now existing or hereafter acquired or formed which has total assets valued in excess of $50,000 as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered hereunder, as calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

Maturity Date ” means May 25, 2012.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

Mortgages ” means the mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt that purport to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, a security interest in the fee

 

15



 

interest and/or leasehold interests of any Loan Party in real property (other than Excluded Property) acquired or leased by a Loan Party subsequent to the Closing Date.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

Note ” or “ Notes ” means the Revolving Notes and/or the Swing Line Note, individually or collectively, as appropriate.

 

Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. The foregoing shall also include (a) all obligations under any Swap Contract between any Loan Party and any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(d)  and (b) all obligations under any Treasury Management Agreement between any Loan Party and any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender.

 

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to any Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of any Loans occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

 

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d) .

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate

 

16



 

contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

 

Permitted Acquisitions ” means Investments consisting of an Acquisition (other than any Permitted Media Content/Domain Name Acquisition) by any Loan Party, provided that (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Acquisition, (ii) the property acquired (or the property of the Person acquired) in such Acquisition is used or useful in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries were engaged in on the Closing Date (or any reasonable extensions or expansions thereof), (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all items in respect of the Equity Interests or property acquired in such Acquisition required to be delivered by the terms of Section 7.12 and/or Section 7.14 (or such items will be delivered promptly to the Administrative Agent following consummation of such Acquisition), (iv) in the case of an Acquisition of the Equity Interests of another Person, the board of directors (or other comparable governing body) of such other Person shall have duly approved such Acquisition, (v) the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in each Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as if made as of the date of such Acquisition (after giving effect thereto) except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, (vi) if such transaction involves the purchase of an interest in a partnership between the Borrower (or a Subsidiary) as a general partner and entities unaffiliated with the Borrower or such Subsidiary as the other partners, such transaction shall be effected by having such equity interest acquired by a corporate holding company directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Borrower newly formed for the sole purpose of effecting such transaction, (vii) immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Borrower shall have Liquidity of at least $15,000,000, (viii) in the case of an Acquisition for which the aggregate consideration (excluding equity consideration) exceeds $7,500,000, (A) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a Pro Forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating that, upon giving effect to such Acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, the Loan Parties would be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.11 as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Borrower was required to deliver financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or if any such Acquisition occurs prior to the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b) , as of the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2007) and (B) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent pro forma financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to such Acquisition for the twelve month period ending as of the most recent fiscal quarter in a form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ix) the aggregate consideration (including cash and non-cash consideration, any assumption of Indebtedness, deferred purchase price and any Earn Out Obligations but excluding any equity consideration) paid by any Loan Party for any one Acquisition shall not exceed an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarter period preceding the date of such Acquisition (such calculation to be done on a Pro Forma Basis to include any Acquisitions, Investments and/or Dispositions occurring during the applicable four fiscal quarter period) for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or if any such Acquisition occurs prior to the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b) , as of the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2007) and (x)(A) if such Acquisition occurs prior to the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , (1) the aggregate consideration (including cash and non-cash consideration, any assumption of Indebtedness, deferred purchase price and any Earn-Out-Obligations but excluding any equity consideration) paid by the Loan Parties for all such Acquisitions occurring from the Closing Date until the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i)  shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to 100% of Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 (such calculation to be based on the Interim Financial Statements on a Pro Forma Basis to include any Acquisitions, Investments and/or Dispositions occurring during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007) and (2) immediately after giving effect to any such Acquisition, the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis using the Interim Financial Statements after giving effect to such Acquisition) shall not exceed 1.5 to 1.0; provided , however , if the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis using the Interim Financial

 

17



 

Statements after giving effect to such Acquisition) is less than 1.0 to 1.0, there shall be no limit on the size of any such Acquisition that occurs prior  to the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , and the amount of consideration for any such Acquisition shall not count toward, or be limited by, any of the baskets for Acquisitions described above and (B) if such Acquisition occurs after the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , the aggregate consideration (including cash and non-cash consideration, any assumption of Indebtedness, deferred purchase price and any Earn-Out-Obligations but excluding any equity consideration) paid by the Loan Parties for all such Acquisitions occurring during any fiscal year shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to 100% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended fiscal year (such calculation to be done on a Pro Forma Basis to include any Acquisitions, Investments and/or Dispositions occurring during the applicable fiscal year); provided , however , if the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Acquisition) is less than 1.0 to 1.0, there shall be no limit on the size of any such Acquisition that occurs after the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , and the amount of consideration for any such Acquisition shall not count toward, or be limited by, any of  the baskets for Acquisitions described above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that any cash received in respect of an Equity Issuance which (i) is immediately invested upon receipt in a Foreign Subsidiary may be used by such Foreign Subsidiary as consideration for an Acquisition or (ii) is immediately used upon receipt by a Loan Party to acquire a Foreign Subsidiary, in each case will not (x) be subject to the basket in clause (ix) above, (y) count toward the fiscal year basket for Acquisitions described above or (z) count towards the $7,500,000 basket in clause (viii) above.

 

Permitted Media Content/Domain Name Acquisitions ” means Investments consisting of the purchase of media content, domain names and/or domain name portfolios by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, provided that (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such purchase, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all items in respect of the property acquired in such purchase required to be delivered by the terms of Section 7.12 and/or Section 7.14 (or such items will be delivered promptly to the Administrative Agent following the consummation of such Acquisition), (iii) the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in each Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as if made as of the date of such purchase (after giving effect thereto) except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, (iv) immediately after giving effect to such purchase, the Borrower shall have Liquidity totaling at least $15,000,000, (v) the aggregate consideration (including cash and non-cash consideration, any assumption of Indebtedness, deferred purchase price and any Earn Out Obligations but excluding any equity consideration) paid by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary for any purchase (constituting one transaction) of media content, domain names and/or domain name portfolios shall not exceed an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarter period preceding the date of such purchase (such calculation to be done on a Pro Forma Basis to include any Acquisitions, Investments and/or Dispositions occurring during the applicable four fiscal quarter period) for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to  Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or if any such Acquisition occurs prior to the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or  (b) , as of the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2007)  and (vi)(A) if such purchase occurs prior to the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , (1) the aggregate consideration (including cash and non-cash consideration, any assumption of Indebtedness, deferred purchase price, any Earn-Out-Obligations but excluding any equity consideration) paid by the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries for all such purchases occurring from the Closing Date until the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i)  shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to 100% of Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 (such calculation to be based on the Interim Financial Statements on a Pro Forma Basis to include any Acquisitions, Investments and Dispositions occurring during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007) and (2) immediately after giving effect to any such purchase, the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis using the Interim Financial Statements after giving effect to such purchase) shall not exceed 1.5 to 1.0; provided , however , if the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis

 

18



 

using the Interim Financial Statements after giving effect to such purchase) is less than 1.0 to 1.0, there shall be no limit on the size of any such purchase that occurs prior  to the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , and the amount of consideration for any such purchase shall not count toward, or be limited by, any of the baskets for the purchases of media content, domain names and/or domain name portfolios described above and (B) if such purchase occurs after the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , the aggregate consideration (including cash and non-cash consideration, any assumption of Indebtedness, deferred purchase price and any Earn-Out-Obligations but excluding any equity consideration) paid by the Loan Parties for all such purchases occurring during any fiscal year shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to 100% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended fiscal year (such calculation to be done on a Pro Forma Basis to include any Acquisitions, Investments and/or Dispositions occurring during the applicable fiscal year); provided , however , if the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such purchase) is less than 1.0 to 1.0, there shall be no limit on the size of any such purchase that occurs after the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , and the amount of consideration for any such purchase shall not count toward, or be limited by, any of the baskets for purchases of media content, domain names and/or domain name portfolios described above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that any cash received in respect of an Equity Issuance which is immediately invested in a Foreign Subsidiary upon receipt may be used by such Foreign Subsidiary as consideration for a purchase of media content, domain names and/or domain name portfolios, and such cash consideration shall not (x) be subject to the basket in clause (v) above or (y) count toward the fiscal year basket for purchases described above.

 

Permitted Investments ” means, at any time, Investments by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries permitted to exist at such time pursuant to the terms of Section 8.02 .

 

Permitted Liens ” means, at any time, Liens in respect of property of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries permitted to exist at such time pursuant to the terms of Section 8.01 .

 

Permitted Preferred Stock ” means the capital stock issued by the Borrower with a liquidation preference over its common stock that does not require payment of a cash dividend or a mandatory redemption of any kind prior to the full repayment of the Obligations of the Borrower and other Loan Parties.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02 .

 

Pledge Agreement ” means the pledge agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, by each of the Loan Parties, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Pre-Closing Acquisition ” means any Investment consisting of the purchase of media content, domain names and/or domain name portfolios or any Acquisition by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that occurred prior to the Closing Date.

 

19


 

Pro Forma Basis ” means, (a) for purposes of calculating the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.11 (including for purposes of determining the Applicable Rate), that any Disposition, Involuntary Disposition, Acquisition, Investment or Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the most recent four fiscal quarter period preceding the date of such transaction for which the Borrower was required to deliver financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  or (b) for purposes of making any calculation of Consolidated EBITDA or the financial covenants on a Pro Forma Basis in determining whether an Acquisition or Investment occurring prior to the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i)  constitutes a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Media Content/Domain Name Acquisition, as applicable, that any such Acquisition or Investment shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the four fiscal quarter period ending on March 31, 2007.  In connection with the foregoing, (i)(a) with respect to any Disposition or Involuntary Disposition, income statement and cash flow statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property disposed of shall be excluded to the extent relating to any period occurring prior to the date of such transaction and (b) with respect to any Acquisition or Investment, income statement items attributable to the Person or property acquired shall be included to the extent relating to any period applicable in such calculations to the extent (A) such items are not otherwise included in such income statement items for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP or in accordance with any defined terms set forth in Section 1.01 and (B) such items are supported by financial statements or other information reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including the Person or property acquired) in connection with such transaction (A) shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the applicable period and (B) if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination.

 

Pro Forma Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower containing reasonably detailed calculations of the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.11 as of the most recent fiscal quarter end for which the Borrower was required to deliver financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  after giving effect to the applicable transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02 .

 

RBC ” means RBC Capital Markets, in its capacity as syndication agent under the Credit Agreement.

 

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c) .

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty-day notice period has been waived.

 

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, a Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

 

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of (a) the unfunded Commitments and the outstanding Loans, L/C Obligations and participations therein or (b) if the Commitments have been terminated, the outstanding Loans, L/C Obligations and participations

 

20



 

therein.  The unfunded Commitments of, and the outstanding Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

Responsible Officer ” means the co-founder, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party.  Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof), or any setting apart of funds or property for any of the foregoing.

 

Revolving Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Revolving Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a) .

 

Revolving Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a) .

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means, with respect to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby the Loan Party or such Subsidiary shall sell or transfer any property used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Securitization Transaction ” means, with respect to any Person, any financing transaction or series of financing transactions (including factoring arrangements) pursuant to which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person may sell, convey or otherwise transfer, or grant a security interest in, accounts, payments, receivables, rights to future lease payments or residuals or similar rights to payment to a special purpose subsidiary or affiliate of such Person.

 

Security Agreement ” means the security agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, by each of the Loan Parties, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Seller Notes ” means that certain Subordinated Unsecured Note dated August 31, 2006 issued by the Borrower in favor of the lenders identified therein.

 

21



 

Solvent ” or “ Solvency ” means, with respect to any Person as of a particular date, that on such date (a) such Person is able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business, (b) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature in their ordinary course, (c) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged or is to engage, (d) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person and (e) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured.  In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower issued subsequent to the Closing Date which (a) by its terms is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of the Obligations containing terms and conditions (including without limitation subordination provisions) satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (b) is not subject to any mandatory payments, prepayments, redemptions or repurchases at any time prior to the date 180 days after the Maturity Date.

 

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of Voting Stock is at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s) and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

 

22



 

Swing Line Lender ” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

 

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a) .

 

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Borrowing of Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.04 .

 

Swing Line Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a) .

 

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $10,000,000 and (b) the Available Revolving Committed Amount.  The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

Synthetic Lease ” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing arrangement whereby the arrangement is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease or does not otherwise appear on a balance sheet under GAAP.

 

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Threshold Amount ” means $1,000,000.

 

Total Revolving Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans, all Swing Line Loans and all L/C Obligations.

 

Treasury Management Agreement ” means any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services.

 

Type ” means, with respect to any Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

 

Unfunded Pension Liability ” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding that Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code for the applicable plan year.

 

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

 

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

 

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

 

23



 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means any Person 100% of whose Equity Interests are at the time owned by the Borrower directly or indirectly through other Persons 100% of whose Equity Interests are at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower.

 

1 .02          Other Interpretive Provisions .

 

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

 

(a)            The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .”  Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all real and personal property and tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

(b)            In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

 

(c)            Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

1 .03          Accounting Terms .

 

(a)            Generally .  Except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein, all accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements; provided, however, that calculations of Attributable Indebtedness under any Synthetic Lease or the implied interest component of any Synthetic Lease shall be made by the Borrower in accordance with accepted financial practice and consistent with the terms of such Synthetic Lease.

 

24



 

(b)            Changes in GAAP .  The Borrower will provide a written summary of material changes in GAAP relevant to the applicable financial statements of the Borrower and in the consistent application thereof with each annual and quarterly Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 7.02(a) .  If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that , until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

(c)            Calculations .  Notwithstanding the above, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all calculations of the financial covenants in Section 8.11 (including for purposes of determining the Applicable Rate) shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

1 .04          Rounding .

 

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

1 .05          Times of Day .

 

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Pacific time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

1 .06          Letter of Credit Amounts .

 

Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

2 .01          Loans .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Revolving Loan ”) to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Borrowing of Revolving Loans, (i) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender,

 

25



 

plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment.  Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01 .  Revolving Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, or a combination thereof, as further provided herein, provided, however, all Borrowings made on the Closing Date shall be made as Base Rate Loans.

 

2 .02          Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

 

(a)            Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone.  Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of, Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans.  Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a)  must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c)  and 2.04(c) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.  Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto.  If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of a Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans.  If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

 

(b)            Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans as described in the preceding subsection.  In the case of a Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice.  Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 5.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings and second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

 

26



 

(c)            Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan.  During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

 

(d)            The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate.  At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

 

(e)            After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than 5 Interest Periods in effect with respect to all Loans.

 

(f)             Following the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements, the Borrower may at any time and from time to time, upon prior written notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, increase the Aggregate Revolving Commitments (but not the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit) by up to FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($50,000,000) with additional Revolving Commitments from any existing Lender or new Revolving Commitments from any other Person selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer; provided that:

 

(i)             any such increase shall be in a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof;

 

(ii)            no Default or Event of Default shall exist and be continuing at the time of any such increase;

 

(iii)           no existing Lender shall be under any obligation to increase its Revolving Commitment and any such decision whether to increase its Revolving Commitment shall be in such Lender’s sole and absolute discretion;

 

(iv)           (A) any new Lender shall join this Agreement by executing such joinder documents required by the Administrative Agent and/or (B) any existing Lender electing to increase its Revolving Commitment shall have executed a commitment agreement satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

(v)            as a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the date of such increase signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase and (B) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (1) the representations and warranties contained in Article VI and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such increase, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.02(f) , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 6.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 7.01 , and (2) no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

27



 

The Borrower shall prepay any Loans owing by it and outstanding on the date of any such increase (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 ) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Revolving Commitments arising from any nonratable increase in the Revolving Commitments under this Section.

 

2 .03          Letters of Credit .

 

(a)            The Letter of Credit Commitment .

 

(i)             Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.  Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.   Furthermore, each Lender with a Commitment acknowledges and confirms that it has a participation interest in the liability of the L/C Issuer under the Existing Letters of Credit in a percentage equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Revolving Loans.  The Borrower’s reimbursement obligations in respect of the Existing Letters of Credit, and each Lender’s obligations in connection therewith, shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)            The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

(A)           subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

 

(B)            the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

 

(iii)           The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

(A)           any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with

 

28



 

jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

 

(B)            the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

 

(C)            except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $500,000;

 

(D)           such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or

 

(E)            a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c)  exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.

 

(iv)           The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(v)            The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article X included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

 

(b)            Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

 

(i)             Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least five (5) Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be.  In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text

 

29


 

of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require.  Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

 

(ii)            Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article V shall not be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.  Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

 

(iii)           If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a)  or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 is not then satisfied, and in each case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

(iv)           Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will

 

30



 

also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

(c)            Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

 

(i)             Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof.  Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing.  If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof.  In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice) and provided that, after giving effect to such Borrowing, the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount.  Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i)  may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

 

(ii)            Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i)  make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

 

(iii)           With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.  In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii)  shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .

 

(iv)           Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)  to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

 

(v)            Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason

 

31



 

whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)  is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Loan Notice).  No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(vi)           If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c)  by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.  A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)            Repayment of Participations .

 

(i)             At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of cash collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(ii)            If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i)  is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)            Obligations Absolute .  The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

(i)             any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)            the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of

 

32



 

such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

 

(iii)           any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

(iv)           any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

 

(v)            any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer.  The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

 

(f)             Role of L/C Issuer .  Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document.  The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e) ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit unless the L/C Issuer is prevented or prohibited from so paying as a result of any order or directive of any

 

33



 

court or other Governmental Authority.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

(g)            Cash Collateral .  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations.  Sections 2.05 and 9.02(c)  set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder.  For purposes of this Section 2.03 , Section 2.05 and Section 9.02(c) , “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders).  Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings.  The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing.  Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent.

 

(h)            Applicability of ISP .  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

 

(i)             Letter of Credit Fees .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 .  Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.  If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the first Business Day immediately following the date the Audited Financial Statements are delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(i)  and the Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(a)  for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007 shall be 1.50%.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

 

(j)             Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum specified in the Fee Letter, computed on the actual daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit) and on a quarterly basis in arrears.  Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment),

 

34



 

commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 .  In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect.  Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

 

(k)            Conflict with Issuer Documents .  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

 

(l)             Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries .  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

 

2 .04          Swing Line Loans .

 

(a)            Swing Line Facility .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04 , to make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, and provided , further , that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.04 .  Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan.  Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

 

(b)            Borrowing Procedures .  Each Borrowing of Swing Line Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone.  Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum principal amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day.  Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof.  Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the

 

35



 

Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Borrowing of Swing Line Loans (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article V is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower.

 

(c)            Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

 

(i)             The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably requests and authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding.  Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice) and provided that, after giving effect to such Borrowing, the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount.  The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent.  Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

 

(ii)            If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Borrowing of Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i)  shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

 

(iii)           If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c)  by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.  A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(iv)           Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)  shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff,

 

36



 

counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)  is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 .  No such purchase or funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(d)            Repayment of Participations .

 

(i)             At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

 

(ii)            If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.  The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)            Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender .  The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans.  Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

 

(f)             Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender .  The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

 

2 .05          Prepayments .

 

(a)            Voluntary Prepayments .

 

(i)             Revolving Loans .  The Borrower may, upon notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (1) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any such prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding); and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding).  Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid.  The Administrative Agent will promptly

 

37



 

notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment.  If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.  Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 .  Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

 

(ii)            Swing Line Loans .  The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the entire principal thereof then outstanding).  Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment.  If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

 

(b)            Mandatory Prepayments of Loans .

 

(i)             Revolving Commitments .  If for any reason the Total Revolving Outstandings at any time exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Revolving Loans and/or the Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i)  unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Loans and the Swing Line Loans the Total Revolving Outstandings exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount then in effect.

 

(ii)            Application of Mandatory Prepayments .  All amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)  shall be applied to Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans and (after all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans have been repaid) to Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations.  Within the parameters of the applications set forth above, prepayments shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities.  All prepayments under this Section 2.05(b)  shall be subject to Section 3.05 , but otherwise without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by interest on the principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

 

2 .06          Termination or Reduction of Aggregate Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)            Optional Reductions .  The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments to an amount not less than the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon five (5) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $2,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Aggregate Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Revolving Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations

 

38



 

not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or (C) the Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans would exceed the Swing Line Sublimit.

 

(b)            Mandatory Reductions .  If after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Revolving Commitments under this Section 2.06 , the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments at such time, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.

 

(c)            Notice .  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, Swing Line Sublimit or the Aggregate Revolving Commitments under this Section 2.06.  Upon any reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount.  All fees in respect of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

 

2 .07          Repayment of Loans .

 

(a)            Revolving Loans .  The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding on such date.

 

(b)            Swing Line Loans .  The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date within one (1) Business Day of demand therefor by the Swing Line Lender and (ii) the Maturity Date.

 

2 .08          Interest .

 

(a)            Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate, (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(b)            (i)             If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws until repaid.

 

(ii)            If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws until repaid.

 

(iii)           While any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

39


 

(iv)           Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

 

(c)            Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein.  Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

2 .09          Fees .

 

In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i) and (j) of Section 2.03 :

 

(a)            Commitment Fee .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee at a rate per annum equal to (i) prior to the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , the sum of (A) 0.30% times the actual daily amount by which the Available Revolving Committed Amount exceeds the sum of (1) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans and (2) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations plus (B)(x) during the first sixty days following the Closing Date, 0.20% times the amount by which the Aggregate Revolving Commitments exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount and (y) commencing on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following the Closing Date, 0.30% times the amount by which the Aggregate Revolving Commitments exceed the Available Revolving Committed Amount and (ii) following the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , the product of (A) the Applicable Rate times (B) the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Revolving Commitments exceed the sum of (1) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans and (2) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article V is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.  For purposes of clarification, Swing Line Loans shall not be considered outstanding for purposes of determining the unused portion of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

(b)            Fee Letter .  The Borrower shall pay to BAS and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter.  Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall be non-refundable for any reason whatsoever.

 

2 .10          Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate .

 

(a)            All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day.  Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

40



 

(b)            If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Debtor Relief Laws, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period.  This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section  2.03(c)(iii) , 2.03(i)  or 2.08(b)  or under Article IX .  The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

2 .11          Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)            The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business.  The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.  Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a promissory note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records.  Each such promissory note shall (i) in the case of Revolving Loans, be in the form of Exhibit 2.11(a)(i)  (a “ Revolving Note ”) and (ii) in the case of Swing Line Loans, be in the form of Exhibit 2.11(a)(ii)  (a “ Swing Line Note ”).  Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

 

(b)            In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

 

2 .12          Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

 

(a)            General .  All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein.  The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such

 

41



 

Lender’s Lending Office.  All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  Subject to the definition of “Interest Period”, if any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

(b)            (i)             Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans.  If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period.  If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.  Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

 

(ii)            Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(c)            Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent .  If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative

 

42



 

Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article V are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

 

(d)            Obligations of Lenders Several .  The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c)  are several and not joint.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c)  on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c) .

 

(e)            Funding Source .  Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

2 .13          Sharing of Payments by Lenders .

 

If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

 

(i)             if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

 

(ii)            the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

 

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

 

43



 

ARTICLE III

 

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

3 .01          Taxes .

 

(a)            Payments Free of Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if any Loan Party shall be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Loan Party shall make such deductions and (iii) such Loan Party shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)            Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Loan Parties shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)            Indemnification by the Loan Parties .  The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)            Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)            Status of Lenders .  Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

 

44



 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)             duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

(ii)            duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

 

(iii)           in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code and (y) duly completed copies of  Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or

 

(iv)           any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

(f)             Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to such Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Loan Party under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that each Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Loan Party ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

3 .02          Illegality .

 

If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the

 

45



 

circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

 

3 .03          Inability to Determine Rates .

 

If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b)  adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and all Lenders.  Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent revokes such notice.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

3 .04          Increased Costs .

 

(a)            Increased Costs Generally .  If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)             impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate or the L/C Issuer;

 

(ii)            subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer); or

 

(iii)           impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may

 

46



 

be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)            Capital Requirements .  If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)            Certificates for Reimbursement .  A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)            Delay in Requests .  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

3 .05          Compensation for Losses.

 

Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

 

(a)            any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

 

(b)            any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

 

(c)            any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13 ;

 

47



 

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.  The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

 

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Base Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

 

3 .06          Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 

(a)            Designation of a Different Lending Office .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b)            Replacement of Lenders .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , is unable to make Eurodollar Rate Loans under Section 3.02 or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.13 .

 

3 .07          Survival .

 

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

GUARANTY

 

4 .01          The Guaranty .

 

Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantees to each Lender, each Affiliate of a Lender that enters into a Swap Contract or a Treasury Management Agreement with a Loan Party, and the Administrative Agent as hereinafter provided, as primary obligor and not as surety, the prompt payment of the Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof.  The Guarantors hereby further agree that if any of the Obligations are not paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise), the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Obligations, the same will be promptly

 

48



 

paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents, Swap Contracts or Treasury Management Agreements, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under the Debtor Relief Laws or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law.

 

4 .02          Obligations Unconditional .

 

The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 4.01 are joint and several, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents, Swap Contracts or Treasury Management Agreements, or any other agreement or instrument referred to therein, or any substitution, release, impairment or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.02 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.  Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Borrower or any other Guarantor for amounts paid under this Article IV until such time as the Obligations have been paid in full and the Commitments have expired or terminated.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

 

(a)            at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

(b)            any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of any of the Loan Documents, any Swap Contract or Treasury Management Agreement between any Loan Party and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents, such Swap Contracts or such Treasury Management Agreements shall be done or omitted;

 

(c)            the maturity of any of the Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under any of the Loan Documents, any Swap Contract or Treasury Management Agreement between any Loan Party and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents, such Swap Contracts or such Treasury Management Agreements shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Obligations or any security therefor shall be released, impaired or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

 

(d)            any Lien granted to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or Lenders as security for any of the Obligations shall fail to attach or be perfected; or

 

(e)            any of the Obligations shall be determined to be void or voidable (including, without limitation, for the benefit of any creditor of any Guarantor) or shall be subordinated to the claims of any Person (including, without limitation, any creditor of any Guarantor).

 

49


 

With respect to its obligations hereunder, each Guarantor hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Person under any of the Loan Documents, any Swap Contract or any Treasury Management Agreement between any Loan Party and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents, such Swap Contracts or such Treasury Management Agreements, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligations.

 

4 .03          Reinstatement .

 

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article IV shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

4 .04          Certain Additional Waivers .

 

Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of recourse to security for the Obligations, except through the exercise of rights of subrogation pursuant to Section 4.02 and through the exercise of rights of contribution pursuant to Section 4.06 .

 

4 .05          Remedies .

 

The Guarantors agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, the Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 9.02 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in said Section 9.02 ) for purposes of Section 4.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing the Obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration (or the Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), the Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 4.01 .  The Guarantors acknowledge and agree that their obligations hereunder are secured in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents and that the Lenders may exercise their remedies thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

4 .06          Rights of Contribution .

 

The Guarantors agree among themselves that, in connection with payments made hereunder, each Guarantor shall have contribution rights against the other Guarantors as permitted under applicable law.  Such contribution rights shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantors under the Loan Documents and no Guarantor shall exercise such rights of contribution until all Obligations have been paid in full and the Commitments have terminated.

 

50



 

4 .07          Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee .

 

The guarantee in this Article IV is a guaranty of payment and not of collection, is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

5 .01          Conditions of Initial Credit Extension .

 

This Agreement shall become effective upon, and the obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)            Loan Documents .  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of executed counterparts of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party and, in the case of this Agreement, by each Lender.

 

(b)            Opinions of Counsel . Receipt by the Administrative Agent of favorable opinions of legal counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, dated as of the Closing Date, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)            Financial Statements .  The Administrative Agent shall have received:

 

(i)             unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, including balance sheets and statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows (the “ Interim Financial Statements ”); and

 

(ii)            financial projections for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders for each year commencing with the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008.

 

(d)            No Material Adverse Change .  There shall not have occurred a material adverse change since March 31, 2006 in the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(e)            Litigation .  There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in any court or before an arbitrator or Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)             Organization Documents, Resolutions, Etc.   Receipt by the Administrative Agent of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

 

(i)             copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party certified to be true and complete as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of the state or other jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, where applicable, and certified by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party to be true and correct as of the Closing Date;

 

51



 

(ii)            such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party; and

 

(iii)           such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in its state of organization or formation.

 

(g)            Perfection and Priority of Liens .  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of the following:

 

(i)             searches of Uniform Commercial Code filings in the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party or where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, copies of the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens;

 

(ii)            UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral;

 

(iii)           all certificates evidencing any certificated Equity Interests pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, together with duly executed in blank and undated stock powers attached thereto;

 

(iv)           searches of ownership of, and Liens on, intellectual property of each Loan Party in the appropriate governmental offices; and

 

(v)            duly executed notices of grant of security interest in the form required by the Security Agreement as are necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the intellectual property of the Loan Parties.

 

(h)            Evidence of Insurance .  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance of the Loan Parties evidencing liability and casualty insurance meeting the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, naming the Administrative Agent as additional insured (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of hazard insurance) on behalf of the Lenders.

 

(i)             Closing Certificate .  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that (i) the conditions specified in Sections 5.01(d)  and (e)  and Sections 5.02(a)  and (b)  have been satisfied, (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto) are Solvent on a consolidated basis, and (iii) setting forth calculations satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby) for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which financial statements were delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(c)(i)  is not greater than 1.5 to 1.0.

 

52



 

(j)             Termination of Existing Credit Agreement .  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of evidence that the Existing Credit Agreement concurrently with the Closing Date is being terminated and all Liens securing obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement concurrently with the Closing Date are being released.

 

(k)            Fees .  Receipt by the Administrative Agent, RBC and the Lenders of any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date.

 

(l)             Attorney Costs .  Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

 

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 11.04 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

5 .02          Conditions to all Credit Extensions .

 

The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)            The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article VI or any other Loan Document, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 5.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 6.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 7.01 .

 

(b)            No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

(c)            The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer and/or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

Each Request for Credit Extension submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 5.02(a)  and (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

53



 

ARTICLE VI

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Loan Parties represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

 

6 .01          Existence, Qualification and Power .

 

Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6 .02          Authorization; No Contravention .

 

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law (including, without limitation, Regulation U or Regulation X issued by the FRB).

 

6 .03          Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .

 

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than (i) those that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings to perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Documents.

 

6 .04          Binding Effect .

 

Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto.  Each Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its term, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

6 .05          Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

 

(a)            The Audited Financial Statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as

 

54



 

otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, commitments and Indebtedness required by GAAP.

 

(b)            The Interim Financial Statements (i) were prepared in all material respects in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness required by GAAP.

 

(c)            From the date of the Interim Financial Statements to and including the Closing Date, there has been no Disposition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any Involuntary Disposition, of any material part of the business or property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and, except as set forth on Schedule 6.05 hereto, no purchase or other acquisition by any of them of any business or property (including any Equity Interests of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, which is not reflected in the foregoing financial statements or in the notes thereto or has not otherwise been disclosed in writing to the Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(d)            The financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  and (b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as may otherwise be permitted under Section 7.01(a)  and (b) ) and present fairly in all material respects (on the basis disclosed in the footnotes to such financial statements) the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby.

 

(e)            Since March 31, 2006, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6 .06          Litigation .

 

There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or (b) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6 .07          No Default .

 

(a)            Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)            No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

6 .08          Ownership of Property; Liens .

 

Each of Loan Party and its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to

 

55



 

have a Material Adverse Effect.  The property of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

 

6 .09          Environmental Compliance .

 

Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)            Each of the Facilities and all operations at the Facilities are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Facilities or the Businesses, and there are no conditions relating to the Facilities or the Businesses that could give rise to liability under any applicable Environmental Laws.

 

(b)            None of the Facilities contains, or has previously contained, any Hazardous Materials at, on or under the Facilities in amounts or concentrations that constitute or constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws.

 

(c)            Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary has received any written or verbal notice of, or inquiry from any Governmental Authority regarding, any violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Facilities or the Businesses, nor does any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened.

 

(d)            Hazardous Materials have not been transported or disposed of from the Facilities, or generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Facilities or any other location, in each case by or on behalf any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in violation of, or in a manner that would be reasonably likely to give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.

 

(e)            No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary is or will be named as a party, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to any Loan Party, any Subsidiary, the Facilities or the Businesses.

 

(f)             There has been no release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials at or from the Facilities, or arising from or related to the operations (including, without limitation, disposal) of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in connection with the Facilities or otherwise in connection with the Businesses, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws.

 

6 .10          Insurance .

 

The properties of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of such Persons, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Loan Party or the applicable Subsidiary operates.  The insurance coverage of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as in effect on the Closing Date is outlined as to carrier, policy number, expiration date, type, amount and deductibles on Schedule 6.10 .

 

56



 

6 .11          Taxes .

 

The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.  There is no proposed tax assessment against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is party to any tax sharing agreement.

 

6 .12          ERISA Compliance .

 

(a)            Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and other federal or state Laws, except to the extent that the failure to be in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification.  Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Pension Plan subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code has been made with respect to any Pension Plan.

 

(b)            There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            (i)  No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) no Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) no Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) no Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could reasonably be expected to be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

 

6 .13          Subsidiaries .

 

Set forth on Schedule 6.13 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of each Subsidiary of any Loan Party, together with (i) jurisdiction of formation, (ii) number of shares of each class of Equity Interests outstanding, (iii) number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class owned (directly or indirectly) by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and (iv) number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and all other similar rights with respect thereto.  The outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of any Loan Party is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

57



 

6 .14          Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

 

(a)            The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.  Following the application of the proceeds of each Borrowing or drawing under each Letter of Credit, not more than 25% of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower only or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 8.01 or Section 8.05 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument between the Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of Section 9.01(e)  will be margin stock.

 

(b)            None of any Loan Party, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

6 .15          Disclosure .

 

The reports and financial statements of the Loan Parties, certificates or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information and other forward-looking statements, the Loan Parties represent only that such information and statements were prepared or made in good faith based upon assumptions and estimates believed to be reasonable at the time, and no representation and warranty is made that such projections or statements will be achieved, it being recognized that such achievement depends on future events, some of which are not in the control of the Loan Parties.

 

6 .16          Compliance with Laws .

 

Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary is in compliance with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6 .17          Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc .

 

Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the legal right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses.  Set forth on Schedule 6.17 is a list of all IP Rights registered or pending registration with the United States Copyright Office or the United States Patent and Trademark Office and owned by each Loan Party as of the Closing Date.  Except for such claims and infringements that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any IP Rights or the validity or effectiveness of any IP Rights, nor does any Loan Party know of any such claim, and, (ii) to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, the use of any IP Rights by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or the granting of a right or a license in respect of any IP Rights from any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person.  As of the

 

58



 

Closing Date, none of the IP Rights owned by any of the Loan Parties or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any licensing agreement or similar arrangement except as set forth on Schedule 6.17 .

 

6 .18          Solvency .

 

The Loan Parties are Solvent on a consolidated basis.

 

6 .19          Perfection of Security Interests in the Collateral .

 

The Collateral Documents create valid security interests in, and Liens on, the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, which security interests and Liens will be, upon filing of UCC-1 statements, filing of intellectual property notices and the delivery of any instruments and stock certificates as required hereunder, perfected security interests and Liens, prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

6 .20          Business Locations .

 

Set forth on Schedule 6.20(a)  is a list of all real property located in the United States that is owned or leased by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date.  Set forth on Schedule 6.20(b)  is the tax payer identification number and organizational identification number of each Loan Party as of the Closing Date.  The exact legal name and state of organization of each Loan Party is as set forth on the signature pages hereto.  As of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 6.20(c) , no Loan Party has during the five years preceding the Closing Date (i) changed its legal name, (ii) changed its state of formation, or (iii) been party to a merger, consolidation or other change in structure.

 

6.21          Labor Matters .

 

There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary as of the Closing Date and neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Loan Parties shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

 

7 .01          Financial Statements .

 

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)            (i)             with respect to the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007, on or before August 31, 2007, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of KPMG or other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any

 

59


 

qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (the “ Audited Financial Statements ”);

 

(ii)            with respect to each fiscal year thereafter, upon the earlier of the date that is 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower or the date such information is filed with the SEC, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of KPMG or other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; and

 

(b)            upon the earlier of the date that is forty-five days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower or the date such information is filed with the SEC, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

7 .02          Certificates; Other Information .

 

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

 

(a)            concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a)  and (b) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

(b)            at least 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, beginning with the fiscal year ending March 31, 2008, an annual business plan and budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries containing, among other things, pro forma financial statements for each quarter of the next fiscal year;

 

(c)            promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the equityholders of any Loan Party, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which a Loan Party may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

 

(d)            promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of

 

60



 

directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

 

(e)            promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.01 or any other clause of this Section 7.02 ;

 

(f)             promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;

 

(g)            promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request;

 

(h)            concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a)  and (b) , a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) listing (A) all applications by any Loan Party in the United States, if any, for Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks (each such term as defined in the Security Agreement) made since the date of the prior certificate (or, in the case of the first such certificate, the Closing Date), (B) all issuances to any Loan Party of registrations or letters on existing applications for Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (each such term as defined in the Security Agreement) in the United States received since the date of the prior certificate (or, in the case of the first such certificate, the Closing Date), and (C) all material Trademark Licenses, material Copyright Licenses and material Patent Licenses (each such term as defined in the Security Agreement) entered into since the date of the prior certificate (or, in the case of the first such certificate, the Closing Date), and (ii) attaching the insurance binder or other evidence of insurance for any insurance coverage of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that was renewed, replaced or modified during the period covered by such financial statements; and

 

(i)             concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a)  and (b) ,  a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower listing all Subsidiaries of the Borrower formed or acquired, together with the (A) jurisdiction of formation, (B) number of shares of each class of Equity Interests outstanding, (C) number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class owned (directly or indirectly) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (C) number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and all other similar rights with respect thereto, since the date of the prior certificate (or, in the case of the first such certificate, the Closing Date).

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  or Section 7.02 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a

 

61



 

written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 7.02(a)  to the Administrative Agent.  Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or BAS will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, the “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a  “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Person’s securities.  The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, BAS and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and BAS shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor.”  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to make any of the Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”.

 

7 .03          Notices .

 

(a)            Promptly (and in any event, within two Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge thereof) notify the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of any Default.

 

(b)            Promptly (and in any event, within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge thereof) notify the Administrative Agent of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws.

 

(c)            Promptly (and in any event, within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge thereof) notify the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of any ERISA Event.

 

(d)            Promptly (and in any event, within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge thereof) notify the Administrative Agent of any material change in accounting policies

 

62



 

or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including any determination by the Borrower referred to in Section 2.10(b) .

 

(e)            Upon the reasonable written request of the Administrative Agent following the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any condition which the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders reasonably believe has caused (or could be reasonably expected to cause) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.09 to be untrue in any material respect, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent, at the Loan Parties’ expense, a report of an environmental assessment of reasonable scope, form and depth, (including, where appropriate with respect to properties owned by a Loan Party, invasive soil or groundwater sampling) by a consultant reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the nature and extent of the presence of any Materials of Environmental Concern on any Real Properties (as defined in Section 6.09 ) and as to the compliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with Environmental Laws at such Real Properties owned by a Loan Party.  If the Loan Parties fail to deliver such an environmental report within seventy-five (75) days after receipt of such written request then the Administrative Agent may arrange for the same, and the Loan Parties hereby grant to the Administrative Agent and its representatives access to the Real Properties owned by a Loan Party to reasonably undertake such an assessment (including, where appropriate, invasive soil or groundwater sampling).  The reasonable cost of any assessment arranged for by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this provision will be payable by the Loan Parties on demand and added to the obligations secured by the Collateral Documents.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.03(a)  through (e)  shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the applicable Loan Party has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.  Each notice pursuant to Section 7.03(a)  shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

 

7 .04          Payment of Obligations .

 

Pay and discharge, as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Loan Party or such Subsidiary; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property, unless the same is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Loan Party or such Subsidiary and any such Lien resulting therefrom shall be a Permitted Lien; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.

 

7 .05          Preservation of Existence, Etc.

 

(a)            Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.04 or 8.05 .

 

(b)            Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            Take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

63



 

(d)            Preserve or renew all of its material registered patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7 .06          Maintenance of Properties .

 

(a)            Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

(b)            Make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            Use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

 

7 .07          Maintenance of Insurance .

 

Maintain in full force and effect insurance (including worker’s compensation insurance, liability insurance and casualty insurance) with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Loan Party, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Loan Party or the applicable Subsidiary operates.   The Administrative Agent shall be named as loss payee or mortgagee, as its interest may appear, and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent, that it will give the Administrative Agent thirty (30) days (or ten (10) days in the case of nonpayment of premiums) prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or canceled.

 

7 .08          Compliance with Laws .

 

Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7 .09          Books and Records .

 

(a)            Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

(b)            Maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

64



 

7 .10          Inspection Rights .

 

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender accompanying the Administrative Agent (and, after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, each Lender) to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time such inspection commences, (i) the Borrower shall not be required to pay expenses relating to more than two inspections by the Administrative Agent in any twelve month period; provided further that when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

 

7 .11          Use of Proceeds .

 

Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (a) to refinance certain existing Indebtedness, (b) to finance working capital, capital expenditures and Permitted Acquisitions and Permitted Media Content/Domain Name Acquisitions and (c) for other general corporate purposes, provided that in no event shall the proceeds of the Credit Extensions be used in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

 

7 .12          Additional Subsidiaries.

 

(a)            Within thirty (30) days after the acquisition or formation of any Material Subsidiary, notify the Administrative Agent thereof in writing, together with the (i) jurisdiction of formation, (ii) number of shares of each class of Equity Interests outstanding, (iii) number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class owned (directly or indirectly) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iv) number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and all other similar rights with respect thereto; and

 

(b)            Within thirty (30) days after (i) the acquisition or formation of any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary or (ii) the date on which the Borrower has delivered financial statements demonstrating that any Domestic Subsidiary has become a Material Subsidiary, cause such Person to (i) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in Sections 5.01(f)  and (g)  and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

7 .13          ERISA Compliance .

 

Do, and cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to do, each of the following: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and other federal or state law, in each case except to the extent that the failure to maintain compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) cause each Plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code to maintain such qualification; and (c) make all required contributions to any Pension Plan subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

65



 

7 .14          Pledged Assets .

 

(a)            Equity Interests .  Cause (a) 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Domestic Subsidiary and (b) 66% (or such greater percentage that, due to a change in an applicable Law after the date hereof, (1) could not reasonably be expected to cause the undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for United States federal income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed dividend to such Foreign Subsidiary’s United States parent and (2) could not reasonably be expected to cause any material adverse tax consequences) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) and 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests not entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) in each Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by a Loan Party or any Domestic Subsidiary to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents, together with opinions of counsel and any filings and deliveries reasonably necessary in connection therewith to perfect the security interests therein, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, however, it is understood and agreed that (x) the Loan Parties shall have thirty (30) days from the delivery of the certificate required by Section 7.02(i)  to comply with the terms of this Section 7.14(a)  with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary, and that an opinion of counsel will not be required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Closing Date and (y) local counsel legal opinions will not be required with respect to the pledge of stock of Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

(b)            Other Property .  (i) Cause all of its owned and leased real and personal property other than Excluded Property to be subject at all times to first priority, perfected and, in the case of real property (whether leased or owned), title insured Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, to secure the Obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents or, with respect to any such property acquired subsequent to the Closing Date, such other additional security documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, subject in any case to Permitted Liens and (ii) deliver such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing, including, without limitation, appropriate UCC-1 financing statements, real estate title insurance policies, surveys, environmental reports, landlord’s waivers, certified resolutions and other organizational and authorizing documents of such Person, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to above and the perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Liens thereunder) and other items of the types required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(g) , all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

8 .01          Liens .

 

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

 

66



 

(a)            Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

(b)            Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8.01 and any renewals or extensions or refinancings thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 8.03(b) ;

 

(c)            Liens (other than Liens imposed under ERISA) for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(d)            statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and suppliers and other Liens imposed by law or pursuant to customary reservations or retentions of title arising in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Liens secure only amounts not yet due and payable or, if due and payable, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce the same or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves determined in accordance with GAAP have been established;

 

(e)            pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

 

(f)             deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)            easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

 

(h)            Liens securing judgments for the payment of money (or appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments) not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.01(h) ;

 

(i)             Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.03(e) ; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost (negotiated on an arm’s length basis) of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition and (iii) such Liens attach to such property concurrently with or within ninety days after the acquisition thereof;

 

(j)             leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(k)            any interest of title of a lessor under, and Liens arising from UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings, registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdictions) relating to, leases not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

(l)             Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 8.02 ;

 

67



 

(m)           normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions and upon accounts in favor of securities intermediaries;

 

(n)            Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection;

 

(o)            Liens of sellers of goods to the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries arising under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code or similar provisions of applicable law in the ordinary course of business, covering only the goods sold and securing only the unpaid purchase price for such goods and related expenses;

 

(p)            Liens in favor of Verisign or other ICANN accredited registry on cash deposits made pursuant to accreditation agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(p)            Liens on cash used to secure letters of credit and bank guaranties permitted under Section 8.03(h)  in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 

8 .02          Investments .

 

Make any Investments, except:

 

(a)            Investments held by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(b)            Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.02 ;

 

(c)            Investments in any Person that is a Loan Party prior to giving effect to such Investment;

 

(d)            Investments by any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party in any other Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party;

 

(e)            Investments consisting of advances or extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

 

(f)             Guarantees permitted by Section 8.03 ;

 

(g)            Permitted Acquisitions;

 

(h)            Permitted Media Content/Domain Name Acquisitions;

 

(i)             Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding; provided, however, additional cash Investments may be made in Foreign Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000 so long as the cash used to make any such Investment is cash received from an Equity Issuance which is then immediately used to make an Investment in a Foreign Subsidiary following such Equity Issuance; and

 

68



 

(j)             Investments in Subsidiaries (in the form of (i) letters of credit for the account of any Subsidiary for which the applicable Loan Party is obligated to reimburse the issuer thereof and/or (ii) cash advances in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time outstanding with respect to any such Subsidiary) but solely to the extent required to consummate any Permitted Media/Domain Name Acquisition.

 

8 .03          Indebtedness .

 

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)            Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

 

(b)            Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth in Schedule 8.03 , and any extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof;

 

(c)            intercompany Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.02 ;

 

(d)            obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

 

(e)            purchase money Indebtedness (including obligations in respect of Capital Leases or Synthetic Leases) hereafter incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the purchase of fixed assets, and renewals, refinancings and extensions thereof, provided that (i) the total of all such Indebtedness for all such Persons taken together shall not exceed an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding; (ii) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not exceed the purchase price of the asset(s) financed; and (iii) no such Indebtedness shall be refinanced for a principal amount in excess of the principal balance outstanding thereon at the time of such refinancing;

 

(f)             unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Seller Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $4,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(g)            Subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(h)            letters of credit and/or bank guaranties issued on behalf of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding; provided, that, any such letter of credit shall only be permitted by this clause (h) if such letter of credit is a type of letter of credit that cannot be issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

 

(i)             Guarantees by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of the obligations of any Subsidiary under accreditation agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business with an ICANN accredited registry; and

 

69


 

(j)             other unsecured Indebtedness not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

 

8 .04          Fundamental Changes .

 

Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.04 but subject to the terms of Sections 7.12 and 7.14 , (a) the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any of its Subsidiaries provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (b) any Loan Party other than the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Loan Party other than the Borrower, (c) any Foreign Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or into any Loan Party provided that such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (d) any Foreign Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or into any other Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party may be merged or consolidated with or into a Loan Party, (f) any Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party may dissolve or liquidate itself; provided that prior to such dissolution or liquidation, such Subsidiary transfer all of its assets to a Loan Party and (g) any Subsidiary which is created solely to be used as an acquisition vehicle for a specific Acquisition may be merged or consolidated with or into another Person in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided that the surviving Person of such merger or consolidation shall become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

8 .05          Dispositions .

 

Make any Disposition unless (i) at least 75% the consideration paid in connection therewith shall be cash or Cash Equivalents paid contemporaneous with consummation of the transaction and shall be in an amount not less than the fair market value of the property disposed of, (ii) if such transaction is a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, such transaction is not prohibited by the terms of Section 8.15 , (iii) such transaction does not involve the sale or other disposition of a minority equity interest in any Subsidiary (other than directors qualifying shares), (iv) such transaction does not involve a sale or other disposition of receivables other than receivables owned by or attributable to other property concurrently being disposed of in a transaction otherwise permitted under this Section 8.05 , and (v) the aggregate net book value of all of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in all such transactions occurring during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $500,000.

 

8 .06          Restricted Payments .

 

Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that:

 

(a)            each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any  Guarantor;

 

(b)            the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests of such Person;

 

(c)            The Borrower or its Subsidiaries may redeem or repurchase Equity Interests from employees, consultants, officers and directors (including cancellation of options or rights to acquire such Equity Interests) on termination of employment or services of such person in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year;

 

70



 

(d)            each Foreign Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments (directly or indirectly) to its parent.

 

8 .07          Change in Nature of Business .

 

Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.

 

8 .08          Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders .

 

Enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions with any officer, director or Affiliate of such Person other than (a) advances of working capital to any Loan Party, (b) transfers of cash and assets to any Loan Party, (c) intercompany transactions expressly permitted by Section 8.02 , Section 8.03 , Section 8.04 , Section 8.05 or Section 8.06 , (d) compensation arrangements consistent with past practices and reimbursement of reasonable expenses of and indemnities to officers and directors in the ordinary course of business and (e) except as otherwise specifically limited in this Agreement, other transactions which are entered into in the ordinary course of such Person’s business on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such Person as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person other than an officer, director or Affiliate.

 

8 .09          Burdensome Agreements .

 

(a)            Enter into, or permit to exist, any Contractual Obligation that encumbers or restricts on the ability of any such Person to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to any Loan Party on its Equity Interests or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, (ii) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to any Loan Party, (iii) make loans or advances to any Loan Party, (iv) sell, lease or transfer any of its property to any Loan Party, (v) pledge its property pursuant to the Loan Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges, refundings or extension thereof or (vi) act as a Loan Party pursuant to the Loan Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges, refundings or extension thereof, except (in respect of any of the matters referred to in clauses (i)-(v) above) for (1) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (2) any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(b)  and Section 8.03(e) , provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, (3) any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien, provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien, (4) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.05 pending the consummation of such sale or (5) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b)            Enter into, or permit to exist, any Contractual Obligation that prohibits or otherwise restricts the existence of any Lien upon any of its property in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders) for the purpose of securing the Obligations, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for any obligation if such property is given as security for the Obligations, except (i) any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(e) , provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, (ii) in connection with any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien, provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien, (iii) pursuant to customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.05 , pending the

 

71



 

consummation of such sale, and (iv) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

8 .10          Use of Proceeds .

 

Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

 

8 .11          Financial Covenants .

 

(a)            Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio .  Following the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , permit the Consolidated Net Senior Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be greater than (i) for any fiscal quarter ending during the period from the Closing Date to and including March 31, 2010, 3.0 to 1.0, (ii) for any fiscal quarter ending during the period from April 1, 2010 to and including March 31, 2011, 2.5 to 1.0 and (iii) for any fiscal quarter ending after March 31, 2011, 2.0 to 1.0.

 

(b)            Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be less than 2.0 to 1.0.

 

(c)            Liquidity .  Prior to the delivery of the Audited Financial Statements in accordance with Section 7.01(a)(i) , permit the aggregate value of unrestricted cash, Cash Equivalents and availability under the Available Revolving Committed Amount (“ Liquidity ”) to be less than $15,000,000.

 

(d)            EBITDA .  Permit Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007 to be less than $13,000,000.

 

8 .12          Prepayment of Other Indebtedness, Etc.

 

Make (or give any notice with respect thereto) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment or redemption or acquisition for value of (including without limitation, by way of depositing money or securities with the trustee with respect thereto before due for the purpose of paying when due), refund, refinance or exchange of any Indebtedness of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary which is subordinated to Indebtedness arising under the Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower (i) may prepay any Indebtedness outstanding under the Seller Notes, provided that (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such prepayment and (b) immediately after giving effect to such prepayment, the Borrower shall have Liquidity totaling at least $15,000,000 and (ii) may offset against payments due under the Seller Notes in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

8 .13          Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation and Form of Entity .

 

(a)            Amend, modify or change its Organization Documents in a manner adverse to the Lenders.

 

(b)            Change its fiscal year to any date other than ending at the end of the calendar year.

 

(c)            Without providing ten (10) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its name, state of formation or form of organization of any Loan Party.

 

72



 

8 .14          Ownership of Subsidiaries .

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) permit any Person (other than any Loan Party or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) to own any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, except to qualify directors where required by applicable law or to satisfy other requirements of applicable law with respect to the ownership of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, (ii) permit any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to issue or have outstanding any shares of preferred Equity Interests (other than the Permitted Preferred Stock) or (iii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, except for Permitted Liens.

 

8 .15          Sale Leasebacks .

 

Enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

9 .01          Events of Default .

 

Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a)            Non-Payment .  The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

 

(b)            Specific Covenants .  Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.01 , 7.02 , 7.03 , 7.05 , 7.10 , 7.11 , 7.12 , and 7.14 or Article VIII ; or

 

(c)            Other Defaults .  Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty days; or

 

(d)            Representations and Warranties .  Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

 

(e)            Cross-Default .  (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the

 

73



 

holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

 

(f)             Insolvency Proceedings, Etc.   Any Loan Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

 

(g)            Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment .  (i) Any Loan Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty days after its issue or levy; or

 

(h)            Judgments .  There is entered against any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of ten consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

 

(i)             ERISA .  (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

 

(j)             Invalidity of Loan Documents .  Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or

 

74



 

thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

 

(k)            Change of Control .  There occurs any Change of Control.

 

9 .02          Remedies Upon Event of Default .

 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

 

(a)            declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

 

(b)            declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

 

(c)            require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

 

(d)            exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents;

 

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

9 .03          Application of Funds .

 

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 9.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

 

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

 

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders

 

75



 

and the L/C Issuer and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

 

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings and fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments, and any interest accrued thereon, due under any Swap Contract between any Loan Party and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, to the extent such Swap Contract is permitted by Section 8.03(d) , ratably among the Lenders (and, in the case of such Swap Contracts, Affiliates of Lenders) and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third held by them;

 

Fourth , to (a) payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, (b) payment of breakage, termination or other payments, and any interest accrued thereon, due under any Swap Contract between any Loan Party and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, to the extent such Swap Contract is permitted by Section 8.03(d) , (c) payments of amounts due under any Treasury Management Agreement between any Loan Party and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender and (d) Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit, ratably among the Lenders (and, in the case of such Swap Contracts, Affiliates of Lenders) and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

 

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

 

Subject to Section 2.03(c) , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur.  If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

 

ARTICLE X

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

10 .01        Appointment and Authority .

 

Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

 

10 .02        Rights as a Lender .

 

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.  Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as

 

76



 

the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

10 .03        Exculpatory Provisions .

 

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)            shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(b)            shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

(c)            shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

 

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 9.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.

 

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article V or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

10 .04        Reliance by Administrative Agent .

 

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person.  The

 

77



 

Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit.  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

10 .05        Delegation of Duties .

 

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

10 .06        Resignation of Administrative Agent .

 

The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section).  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

78



 

Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

10 .07        Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .

 

Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

10 .08        No Other Duties; Etc .

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the bookrunners, arrangers, syndication agents, documentation agents or co-agents shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

 

10 .09        Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)            to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations (other than obligations under Swap Contracts or Treasury Management Agreements to which the Administrative Agent is not a party) that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i)  and (j) , 2.09 and 11.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b)            to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

79


 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04 .

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

10 .10        Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

 

The Lenders and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

 

(a)            to release any Lien on any Collateral granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination or other satisfaction of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any Involuntary Disposition, or (iii) as approved in accordance with Section 11.01 or (iv) encumbering Excluded Property;

 

(b)            to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 8.01(i) ; and

 

(c)            to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

 

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, pursuant to this Section 10.10 .

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

11 .01        Amendments, Etc .

 

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , further , that

 

(a)            no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

80



 

(i)             extend or increase the Commitment of a Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender whose Commitment is being extended or increased (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 5.02 or of any Default or a mandatory reduction in Commitments is not considered an extension or increase in Commitments of any Lender);

 

(ii)            postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal (excluding mandatory prepayments), interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) or any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to receive such payment or whose Commitments are to be reduced;

 

(iii)           reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (i) of the final proviso to this Section 11.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to receive such payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (A) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (B) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

 

(iv)           change Section 2.13 or Section 9.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

(v)            change any provision of this Section 11.01(a)  or the definition of “Required Lenders” without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

(vi)           except in connection with a Disposition permitted under Section 8.05 , release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

(vii)          release the Borrower or, except in connection with a merger or consolidation permitted under Section 8.04 or a Disposition permitted under Section 8.05 , all or substantially all of the Guarantors without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; or

 

(b)            unless also signed by the L/C Issuer, no amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it;

 

(c)            unless also signed by the Swing Line Lender, no amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; and

 

81



 

(d)            unless also signed by the Administrative Agent, no amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto, (ii) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender, (iii) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and (iv) the Required Lenders shall determine whether or not to allow a Loan Party to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding and such determination shall be binding on all of the Lenders.

 

11 .02        Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .

 

(a)            Notices Generally .  Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(i)             if to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02 ; and

 

(ii)            if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient).  Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

 

(b)            Electronic Communications .  Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other

 

82



 

written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

(c)            The Platform .  THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.”  THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

 

(d)            Change of Address, Etc .  Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.  In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

 

(e)            Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders .   The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Loan Party even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.  The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of a Loan Party.  All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

83



 

11 .03        No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

 

No failure by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

11 .04        Expenses; Indemnity; and Damage Waiver .

 

(a)            Costs and Expenses .  The Loan Parties shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), and shall pay all fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

(b)            Indemnification by the Loan Parties .  The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be

 

84



 

available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted (x) from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) from a breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(c)            Reimbursement by Lenders .  To the extent that the Loan Parties for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by them to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity.  The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d) .

 

(d)            Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc.   To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.  No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(e)            Payments .  All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

 

(f)             Survival .  The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

11 .05        Payments Set Aside .

 

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in

 

85



 

effect.  The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

11 .06        Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)            Successors and Assigns Generally .  The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Assignments by Lenders .  Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)             Minimum Amounts .

 

(A)           in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

 

(B)            in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single assignee (or to an assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

 

(ii)            Required Consents .  No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

 

86



 

(A)           the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

 

(B)            the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;

 

(C)            the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and

 

(D)           the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender.

 

(iii)           Assignment and Assumption .  The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to wave such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment.  The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

 

(iv)           No Assignment to Borrower .  No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

 

(v)            No Assignment to Natural Persons .  No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment.  Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

 

(c)            Register .  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be

 

87



 

conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(d)            Participations .  Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the other Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in clauses (i) through (vii) of the Section 11.01(a)  that affects such Participant.  Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

 

(e)            Limitation on Participant Rights .  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.  A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e)  as though it were a Lender.

 

(f)             Certain Pledges .  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(g)            Electronic Execution of Assignments .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act

 

(h)            Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (i) upon thirty days’ notice to the

 

88



 

Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon thirty days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender.  In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be.  If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ).  If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) .  Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (1) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (2) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

11 .07        Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .

 

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives and to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty (or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor) under any Swap Contract relating to Loans outstanding under this Agreement (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to a Loan Party and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

 

For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from a Loan Party or any Subsidiary relating to the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by such Loan Party or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its

 

89


 

obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.

 

11 .08        Set-off .

 

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness.  The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have.  Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

11 .09        Interest Rate Limitation.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”).  If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

11 .10        Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 5.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the

 

90



 

signatures of each of the other parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

11 .11        Survival of Representations and Warranties .

 

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.  Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

 

11 .12        Severability .

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

11 .13        Replacement of Lenders .

 

If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or (iii) a Lender (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) does not consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document that has been approved by the Required Lenders as provided in Section 11.01 but requires unanimous consent of all Lenders or all Lenders directly affected thereby (as applicable) and, or (iv) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or (v) any Lender is unable to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

 

(a)            the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 11.06(b) ;

 

(b)            such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

 

91



 

(c)            in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

 

(d)            such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws ; and

 

(e)            in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Non-Consenting Lender’s failure to consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document, the applicable replacement bank, financial institution or Fund consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination; provided that the failure by such Non-Consenting Lender to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption shall not impair the validity of the removal of such Non-Consenting Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 11.13 shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Assumption.

 

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

11 .14        Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc .

 

(a)            GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

(b)            SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION .  THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

92



 

(c)            WAIVER OF VENUE .  THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

(d)            SERVICE OF PROCESS .  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02 .  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

11 .15        Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury .

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

11 .16        USA PATRIOT Act Notice .

 

Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

 

11 .17        No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship .

 

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and BAS, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and BAS, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent and BAS each is and has been acting

 

93



 

solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower or any of Affiliates or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor BAS has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent and BAS and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor BAS has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or BAS with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

94



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

DEMAND DOMAINS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENOM VENTURES, INC.,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEMAND ANSWERS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRAILS.COM, INC.,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EHOW, INC.,

 

a California corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

DEMAND ENTERTAINMENT, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HOT MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YOUSTART, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENOM, INCORPORATED,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WOU3, INCORPORATED,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WHOIS PRIVACY PROTECTION SERVICES, INC.,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wendy Mavrinac

 

Name:

Wendy Mavrinac

 

Title:

President, Treasurer and Secretary

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

SECURE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wendy Mavrinac

 

Name:

Wendy Mavrinac

 

Title:

President, Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE

 

AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ken Puro

 

Name:

Ken Puro

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as a Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Julie Yamauchi

 

Name:

Julie Yamauchi

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Gronich

 

Name:

March Gronich

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bonnie Kehe

 

Name:

Bonnie Kehe

 

Title:

SVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Turk

 

Name:

Mark Turk

 

Title:

Senior Relationship Manager

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

CIBC, INC.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Knight

 

Name:

George Knight

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

CIBC Inc.

 

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of July 2, 2007 (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into among Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 20007 (as amended and modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, THE Borrower has requested that the Lenders amend the Credit Agreement as set forth below;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Effective Date .  The effective date of the Agreement shall be May 25, 2007.

 

2.              Amendment to Credit Agreement .  Section 7.14(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

“(i) Cause all of the owned and leased real and personal property of any Loan Party other than Excluded Property to be subject at all times to first priority, perfected and, in the case of real property (whether leased or owned), title insured Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, to secure the Obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents or, with respect to any such property acquired subsequent to the Closing Date, such other additional security documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, subject in any case to Permitted Liens and”

 

2.              Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall be effective upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Required Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

3.              Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            The Credit Agreement and the obligations of the Loan Parties thereunder and under the other Loan Documents, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

 

(b)            Each Guarantor (a) acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (b) affirms all of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (c) agrees that this Agreement and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge its obligations under the credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

(c)            The Borrower and the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant as follows:

 

DEMAND MEDIA

FIRST AMENDMENT

 



 

(i)             Each Loan Party has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

 

(ii)            This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Loan Parties and constitutes each of the Loan Parties’ legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (B) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

(iii)           No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement.

 

(d)            The Loan Parties represent and warrant to the Lenders that (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article VI of the Credit Agreement and in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof with the same effect as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date and (ii) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

 

(e)            This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as an original and shall constitute a representation that an executed original shall be delivered.

 

(f)             THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERENED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

DEMAND MEDIA

FIRST AMENDMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

DEMAND DOMAINS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENOM VENTURES, INC.,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEMAND ANSWERS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRAILS.COM, INC.,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EHOW, INC.,

 

a California corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

DEMAND MEDIA

FIRST AMENDMENT

 



 

 

DEMAND ENTERTAINMENT, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HOT MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YOUSTART, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENOM, INCORPORATED,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary r

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WOU3, INCORPORATED,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WHOIS PRIVACY PROTECTION SERVICES, INC.,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

DEMAND MEDIA

FIRST AMENDMENT

 



 

 

SECURE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAGEWISE.COM, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah Akhtar

 

Name:

Sarah Akhtar

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

DEMAND MEDIA

FIRST AMENDMENT

 



 

ADMINISTRATIVE

 

AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ken Puro

 

Name:

Ken Puro

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as a Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Julie Yamauchi

 

Name:

Julie Yamauchi

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark S. Gronich

 

Name:

Mark S. Gronich

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. S. Lemmer

 

Name:

W. S. Lemmer

 

Title:

SVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Garza

 

Name:

Jack Garza

 

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CIBC, INC.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Knight

 

Name:

George Knight

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

CIBC INC.

 

DEMAND MEDIA

FIRST AMENDMENT

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND WAIVER dated as of February 28, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into among Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2007 (as amended and modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of its intention to acquire the capital stock of Pluck Corporation, a Delaware corporation through a reverse triangular merger (such transaction, the “ Pluck Acquisition ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Pluck Acquisition, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide the waivers, consent and amendments set forth below;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1 .              Waivers .  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that (a) the Loan Parties shall not be required to comply with the terms of Section 8.11(b)  of the Credit Agreement as of the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008 and (b) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the definition of “Permitted Investments” or elsewhere, the Borrower shall not be required to demonstrate that the Loan Parties are in compliance with Section 8.11(b)  of the Credit Agreement on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Pluck Acquisition; provided that the Borrower demonstrates that the Loan Parties are in compliance with Section 8.11(a)  of the Credit Agreement on a Pro Forma Basis and fully complies with all other terms and conditions set forth in the definition of Permitted Acquisition with respect to the Pluck Acquisition. The above waivers shall not modify or affect the Loan Parties’ obligations to comply fully with the terms of Section 8.02 and Section 8.11(b)  of the Credit Agreement or any other duty, term, condition or covenant contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in the future.  These waivers are limited solely to the waivers specifically provided for in the first sentence of this Section 1, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or under applicable law.

 

2 .              Consent .  Notwithstanding the terms of Section 8.04 of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders hereby agree that the Borrower may dissolve eNom Ventures, Inc. (“ eNom ”), Wou3, Inc. (“ Wou3 ”) and meNom, Inc. (“ meNom ”, and collectively with eNom and Wou3, the “ Dissolved Subsidiaries ”) as part of its corporate reorganization; provided , that prior to any such dissolution of any Dissolved Subsidiary, all assets of such Dissolved Subsidiary are transferred to a Loan Party.  Upon dissolution, eNom and Wou3 will each no longer be Loan Parties or Guarantors. This consent is limited solely to the consent specifically provided for in the preceding sentence, and nothing contained in this

 



 

Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a consent by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to any other item under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or under applicable law.

 

3 .              Amendments .  The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)            Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following defined term in appropriate alphabetical order:

 

Pluck Seller Note ” means that certain Unsecured Promissory Note made by the Borrower in favor of the lenders identified therein providing for payment-in-kind interest only of not greater than 7% per annum and a maturity date of no less than thirteen months from the effective date of such note and no later than eighteen months from the effective date of such note.

 

(b)            Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the period at the end thereof and adding the following text “; and” and by adding a new subsection 8.02(k) at the end of Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement which shall read as follows:

 

(k)            any other Investments by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary; provided that (i) the amount of all such Investments permitted by this Section 8.02(k)  shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding and (ii) no Investments made pursuant to this Section 8.02(k)  shall be made in any Foreign Subsidiary or non-U.S. assets.

 

(c)            Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the period at the end thereof and adding the following text “; and” and by adding a new subsection 8.03(k) at the end of Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement which shall read as follows:

 

(k)            unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Pluck Seller Note in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 plus any accumulated pay-in-kind or capitalized interest thereon.

 

(d)            Clause (c) in Section 8.08 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

(c) intercompany transactions expressly permitted by Section 8.02 , Section 8.03 , Section 8.04 , Section 8.05 or Section 8.06 and any transactions permitted by Section 8.02(k) ,

 

(e)            Section 8.11(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

(d)            EBITDA.   Permit Consolidated EBITDA to be less than (i) $17,500,000, for the twelve-month period ending March 31, 2008 (ii) $18,500,000, for the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2008, and (iii) $20,500,000, for the twelve-month period ending September 30, 2008.

 

4 .              Conditions Precedent .  This Agreement (other than Section 1 and Sections 3(a), 3(c) and 3(e)) shall be effective upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of (a) counterparts of this Agreement duly executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Required Lenders and Bank of America,

 



 

N.A., as Administrative Agent and (b) all fees and expenses due and payable in connection with this Agreement.   Section 1 and Sections 3(a), 3(c) and 3(e) of this Agreement shall be effective upon (c) the satisfaction of the conditions precedent identified in clauses (a) and (b) above and (d) the consummation of the Pluck Acquisition in accordance with its terms on or before March 31, 2008.

 

5 .              Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            The Credit Agreement, as modified hereby, and the obligations of the Loan Parties thereunder and under the other Loan Documents, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

 

(b)            Each Guarantor (a) acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (b) affirms all of its obligations under the Loan Documents as modified hereby and (c) agrees that this Agreement and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge its obligations under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein.

 

(c)            The Borrower and the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant as follows:

 

(i)             Each Loan Party has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

 

(ii)            This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Loan Parties and constitutes each of the Loan Parties’ legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (B) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

(iii)           No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement.

 

(d)            The Loan Parties represent and warrant to the Lenders that (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article VI of the Credit Agreement and in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof with the same effect as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date and (ii) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

 

(e)            This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as an original and shall constitute a representation that an executed original shall be delivered.

 



 

(f)             THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

DEMAND DOMAINS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENOM VENTURES, INC.,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Stahura

 

Name:

Paul Stahura

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEMAND ANSWERS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HILLCLIMB MEDIA, INC. f/k/a TRAILS.COM, INC.,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

EHOW, INC.,

 

a California corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEMAND ENTERTAINMENT, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HOT MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YOUSTART, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENOM, INCORPORATED,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Stahura

 

Name:

Paul Stahura

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WOU3, INCORPORATED,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Stahura

 

Name:

Paul Stahura

 

Title:

President

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

WHOIS PRIVACY PROTECTION SERVICES, INC.,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine Eppes

 

Name:

Kristine Eppel

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECURE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine Eppes

 

Name:

Kristine Eppel

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAGEWISE.COM, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shawn Colo

 

Name:

Shawn Colo

 

Title:

Secretary

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

ADMINISTRATIVE

 

AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ken Puro

 

Name:

Ken Puro

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as a Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Julie Yamauchi

 

Name:

Julie Yamauchi

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark S. Gronich

 

Name:

Mark S. Gronich

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. S. Lemmer

 

Name:

W. S. Lemmer

 

Title:

SVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Turk

 

Name:

Mark Turk

 

Title:

Senior Relationship Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CIBC, INC.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Gewirtz

 

Name:

Michael Gewirtz

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

CIBC INC.

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

 

TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Debbi L. Brito

 

Name:

Debbi L. Brito

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of April 24, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into among Demand Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2007 (as amended and modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that it has changed its fiscal year end from March 31 to December 31 beginning December 31, 2007; and

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide the amendment set forth below;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1 .              Amendment .  Section 7.01(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

(i)             with respect to each fiscal year thereafter, upon the earlier of the date that is 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower or the date such information is filed with the SEC, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, except that the Loan Parties must satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.01(a)(ii)  of the Credit Agreement for the nine-month period ending December 31, 2007 (instead of the twelve-month period) and must satisfy the requirements no later than July 31, 2008; and

 

2.              Conditions Precedent .  This Agreement shall be effective upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Agreement duly executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Required Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

 



 

3.              Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            The Credit Agreement, as modified hereby, and the obligations of the Loan Parties thereunder and under the other Loan Documents, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

 

(b)            Each Guarantor (a) acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (b) affirms all of its obligations under the Loan Documents as modified hereby and (c) agrees that this Agreement and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge its obligations under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein.

 

(c)            The Borrower and the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant as follows:

 

(i)             Each Loan Party has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

 

(ii)            This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Loan Parties and constitutes each of the Loan Parties’ legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (B) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

(iii)           No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement.

 

(d)            The Loan Parties represent and warrant to the Lenders that (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article VI of the Credit Agreement and in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof with the same effect as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date and (ii) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

 

(e)            This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as an original and shall constitute a representation that an executed original shall be delivered.

 

(f)             THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 



 

[Signature pages follow]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

DEMAND MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah A. Cooper

 

Name:

Sarah A. Cooper

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

HILLCLIMB MEDIA, INC. f/k/a TRAILS.COM, INC.,

 

a Washington corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah A. Cooper

 

Name:

Sarah A. Cooper

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HOT MEDIA, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah A. Cooper

 

Name:

Sarah A. Cooper

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENOM, INCORPORATED,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah A. Cooper

 

Name:

Sarah A. Cooper

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WHOIS PRIVACY PROTECTION SERVICES, INC.,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wendy A. Mavrinac

 

Name:

Wendy A. Mavrinac

 

Title:

President

 

Third Amendment

 



 

 

SECURE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.,

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wendy A. Mavrinac

 

Name:

Wendy A. Mavrinac

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PLUCK CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sarah A. Cooper

 

Name:

Sarah A. Cooper

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

Third Amendment

 



 

ADMINISTRATIVE

 

AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ken Puro

 

Name:

Ken Puro

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as a Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Julie Yamauchi

 

Name:

Julie Yamauchi

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Suzanne Kaicher

 

Name:

Suzanne Kaicher

 

Title:

Attorney–In–Fact

 

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. S. Lemmer

 

Name:

W. S. Lemmer

 

Title:

SVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen Hughes

 

Name:

Stephen Hughes

 

Title:

Sr. Relationship Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CIBC, INC.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Gewirtz

 

Name:

Michael Gewirtz

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

CIBC INC.

 

Third Amendment

 



 

 

TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robyn Zeller

 

Name:

Robyn Zeller

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Third Amendment

 




Exhibit 21.01

 

Subsidiaries of Demand Media, Inc.

 

Subsidiaries

 

Jurisdiction

 

 

 

Acquire This Name, Inc.

 

Nevada

Afterdark Domains, Inc.

 

Nevada

Arab Internet Names,Inc.

 

Nevada

Asiadomains, Inc.

 

Nevada

Big House Services, Inc.

 

Nevada

Blisternet, Inc.

 

Nevada

Dagnabit, Inc.

 

Nevada

Demand Media (Netherlands) B.V., a private llc

 

Netherlands

Demand Media Sweden AB

 

Sweden

DM UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

Domain Rouge, Inc.

 

Nevada

Domainnovations, Inc.

 

Nevada

Dropoutlet, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom Canada Corp.

 

Nova Scotia

eNom Corporate, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom GMP Services, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom World, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom, Incorporated

 

Nevada

eNom1, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1008, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1009, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1010, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1012, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1013, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1014, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1033, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1034, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1035, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1036, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1037, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom1038, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom2, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom3, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom371, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom373, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom375, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom377, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom379, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom381, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom383, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom385, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom387, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom389, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom391, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom393, Inc.

 

Nevada

 



 

eNom395, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom397, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom399, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom4, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom403, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom405, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom407, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom409, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom411, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom413, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom415, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom417, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom419, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom421, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom423, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom425, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom427, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom429, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom431, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom433, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom435, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom437, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom439, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom441, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom443, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom445, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom447, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom449, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom451, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom453, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom455, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom457, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom459, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom461, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom463, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom465, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom467, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom469, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom5, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom623, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom635, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom646, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom647, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom650, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom652, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom654, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom655, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom656, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom659, Inc.

 

Nevada

 



 

eNom661, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom662, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom663, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom666, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNom672, Inc.

 

Nevada

enoma1, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomAte, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomAU, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNombre Corporation

 

Nevada

eNomEU, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomfor, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomMX, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomnz, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomsky, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomTen, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomToo, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomV, Inc.

 

Nevada

eNomX, Inc.

 

Nevada

Entertainment Names, Inc.

 

Nevada

Extra Threads Corporation

 

Nevada

FeNomINAL, Inc.

 

Nevada

Fushi Tarazu, Inc.

 

Nevada

Gunga Galunga Corporation

 

Nevada

Hot Media, Inc.

 

Delaware

Indirection Identity Corporation

 

Nevada

Internet Internal Affairs Corporation

 

Nevada

Kingdomains, Inc.

 

Nevada

Mark Barker, Inc.

 

Nevada

Mobile Name Services Inc.

 

Nevada

Name Nelly Corporation

 

Nevada

Name Thread Corporation

 

Nevada

NameJet, LLC

 

Delaware

Nerd Names Corporation

 

Nevada

Nom Infinitum, Inc.

 

Nevada

One Putt, Inc.

 

Nevada

Pluck UK Limited

 

England

Postal Domains, Inc.

 

Nevada

Private Domains, Inc.

 

Nevada

Retail Domains, Inc.

 

Nevada

SBSNames, Inc.

 

Nevada

searchnresq, Inc.

 

Nevada

Secure Business Services, Inc.

 

Nevada

SicherRegister, Inc.

 

Nevada

Sipence, Inc.

 

Nevada

Small Business Names and Certs, Inc.

 

Nevada

SssassS, Inc.

 

Nevada

The Internet Chef Inc.

 

Canada

Traffic Names, Inc.

 

Nevada

Travel Domains, Inc.

 

Nevada

Vedacore, Inc.

 

Nevada

Whiteglove Domains, Inc.

 

Nevada

Whois Privacy Protection Services, Inc.

 

Nevada

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23.02


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 30, 2010, except for Notes 19 and 20 to the financial statements as to which the date is August 6, 2010, relating to the financial statements of Demand Media, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California
August 6, 2010




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM